ee Feey sue

a

wasn at S, as
ie i
Ng ied

er ea Fite
Sai icamaenty owl
Pd ve pry Boe

in visit ath Zr
ahhts oh

oe,

ness
¢ .*

f =F" un

qe Le
> Nits es
%, ait
Se SEES

&
ip
Le
Mh

}

a

i
i

ri

<a

i
e)

PS |
iL

l Yy ‘7
ne : H,

ify «

| 2S

7 Ny
S

ui

=
7

3
id

SM MET SOSEAN SNS PET ULL ON
> a )" ByREAU OF ETHNOLOGY: J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR

BIBLIOGRAPHY

OF THE

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES

ESaccggeme ee

WASHINGTON

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1888

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY: J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR

BIBLIOGRAPHY

OF THE

TROQUOIAN LANGUAGES

eet

| ANTHROPOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASH IN GaRBINGORRA

JAMES CONSTANTINE PILLING

WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1888

MENT ORE

ne

eR EAC E

This work forms the third of a series of bibliographies which the
Bureau of Ethnology is publishing, each relating to one of the more
prominent groups of native North American languages. Its predeces-
sors relate to the Eskimo and Siouan stocks, its successor, now nearly
ready for the printer, to the Muskhogean; and next in order is to be
the Athabaskan or the Algonquian, as circumstances may dictate.

When first prepared for the printer this bibliography did not include
the material pertaining to the Cherokee language, it being considered an
open question whether that language belonged to the Iroquoian stock.
At the request of the Director special attention was given to the sub-
ject by a number of the members of the Bureau, and a comparative
vocabulary was prepared. The examination of this led the Director to
adopt the conclusion that the language does belong to the Iroquoian
stock, and its literature has accordingly been incorporated herein.

The aim has been to inelude in this catalogue everything, printed or
in manuscript, relating to the subject—books, pamphlets, articles in
magazines, tracts, serials, etc., and such reviews and announcements of
publications as seemed worthy of notice.

The dictionary plan has been followed to its extreme limit, the sub-
ject and tribal indexes, references to libraries, etc., being included
in one alphabetic series. The primary arrangement is alphabetic by

authors, translators of works into the native languages being treated
as authors. Under each author the arrangement is, first, by printed
works, and second, by manuscripts, each group being given chronolog-
ically, and in the case of printed books each work is followed through
its various editions before the next in chronologic order is taken up.

Anonymous printed works are entered under the name of the author

when known and under the first word of the title, not an article or prep-
osition, when not known. Anonymous works printed in Cherokee char-
acters, on the title-pages of which no English appears, are entered under
the word Cherokee. A cross-reference is given from the first words of
anonymous titles when entered under an anthor, and from the first words

of all titles in the Indian languages whether anonymous or not. Manu-
Ill

IV PREFACE.

scripts are entered under the author when known, under the dialect to
which they refer when he is not known.

Each author’s name, with his title, etc., is entered in full but once,
7. é.,in its alphabetic order. Every other mention of him is by surname
and initials only, except in those rare cases when two persons of the
same surname have also the same initials.

All titular matter, including cross-references thereto, is in a larger
type, all collations, descriptions, notes, and index matter in a smaller
type.

In detailing contents and in adding notes respecting contents, the
spelling of proper names used in the particular work itself has been
followed, and so far as possible the language of the respective writers
isgiven. In the index entries of tribal names the compiler has adopted
that spelling which seemed to him the best. As a general rule initial
caps have been used in titular matter in only two cases: first, for proper
names, and second, when the word actually appears on the title-page
with an initial cap and with the remainder in small caps or lower-case
letters. In giving titles in the German language the capitals in the case
of all substantives have been respected.

Each title not seen by the compiler is marked with an asterisk within
curves, and usually its source is given.

There are in the present catalogue 949 titular entries, of which 795
relate to printed books and articles and 154 to manuscripts. Of these,
856 have been seen and described by the compiler—751 of the prints
and 105 of the manuscripts, leaving as derived from outside sources 44
printed works and 49 manuscripts. Of those unseen by the writer, titles
and descriptions of more than three-fourths of the former and nearly
half of the latter have been received from persons who have actually
seen the works and described them for him.

In addition to these, there are given 64 full titles of printed covers,
second and third volumes, ete., all of which have been seen and de-
seribed by the compiler; while in the notes mention is made of 134
printed works, 90 of which have been seen and 44 derived from other
(mostly printed) sources.

So far as possible, comparison has been inade direct with the respeet-
ive works during the reading of the proof sheets of this bibliography.
For this purpose, besides his own books, the writer has had access to the
libraries of Congress, the Bureau of Ethnology, the National Museum,
the Smithsonian Institution, and Maj. J. W. Powell, and to one or two
other private libraries in this city. Dr. George H. Moore has kindly
aided in this respect with those in the Lenox Library, and Mr. Wil-
bertorce Eames has compared the titles of books contained in his own
library. The result is that of the 856 works deseribed by the compiler
de visu, comparison of proof has been made direct with the original
sources in the ease of 579.

PREFACE. Vv:

In this latter reading collations and descriptions have been entered
into more fully than was at first done, and capital letters treated with
more severity.

Since the main catalogue was put in type a number of additional
works containing Iroquoian material have come to hand; these have
been grouped in an “Addenda;” they are included in the chronologic
index but not in the tribal and subject indexes.

The languages most largely represented in these pages are the Mo-
hawk and Cherokee, more material having been published in these two
than in all the others combined. Of manuscripts, mention is made of a
greater number in Mohawk than in any of the other languages. While
the whole Bible has not been printed in Iroquois, the greater portion of
it has been printed in both the Cherokee and the Mohawk.

Of grammars, we have printed in Cherokee that of Gabelentz and
the unfinished one by Pickering; in Mohawk, Cuogq’s “ Etudes philolo-
giques” and his “ Jugement erroné,” and in manuscript the rather ex-
tensive treatise by Marcoux; in Huron, that by Chaumonot in print,
and a number of manuscripts by various reverend fathers. In most of
the remaining languages also, mention is made of more or less exten-
sive grammatic treatises, either in print or in manuscript.

In dictionaries, the more important in print are those of the Huron by
Sagard, the Mohawk by Bruyas and by Cuogq, and the Onondaga edited
by Dr. Shea. In the Seneca mention is made of one manuscript dic.
tionary, and in the Tuskarora of two. One of the latter, that by Mr.
Hewitt, will, when finished, be by far the most extensive we now have
knowledge of in any of the Iroquoian languages.

Of Cherokee texts in Roman characters, but two will be found men-
tioned herein, both of them spelling books; the one by Buttrick and
Brown, printed in 1819, the other by Wofford, printed in 1824—both
issued before the invention of the Cherokee syllabary.

To the Iroquoian perhaps belongs the honor of being the first of our
American families of languages to be placed upon record. At any rate
it is the first of which we have any positive knowledge, the vocabularies
appearing in the account of Cartier’s second voyage to America, pub-
lished at Paris in 1545, antedating all other publications touching this
subject except the psendo-Mexican doctrine christian of 15238 and 1539.
It is probable, indeed, that printed record of some of Cartier’s linguistics
was made earlier than 1545. The second voyage, in the account of which
the vocabularies mentioned above appeared, was made in 1535, and the
first voyage in 1534. No copy of the first edition of the account of the
first voyage is known to exist; and although we can not fix the date of
its publication, it is fair to assume that it appeared previous to the
account of the second voyage. It is also fair to assume that it contained
pa vocabulary of the people of New France, as the first translation of

| ANTHROPOLOGIGA coc ewd

VI PREFACE.

it, appearing in Ramusio’s Navigations and Voyages in 1556, does con-
tain such a vocabulary.

The largest collection of Iroquoian texts I have seen is that in the
Library of Congress; the best private collections, those belonging to
Maj. J. W. Powell and myself.

In the collection of this material I have placed myself under obliga-
tions to many persons, whose kind offices | have endeavored to acknowl-
edge throughout the work. And it gives me pleasure to make record
and acknowledgment of my indebtedness to my assistant, Mr. P. C.
Warman, for his painstaking care and his intelligent and hearty co-
operation.

CJ Oe ee

DECEMBER 15, 1888.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE [ROQUOIAN LANGUAGES

By JAMES C. PILLING.

{An asterisk within parentheses indicates that the compiler has seen no copy of the work referred to. |

Ne

Adair (James). The | history | of the | | Adair (J.)—Continued.
American Indians; | particularly |
Those Nations adjoining to the Missi-
sippi [sic], east and | west Florida,
Georgia, South and North Carolina, and —

Virginia: | containing | An Account of |
|

‘*Their choice of names adapted to their cir-
cumstances,” pp. 191-194, contain terms in
various Indian languages, among them the
Cheerake.

Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe-
neum, Brinton, British Museum, Brown, Con-

their Origin, Lauguage, Manners, Re- |

ligious and | Civil Customs, Laws,
Form of Government, Panishments,
Conduct in | War and Domestic Life,
their Habits, Diet, Agriculture, Manu- |
factures, Diseases and Method of Cure,

and other Particulars, suffi- | cient to.

render it | a | complete Indiansystem. |

With | Observations on former Histo- |

rians, the Conduct of our Colony | Goy-
ernors, Superintendents, Missionaries,
&c.| Also| an appendix, | contain-
ing | A Description of the Floridas, and
the Missisippi [sic] Lands, with their
Produc- | tions —The Benefits of colo-
nising Georgiana, and civilizing the In-
dians— | And the way to make all the
Colonies more valuable to the Mother
Country. | With a new Map of the
Country referred to in the History. | By
James Adair, Esquire, | A Trader with
the Indians, and Resident in their
Country for Forty Years. |

London: | Printed for Edward and
Charles Dilly, in the Poultry. |
MDCCLXXYV [1775].

Half title verso blank 11. contents 11. title
verso blank 11. dedication 2 ll. preface 11. con-
tents 1]. text pp. 1-464, map, 4°.

Argument v, ‘‘ Their language and dialects,”
pp. 37-74; Argument vi, ‘‘ Their manner of
counting time,’’ pp. 74-80; and Argument xxii,

Adam (Lucien).

comparé de seize langues américaines.

gress, Dunbar, Massachusetts Historical So-
ciety, Trumbull, Watkinson.

Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, No. 33, 1. 1s.
Brought at the Field sale, No. 13, $9.50; at the
Menzies, No.7, ‘‘ half crushed blue levant mo-
rocco, gilt top, uncut,’ $15.50; at the Squier,
No.7, $9.75. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 17,
50 fr.; by Quaritch, No. 11607, 1l. 16s. At the
Brinley sale, No. 5352, an uncut copy, brought
$7, and a broken copy, No. 5353, $5.50; at the
Murphy sale, No. 14, it sold for $12. Quaritch
again prices it, No. 29910, with ‘* pencil notes,”
21. 10s., and another copy, No. 29911, 2U.; Clarke,
of Cincinnati, 1886, No. 6254, $15.

I have seen a German translation, Breslau,
1782, 8°, which contains no linguistics. (Brown.)
History of the North American In-
dians, their customs, &c. By James
Adair.

In King (E.), Antiquities of Mexico, vol. 8,
pp. 273-375, London, 1848, folio.

Contains Arguments i-xxiii of Adair’s work,
followed by ‘‘ Notes and Ilustrations to Adair’s
History of the North American Indians,” by
Lord Kingsborough, which occupies pp.
375-400.—Argument v, pp. 295-311; Argumeut
vi, pp. 311-314; Argument xxii, pp. 363-364.
Examen grammatical

In Congres Int. des Américanistes, Compte-
rendu, second session, vol. 2, pp. 161-244, Lux-
embourg & Paris, 1878, 8°.

The five folding sheets at the end contain a
number of vocabularies, among them an Iro-
quois.

Issued separately as follows:

2

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Adam (L.)—Continued.

Examen grammatical comparé | de |
seize langues américaines | par | Lu-
cien Adam | conseiller & la cour de
Nancy. |

Paris | Maisonneuve et Cie, Edi- |

teurs, | 25, Quai Voltaire, 25 | 1878.

Pp. 1-88 and six folding tables, 8°.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Public, Congress,
Powell.

Triibner, 1882 catalogue, p.3, prices a copy
68.

Adelung (Johann Christoph) [and Vater

(J.S.).] Mithridates | oder | allge-
meine | Sprachenkunde | mit | dem
Vater UnseralsSprachprobe | in bey na-
he | fiinfhundert Sprachen und Mund-
arten, | von | Johann Christoph Ade-
lung, | Churfiirstl Sichsischem Hof-
rath und Ober-Bibhothekar. | [Two
lines quotation. ] | Evrster[-Vierter ]
Adiaveyulyy|

Berlin, | in der Vossischen Buchhand-
lung, | 1806[-1817 ].

4 vols. (vol. 3 in three parts), 8°.—Vol. 3, pt.
3, contains the following Iroquois linguistic
material :

Cayuga vocabularies, pp. 318, 334-335 (from
Barton).

Cheerake vocabularies, pp. 292, 304-305 (from
Adair).

Cochnawago vocabularies, pp. 318, 332-333
(trom Barton).

Hochelaga vocabulary, pp. 336-337 (from
Laet).

Huron grammatic comments, pp. 323-329;
prayers (from Hervas), pp. 831-332; vocabn-
laries (from Sagard), pp. 318, 336-337.

Trokesen vocabulary (from Long and Los-
kiel), pp. 318, 336-337.

Mohawk or Mohaux grammatic comments,
pp. 3809-323; Lord’s prayer (from Hervas and
Smith), pp. 330-831; vocabularies, pp. 318,
332-333 (from Barton).

Mynckussar vocabulary (fron. Campanius),
pp. 334-835.

Oneida vocabularies, pp. 318, 332-333 (from

Barton).

Onondaga vocabularies, pp. 318, 332-333 (from
Barton).

Seneca vocabularies, pp. 318, 334-335 (from
Barton).

Tusearora vocabularies, pp. 318, 334-335 (from
Barton).

W yandot vocabularies, pp. 318, 336-337 (from
Barton).

Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, British Mu-
seum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Kames,
Trumbull, Watkinson.

Priced by Triibner (1856), No. 503, 1l. 16s.
Sold at the Fischer sale, No. 17, for 1l.; an-

Adelung (J. C.) and Water (J. 8.) —Con-
tinued.

other copy, No. 2042, for 16s. At the Field
sale, No. 16, it brought $11.85; at the Squier
sale, No. 9, $5. Leclerc (1878) prices it, No.
2042, 50 fr. At the Pinart sale, No. 1322, it
sold for 25 fr. and at the Murphy sale, No. 24,
a half-ealf, marble-edged copy brought $4,

Alden (Rev. Timothy). An | account |
of | sundry missions | performed amone
the | Senecas and Munsees; | in a serics
of letters. | With | an appendix. | By
Rev. Timothy Alden, | President of Al-
leghany College. |

New-York; | printed by J. Seymour.

| 1827.

Half title 11. frontispiece 11. title 11. pp. 5-
180, 16°.—Hymn “prepared by Mr. [Jabez
Backus] Hyde,” in the Seneca language, three
stanzas, with literal English translation, pp.
96-97.—A ppellative and other words in Seneca,
pp. 158-164.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu-
sem, Congress, Dunbar, Massachusetts His-
torical Society, Wisconsin Historical Society.

At the Brinley sale, No. 5584, a half-morocco
copy brought $2.50.

Almanac, Cherokee. See Worcester (S. A.).

Alphabet:
Cherokee. See Antrim (B. J.).
Cherokee. Guess (G.).
Cherokee. Indian.
Cherokee. Preservation.
Cherokee. « Worcester (S.A.).
Cherokee. Worden (D. B.).

Alsop (George). A | Character of the
Province | of | Maryland. | Deseribed
in four distinct parts, | Also | a small
treatise on the wild and naked Indians
(or | Susquehanokes) of Maryland,
their customs, | manners, absurdities,
and religion, | Together with | a collec-
tion of historical letters. | By | George
Alsop. | Anew edition with an intro-
duction and copious | historical notes.
| By John Gilmary Shea, LL.D., |
Member of the New York Historical
Society. [Eighteen lines quotation. ] |

New York: | William Gowans, | 1869.
Pp. 1-125, 8°. Forms vol. 5 of Gowan’s Bib-
liotheca Americana. Notes by Dr. J. G. Shea

occupy pp. 109-125.—Numerals 1-10 of the Sus->

guehanna or Mingua, Hochelaga, Huron, Mo-
hawk, and Onondaga, p. 121.

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress,
Dunbar, Eames, Massachusetts Historical So-
ciety, Powell, Watkinson.

At the Tield sale, No. 33, an uneut copy
brought $2.75; at the Menzies sale, No. 44, a

ee te ae

IROQUOIAN

Alsop (G.}— Continued.

“half calflarge paper, uncut” copy, ‘sixty-four |

copies only printed,” brought $6.13; and at the
Murphy sale a copy, No. 63, sold for $3.

Reissued as ‘‘ Fund Publication No. 15”
followss

A | Character of the Province | of |

as

Maryland. | [Seal] | By George Alsop.

| 1666. |
Baltimore, 1880.

Outside title as above, half title 1 L inside

title LL 41L pp 9-125, 8°. —Linquistics ag above.
Copies seen: Boston Public, Congress.

The original edition, Londen, 1666, contains |

no linguistics. (British Museum, )
Alvis (William). Teyeriwakowata, L.

M, [Ahymn] | In the Mohawk tongue.

| By William Alvis.
No title-page; 1p. 16°.
Copies seen: Yale.

American Antiguarian Society:

following a title or inclosed within parentheses

after a note indicate that a copy of the work

referred to was seen by the compiler in the li-

brary of that society, Worcester, Mass.
American Bible Socicty: These words following

a title or within parentheses after a note in-

dicate that a copy of the work referred to was

seen by the compiler in the library of that in-

stitution, New York City.

‘American Bible Society. 1776. Cen-

tennial exhibition,
verses | from versions in different |
languages and dialects | in which the
Holy Scriptures | have been printed
and circulated by the | American Bible
Society | and the | British and Foreign
Bible Society. | [Picture and one line
quotation. ] |

New York: | American Bible
Society, | instituted in the
MDCCCXVI. | 1876.

Pp. 1-48, 16°.—St. John iii, 16, in the Mohawk
and Seneca languages, p. 37; in Cherokee, p. 38.

Copies seen: American Bible Society, Eames,
Powell, Trumball.

An edition, similar except in date, appeared
in 1879. (Powell.)

— Specimen verses | from versions in

different | languages and dialects | in
which the | Holy Scriptures | have been

printed and circulated by the | Ameri-
can Bible Society | and the | British
and Foreign Bible Society. | [Picture
of Bible and one line quotation. ] |
Second edition, enlarged. |

New York: | American Bible Society, |
instituted in the year MDCCCXVI.
1885,

These words |

1876. | Specimen |

year |

LANGUAGES.

American Bible Society —Continued.

Pp. 1-64, 16°.—St. Jonn iii, 16, in Mohawk
and Seneca, p. 48; in Cherokee characters
p. 49.

Copies seen: Powell.

Issued also with title as above and, in addi-
tion, the following, which encircles the border
of the title-page: Souvenir of the World’s In-
dustrial and Cotton | Centennial Exposition. |
Bureau of Education: Department of the In-
terior. | New Orleans, 1885. (Powell.)

American Board of Commissioners: These words
following a title or within parentheses after a
note indicate that a copy of the work referred
to was seen by the compiler in the library of
the American Board of Commissioners for
Foreign Missions, Boston, Mass.

American Board of Commissioners for
Foreign Missions.

Books in the languages of the North
American Indians.

In Missionary Herald, vol. 32, pp. 268-269,
Boston, 18387, 8°.

A catalogue of the books, tracts, etc. which
had been prepared and printed, under the pat-
ronage of the American Board of Commission-
ers for Foreign Missions, in the languages of
the several Indian tribes among which the
missions of the board had been established ;
it embraces a number in Cherokee and in Sen-
eca.

Copies seen: Pilling.

American Philosophical Society. Cata-
logue of manuscript works on the In-
dians and their languages, presented
to the American Philosophical Society
or deposited in their library.

In American Philosoph. Soc. Trans. of the
Hist. and Lit. Committee, vol. 1, pp. xlvii-l,
Phila. 1819, 8°. (Bureau of Ethnology.)

Some of the works mentioned are in Iroquoian
dialects, by Zeisberger, Pyrleus, Campbell,
Hawkins, and others.

teprinted in Buchanan (James), Sketches
of the History, Manners, and Customs of the
North American Indians, pp. 307-310, London,
1824, 8°;
the reprint of the same: New York, 1824, 16°.

also appears on pp. 79-82 of vol. 2 of

American Society. The | first annual
report | of the | American Society | for
promoting the civilization and general
improvement of the | Indian tribes in
the United States. | Communicated to
the society, in the City of Washington,
with the | documents in the appendix,
at their meeting, Feb. 6, 1824. |

New Haven: | Printed for the soci-
ety, by S. Converse. | 1824.

Printed cover, title verso blank 11. text pp.
3-74, 8°.—Remarks on the Cherokee language,

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

American Society — Continued.

with vocabulary from Butrick and Brown’s |
Cherokee Spelling-book, pp. 58-62.—Remarks |
on the Seneca language, with a vocabulary of
nouns, adverbs, connectives, and interjections,
pp. 62-65.

Copies seen: British Museum, Eames, Powell, |
Trumbull.

At the Field sale, No. 1084, an uncut copy |
sold for $2.13. |
American Tract Society: These words following |
a title or within parentheses after a note in-
dicate that a copy of the work referred to was
seen by the compiler in the library of that
institution, New York City.

Analysis | of the | Seneca language.
Na na none do wau gau | ne u wen noo
da.

Bnttalo: | H. A. Salisbary, Printer. |
13527.

Pp. 1-36, 16°.

Copies seen: American Board of Commis-
sioners. |

Anderson (fev. Joseph). The Huron |
language and some of the Huron-Iro- |
quois traditions. |
In American Philolog. Ass. Proc. fifth ann. |
sess. 1873, pp. 23-25, Hartford, 1874, 8°. |
A general discussion, with examples, ‘‘ con-
sisting mainly of extracts from a letter of |
Horatio Hale.’®
Andrews (William), Barclay (H.), and
Ogilvie (J.). The order | For Morning
and Evening prayer, | And Administra-
tion of the | sacraments, | and some
other | offices of the church, | Together |
with | A Collection of Prayers, and
some Sentencesof the Holy Scriptures,

necessary for Knowledge | Practice. |
Ne | Yagawagh Niyadewighniserage

Yonderaeuayendagh- | Kwa orghoon-
gene neoni Yogaraskha yoghse- | rag-

wegough. Neoni Yagawagh Sakra- |
menthogoon, neoni oya Addereanai- |
yent ne Onoghsadogeaghtige. | Oni |
Ne Odd’ yage
Addereanaiyent, | neoni Siniyoghthare
ne Kaghyadoghseradogeaghti, | ne |
Wahooni Ayagodericandaragge neoni
Ayon- | dadderighhoenie. |

Collected, and into the
Mohawk | Language under the Direc-
tion of the late Rev. | Mr. William
Andrews, the late Rev. Dr. Henry |
Barclay, and the Rey. Mr. John Ovlivie
[sie]: | Formerly Missionaries from the
venerable Society | for the Propagation

Watkeanissaghtough

translated

THE

Andrews (W.), Barclay (H.), and Ogil-

vie (J.) —Continued.
of the Gospel in Foreign | Parts, to the
Mohawk Indians. |

[New York: W. Weyman and Hugh
Gaine.] Printed in the Year,
M,DCC,LXIX [1769].

2 p. Il. pp. 3-204, 8°.

“Tn 1762, witha prospect for continued peace,
Sir William Jobnson turned his attention more
directly to the improvement of the Six Nations.
He was earnest in helping all efforts for their
conversion and education, and his position and
long experience gave him practical insight into
measures affecting their welfare. Most of the
Mohawks, and some of the Oneidas and Tusca-
roras, could now read,and he often furnished
them snitable books. As knowledge spread
among them, the need of a new edition of the
Indian prayer-book attracted his attention, and
he undertook its publication at his own ex-
pense, securing the Rey. Dr. Barclay to super-
intend the work. With a copy of the old edi-
tion he sent translations of the singing psalms,
the communion office, that of baptism, and some
prayers, which he desired added. When com.
pleted the book was an octavo of 204 pages.

‘But it was not printed at once, and the
causes of the delay were both interesting and
curious. Mr. William Weyman, of New York,
commenced the work in 1763, and soon encoun:
tered difficulties of which he has left us full ac-
counts, He had agood font of type for printing
English, but was soon ‘out of sorts’ in this new
language. Let him tell his own story: ‘Weare
put to prodigious difficulty to print such lan-
guage (in form) in North America, where we
have not the command of a letter maker's
founding-house to suit ourselves in ye particu-
lar sorts required, such as g’s, k's, y’s, ete., ete.,
when, had it been in ye English tongue, we could
make much greater dispatch—but at present
‘tis absolutely impossible—I having been
obliged to borrow sundry letters from my
brother printers, even to complete this present
half sheet.’

* * * *

‘Rey. Dr. Barclay died in 1764, and his long
sickness and death hindered, and for atime act-
ually stopped, the work on the new edition, as
there was then no one in the city of New York
who could revise or correct it but him. He
found that the copy sent was very erroneous,
and spent much time in correcting it; while, at
the same time, it was so long since he had used
the Mohawk language, that he was distrustful
of his own ability. During his illness he sug-
gested that Mr. Daniel Claus, afterward Indian
agent in Canada, was better able to do it than
himself, but he was then away. Mr. Weyman,
therefore, sent the copy back to be transcribed
clearly, under Sir William’s own eye, agreeing
to ‘follow copy’ when it was returned.

~~

Animal names, Seneca.

Another Tongue brought in, to Confess

TROQUOIAN

Andrews (W.), Barciay (H.), and Ogil-

vie (J.)—Continued.

““Two years later, Mr. Weyman wrote that
‘the Indian Common Prayer- Book stilllies dead.’
He suggested that Rev. Mr. Ogilvie, then of
Trinity Church, New York, and late mission-
ary to the Mohawks, might undertake its cor-

]

|

rection, if Johnson doubted his ‘sticking close |

to a legible copy.’ His own death, in 1768,
caused further delay, and Hugh Gaine finished
the work early in 1769. Tho little volume of
204 pages had been only six years in course of
publication. On the title-page it is said to have
been prepared under direction of Rey. Messrs.

Andrews, Barelay, and Ogilvie, formerly mis-

sionaries to the Mohawks.” —Beauchamp.

Copies seen: Brinley, Lenox.

At the Brinley sale, No. 5709, a “ fine, clean,
sheep, gilt copy,” brought $75, and at the Mur-
phy sale, a copy, No. 1699, sold for $27.

See Morgan (L. H.).

| the Great Saviour of the World. | Or,
| Some communications | of | Christi-
anity, | Put into a Tongue used among
the | Iroquois Indians, | in America. |

And, Put into the Hands of the Engiish
| andthe Dutch Traders: | To accommo-
date the Great Intention of | Communi-
cating the Christian | religion, unto the
salvages, | among whom they may find

any thing | of this Language to be In- |

telligible. | Ezek. III 6 | [&c. three
lines. ] |

Boston: Printed by B. Green. | 1707.

Pp. 1-16, 16°. Questions and answers in Iro-
quois, Latin, English, and Dutch. See fac-
simile of title-page, p.6. The only perfect copies
knowu of this work are those in the British
Museum, the Lenox Library, and the Carter
Brown Library. It is named in the list of Cot-
ton Mather’s publications which is appended
to his biography by Samuel Mather.

Copies seen: British Museum, Brown.

“Why this, the first book in the language of
the Five Nations, was printed at. Boston in-
stead of New York—or by whom the transla-
tion was made—-Mather does not inform us. It
may, with much probability, be conjectured
that the copy was furnished by the Rev.
Thorowgood Moor, who was sent out by the
Society for the Propagation of the Gospel, in
1704, to labor for the conversion of the Mo-
hawks. He remained nearly a year at Albany,
and visited the Mohawks at their ‘ Castle,’ but
could not obtain their consent to his establish-
ment of a mission among them. Before No-
vember, 1705, he returned to New York, and
shortly afterwards went to Burlington, N.J.,
to supply the place of the Rey. John Talbot
(another missionary of the Society). Tere Mr.
Moor gave offence by refusing to admit the
Lieutenant-Governor (Ingoldsby) to the Lord's
supper, and was punished by imprisonment.
Having contrived te eserps, be fle] to Boston

Antrim (Benajah J.)

LANGUAGES. 5

Another Tongue, ete.— Continued.

and in November, 1707, took passage for Eng-
land, from Marblehead. The vessel, with allon
board, was lost at sea (O’Callaghan’s Note, in
N. Y. Documents, iv, 1077). Mr. Talbot on his
return from England had met Mr. Moor in
Boston and tried to induce him to go back to
New York, but ‘poor Thorowgood said he had
rather be taken into France than into the fort
at New York.’

“While at Albany, Mr. Moor must have had
opportunity to learn something of the Mohawk
language from Laurence Claesse, the provin-
cial interpreter, who had been a prisoner among
the Iroquois, ‘and understood their language
sufficiently,’ and from the Rev. Bernardus Free.
man, minister of the Dutch Reformed Church
at Schenectady, who ‘had been employed by
the Earl of Bellamont in the year 1700, to con-
vert the Indians,’ and ‘hada good knowledge
of the dialect of the Mohawks’ (Humphrey's
Hist. Account, 299, 302). When the Rey. Will-
iam Andrews began his mission work among
the Five Nations in 1710, Mr. Claesse served as
his interpreter; and Mr. Freeman (who mean-
while had removed to Brooklyn) gave the So-
ciety copies of the translations he had made of
the English liturgy and select portions of Script-
ure—from which a Mohawk prayer-book was
printed at New York (Zd., 299,302). This ‘ very
worthy Calvinist minister’ (as Humphreys
characterizes him) may have previously given
Mr. Moora copy of—or assisted him to trans-
late—this little manual. Mather would be glad
to promote its publication, and not disinclined
to receive whatever credit he was entitled to
for the work. And as Moor, while in Boston
in 1707, was a fugitive from Lord Cornbury’s
jurisdiction, there was reason enough—the re-
lation of Massachusetts to New York, consid-
ered—for omitting to mention the
name on the title-page or in connection with
the work.’’- -Trumbull.

anthor’s

Pantography, |
or | universal drawings, | in the com-
parison of their natural and arbitrary
laws, | with the nature and importance
of | Pasigraphy, | as| the science of
letters; | being particularly adapted to
the orthoepic accuracy | requisite in in-
ternational correspondences, and | the
study of foreign languages. | With
Specimens of more than Fifty Different
Alphabets, including a concise descrip-
tion | of almost all others known gen-
erally throughout the World. | [De-
sign.] | By Benajah J. Antrim. |

Philadelphia: | Published by the au-
thor, and for sale by | Thomas, Cow-
perthwait & Co, | 1545

Pp. i-vi, 7-162, 12°.—Cherokee alphabet. with
explanation of sounds, pp. 103-101,

Copies seen: Asvor, Congress.

Priced by Lriibaer, 18535, No. 505, 5s. 6d

Re ed

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

me 8s et

Another Tongue broughe i in, to -o Canfets |
the Great SAVIOUR of the World. ;

OR,
Some COM ie eae tee

C riftie anity,

Put inte 3 Fengue uled aniong se :

Hroquoi® INOLANS,
2% Amerseg.

And, Pur i ue 0 the Famed of thé ENGLISH
and che DUTCH Traders ;

‘To sf aot the tzveat Incencion of
Communicating the GH 1S "C TIAN
RELIGIO pane thie SA a V AGES,
aone who i hey niay find aoy ching
of this Language to be Fncelligibe,

Ezek. ML 6)
Pecple of@ Sivasne Speteb, and of an Hard Language, |
whife words show cars? mat understand , Surely bad A fert
pes sunke stem, they wauid bave hearkercd urce thee

> a SI a

SR ET

me

ES SE)

ssLaaaey
BOSIGN ; Printed by B. Gree.
bio 7.

——

IROQUOIAN

Arch (John). [Third chapter of St. John

Arithmetic, Cherokee.

Assall (lriedrich Wilhelm).

‘Astor: This word following a titlo or within

in the Cherokee language. | E>

Ina biography of Se-quo-yah (George Guess),
by George E. Foster, Philadelphia, 1835, the fol-
lowing statement concerning this native Chero-
kee, whose Indian name was At-see, is made (p.
120): ‘He spent quite a time near Willstown,
near the western limits of the State of Georgia;
here he met Se-quo-yah and became interested
in his invention (the Cherokee alphabet]. He
readily saw its value and determined to put it
into practical use. Before this he had assisted
one of the missionaries in translating an ele-
mentary school book for the Cherokees, which
was afterward printed. Hecontinued his good
work as preacher, teacher, and interpreter
until late in the season of 1824, when be was
taken ill of dropsy. Unable to travel. he at
once set about translating the third chapter of |
St. John into the Cherokee language. He then
wrote it in the syllabic character of Se-quo-yah.
It was received with wonderful avidity, and
was copied many hundred times and read by
the multitudes whom he had visited in his
tour, thus preparing the way for its quick re-
ception among his people. This was the first |
portion of Scripture translated into the alpha
bet of Se-quo-yah, though it was rapidly fol-
lowed by other portions.”

The clementary book referred to is probably
the spelling book of Buttrick (D.S.) and Brown
(D.).

|
See Jones (J. B.). |
Nachrich- |
ten | Qber | die friheren Einwoliner |
von | Nordamerika | und ihre | Denk-
maler, | gesammelt von | Friedrich Wil-
helm Assall, {| Berghauptmann = des |
Staates Pennsylvanien. |. Herausgege-
ben | mit einem Vorberichte | von |
Franz Joseph Mone, | ord. Prof. der |
Geschichte und Statistik zu Heidel-
berg. | Mit einem Atlas von 12 Steinta-
feln. |

Heidelberg. | August Oszwalds Uni-
versitats=Buchhandlung. | 1827.

Pp. i-xvi, 1-160, 11 folding plates, 8°.—Wort-
sammlung aus der Weiondot Sprache, pp. 107-
109. |

Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 2225, says the work
is ‘almost a literal translation of vol. 1 of the
Archeologia Americana.” |

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum,
gress.

At the Squier sale, No. 41, a half-morocco
copy sold for $2.25, and at the Ramirez sale
a copy, No. 953, was bought by Quaritch for
128.

Con-

parentheses after a note indicates that a copy |
of the work referred to was seen by the com-
piler in the Astor Library, New York City.

Auer (Alois).

LANGUAGES. 7

Outside title: Sprachen-
halle. |

N. b. Dieerste Abtheilung, das Vater
Unser in 603 Sprachen und Mundarten,
enthialt den Adelung’schen Mithridates
sammt 86 von mir beigefiigten Vater-
Unser-Formeln, in getreuen Abdrucke
nach den | Quellen, und zwar in tabel-
larischer Aufsteilung, um alle Miingel
und Fehler der Originalien deutlicher
au veranschaulichen, und dadureh die
Verbesserung zu erzielen. |

Die zwerte Abtheilung, das Vater
Unser in 206 Sprachen und Mundarten,
enthilt die von mir neuerdings gesam-
melten verbesserten Vater-Unser in den
Volkern eigenthiimlichen Schriftziigen
mit der | betreffenden Aussprache und
wortlichen Uebersetzung, | A. Auer.

First engraved title: Das | Vater Unser

Second engraved title: Das | Vater Unser | in
mehr als 200 Sprachen und Mundarten | mit |
Originalty pen.

(Wien: 1814-1847. ]

Outside title reverse a short description 1
sheet, 17 other sheets printed on one side only
in portfolio, oblong folio. Part I, dated 1844,
has the caption: Das Vater-Unser in mehr als
sechshundert Sprachen und Mundarten, typo-
metrische aufgestellt. Part II, dated 1847, has
the caption: Das Vater-Unser in 206 Sprachen
und Mundarten, neuerdings gesammeit und
Zweite Abtheilung,
Mit 55 verschiedenen den Vélkern eigenthiim-
lichen Schriftztigen abgedruckt.

The Lord’s prayer in the Mohawk is num-
bered 593, 594.

Copies seen:

aufcestellf von A. Auer.

Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Harvard.
Snbin’s Dictionary, No. 57438, gives brief title
of an edition: Vienne e
1851, royal 8°.
Authorities :
See American Board.

Typographia Imp.

American Philosophica
Bartlett (J. R.).
Jeanchamp (W. M.).
Brinley (G.).
3rinton (D.G.).
Catalogue.
Clarke (.) & Co.
Dufossé (E.).
Field (T. W.).
Hopkins (A. G.).
Huron.
Leclere (€.).
Ludewig (H. E.).
Murphy (H.C.).
O'Callaghan (E. B.).
Perry (W.S.).
Pick (B.).
Quaritch (B.).

Society,

8

Authorities— Continued.
See Sabin (J.).
Schoolcraft (H. R.).
Squier (E.G.).

B.

[Bagster (Jonathan), editor.] The Bible
of Every Land. | A history of | the sa-
cred scriptures | in every language

and dialect | into which translations |

have been made: | illustrated with |
specimen portions in native characters ;
| Series of Alphabets; | coloured eth-
nographical maps, | tables, indexes,
etc. | Dedicated by permission to his
grace the archbishop of Canterbury. !
[Vignette and one line quotation. ] |

London: | Samuel Bagster and sons,
| 15, Paternoster row; | warehouse for
bibles, new testaments, prayer books,
lexicons, grammars, concordances, |
and psalters, in ancient and modern
languages. [1848-1851. ]

Pp. i-xxviii, 1-3, 1-405, 1-12, maps, 4°.—St.
John i, 1-14, in Mohawk, p. 375.

Copies seen: American Bible Society, Boston
Athenieum, Lenox.

[-—— ] The Bible of every Land; | or, | A
History, Critical and Philological, | of
al] the Versions of the Sacred Seript-
ures, | in every language and dialect
into which | translations have been
made; | with | specimen portions in
their own characters: | including, like-
wise, | the History of the original texts
of Scripture, | and intelligence illustra-

tive of the distribution and | results of

each version: | with particular refer-
ence to the operations of the British
and Foreign Bible Society, aud kindred
institutions, | as well as those of the
missionary and other societies through-
out the world. | Dedicated by permis-
sion to his Grace the Archbishop of
Canterbury. | [Vignette. ] |

London: | Samuel Bagster and Sons,
| 15, Paternoster Row; | Warehouse for
Bibles, New Testaments, prayer books,
lexicons, grammars, concordances, and
psalters, | in ancient and modern lan-
guages. | (Quotation, one line.] [184-
1851. ]

11 p. ll. pp. xvii-Ixiv, 4 ll. pp.1-406, 1-4, 2 1.

pp. 1-12, 3 Hl. 4°.—Lingnistics as under previous

title.

Copies seen: Astor.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

THE

Authorities — Continued.
See Stevens (H.).
Triibner (N.) & Co.
Vater (J.S.).

Bagster (J.)—Continued.

E ] The Bible of Every Land. | A his
tory of | the Sacred Scriptures | inevery
language and dialect | into which
translations have been made: | illus-
trated by | specimen portions in native
characters; | Series of Alphabets; |

| coloured ethnographical maps, | tables,

indexes, ete. | New edition, enlarged
and enriched. | [Design and one line
quotation. ] |

London: | Samuel Bagster and sons: |
at the warehouse for Bibles, New Testa-
ments, church services, prayer books,
lexicons, grammars, | concordances,
and psalters, in ancient and modern lan-

15, Paternoster row. [1860.]

27 p. Ll. pp. 1-36, 1-475, 5 unnumbered pp.
maps, 4°.—St. John i, 1-14, in Mohawk, p. 456:
in Seneca, pp. 458-459; in Cherokee, p. 459.

Copies seen: Boston Public, Congress, Eames.

Baker (Theodor). Uber die Musik | der |
nordamerikanischen Walden | von |
Theodor Baker. | [Design. ] |

Leipzig, | Druck und Verlag von
Breitkopf & Hiirtel. | 1882.

Printed cover 1]. title as above 1 1. pp. iii-vi,
1-82, 2 plates, 8°.—Songs in various American
languages, among them the Irokesen, pp. 59-63;
Cherokee, p. 74.

Coptes seen: Brinton, Dorsey, Geological Sur-
vey, Lenox

For title of another edition of the same date,
see “Addenda” to this catalogue.

Balbi (Adrien). Atlas | ethnographique
du globe, | ou | classification des peu-
ples | anciens et modernes | d’aprés
leurs langues, | précédé | @un discours
sur Putilité ef Vimportance de Vétude
des langues appliquée a plusieurs
branches des connaissances humaines;

_ WMunapergu | sur lesmoyens graphiques

employés par les différens peuples de la
terre; Vuncoup-d’e@il surVhistoire | de
la langue slave, et sur la marche pro-
gressive de la civilisation | et de la lit-
térature en Russie, | avee environ sept

gtages;

cents vocabulaires des principaux idi-
omes connus, | et suivi | du tableau
physique, moral et politique | des cing
' parties du monde, | Dédié & 8S. M. ’Em-

a
a
9

asa

fs

.

;
i

IROQUOIAN

Balbi (A.)— Continued.

pereur Alexandre; | par Adrien Balbi, |
ancien professeur de géographie, de
physique et de mathématiques, | mem-
bre correspondant de l Athénée de Tré-
vise, etc. etc. | [Design. ] |

A Paris, | Chez Rey et Gravier, li-
braires, Quai des Augustins, N° 55. |
M. DCCC. XXVI[1826]. | Imprimé chez
Paul Renounard, Rue Garenciére, N° 5.
F.-S.-G.

73 unnumbered 1. folio.—Langues de la région
alléghanigne et des lacs, embracing Cherokee,
Oneidas, Onondagos, Senecas, Tuscarora, Wy-
andot, Huron, and Hochelaga, plate xxxiv.—
Tableau polyglotte des langues américaines,
plate xli, contains a vocabulary of twenty-six
words of anumber of languages, among them
the Cherokee, Mohawk, Oneida, Onondaga, Sen-
eca, Cayuga, Tuscarora, Wyandot, and Huron.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Powell, Watkinson.

graphique | du globe, | contenant |
un discours sur Vutilité et Vimportance
de l'étude des langues | appliquée a
plusieurs branches des connaissances
humaines; | un apercu | sur les moyens
graphiques employés par les différens
peuples de la terre; | des observations
surlaclassification des idiomes | décrits
dans Vatlas; | un coup-doeil sur Vhis-

Introduction | & | Vatlas ethno- |

toire de la langue slave | et sur la |
inarche progressive de la civilisation et |
de la littérature | en Russie, | dédié | a |

S. M. V’Empereur Alexandre, | par
Adrien Balbi, | ancien professeur de
géographie, de physique et de mathé-
matiques, | membre correspondant de

VAthénée de Trévise, etc., etc. | Tome |

premicr. | [Design.] |

A Paris, | chez Rey et Gravier, Li-
braires, | Quai des Augustins, Ne 55. |
M. DCCC. XXVI [1826].

Pp. i-exliii, 1-416, 8°. Vol. Tis all that was
published.—Numerals 1-10 in Mohawk, p. evj.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress, Watkinson.

The Atlas and Introduction together priced
by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2044, 30 fr. At the Mur-
phy sale, No. 136*, they brought $3.50.

Bancroft: This word following a title or

within parentheses after a note indicates that
a copy of the work referred to was seen by the
compiler in the library of Mr. H. H. Bancroft,
San Francisco, Cal.

Barclay (Rev. Henry). See Andrews

(W.), Barclay (H.), and Ogilvie (J.).

LANGUAGES. 9

Barclay (H.)—Continued. .

—— See Chamberlayne (J.) and Wil-
kins (D.).

See Morning and Evening Prayer.

Barefoot (Isaac). See Bearfoot (I.).

[Bartlett (John Russell).] Catalogue |
of the | magnificent library | of the
late | Hon. Henry C. Murphy, | of |
Brooklyn, Long Island, | consisting al-
most wholly of | Americana | or | books
relating to America. | The whole to be
sold by auction, | at the | Clinton Hall
sales rooms, | on | Monday, March 3d,
1884, and the following days. | Two
sessions daily, at 2.30 o’clock, and 7.30
p.m. |

Geo. A. Leavitt & Co., Auctioneers. |
New York, 1834. | Orders to Purchase
executed by the Auctioneers, Free of
Charge.
Printed cover 11. pp. i-viii, 1-434, addenda

pp. 1-9, 8°. Compiled by the late Hon. John R.

Bartlett.—Contains titles of works in various
Iroquois dialects.

Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling.

Barton (Benjamin Smith). New views |
of the | ovigin | of the | tribes and na-
tions | of | America. | By Benjamin
Smith Barton, M. D. | correspondent-
member [&c. ten lines]. |

Philadelphia: | printed, for the aa-
thor, | by John Bioren. | 1797.

Pp. i-xii, i-cix, 1-83,8°.—Comparative vocab-
ulary of 54 words of anumber of Indian lan-
guages, including the Mohawk, Onondaga
(from Zeisberger), Cayuga, Oneida (from
Evans), Tuscarora (from Lawson), Wyandot,
Seneca, and Cherokee (from Adair), pp. 1-80.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu-
seum, Congress.

At the Field sale, No. 106, a half-morocco,
uncut copy, brought $3; at the Brinley sale, No.
5359, ‘a half-calf, large, fine copy,” brought $9;
the Murphy copy, half-calf, No. 183, brought
$5.50.

Reviewed and extracts given in The Port-
folio, vol. 7, pp. 507-526.

Second edition, corrected and enlarged, as
follows:

— New views | of the | origin | of the
| tribes and nations | of | America. |
By Benjamin Smith Barton, M. D. | cor-
respondent-member [ &c. ten lines] |

Phitadelphia: | printed, for the au-
thor, | by John Bioren. | 1798.

Title as above reverse blank 1 1, pp. i-cix,
1-133, appendix pp. 1-32, 8°.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Eames, Wisconsin Historical Society.

A copy at the Field sale, No 107, brought $8;

10

Barton (B. 8S.) —Continued.

Leclere, 1878, No. 809, prices an nncut copy
40 fr. ; at the Murphy sale, No. 184, a half-mo-
rocco copy brought $9.59.

Bartram (William), Travels | through |
North & South Carolina, | Georgia,
east & west Florida, | the Cherokee
country, the extensive | territcries of
the Muscogulges, | or Creek confeder-
acy, and the | country of the Chactaws;
| containing | an account of the soil
and natural | productions of those re-
gions, toge- | ther with observations on

the | manners of the Indians. | Embel-

lished with copper-plates. | By William
Bartram. |

Philadelphia: | Printed by James &
Johnson. | M,DCC,XCI [1791].

Title 1 1. contents
Xxxiv, text pp. 1-522,

introduction, &c. pp. i-

8°.--Lists of the towns
and tribes in leagne, and which constitute the
powerful confederacy or empire of the Crecks
or Muscogulges, pp. 462-464,

Appended and oceupying pp. 481-522 is:

An | account | of the | persons, manuers, cus-
toms | and | government | of the | Muscogulges
or Creeks, | Cherokees, Chactaws, &c. | abo-
rigines of the continent of | North America. |
By William Bartram. |

Philadelphia: | Printed by James & Johnson.
| M,DCC,XCI [1791].

Chapter vi. Language and manners [of the
Muscogulges and Cherokees], pp. 519-522.

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Mas-
sachusetts Historical Society, Watkinson.

At the Field sale, No. 110, a ‘‘ poor copy, half-
morocco,” brought $3.25. The Brinley copy,
No. 8481, brought $3.50, and the Murphy, No.
187, $5.50.

— Travels | through | North and South
Carolina, | Georgia, | East and West
Florida, | the Cherokee Country, | the
extensive Territories of the Muscogulges
| or Creek Confederacy, | and the Coun-
try of the Chactaws. | Containing | an
Account of the Soiland Natural produe-

| tions of those regious; | together with
observations on the manners of the In-
dians. | Embellished with copper-plates.
| By William Bartram. |

Philadelphia: Printed by James and
Johnson, 1791. | London: | Reprinted
for J. Johnson, in St. Paul’s Church-
yard. | 1792.

Pp. i-xxiv, 1-520, 611. map, 8°.—Language and
manners, pp. 517-520.

Copies seen: British Museum, Brown, Trum- |

bull.
LGrought at the Squier sale, No. 69, $4.50; at
the Menzies, No. 140, ‘half blue morocco, gilt

|
|

BIBLIOGRAPHY

— Travels | throngh

OF THE

Bartram (W.) — Continued.

top, uncut,” $8.50; at the Brinley, No. 4544,
$450; at the Pinart, No. 80, 11 fr.; at the Mur-
phy, No. 186, $5.50. Priced by Quanitch, No.
29919, half calf, 15s.; calf, 18s.

North and South
Jarolina, | Georgia, | East and West
Florida, | the Cherokee Country, | the
Extensive Territories of the Muscogul-
ges | or Creek Confederacy, | and the
Country of the Chactaws, | containing |
an Account of the soil and natural pro-
due- | tions of those Regions ; | together
with | observations om the manners of
the Indians. | Embellished with Copper-
plates. | By William Bartram. |

Dublin: | For J. Moore, W. Jones, R.
M‘Allister, and J. Rice. | 1793.

Pp. i-xxiy, 1-520, index 6 11. map, plates, 8°.—
Language and manners, pp. 517-520.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Dunbar.

Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, No. 224, 8s. 6d. ;
sold at the Vield sale, No. 112, for $3.50.

Williain Bartram’s | Reisen |
durch | Nord-und Sud-Karolina, | Geor-
gien, Ost- und West-Florida, | das Ge-
biet | der Tscherokesen, Krihks und
Tschaktahs, | nebst umstiindlichen
Nachrichten | von den Einwohnern,
dem Boden und den Naturprodukten |
dieser wenig bekannten grossen Lin-
der. | Ans dem Englischen. | Mit erliin-
ternden Anmerkungen | von | E. A. W.
Zimmermann, | Hofrath und Professor
in Braunschweig.

Pp. i-xxvi, 1]. pp: 1-469, sm. 8°.
1-469 of:

Magazin | von | merkwiirdigen neuen | Rei-
sebeschreibungen, | aus fremden Sprachen
ubersetzt | und mit | erliuternden Anmerkun-
gen begleitet. | Mit Kupfern. | Zehnter Band. |
Berlin, 1793. | In der Vossischen Buchhand-
lung.

Sprache und Denkimiler, pp. 461-464.

Copies seen: Congress.

Forms pp.

— Travels | through | North and South

Carolina, | Georgia, | east and west
Florida, | the Cherokee country, | the
extensive territories of the Muscogul-
ges | or Creck confederacy, | and the
country of the Chactaws. | Containing |
an account of the soil and natural
produe- | tions of those regions; |
together with | observations on the
manners of the Indians. | Embellished
with copper-plates. | By William Bar-
trai. | The second edition in London. |

Philadelphia: printed by James and

IROQUOIAN

Bartram (W.)— Continued.

Johnson. 1791. | London: | reprinted
for J. Johnson, in St. Paul’s church-
yard. | 1794.

Title verso blank 11. contents pp. iii-vii, in
troduction pp. viii-xxiv, text pp. 1-520, index
4 ll. 8°.—Language and manners, pp. 517-520.

Copies seen: British Museuin, Brown, Con-
gress, Massachusetts Historical Society, Wat’
kinson.

Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, No. 225, 8s. 67.
At the Field sale, No. 111, ahalf-moroceo, uncut
copy brought $6.

The Carter Brown catalogue titles an edition,
in German: Haarlaem, Bohn, 1794, 8°. Sabin’s
Dictionary, No. 3873, titles an edition: Haarlem,
1794-1797; and another (quoting from de Jong) :
Amsterdam, 1797, 3 parts.

— Voyage | dans les parties sud | de

VAmérique | septentrionale; | Savoir:
les Carolines septentrionale et méridio-
nale, la Georgie, les Florides orientale
et | occidentale, le pays des Cherokées,
le vaste | territoire des Muscogulges ou
de la confédé- | ration Creek, et le pays
des Chactaws; | Contenant des détails
sur le sol et les productions natu- |
relles de ces contrées, et des observa-
tions sur les | meeurs des Sauvages qui
les habitent. | Par Williams [sic] Bar-
tram. | Imprimé & Philadelphie, en
1791, et & Londres, | en 1792, et trad. de
Vangl. parP.V. Benoist. | Tome premier
[-second]. |

A Paris, | Chez Carteret et Brosson,
libraires, rune Pierre- | Sarrasin, Nos. 13
et 7 | Dugour ct Durand, rue et maison
Serpente. | An VIL[1799}].

2 vols.: 2 IL pp. 1-457, 1]. map; 11. pp. 1-436,
1]. 12°.—Langage, meenrs, ete. [Muscogulge et
Cherokée], vol. 2, pp. 419-424.

Copies seen: British Museum, Brown, Con-

gress.
Voyage | dans les Parties Sud | de
VPAmérique | Septentrionale ; | Savoir:
les Carolines septentrionale et méridio-
nale, la Georgie, les Florides
tale et | occidentale, le pays des Chero-
kées, Je vaste | territoire des Muscogul-
ges ou de la confédé- | ration Creek, et
le pays des Chactaws; | Contenant des
détails sur le sol et les productions |
naturelles de ces contrées, et des ob-
servations sur les | mceurs des Sau-
vages qui les habitent. | Par William
Bartram. | Imprimé & Philadelphie, en
1791, et & Londres, | en 1792, et trad.
de Vangl. par P. V. Benoist. | Tome
Premier [-Second ].

LANGUAGES.

1A |

Bartram (W.)---Continned.

A Paris, | Chez Maradan, Libraire,
rine Parée Saint-André- | des-Ares, No.
16. | An IX [1801].

2 vols. 8°.—Langage, murs, etc., vol. 2, pp.
419-424,

Copies seen: Brown.

Priced by Leclere, 1878, No. 810, 18 fr.; by
Dufossé, 1887, No. 24975, 8 fr.

dartram’s Travels is partly reprinted in The
Wonderful Magazine and Marvellous Chroni-

29!

cle, vol. 5, pp. 313-323,

Q-= 49

355-365, London, n. d.
8°, the linguistics appearing on pp. 365-366.

—— Observations on the Creek and
Cherokee Indians. By William Bar-

tram. 1729. With prefatory and sup-
plementary notes. By E. G. Squier.

In American Eth. Soc. Trans. vol. 3, pt. 1,
pp. 1-81, New York, 1853, §°.

The article by Mr. Bartram occupies pp. 11-
58, the remaining pages being taken up with
Mr. Squier’s notes.

There are a few Creek and Cherokee terms
scattered throughout.

Priced by Clarke,
$1.25.

1886, No. 6268, paper,

| Bastian (Philipp Wilhelm Adolf). Eth-

orien- |

Bearfoot (Isaac).

nologie und vergleichende Linguistik.

In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, vol. 4 (1872),
pp. 1387-162, 211-231, Berlin [n.d.], 8°.

Contains examples in and grammatie com-
ments upon a number of American languages,
among them the Cherokee, pp. 214, 224, and the
Huron, p. 219.

Ne karorouh | ne
teyerihwahkwathaokouh | shonagaro-
wane | Tehaweanadennyouh, | Skaka-
nyadaradih | t’keatyohkwayea | teho-
dirisdohrarakouh. |

the Church
company. |

Toronto: | printed by
printing and | publishing
187

Second title: A collection | of | psalms and
hymns | in the | Mohawk Language, | for the |
use of the Six Nation Indians. | Translated by
Isaac Barefoot [sic]. | Published by | the New
England company. |

Toronto: |! printed by the Church printing
and | publishing company. | 1871.

Mohawk title verso 1. 1 (p.3), English title
recto 1.2 (p. 3), text pp. 4-93, 4-93, double num-
bers, alternate pages Mohawk aad English; in-
dex, in English, pp. 95-99, 18°.

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.

In a letter written to me in December, 1887,

this gentleman spells his name ‘* bearfoot.”’

Beauchamp (Rev. William Martin). The

Indian prayer book.
Tn The Church Eclectic, vol. 9, no. 5, pp. £15-
422, Utica, 1831, 8°. (Pilling.)

An interesting account of the different edi-

12

Beauchamp (W. M.)— Continued.

tions of the Mohawk Book of Commou Prayer.

Several examples in the Mohawk language are |

given. Reprinted, somewhat shortened and
altered, in The Church Review, vol. 46, pp. 105-
110, New York, 1885, 8°. (*)
-— Changes in Indian languages.
In Science, vol. 10, p. 251, New York, 1887, 4°.
Gives the results of acomparison of Mohawk

vocabularies drawn from Bruyas’s lexicon, the |

prayer book of 1769, and Schooleraft’s Notes ;
also, of a comparison of Onondaga as found in

Zeisberger’s dictionary and Schooleraft’s vo- |

cabulary of 1815, giving aterm or two of Mo-
hawk, Oneida, and Onondaga passim. See
Brinton (D.G.).

Antiquities of Onondaga.

(*)

Manuscript, 4 vols. (pp. 759, 911, 876, vol. 4 in-

complete), in possession of its author, who in-
forms me that it consists of several thousand
drawings of relies, with maps, plans, sketches,
and abundant notes, and that it contains the
following linguistics:

Notes on the Ivoquoislanguage, vol. 1, p. 220 —
Onondaga and Tusearora words, vol. 2, p. 525.—
Name of the Seneeas, vol. 3, pp. 109-111.—In-

diannames of places, mostly Iroquois, butsome |

eastern and southern (a large number of syn-
onyms), vol. 3, pp. 257-267.—Some Oneida words

used at Green Bay, Wisconsin, vol. 3, pp.319- |

320.—Account of Mohawk prayer book of 1769
and its contents, vol. 3, pp.334-336.—Notes on
names of Onondaga Indians and places, with

their meaning, vol. 3, pp. 361-364.—Mohawk |

words from Bruyas and Schoolcraft compared,
vol. 3, pp. 436-444.—Mohawk words from the
prayer book of 1769 compared with Bruyas
and Schoolcraft, vol.3, pp.464-168 —Vol. 4, which
is unfinished and unpaged, contains: Onondaga
words from Zeisberger and Schoolcraft com-
pared, 7 pp. ; Lord’s' prayer in six dialects of
the Iroquois (lacks the Cayuga; Onondaga and
Tuscarora versions furnished by
Cusick), 4 pp.; New York Indian names of

Albert |

places, with meanings (about one-half are Iro- |

quois), 386 pp.
William Martin Beauchamp was born in Col-

denham, Orange Co., N. Y., March 25, 1880. The |

following spring his father removed to Skane-
ateles, Onondaga Co., N. Y. Cireumstances
were favorable for his seeing a good deal of the

Onondaga Indians, and their reservation was |

sometimes visited, all tending to create a strong |

interest in them. In 1862 he was made deacon
by Bishop DeLancey and ordained priest the
following year. The degree of S. T. D. was
conferred on him at Hobart College in 1886, and
he has been for years an examining chaplain
in the diocese of central New York. He be-
came rector of Grace Church, Baldwinsville,
N. Y., in 1865, and still holds that office. In
1876 he resolved to make a permanent record
of the Indian relics broneht to him for exam-
ination, and this resulted in the collection of
autiquities, described above.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Beauregard (Ollivier). Anthropologie
et philologie; par M. O. Beauregard.

In Société d’anthropologie de Paris, Bull.
vol. 9, 3d ser. pp. 220-249, Paris, 1886, 8°.

Troquois numerals, pp. 230-231.

Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology.

Benson (Egbert). Memoir read before
the Historical Society of the State of
New York, December 31, 1816.

Jamaica, 1516. (i)

12°. Title from the Murphy sale catalogue,
1884, No. 219, which copy sold for $1.10.

—— Memoir, | read before | the Histori-
cal Society | of the | State of New York,

| 31st December, 1816; | by Egbert
Benson. | [Three lines quotation. ] |

New York: | Printed by T. & W. Mer-
cein, | No. 93 Gold-Street. | 1817.

Pp. 1-72, 8°.—Indian names in New Nether-
land, pp. 5-17

Coptes seen: Astor, Boston Athenwum, Brit-
ish Museum.

At the Field sale a copy, No. 132, sold for $4;
at the Menzies sale, No. 151, ‘ half calf, uncut,
one of a few copies enriched with numerous and
lengthy notes, upon separate leaves, in the an-
thor’s handwriting,’ $6; at the Murphy sale,
a copy, No. 220, brought $2.

Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 4743, titles an edition
with the imprint, New York: Printed by Will-

1817. (Harvard*).

Memoir, | read before | the Histori-

cal Society | ofthe | State of New-York,

| December 31, 1816. | By Egbert Ben-
son. | [Two lines quotation.] | Second
edition

iam A. Mercein.

with notes. |

Jamaica: | Henry C. Sleight, printer.
| 1825.

Pp. 1-127, reverse of p.127 ‘‘ Corrections,”’
12°,—Indian names, pp. 7-20.

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.

The Field copy, No. 133, brought $5.

— Memoir read before the Historical
Society of the State of New York, De-
cember 31, 1816. By Egbert Benson,
[ Two lines quotation. ] (Reprinted from
a copy, with the author’s last corree-
tions. )

In New York Hist. Soe. Coll. second series,
vol. 2, pp. 77-148, New York, 1849, 8°.
Issued separately as follows:

Memoir, | read before | the Histori-
cul Society | of the | State of New York,
| December 31, 1816. | By Egbert Ben-
son. | [Two lines qnotation.] | (Re-
printed from a copy, with the Author’s
last corrections, ) |

Benson (E.)— Continued.
New York: | Bartlett & Welford, |
No. 7 Astor House. | 1848.
Pp. 1-72, 8°.—Indian names, pp. 4-13.
Copies seen: Congress.
Bergholtz (Gustaf Fredrik).
Prayer | in the | Principal Languages,
Dialects and | Versions of the World, |
printed in| Type and Vernaculars of |
the | Different Nations, | compiled and |
published by | G. F. Bergholtz. |
Chicago, Illinois, | 1884:
Pp. 1-200, 12°.—The Lord’s prayer in Chero-
kee, p. 34; in Mohawk (from Brant), p.128; in

Seneca, p. 163.

Copies seen : Congress.

Bergmann (Gustav von).

TROQUOIAN

}

The Lord’s |

Das Gebeth |

des Herra | oder | Vaterunsersamm- |
lung | in hundert zwey und fiinfzig |

Sprachen. |

Herausgegeben | von |

Gustav von Bergmann | Prediger zu |

Ruien in Livland. | [Design.] |
Gedruckt zu Ruien 1789.
Title and 6 other p. ll. pp. 1-58, 4 11. 16°.—
Lord’s prayer in Mohawk, p. 55.
Copies seen: British Museum.
Besson (fev. Jean Pierre Davaux). [Iro- |
quois vocabulary. |
“This author, successively missionary at La
Galette and at the Lac des Deux Montagnes,

|
|

(*)

died curé of Ste.-Geneviéve in 1790. He leftthe |
outline of an Iroquois vocabulary.’’—Cuoq.

Bible:
Genesis,

Genesis (pirt), Cherokee.

Genesis (part), Mohawk.
Genesis (part), Mohawk.
Genesis (part), Mohawk.
Exodus,
Exodus (part), Mohawk.

Psalms (part), Cherokee.

Psalms (part), Mohawk.
Proverbs,

Isaiah (part), Cherokee.

Isaiah, Mohawk.

New Testam’t,Cherokee.
New Testam’t, Cherokee.
New Testam’t, Cherokee.
New Testam’t,Cherokee.

New Testam’t, Mohawk.

(part),
New Testam’t, Mohawk.
Gospels, Huron.
Gospels, Mohawk.
Gospels, Seneca.
Matthew, Cherokee.

Cherokee. See Worcester (S. A.).
ye
Cherokee.

Cherokee.

Worcester (S. A.

Brant (J ).

Freeman (B.).

Pyrleus (J.C.).

Worcester (S. A.).

Freeman (B.).

Worcester (S. A.)and
Foreman (S.).

Freeman (B.).

Worcester (S. A.)and
Foreman (S.).

Worcester (S. A.)and
Foreman (S.).

Ne Kaghyadongh- |
sero.

Brown (D.).

Cherokee.

Jones (E.).

New.

Pyrieus (J.C.).

Matthew, Seneca.

| Matthew, Seneca.

| Mark, Cherokee.
Mark, Mohawk.
Mark (part), Mohawk. See
Mark, Seneca.
Luke, Cherokee.

| Luke, Mohawk.

| Luke, Mohawk.

| Luke (part), Mohawk.
Luke, Seneca.
Luke, Seneca.
John, Cherokee. «
Jobn (part), Cherokee.

| John (part), Cherokee.

| John (part), Cherokee.
Jobn (part), Lroquois.

| John (part), Iroquois.

| John (part), Mohawk.

| John (part), Mohawk.
Jobn (part), Mohawk.

| John (part), Mohawk.

| John (part), Mohawk.
John (part), Mohawk.
John, Mohawk.

| Jobn, Mohawk.
John (part), Mohawk.
John (part), Seneca.

| John (part), Seneca.
John (part), Seneca.
John (part), Seneca.

| Acts, Cherokee.
Acts, Mohawk.

LomMAns, Cherokee,

Romans, Mohawlh,

Stuart (J.).
Huron.
Onasakenrat (J.).
Wright (A.).
Lowrey (G.)
Brown (D.).

and

| Matthew,

LANGUAGES.

Bible — Continued.
Che: okee.

Matthew (pt.), Mohawk.

Matthew.
Matthew,

Mohawk.
Mohawk.

| Matthew (pt.), Mohawk.

| Corinth’s I, II, Cherokee,
Corinthians I, Mohawk.

Corinthians I, Mohawk.

Cherokee.
Mohawk.

Galatians,
Galatians,

Gaiatians, Mohawk.

Ephesians, Cherokee.

13

Worcester (S. A.)and
30udinot (E.).
Brant (J.).
Freeman (B.).
LT. | (HE. GAN)
Wilkes (J. A.).
Pyrleus (J.C.).
Harris (T.S.).
Wright (A.).
Gospel.
Srant (J.).
vand (S. Ls):
Wright (A.).

and

Gospel.
a (Hi sA.)-
Hill (G@. A.) and

Wilkes (J. A.).

Rand (S. T.).

Harris, (1.S:).

Wright (A.).

Worcester (S. A.)and
Boudinot (E.).

American Bible So-
ciety.

Arch (J.).

Bible Society.

British.

Gilbert & Rivington.

American Bible So-
ciety.

Bagster (J.).

Bible Society.

3ritish.

Drake (S. G.).

Gilbert & Rivington.

Bill ¢H. ~ A.)P sand
Wilkes (J. A.).

Norton (J.).

Powliss (J.).

American Bible So
ciety.

Bagster (J.).

sible Society.

Hyde (J. B.).

Worcester(S. A.)and
Boudinot (E.).

Hill (H. A.), Hess
(W.), and Wilkes
(J. A.).

Epistle.

Hill (H. A.), Hess
(W.), and Wilkes
J.A.).

Epistles.

Hess (W.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).
Hall) (H.. :A“) = and
Wilkes (J. AL).
Epistle.

Hess (W.)) and
Wilkes (J. A.).
Hill (H. A.), Hess

(W.), and Wilkes
(J. A,).
Epistle.

14

Bible — Continued.

Ephesians, Cherokee. Jones (E.) and Jones |
(J. B.).

Ephesians, Mohawk. Hill (H. A.), Hess |
(W.), and Wilkes
(J Ax).

Philippians, Cherokee. Epistle.

Philippians, Mohawk. Hess (W.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).

Solossians, © Mohawk. Hess (W.) and
Wilkes (J. A.). |

Thess.I, II, Cherokee. See First.

Thess. I, 11, Mohawk. Hess (W.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).

Timothy I, I], Cherokee. Epistles.

Timothy I, IJ, Mohawk. Hess (W.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).

Titus, Cherokee. Epistle.

Titus, Mohawk. Hess (W.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).

Philemon, Cherokee. Epistlz.

Philemon, Mohawla Hess (W.) and |
Wilkes (J.A.). |

Hebrews, Cherokee. Epistle.

Hebrews, Mohawk. Hess (W.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).

James, Cherokee. General.

James, Mohawk. Hill (H. At) and |
Wilkes (J. A.).

PeterI, 1I, Cherokee. Epistles.

Peter I, II, Mohawk. Hill (H. A.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).

John 1, II, ill,Cherokee. Epistles.

JohnI, IT, 111, Mohawk. Hill (H. A.) and

Wilkes (J. A.).

Jude, Cherokee, General.

Jude, Mohawk, Hill (H. A.) and |}
Wilkes (J. A.).

Revelation, Cherokee. Revelation.

Revelation, Mohawk. Hill s(H AS) and

Wilkes (J. A.).
Bible of Every Land.
Bible Society. Specimen verses | in 164 |
Languages and Dialects | in which the
| Holy Seriptures | have been printed
and circulated by the | Bible Society.
| [Design and one line quotation. ] |
Bible House, | Corner Walnut and
Seventh Streets, | Philadelphia. . |
[1876?]

Printed covers, pp. 3-46, 18°.—St. John iii,

16, in Mohawk and in Seneca, p. 37; in Chero-
kee, p. 38.
Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell.

—— Specimen verses | in 215 | languages
and dialects |in which the | Holy
Scriptures | have been printed and cir-
culated by the | Bible Society. | [De-
sign and one line quotation. ] |

Bibie House, | Corner Walnut and
Seventh streets, | Philadelphia. | Craig,

BIBLIOGRAPHY

See Bagster (J.).

OF THE

Bible Society — Continued.

Finley & co., prs., 1020 Arch st. Phil-

| ada. [18782]

| Printed covers, title as above ou the front

one, contents pp. 1-2, text pp. 3-48, 16°.—St.

John iii, 16, in Mohawk, p. 28.

Copies seen: Powell.
Some copies have slightly variant title

(Eames); others have the title printed in a dif-

ferent type, and omit the line beginning with

the word Craig. (Eames, Powell.)

_ Bibliotheque Nationale: These words following a
title or within parentheses after a note indicate
that a copy of the work has been seen by the
compiler in the National Library, Paris, France.

Bird (Joseph B.), translator. See Cher-
okee Advocate.

| Boas (Franz). See Chamberlain (A. F.).

| Bobthe Sailor Boy. | By Rev. G. C. Smith,

Penzance. | [One line Cherokee charac-

| ters.] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: J. Candy
& E. Archer, Printers. | [One line Cher-
okee characters. | 1847.

Pp. 57-67, 24°, in Cherokee characters.
pended to the Dairyman’s Daughter.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Congress.

[| Bodoni (Jean-Baptiste), editor.] Oratio
| Dominica | in | CLY. lingvas | versa
| et | exoticis characteribvs | plervm-

qve expressa. |

Parmae | typis Bodonianis | MDCCC
VI [1806].

3 p. ll. pp. i-cexlix, folio.—Pars Quarta, Lin-
guas Americanas complectens: Mohogice [ Mo-
hawk] Novi Eboraci dialecto (ex Chamberlay-
niv), p. CCxx.

Copies seen:
kinson.

An ‘‘uncut, fine, clean copy” at the Fischer
sale, No, 1272, brought 3s. 6d.

- Boisthibault (Il. J. D. de). See Doublet

de Boisthibault (F. J.).

Book. The book of | common prayer, |

Andadministration of the | sacraments,
| and other | rites and ceremonies | of
the | church, | according to the use of
the | Church of England: | together
with | A Collection of Occasional Pray-
ers, and |divers Sentences of | Holy
Scripture, | Necessary for Knowledge
and Practice. | Formerly collected, and
translated into the Mohawk Language |

under the direction of the Missionaries
of the Society for the | Propagation of
the Gospel in Foreign Parts, to the Mo-
hawk | Indians. | A new edition: | to

Ap-

British Museum, Lenox, Wat- ~

IROQUOIAN

Book — Continued.

which is added | The Gospel according
to St. Mark, | Translated into the Mo-
hawk Language, | By Capt™. Joseph
Brant, | An Indian of the Mohawk Na-
tion. |

London: | printed by C. Buckton,
Great Pultney street, | Golden square.
1787.

Second title: Ne yakawea | yondereanay enda- |

ghkwa | oghseragwegouh, | neoni yakawea |
ne orighwadogeaghty | yondatnekosseraghs |
neoni | tekarighwagehhadont, | ova oni | ader-
eanayent, | ne teas nikariwake | raditsihuhsta-
tsygowa | ronaderighwissoh | goraghgowa
a-onea rodanhaouh. | Oni, | watkanissa-aghtoh
| oddyake adereanayent, | necni tsiniyoght
-hare ne | kaghyadoghseradogeaghty, | Newa-

hoeny Akoyendarake neoni Abhondatterihhon- |

ny. | A-onea wadirdroghkwe, neoni Tekawea-
nadénnyoh Kanyen-| kehaga Tsikaweanon-
daghko, ne neane Raditsihuhstatsy ne | Radi-
righ wawakoughkgoéwaronadanha-ouh, Kanyen-
ke waon- | dyetsi-radinakeronnyo Ongwe-oewe.

| Keagaye ase yondereanayendaghkwa. | Oni |
tahoghsonderoh | St. Mark Raorighwadogeagh- |
ty, | Tekaweanadennyoh Kanyenkehaga Ra- |

kowanea | T’hayendanegea, ! Roewayats. |
London: | karistodarho C, Buckton, Great
Pultney street, | Golden square. 1787.

English title verso 1. 1, recto blank; Mohawk |

title recto 1. 2, verso blank; preface, in English,
pp.i-iii; contents, double columus English and
Mohawk, p.1; text, alternate pages English (on
versos) and Mohawk (on rectos), pp. 2-505; ob-
servations concerning the reading and pronun-
ciation of the Mohawk language, verso p. 505;
19 plates; 12°. St. Mark occupies pp. 176-341
and is dated August, 1774.

The following is an extract from the preface :
“Tn the course of the late American war, most
of the Indian Prayer Books were destroyed: A
very few copies only were preserved; and the
Mohawks, apprehensive that the book might be
wholly lost in a little time, and desirous also of

anew supply, earnestly requested General Hal- |

dimand, Governor of Canada, that he would or.
der it to be reprinted. In compliance with

their request, the Indian Praycr Book was |
printed at Quebee in 1780. Asthenumberthen |

printed was small, and some of the copies were

unfortunately lost, another impression became |

necessary.

“The present Edition will be found, on exam-
ination, to be superior in many respects to any
of the former impressions. The pointing, ac-
centuation and spelling are more correct.

Other editions were printed in the Mohawk |

language only; in this, the English is also
printed on the opposite page. Hereby the In-
dians will insensibly be made acquainted with
the English language; and such White People
in their vicinity as chuse to learn Mohawk, will
hence derive much assistance.

LANGUAGES.

Book — Continued.

‘But besides this addition, the Gospel of St.
Mark is here inserted, with a translation of it
into the Mohawk language by Captain Joseph
Brant, a Mohawk by birth, and aman of good
abilities, who was educated at one of the Amer-
‘ican Colleges. This is the first of the Gospels
which has appeared intire in that language. *
* * Tt will probably be the more acceptable
to the Indians for being translated by a person
who is of their own nation and kindred. A
version of some other parts of the New Testa-
ment may be soon expected from Captain Brant;
and he deserves great commendation for thus
employing his time and talents to promote the
honour of God, and spiritual welfare of his
brethren: *, *°*

“Before I conclude, if may be proper to ob-
serve—that this edition is indebted for several
of the advantages which it has above others,
to an Officer, who was many years employed in
the Indian department in North America
{Daniel Claus]. He took the trouble of super-
intending the impression, critically revising
the whole, and correcting the sheets as they
came from the press. His accurate knowledge
of the Mohawk language, qualitied him for the
undertaking; and it is no more than justice to
say, that this is only one out of many instances
of this gentleman’s unremitting attention to
the welfare of the Indians, who love and re-
spect him as their particular friend.”

The following is extracted from the preface
to the 1842 edition of the Book of Common
Prayer:

‘* Another [edition] was printed in 1787, in
London, at the expense of the British Govern-
ment, to which was added for the first time, a
translation of the Gospel of St. Mark, concern-
ing which the following particulars may not be
uninteresting: ‘During the winter of 1771,’
says the Rey. Dv. Stuart, then missionary to
the six nations, in a letter to a friend, ‘1 first
became acquainted with Captain Brant; he
lived at the Mohawk Village, Canajoharie, about
30 miles distant from Fort Hunter, where IL re-
sided. On my first visit to the Village where
he lived, I found him comfortably settled in a
good house, with every thing necessary for the
use of his family, which consisted of two chil-
dren, a son and daughter, with a wife in the
last stage of aconsumption. His wife died soon
after, on which he came to Fort Hunter, and
resided with me a considerable time in order to
assist me inadding some additional translations
to the new Indian Prayer Book; when we had
finished the Gospel of St. Mark, part of the
Acts of the Apostles, and a short history of the

3ible, with a concise explanation of the Church

Catechism, I had orders from the Society for the
Propagation of the Gospel in Foreign Parts, to
attend to the priuting of the whole at New
York, at their expense.

“<The American troubles prevented this,
but [ brought the Manuscripts which I had pre-
pared for the press into Canada in the year 1781,

16

Book — Continued.
and delivered them into the hands of Col. Dan-
iel Clause, the deputy Superintendant for In-
dian affairs. This gentleman carried them
afterwards to England, and they were printed
in a new edition of the Mohawk Prayer Book,
with a preface by the late Bishop of Nova Sgo-

tia,—that is the Gospel of St. Mark but very

little besides.’ ”
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Brown,
Congress, Lenox, Powell.

Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, No. 1744, 15s. ;

sold at the Field sale, No. 1576, for $10.50; at
the Menzies sale, No. 1405, ‘‘ crushed blue le-

vant morocco, paneled and gilt sides, gilt |

edges,” for $32.50. Leclerc, 1878, No. 2845,
priced a copy 80 fr., and No. 2346, a “* very fine
copy on large paper, red morocco binding,
” 250 fr. At the Brinley sale there
were three copies sold, Nos. 5711, 5712, and 5713:
the first, a “large, clean, exceptionally fine
copy, elegantly bound,” brought $50; the sec-
ond, ‘‘ fine impressions of the plates, absolutely
uncut,” brought $50; the third copy, ‘‘ clean
and fine, old paneled calf, joints cracked,”
brought $25. The Murphy copy, No. 1697, old
ealf, sold for $5.

gilt edges,

Book of Common Prayer.

Iroquois. See Williams (E.).

Mohawk. Andrews (W.), Bar-
clay (H.), and Ogil-
vie (J.).

Mohawk. Book.

Mohawk. Claesse (L.).

Mohawk. Claus (D.).

Mohawk. Nolles (A.) and Hill

(J.).
See, also, Prayer book,

or within parentheses after a note indicate
that a copy of the work referred to was seen by
the compiler in the library of that institution,
Boston, Mass.

——- editor.
—— and Worcester (S. A.).

Boudinot (Elias C.), jr.,

Boulet (J. B.).

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Boudinot (E.)—Continued.
— Poor Sarah. | [One line Cherokee

characters. ] |

[Park Hill: Mission Press.] [One
line Cherokee characters, ] | 1843.

Pp. 1-18, 24°, in Cherokee characters.

Jopies seen: Boston Atheneum.

See Cherokee Phenix.
Cherokee
Hymns | Compiled | from several au-
thors | and revised. | By E. Boudinot
& §. A. Worcester. | [Four lines
Cherokee characters. ] | Printed for the
American Board of | Commissioners for
Foreign Missions. |

New Echota: | Jno. F. Wheeler,
Printer. | [One line Cherokee charac-
ters. ] | 1829.

Title reverse blank 1 1. introduction pp. ili-
y, text pp. 7-50, index 1 1. 24°; in Cherokee
characters. ‘Cle Cherokee Hymns was the first
book printed in these characters; for earlier
use of them, see note to Worcester (S. A.).

Copies seen: Brinley.

For later editions of this work, see Worcester
(S. A.) and Boudinot (E.).

See Worcester (S. A.)
not (E.).

and Boudi-

editor. See

Cherokee Advocate.

Boudinot (William P.), editor. See Cher-

okee Advocate.
See Youth's.

| Boyd (Stephen G.). Indian | local names,
Boston Atheneum: These words following a title |

Boston Public: These words following a title or |

within parentheses after a note indicate that

a copy of the work referred to was seen by the
compiler in that library, Boston, Mass.
Boudinot (Elias). Poor Sarah; | or |
the Indian woman. | Translated by E.
Bondinot. | [Two lines Cherokee char-
acters. | Picture. | One line Cherokee
characters. | |
New Echota: | published by the
United Brethren’s Missionary | Society

| Brant (Joseph).

at the expense of the American | Tract |
Society. | J. F. Wheeler and J. Candy,

printers. | [One line Cherokee charac-
acters. ] | 1833.

Title verso blauk 11. text in Cherokee char-
acters pp. 8-12, 169.

Copies seen: American Board of Commission-
ers, Boston Atheneum, Powell.

| with | their interpretation. | By Ste-
phen G. Boyd. |

York, Pa.: | published by the author:
1885.

Title 11. dedication 1]. preface and introduc-
tion pp. v-x, text pp. 1-70, 8°.—Names of places
in a number of Indian languages, among which
the [roquois predominates. Pp 61-70 containa
‘‘Miscellaneous vocabulary’ of local names
which are not of Indian origin.

Copies seen: Congress, Names, Powell
The gospel according to ~
St. Mark. Translated into the Mohawk
tongue, by Captain Brant.

Second heading: Ne orighwadogeaghti gos-
pel Royadadogeaghti Mark roghyatouh. Teka-
weanadennyoh Tayendanegea, Kaniyenkehaga
kaweanondaghkouh.

Yn Book of common prayer, in Mohawk, pp.
176-311, London, 1787, 12°. Tie above are the
headings to pp. 176 and 177, respectively.

See Book of common prayer; also Stuart (J.)-
Ne Raorihwadogenti ne Shonwaya-
ner Yesus Keristus, Jenihorihoten ne
Royatadogenti Mark, &e.

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES. 17

Brant (J.) —Continued.
New York: Printed by McElrath and |
Bangs for the New York District Bible

Society. 1829. €)
239 pp. 12°. Gospel of Mark in the Mohawk
language.

Title from O’Callaghan’s American Bibles,
p. 201.

— The gospel according to | St. Mark, |
translated into the | Mobawk tongue, |

by Captain Brant. | As also several por- |

tions of the | sacred scriptures, | trans-
lated into the same language. |

New-York, | published by the New-

York District Bible Society. | M‘Elrath
& Bangs, Printers. | 1829.

Second title: Ne royadado kengh ty | origh-
wadokenghty { roghyadon 8. Mark, | dekawen-
nadenyonk | Kanyenkehhaka kawennon- | dagh- |
konh, Thayentaneken tehhawen- natenyonh. |
otyake skaro ronh no righwadokengh ty | skag-
hyadon owenna, | kanyenkehhaka. |

New-York, | published by the New-York Dis-
trict Bible Society. | M‘Elrath & Bangs, Print-
ers. | 1829. |

English title verso 1. 1 (p. 2), Mohawk title |
recto |. 2 (p.3) verso blank, text pp. 6-239 alter- |
nate English and Mohawk, 12°.—Some chapters |
in Genesis, pp. 6-21.—Some chapters in the gos- |
pel of St. Matthew, pp. 21-37.—The gospel ac-
cording to St. Mark, pp. 38-177.—A collection of |
sentences of the holy scriptures, pp. 178-239.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Massachu-
setts Historical Society, Pilling, Powell.

Letter written by Joseph Brant, or
Thayendanegea, in the Mohawk lan-
guage to General Schuyler, October 23,
1783, with an English translation.

In American Hist. Record, vol. 2, pp. 354-356, |
Philadelphia, 1873, 4°. |
Joseph Brant (Thayendanegea), a Mohawk
chief, bornin Ohio about 1742. died on his estate
at the head of Lake Ontario, Canada, November
24,1807. Having taken a part in the campaign |
of Lake George in 1755 and in various subse. |
quent conflicts, he officiated, after Sir William |
Johnson's death, as secretary of Col. Guy John- |
son, superintendent general of the Indians; and |
when the American Revolution began he was |
instrumental in exciting the Indians against the |
colonies. Hetook part inthe massacre of Cher- |
ry Valley and in other sanguinary affairs. He |
had been sent about 1760 to Dr. Wheelock’s In- |
dian school in Connecticut, and in 1775-76 he |
visited England. He was received witb great
distinction on a second visit to that country in
1786, and was afterward attached to the military

service of Sir Guy Carleton in Canada.

During his stay in England he collected
funds for a church and published the Book of
Common Prayer and the Gospel of Mark in
Mohawk and English. One of his sons in 1811

IROQ 2

| Brant (J.)— Continued.

and 1812 led a body of Canadians and Indians:
employed by Great Britain against the United
States. The Life of Joseph Brant, by W. L.
Stone (1830), has passed through many editions;
the latest, New York, 1865.—Appletons’ Oyclo-
peedia of American Biography.

[| Breboeuf ( Pére Jean ).] Doctrine |

Chrestienne, dy | R. P. Ledesme de
la | Compagnie de Iesvs. | Traduite en
Langage Canadois, pour la Con- | uer-
sion des habitans du dit pays. | Par vn
pere de la meme Compagnie. | [Cut:
IHS] |

A Roven, | Chez Richard lAlle-
mant, | pres le College. | 1630.

Pp. 1-26, 16°, in the Huron language.

Copies seen: British Museum, Brown.

Ludewig erroneously states that Brebceuf’s
translation was printed at Rouen, 1610. The
British Museum catalogue makes the same
mistake. Their copy is bound with a Cham-
plain of 1613, which possibly accounts for the
error.

Reprinted in the following editions of Cham-
plain’s Voyages:

Doctrine Chrestienne, dv R. P. Le-
desme de la Compagnie de Iesvs. Tra-
duicte en langage Canadois, autre que
celuy des Montagnars, pour la conuer-
sion des habitans du dit pays. Par le
R. P. Brebceuf de la mesme Compagnie.

In Champlain (S. de), Les voyages de la Nov-
velle France, pp. 1-15, Paris, Clande Collet,
1632, 4°.

Copies seen: British Museum, Brown, Con-
gress, Lenox.

Ludewig, p. 27,quoting from Vater, states tbat
the edition— Paris, Collet, 1627, 8°—contains the
linguistic pieces by Brebauf and Massé. This
is not correct.

— Doctrine chrestienne, dv R. P. Le-

desme de la Compagnie de Iesvs. Tra-
duicte en langage Canadois, autre que
celuy des Montagnars, pour la conuer-
sion des habitans du dit pays. Par le
R. P. Brebeenf de la meme Compagnie.

In Champlain (S. de), Les voyages de la Nov-
velle France, pp. 1-15, Paris, Louis Sevestre,
1632, 4°.

Copies seen:
Lenox.
Doctrine chrestienne, dv R, P. Le-
desme de la Compagnie de Iesvs. Tra-
duicte en langage Canadois, autre que
celuy des Montagnars, pour la conuer-
sion des habitans du dit pays. Par le
R. P. Brebeenf de la meme compagnie,

Boston Atbenweum, Brown,

18

Brebceuf (J.) — Continued.

In Champlain (S. de), Les voyages de la Nov-
velle France, pp. 1-15, Paris, Pierre Le Mvr,
1632, 4°.

Copies seen: Lenox.

Doctrine chrestienne, dv R. P. Le-
desme, de la Compagnie de lesvs. Tra-
duicte en langage Canadois, autre que
ecluy des Montagnars, pour Ja conuer-
sion des habitans du dit pays. Par le
R. P. Brebeuf de la mesme Compagnie.

In Champlain (S. de), Les voyages de la Nov-
velle France, pp. 1-15, Paris, Claude Collet,
1640, 49.

Copies seen: Brown, Lenox.
Doctrine chrestienne, dv R. P. Le-
desme de la Compagnie de Iesvs. Tra-
duicte en langage Canadois, autre que
celuy des Montagnars, pour la Conuer-
sion des habitans du dit pays. Par le
R. P. Brebeeuf de la mesme compagnie.

In CEuvres de Champlain, vol. 5, pt. 2, pp.
1-15 (pp. 1393-1407 of the series), Québec,
1870, 8°.

Copies scen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu-
seum, Brown, Congress, Dunbar.

[ ] Relation | de ce qni s’est passé
dans le | Pays des Hurons | en Vannée

1636. | Enuoyée a Kébee au R. P. Paul

le Ieune | Supérieur de la Mission de la |
Compagnie de TIesys, en la Nouuelle |

France.

Pp. 1-223, 16°, signed Jean de Brebeuf.
pended to Le Jeune (P.),
s’est passé en la Novvelle France en l'année
1636, Paris, 1637, 4 p. ll. pp. 1-272, 16°.

Ap-

Relation de ce qvi |

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

THE

| Breboeuf (J.)— Continued.

I [

| — [Huron grammar. ]

Oraison [in Huron], pp. 48-49.—Chap. iv, De |

la langue des Hurons, pp. 79-84. ;
Copies seen: British Museum, Harvard, Lenox.

There are two distinct editions of Le Jeune’s |

Relation of 1636 with the Brebceut addendum.
The title-pages of the two editions run alike,
but the matter was reset entirely, the follow-
ing edition being a much larger text-page than
the one described above.

[——] Relation | de ce qui | s'est passé
dans le | Pays des Hvrons | en lannée
1630.

No title-page, pp. 1-164, 16°, signed Iean de
Brebevf. Appended to Le Jeune (P.), Rela-
tion de ce qvis’est passé en la Novvelle Yrance
en année 1636, Paris, 1637, 2 p. Il. pp. 1-199, 16°.

Ovaison in Huron, with interlinear trans-
lationin French, pp. 35-387.—Chap. iv, De la lan-
gue des Hurons, pp. 59-63.

Copies seen: British Museum.

Chapter 4 translated and reprinted in Galla-
tin (A.), A synopsis of the Indian tribes of
North America, in American Ant. Soc. Trans.
vol, 2, pp. 236-238, Cambridge, 1836, 8°.

| Brickell (John).

le pays des Hvrons, en lannée 1636.
Enuoyée a Kébec au R. P. Paul le Ieune,
Superieur de la Mission de la Com-
pagnie de Tesvs, en la Nouuelle France.

In Relations des Jésuites, vol. 1, pp. 76-139,
Québec, Coté, 1858, 8°.

Oraison in Huron, with interlinear French
translation, pp. 89,90.—Chap. iv, De la langue
des Hurons, pp. 99-100.

@)

Manuscript; referred to by Chaumonot in
his life, but now lost.—Hist. Mag., vol. 2, p. 198.
See Huron-French dictionary.

‘Father John de Brebeuf, whose Huron name

was Echon, was born at Bayeux, in Normandy,
on the 25th of March, 1593, of a noble family,
the source of the ancient house of Arundel.
By far the most eminent of the early mission-
aries of Canada, his life is the history and the
glory of the Huron mission. He entered the
Society of Jesus at Rouen on the 5th of Octo-
ber, 1617, and was ordained five years after.
From the outset of his religious lite he was emi-
nent for his mortification, austerities, zeal, and
devotedness. He first arrived in Canada on
the 19th of June, 1625, and was employed among
the Hurons from 1626 to 1629, fram 1634 to 1641,
and from 1641 to his death, on the 16th of March,
1649. He was interred at the cemetery of St.
Mary’s, but his head was carried to Quebec
and inclosed in a silver bust sent from France
by his family. He was the first Huron scholar,
and wrote a catechism in the language of the
tribe, published in 1632, and a grammar never
published. As superior of the Huron mission,
he is the author of two Relations, one of which
contains a treatise on the Huron language, re-
published in the Transactions of the American
Antiquarian Society, and another treatise on
the manners and customs of the tribe.”—Shea,
Cath. Miss. p. 190.
The Natural | His-
tory | of | North-Carolina. | With an |
account | of the | Trade, Manners, and
Customs of the | Christian and Indian
Inhabitants, Il- | lustrated with Cop-
per-Plates, whereon are | curiously En-
graved the Map of the Country, | sev-
eral strange Beasts, Birds, Fishes,
Snakes, | Insects, Trees, and Plants,
&c. | By John Brickell, M. D. | [One
line quotation. ] |

Dublin: | Printed by James Carson,
in Coghill’s-Court, Dame- | street, op-
posite to the Castle-Market. | For the
Author, | 1757.

Pp. i-viii, 1-408, map, 8°.—Short comparative
vocabulary of the Tuskeruro and other Inb-
dians, p. 407, *

] Relation de ce qvi s’est passé dans —

IROQUOIAN

Brickell (J.)— Continued.

“The material for this work was stolen from |
Lawson with scarcely the disguise of change of
form. All that portion of the work from pp. |
277 to 408 is devoced to ‘An Account of the In-
dians of North Carolina,’ which is such a mu- |
tilated, interpolated, and unscrupulous appro-
priation of the unfortunate John Lawson’s
work‘of the same sub-title, that the transcrip-
tion is scarcely more than a parody.’ —Ficeld’s
Essay, pp. 46-47.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenxum, Brit-
ish Museum, Brown, Congress.

Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, No. 340, 10s.
Gd. At the Brinley sale a copy, No. 3843,
“old calf,” brought $5. Clarke & Co., 1886, No. |
3192, price it $5.

The same sheets with a new title page as |
follows: |
The | Natural History | of | North |
Carolina, | With an | account | of the |
Trades, Manners, and Customs, of the |
Christian and Indian Inhabitants, |
Strange Beasts, Birds, Fishes, Snakes,
Insects, | Trees, and Plants, &c. | Illus-
trated by Copper-Plates. | By John
Brickell, M. D. | [One line quotation. | |

Dublin, Printed for the Author: |

London, Sold by Charles Corbett, |
at Addison’s | Head, opposite St. |
Dunstan’s Church, Fleetstreet. |

MDCCXLIII [1743]. Price 6s.

Pp. i-viii, 1-408, 8°.—Linguistics as in the |
previous edition.

Copies seen: British Museum.

Bringier (L.). Notices of the geology,
mineralogy, topography, productions,
and Aboriginal inkabitants of the re-
gions around the Mississippi and its
confluent waters—in a letter from L.
Bringier, Esq., of Louisiana, to Rev.
Elias Cornelius—communicated for this
Journal,

In American Jour. Sci. vol. 3, pp. 15-46, New-
Haven, 1821, 8°.

“Indian languages,” with brief comparative
vocabulary, Cherokee, Othomite, and English,
pp. 25, 36.—Names of the Cherokee clans, with |
significations in English, p. 38.

Brinley: This word following a title or within

parentheses after a note indicates that a copy
of the work referred to was seen by the com-
piler at the sale of buoks belonging to the late
George Brinley, of Hartford, Conn.

Brinley (George). See Trumbull (J. |

EIE))s

Brinton: This word following a title or within

parentheses after a note indicates that a copy |
of the work referred to was seen by the com
piler in the library of Dr. D. G. Brinton, Media,
Pa.

|

LANGUAGES,

| Brinton (Dr. Daniel Garrison),

—— Aboriginal | American authors

19

Ameri-
can | hero-myths. | A study in the na-
tive religions | of the western conti-
nent. | By | Daniel G. Brinton, M. D., |
Member [&c. five lines]. |

Philadelphia: | H. C. Watts & Co., |
506 Minor Street. | 1882.

Title 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface
pp. Vil-xii, contents pp. xiii-xvi, text pp. 17-239,
indexes pp. 241-251, 8°.—A number of Algon-
kin, Iroquois, Mexican,and Maya terms passim.

Copies seen: British Museum, Eames.
and
their productions ; | especially those in
the native languages. | A Chapter in
the History of Literature. | By | Daniel
G. Brinton, A. M., M.D., | Member [&e.
six lines.] | [Design, with a line de-
scriptive thereof beneath. ] |

Philadelphia: | No.115 South Seventh
Street. | 1883.

Title reverse blank 1 l. preface reverse blank
11. contents pp. vii-viii, text pp. 9-63. 8°,—
Notes on Cherokee literature, pp. 14, 22, 41, 55;
on the Iroquois, pp. 21, 44, 48.

Copies seen: Kames, Pilling.

Rate of change in American lan-
guages.

In Science, vol. 10, p. 274, New’ York, 1887, 4°.

States the results of a ‘‘ comparison between
the Alagiiilac of Guatemala, which is the most
southern dialect known of the Nahuatl, by
means of a vocabulary obtained in 1878, with
that tongue as spoken in the valley of Mexico
in 1550, preserved in the ‘ Vocabulario’ of Mo-
lina;” also, a comparison of Lenipé expres-
s:ons from different sources. Reference to the
Klamath, Chapaneec, Kiche, Kakchiquel, and
Huron ismade. See Beauchamp (W.M.).

British and Foreign Bible Society: These words

following a title or within parentheses after
a note indicate that a copy of the work was
seen by the compiler in the library of that in-
stitution, 146 Queen Victoria Street, London,
Eng.

British and Foreign Bible Society. Speci-

mens of some of the languages and dia-
lects | in which | The British and For-
eign Bible Society | has printed or cir-
culated | the Holy Scriptures. |

Colophon: London: Printed by
Messrs. Gilbert & Rivington, for the
British and Foreign Bible Society,
Queen Victoria Street, E. C., where all
information concerning the society’s
work may be obtained, [n. d.]

1 sheet, large folio, 28 by 38 inches, 6 col-
umns.—St. John iii, 16, in Mohawk, No. 132,

Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So-
ciety, Pilling, Powell.

20

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

THE

British and Foreign Bible Society —Cont. | British and Foreign Bible Society — Cont.

There are two issues of the ‘Specimens ”’ in |
book form, one n.d. [1865?] (British and For-
eign Bible Society, Powell) and one 1868 (Brit-
ish and Foreign Society, Powell), each pp. 1-16,
16°, neither of which contains the verse in Mo-
hawk.

St. John ili, 16 | in some of the | lan- |
guages and dialects | in which the |
British & Foreign Bible Society | has
printed or circulated the Holy Seript-
ures. [Picture and one line quotation. ] |

London: | printed for the British and
Foreign Bible Society, | By Gilbert &
Rivington, 52, St. John’s Square, E.
C. | 1875.

Title as above verso contents 11. text pp. 3-30,
historical and statistical remarks 1 1. verso
officers and agencies of the society.—St. John
iii, 16,in the Mohawk language, p. 30.

Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So-
ciety, Pilling, Powell.

Some copies are dated 1868. (*)

St. John ILI. 16] in some of the] |
languages and dialects | in which the |
British and Foreign | Bible Society |
has printed and circulated | the Holy
Scriptures. |

London: | British and Foreign Bibie
Society, Queen Victoria Street. | Phila-
delphia Bible Society, Cor. Waluut and
Seventh Sts., | Philadelphia. [1876 ?]

Title on cover verso contents, text pp. 3-30,
12°.—St. John iii, 16, in the Mohawk language,
p. 39.

Copies seen: Powell.

—— St. John iui. 16 | in most of the | lan-
guages aud dialects | in which the |
British & Foreign Bible Society | has
printed or circulated the Holy Seript- |
ures. | [Design and one line quotation. ] |
| Enlarged edition. |

London: | printed for the British and
Foreign Bible Society, | By Gilbert &
Rivington, 52, St. John’s Square, E. C.

| 1878.

Printed covers (title as above on the front
one verso quotation and notes), contents pp.
1-2, text pp. 3-48, 16°.—St. Jolin iii, 16, in the
Mohawk language, p. 28.

Copies seen: American Bible Society, Powell.

— St. John ili. 16] in most of the |
languages and dialects | in which the |
British & Foreigu Bible Society | has
printed or circulated the Holy Seript-
ures. | [Design and one line quotation, |
| Enlarged edition. |

London: | printed for the British and
Foreign Bible Society, | By Gilbert &

Rivington, 52, St. John’s Square, E.C.
| 1882.

Title as above reverse quotation and notes
11. contents pp. 1-2, text pp. 3-48, 11.16°.—St.
John iii, 16, in the Mohawk language, p. 28.

Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible Se-
ciety, British Museum, Pilling, Powell.

Ky. St. Joh. iii. 16. | in den meisten
der | Sprachen und Dialecte | in welchen
die | Britische und Ansliindische Bibel-
gesellschaft | die heilige Schrift druckt
und verbreitet. | [Design and one line
quotation. ] | Vermehrte Auflage. |

London: | Britische und Ausliindische
Bibelgesellschaft, | 146 Queen Victoria
Street, E. C. | 1885.

Title as above on cover reverse a quotation,
contents pp. 1-4, text pp. 5-67 (verso of p. 67
notes), remarks, officers, agencies, ete., 3 Il.
16°.—St. John ili, 16, in Mohawk, p. 43.

Copies seen: Powell.

—— Hagan, orb loanua, ra. 3ii cr. 16. | OSpasypr |
HCP BOOBS CBALCHHALO NUCAAIA, | M3 ,auHbIXS |
BAMMKOOPNTANCKUWb UF MGOCTpAHHbIM'b | 616.e-
iickuM boomecrpomt, [ Desigu and one line
quotation. ] |

HWewitano Jaa OpuTauck iro UW WAOCTpaHHaro
BuoleiicKaro | OOMeeTBa, | y PHap6epta m Pr-
Buirrona (Limited), 52, Cr. aoe Ckpepb,
Jonqon. | 1885.

Literal translation: The gospel by Jobn, 3d
chapter, L6th verse. | Samples | o° the transla-
tions of the holy scripture, | published | by the
British and Foreign Bible Society. | ‘God's
word endureth forever ”’ | Printed for the Brit-
iskand Foreign Bible | Society | at Gilbert and
Kivington’s (Limited), 52, St. John’s Square,
London. | 1885.

Printed covers (title as above on front one
verso quotation and notes), contents pp. 5-7,
verso p. 7 blank, text pp. 9-68, 16°.—St, John
iii, 16, in Mohawk, p. 38, No. 117.

Copies seen: Powell,

—— Sst. Jean ILI. 16, &c. | Spécimens |
de la traduction de ce passage dans la
plupart | des langues et dialectes | dans
lesquels la [| Société Biblique Britan-
nique et Etrangére | a imprimé ou mis
en circulation les saintes écritures. |
[Design and one line quotation. ] |

Londres: | Société Biblique Britan-
nique et Etrangére, | 146, Queen Vie-
toria Street, KE. C. | 1885.

Tithe on cover as above reverse quotation,
contents pp. 1-4, text pp. 5-67 (verso p. 67 ob-
servations), remarks ete., 3 ll. 16°.—St. John
iii, 16, in Iroquois (Indians in Quebee and On-
tario), p. 28; in Mobawk (Indians west of Ni-
agara), p. ‘£3.

Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So-
ciety, Eames, Pilling, Powell.

IROQUOIAN

British and Foreign Bible Society — Cont.
—— St. Johniii. 16, &c. | in most of the |
languages and dialects | in which the |
British and Foreign Bible Society | has

printed or circulated the Holy Script-
ures. | [Design and one line quota-

tion. ] | Enlarged edition. |

London: | The British and Foreign
Bible Society, | 146, Queen Victoria

Street, London, E. C. | 1885.

Titie as above verso quotation and notes,
contents pp. 3-4, text pp. 5-67, verso p. 67 and
two following I]. remarks etc. 16°.—St. John

iii, 16, in Iroquois, p. 28; in Mohawk, p. 43.

In this edition the languages are arranged

alphabetically instead of geographically.

Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So-

ciety, Eames, Pilling, Powell.

Some copies are dated 1886. (Powell.)

British Museum: These words following a title
or within parentheses after a note indicate
that a copy of the work referred to was seen
by the compiler in the library of that institu-

tion, London, Eng.

Brown: This word following a title or within
parentheses after a note indicates that a copy
of the work referred to was seen by the com-
piler in the library of the late John Carter

Brown, Providence, R. L.
Brown (David).
in the Cherokee language. |

* * * “The slow progress [ make in translat-
ing the New Testament,” * * *.

’

will require close criticism.’

In the History of American Missions, p. 148,
is the following: ‘‘On the 27th of September,
1825, the translation of the New Testament,
from the original Greek, into the Cherokee
language, by a Cherokee [David Brown], in
an alphabet invented by another Cherokee
As there
were yet po types in existence for printing
that language, Brown's version, entire or in
It was
read and copied in all parts of the nation. A
translation, made in such circumstances, could
not fail to be imperfect ; and another was after-

[George Guess], was completed.

parts, was circulated in manuscript.

wards made and printed.”
In this work Brown was probably assisted

by his father-in-law, George Lowrey, as on the

title-page of the Gospel of Matthew, trans-
lated by Worcester and Boudinot, gq. v., that
work is said to have been compared with the

’ translation of George Lowrey and David Brown.
See Lowrey (G.) and Brown (D.).

See Buttrick (D.S.) and Brown (D.).
—— See Lowrey (G.) and Brown (D.).

[The New Testament |
(*)

In Indian Treaties, pp. 479-482, and in Pre-
servation and civilization of the Indians, pp.
17-19, appear ‘‘extracts from David Brown's
letter’? dated ‘“ Wiliston (Cherokee Nation),
Sept. 2d, 1825,” in which occurs the following:

‘‘Thavemade
a hasty translation of the four gospels, which

LANGUAGES.

Bruyas (fev. Jacques).

21

[Brown (fev. James).] Kaiatonserase. |

Tsionk8e, hetsise8anenton ne Ra8enniio.
| [Design.] | Tiotiaki [Montreal]: |
Tehoristorarakon John Lovell. | 1860.

Title on cover reads: Kaiatonserase | ou |
Vade-mecum | du | Chantre Iroquois.

Printed cover, title reverse approbation 1 1.
text pp. 3-132, 16°.—Prayers, hymns, &c. pp.
3-96.—Introitde Noel, set to music, pp. 97-127.—
Litany, pp. 127-128.—Index, pp. 128-132. En-
tirely in the Mohawk language.

In my ‘‘Proof-sheets”’ this work is errone-
ously attributed to Abbé Cuoq.

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.

A copy atthe Brinley sale, No. 5735, sold for $2.

James Brown was born at Bourne, Hamp-
shire, England, July 2, 1829; was ordained to
the priesthood at Paris, France, in 1858, and was
for two years missionary to the Iroquois at Lac
des Deux Montagnes, Canada. While at this
mission the composition of the little prayer-
book titled above was begun and it was finished
while he was stationed at St. Patrick’s chureh,
Montreal. Since 1860 Mr. Brown has had no
connection with Indian missions and, as he in-
forms me, has done nothing in Indian languages.
He is now [1888] the parish priest at Chelsea,
Province of Quebec,

Radices | verbo-
rum [roquieorum. | Auctore | R. P. Ja-

cobo Bruyas, | Societatis Jesu. |

Neo-Eboraci: | Typis J. M. Shea. |
1863.

Second title: Radical words | of the | Mohawk
language, | with their derivatives. | By Rey.
James Bruyas S. J. | missionary on the Mo-
hawk. | [Design.] |

New-York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1862.

Half title 1 1. Latin title 1 1. English title 11.
(verso of each blank), preface pp. 3-4, text pp.
5-123, 8°. Forms vol. 106 of Shea’s Library of
American Linguistics.—Grammatic sketch, pp.
5-19.—Radices verborum, alphabetically ar-
ranged, pp. 21-123.

‘The present volume * * * was written evi-
dently in the latter part of the seventeenth cen-
tury, and most probably on the banks of the
Mohawk. It is aclosely written manuscript of
146 pages, which has long been preserved in the
Mission House at Caughnawaga, or Sanlt St.
Louis, rear Montreal, adding to the interest of
the room where Charlevoix and Latitau wrote.

“The grammatical sketch is rather a series
of notes. The main work, the Racines Agnieres,
or Mohawk Radical
primitive words of the language, arranged in
five conjugations, with derivatives from each

Words, comprises the

word, and examples in many cases of great im-
portance as explaining the manners, habits,
and ideas of the people. Exceptin strict alpha-
betical arrangement, it is a very full Mohawk
dictionary, written in Latin, but with the mean-
ing of the words in French.

“The word taken as a root is a supposed in-

22, BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Bruyas (J.) —Continued. Bruyas (J.)— Continued.

finitive; and in subsequent revisions of this
work, the present indicative was adopted, but
the present is the book as prepared by its au-
thor.” —Preface.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Con-
gress, Dunbar, Lenox, Powell, Trumbull.

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2347, 25 fr.; by
Quaritch, No. 12625, a sewed copy 10s. and a
half-morocco copy 14s.; and again, No. 30083,
a sewed copy 18s. and a half-moroeco copy
ll. The Ramirez copy, No. 790, was bought
by Quaritch for 15s. Priced by Triibner, 1882,
p. 109, 1l. 16s. At the Pinart sale a copy, No.
167, brought 16 fr.

Some copies are printed in large quarto.
(Pilling.)
Radical words | of the | Mohawk
language, | with their derivatives. |
By Rev. James Bruyas 8. J. | missionary
on the Mohawk. | (1863. ]

Title 1 1. preface pp.3-4, grammatic sketch
pp. 5-19, Radices verborum pp. 21-1123, 8°.

Forms Appendix E to the Sixteenth Ann.

Rept. of the Regents of the University of the |

State of New York, Albany,*1863, and is a re-
print, page for page, of the Shea edition
Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Congress,
Dunbar, Eames, Trumbull.
— Catechisme agnier. Parle R. P. Bru-
yas, C, d. J. [de la comp. de Jésus].
Manuscript, 27 ll. 4°, in the Mohawk lan-
guage, preserved in the Catholie church,
Caughnawaga, Canada. It is without title, the
above appearing as a heading to p. 1, and is
divided into subjects having for their headings
Du nom de chresticn, Du signe de chrestien,
De la création de Vhomme.
[Prayers for the sick by P. Jacques
Bruyas. ]
Manuscript, pp. 1-134, 12°.
nawaga, Canada.
— Instruction @un adulte malade.
Manuscript, 11 unnumbered 11. 12°.
Caughnawaga, Canada.
The following account of this author is from
Dr. Shea’s preface to the Radices Verborum :
“Father Jacques Bruyas, of the Society of
Jesus, 4 native of Lyons [born in 1637], came
to Canada in 1666, arriving at Quebee on the
third of August. From the fourteenth of July,
1767 [sie for 1667], when he set out for the Mo-
hawk, down to his death at the Mohawic mis-
sion of Sault St. Louis, subsequent to 1700, he
was constantly connected with the missions
among the Five Nations; spoke the Mohawk
as well as he did French, and was regarded as
the master of the language, in which he ecom-
posed several works, besides the present and
other treatises on it. His abilities were ad-
mitted by all, not only the writers of his order,
but by Hennepin (who seems to have perused
this very manuscript), Earl Bellamont, and Cot-
ton Mather, His knowledge of the various di-
alects of the Troqnois must have been great in-

Seen at Caugh

Seen at

|
|
|
|
|
|

Bryant (William Clement).

Burtin (Mev. Nicolas Victor).

deed, for after ashort stay amoung the Mohawks
in 1667 he was at Oneida from September, 1667,
to 1671; thea among the Mohawks till 1679, ex.
cept in 1673, when he was in the Seneca tribe.
After this he was chiefly at the mission of Sault
St. Louis on the St. Lawrence [where he died
June 15, 1712]. He was superior of the Iroquois
mission for several years, and superior of all
the missions in Canada from 1693 to 1700. In
the negotiations between the French and Iro-
quois from 1699 to 1701, he took an active part,
and visited New York with a letter announcing
the termination of hostilities. His last appear-
ance in New York was in 1700 and 1701, at
Onondaga.”

Address at
obsequies of Red Jacket.

In Butfalo Hist. Soc. Trans. vol. 3, pp. 15-24,
Buffalo, 1885, 8°. (Powell.)

Contains chorus of a chant, Onondaga and
English.

Bureau of Ethnology: These words fellowing a

title or within parentheses after a note indicate
that a copy of the work referred to was seen
bv the compiler in the library of the Bureau
of Ethnology, Washington, D.C.

Mois | des
dimes du Purgatoire | iakowentaon |
akawennita | Rohiaton Tekaronhiane-
ken | ronwaniha Kahnawakeeronon |
1866.

Colophon: N. V. Burtin, 29 Novem-
bre, 1866.

Manuscript, in the Mohawk language, in
possession of its author, Caughnawaga, Can-
ada. Title verso blank 11. preface (signed N.
V. Burtin, Caughnawaga, 5 Septembre, 1866)
pp. 1-2, text pp. 3-318.

Mois | de St. Joseph. | Sose roiatato-
kenti | rawennita. | Ii wakiaton Kstsi-
henstatsi Tekaronhiaeneken | 1866.

Manuscript, in the Mohawk language, in

possession of its author, Caughnawaga, Canada.
Preface (signed N. V. Burtin, Caughnawaga, 30
Janvier 1866) pp. 1-2, text pp. 8-257, colophon
(dated 20 Mars 1866) verso of p. 257, 8°. Then
follow pp. 259-309, containing prayers, also in
the Mohawk language.
Mois du Sacré-Ceeur de Jésus. |
Jesos raweriasatokenti | awennita |
Rohiaton Tekaronhianeken ronwahniha
Kahnawakeronon, | 1867.

Manuscript, pp. 1-571, 4°, in the Mohawk
language. Seen at Caughnawaga, Canada.
Cours Minstruction en langue iro-
quoise, 1°e partie. Dogme—Explication
du symbole des apdtres. Caughnawa-
ga, 1863. (*)

Manuscript, pp. 1-467, in the Mohawk lan-
Pp. 468-477 are occupied by a Table

guage.

IROQUOIAN

Burtin (N. V.)— Continued.
des matiéres. Description furnished by its au-
thor.
Cours Vinstruction | en langue iro-
quoise, 2™° partie. Commandements de
Dieu et de l’Eglise | Péché | Caughna-
waga | 1872.

Manuscript, 1 1. pp. 3-452, 4°, in the Mohawk
language. Seen at Caughnawaga, Canada.
—— Mois de Marie | Wari awennita[ 1872].
Manuscript, in the Mohawk language, in the
possession of its author, Caughnawaga, Can-

ada. Text pp. 1-380, table des maticres pp.
381-396, 4°.

—— Recueil d’hymnes, motets en plain-
chant ou en chant mesuré pr les saluts
et bénédictions du st. sacrement [1873].

Manuscript, pp. 1-42, followed by Paroles pr.
la pastorale de Noél 1 p. sm. 4°.

Chants translated into Mohawk and set tothe
music of the church for the use of his choir, by
Pére Burtin. The Mohawk words are written
between the bars of music, as iu printed music
sheets.

In the library of Major J. W. Powell, Wash-
ington, D.C.

Abrévé ecclésiastique.

[1874.1] ey)
Manuscript, 135 pp. in the Mohawk language.

Description from its author.

WVhistoire

Cours Winstruction en langue 1r0-
quoise | 3™e° partie | Culte. | Grace, pri-
éres, sacrements, liturgie. | Caughna-
waga, | 1874.

Manuscript in the Mohawk language, in pos-
session of its author, Caughnawaga, Canada.

Title verso blank 11. text pp. 3-483, pp. 484-512 |

blank, table des matiéres pp. 513-529, 4°.

Rev. M. Mainville, pastoratSt. Regis, informs
me he has three volumes of sermons and the
beginning of a church history, all in Mohawk
and all composed by Pere Burtin, which he
copied; from his description I take them to be
copies of the two preceding works.

GN AVE):
See Marcoux(J.)and Burtin(N.V.).
Rev. Nicolas Victor Bartin was born at Metz,
Alsace-Lorraine, December 16, 1828; was ordained
to the priesthood at Marseilles December 18,
1852; came toCanada in June, i854, and was sent
to Caughnawaga in September, 1855, remaining
there until August, 1856, when he was sent to
Ottawa College as professor of classics and the-
ology. Hereturned to Caughnawagain Decem-
ber, 1858, where he remained as assistant until
the 24th of April, 1864, whenhe was made pastor
of the mission. He is still (1888) missionary at
Caughnawaga and is engaged on a history of
that mission.

Sec Marcoux (I. X.) and Burtin |

LANGUAGES. ae

Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard). Uber
den Naturlaut. Von Hrn. Buschmann.
In Konigliche Akad. der Wiss.zu Berlin,
Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1852, pt.3, pp.
391-423, Berlin, 1853, 49°.
Contains afew words of Cherokee, W yandot,
Cayuga, and Seneca.
| Issued separately as follows:

— Uber | den | Naturlaut, | von | Joh.
| Carl Ed, Buschmann. |

Berlin, | In Ferd. Diimmler’s Verlags-
Buchhandlung. | 1853. | Gedruckt in
der Druckerei der kéniglichen Akade-
; mie | der Wissenschaften.
1 p. 1. pp. 1-34, 49°.
Copies seen Astor, British Museum.
Translated and reprinted as follows :

| —— ‘On Natural Sounds,” by Professor
J. C. E. Buschmann. Translated by
Campbell Clarke, esq., from the Ab-
handlungen kéniglichen Akademie der
Wissenschaften zu Berlin, aus dem
Jahre 1852.

In Philolog. Soc. [of London], vol. 6, pp. 188-
206, [London, 1855], 8°.
| Butler (William).
Cherokees.

In Schooleraft (H.R.), Indian tribes, vol. 2,
pp. 209-211, Philadelphia, 1852, 4°.

Numerals 1-800,009,000.

| Buttrick (Rev. Daniel Sabin). Antiqui-
ties | of the | Cherokee Indians. | Com-
piled from the Collection of | Rey. Daniel
Sabin Buttrick [sie], | Their Mission-
ary from 1817 to 1847; as presented in the
Indian Chieftain, | published at Vinita,
| Ind. Ter., during the year 1884. |

Vinita: | Indian Chieftain, publish-
ers. | 1884.

Printed cover, title 11. preface 2 ll. text pp.
4-20, 8°.—-Names of seven Cherokee clans, with
English equivalents, p. 13.—Cherokee names of

Numerals of the

seasons, days, and fractions of days, pp. 16-17.
Copies seen: Powell.

—— and Brown (D.). TsvlvkiSqelvelv. |
A | Cheroke | Spelling Book. | By | D.
S. Butrick [sic] & D. Brown. | For the
Mission Establishment at Brainerd. |

Knoxville Printed by | F.S. Heis-
kell & H. Brown. | 1819.
Pp. 1-62, 16°, Cherokee (Roman characters)

Printed prior to the invention of

In their work the au-

and English.
Cherokee characters.
thors had the assistance of John Arch, a native

Cherokee.

For extracts see American Society ; also Ed-
wards (J.).

Copies seen: American Antiquarian Society.

24 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

C.

Calendrier. See Cuogq (J.-A.).

[Campanius (Johan). ] Catechismys Lu-

Campanius Holm (T.)—Continued.
eller Mynckussar och theras Sprak [Oneida],
pp. 180-184.

theri | Lingva | Svecico-Ameticana.

Second title: Lutheri | Catechismus, | Ofwer-
satt | pa | American-Virginiske | Spraket. |
{Royal arms. | |

Stockholmy | Tryckt vthi thet af Konigl.
Maytt. privileg. | Burchardi Tryckeri, af J. J.
Genath /f. | Anno M DC XCVI [1696].

Engraved title 1 1. printed title 1 1. 7 other
p. ll. pp. 1-160, 12°. In the Delaware language.

At p. 133 is the following title:

Vocabularium | Barbaro- | Virgineo- | rum. |
Additis passim locutioni- | bus & observationi-
bus Histo- | ricis brevioribus ad lingu plenio- |
rem notitiam. | [Typographic ornament.] | An-
no M DC XCVI [1696].

Pp. 155-160 contain Vocabula Mahakuassica.

According to Brinton’s Lenape and their
legends, p, 74, the Barbaro-Virgineorum is the
Delaware as then current on the lower river ;
the Mahakuassiea, a dialect of the Susquehan-
nocks or Minquas, who frequently visited the
Swedish settlements.

Oopies seen: Astor, British Museum, Brown,
Lenox, Shea, Trumbull.

The Field copy, No. 1405, brought $14.
copies were sold at the Brinley sale, Nos, 5698
and 5699; the former, ‘‘engraved title, gros-
grain levant red morocco extra, filleted sides,
ins. borders g. e.,”’ brought $50; the latter, ‘* an-
other fine copy, without the engraved title-
page, old calf, g.e.,” brought $25. The Pinart
copy, No. 566, was bought by Quaritch
145fr. At the Murphy sale, No. 1542, a ‘‘ green
morocco, gilt-edged copy, with the rare map,”
brought $18; another copy, No. 1543, old calf,
brought $8. Quaritch, No. 30084, priced a“ fine

copy, calf, with the cypher of Charles XI of

Sweden on sides,” 81. 8s.
1886, No. 59, price it 25].

Ellis & Scrutton,

Campanius Holm (Thomas). Nove
Svecive | Seu | Pensylvani | in Amer-
ica | descriptio.

Second title: Kort Beskrifuing | Om | Provin-
cien | Nya Swerige | uti | America, | Som nu
fortjden af the Engelske kallas | Pensylvania. |
Af larde och trowardige Mans skrifter och
berattelser ihopale= | tad och sammanskret-
wen/samt med athskillige Figurer | utzirad
af | Thomas Campanius Holm. | [Figure.] |

Stockholm »Tryckt uti Kongl. Boktr. hos
Sal. Wankijfs | Ankiamed egen bekostnad “af
J. H. Werner. Abr MDCCII [1702].

Engraved title 1 1. printed title 1 1. 7 other
p. ll. pp. 1-190, 1 p. maps, sm. 49°.—En Orde: och
Samtals-Bok, pade Americaners Sprak wid Nya

- Swerige, eller som det nu kallas Pensylvania

(Algonkin], pp. 153-179.—Om the Mynequeser |

for

Two |

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Brown,
Congress, Lenox, Trumbull.

Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, No. 1396, 31. 3s.
The Fischer copy, No. 2191, was bought by
Quaritch for 71. 15s. At the Field sale a copy,
No. 256, sold for $17; at the Menzies sale, No.
327, ‘‘ green levant morocco, paneled sides, gilt
edges,” for $37.50. Quaritch, Nos 11837 and
29662, prices a ‘‘red morocco extra, gilt-edged”
copy 161, and Nos. 11838 and 29663, an ‘old
ealf, neat’ copy, 6/. 10s. and 61., respectively.
Two copies at the Brinley sale, Nos. 3048 and
3044, brought, the former $85 and the latter
#80. At the Pinart sale a fine copy, No. 190,
brought 95 fr.; and at the Murphy sale a red
morocco extra copy, No. 2854, brought $28.

A short description of the province
of New Sweden. Now called, by the En-
glish, Pennsylvania, in America, Com-
piled from the relations and writings of
persons worthy of credit, and adorned
with maps and plates. By Thomas
Campanius Holm. Translated from the
Swedish, for the Historical Society of
Pennsylvania. With notes. By Peter
S. Du Ponceau, LL. D. President of the
American Philosophical Society, Mem-
ber of the Royal Academy of History
and Belles Lettres of Stockholm, and
one of the Council of the Historical So-
ciety of Pennsylvania.

In Pennsylvania Hist. Soc. Mem. vol. 3, pt.
1, pp. 1-166, Philadelphia, 1834, 8°.

Of the origin and language of the Indians in
Virginia and New Sweden, pp. 112-115.— Vocab-
ulary and phrases in the American language of
New Sweden, otherwise called Pennsylvania
{Algonkin], pp. 144-156.—Of the Minques, or
Minckus, and their language (pp. 157-159) in-
cludes a short vocabulary and numerals
{Oneida], pp. 158-159.

Issued also as follows:

A shortdescription | of the | Prov-
ince of New Sweden, | now called by
the English, | Pennsylvania, in Amer-
ica. | Compiled | from the relations and
writings of persons worthy of credit, |
and adorned with maps and plates. | By
Thomas Campanius Holm. | Translated
from the Swedish, | for the Historical
Society of Pennsylvania. | With notes. |
3y Peter S. Du Ponceau, LL.D. | Presi-
dent [&e. three lines]. |

— Hittites

IROQUOIAN

Campanius Holm (T.)— Continued.

Philadelphia: | M‘Carty & Davis, No.
171, Market street. | 1834.

Title reverse blank 1 1. pp. iii-xi, 13-166, 8°.—
Linguistics as above.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress, Dunbar, Trumbull.

At the Field sale an uncut copy, No. 257, sold |
at the Menzies sale, No. 328, ‘‘ half: |

for $1.50;
green morocco, gilt top, uncut,” for $5.25.
Murphy copy, No. 453, brought $4.

Campbell (lev. John).
some American Indian tribes.
Campbell. [Second article. ]

In Montreal Nat. Hist. Soc. Proc. vol. 9, pp.
193-212, Montreal, 1879. 8°.

W yandot-Iroquois vocabulary, pp. 199-200.—
Kadiak and Aleutian words compared with
Wyandot-Lroquois, p. 206, and with Cherokee-
Choctaw, p. 207.

The

By John

in America. By John
Campbell, M.A. [Second article. ]

In Montreal Nat. Hist. Soc. Proc. vol. 9, pp.
345-367, Montreal, 1879, $°.

Comparative vocabulary of the Basque and
Iroquois, pp. 345-346.

Issued separately as follows:

(From the Canadian Naturalist,
vol. [X., No.6.) Hittites in America.
By Jobn Campbell, M. A., Professor in
the Presbyterian College, Montreal.
[1879.]

No title-page; pp. 1-23, 8°.

Basque and Iroquois vocabulary, pp. 1-2.

Copies seen: Powell.

— The affilation of the Algonquin
languages. By John Campbell, M. A.

In Canadian Inst. Proc. new series, vol. 1, pt.
1, pp. 15-53, Toronto, 1879, 8°.

Comparison of characteristic forms in Algon-
quin with the same in the neighboring families
[Athabascan, Iroquois, Dacotah, and Choctaw],
pp. 45-50.

Issued separately, repaged, as follows:
—— The Affiliation of the Algonquin
Languages... By John Campbell, M. A.,
Professor of Church History, Presby-
terian College, Montreal. [1879.]

No title page; pp. 1-41, 8°.

Copies seen: Shea,

Origin of the aborigines of Canada.

In Quebee Lit. and Hist. Soc. Trans. session
1880-1881, pp. 61-93, and appendix pp. i-xxxiv,
Quebec, 1882, 12°.

The first part of this paper is an endeavor to
show a resemblance between various families
of the New World and between these and va-
rious peoples of the Old World. The appendix
contains a comparative vocabulary of the Wy-

On the origin of |

LANGUAGES.

| Campbell (J.)— Continued.

Campbell (Judge).

andot-Iroquois and Japanese-Koriah languages,
pp. i-v.

Issued separately as follows:

Origin | of the | aborigines of Can-
ada. | A paper read before the Literary
and Historical Society, | Quebec, | by |
Prot. J. Campbell, M. A., | (of Mon-
treal,) | Délégué Général de VInstitu-
tion Ethnographique de Paris. |

Quebec: | printed at the ‘{* Morning
Chronicle” office. | 1881.

Printed cover as above, title as above verso
blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. pp. 1-33,
and appendix i-xxxiv, 8°. Twenty-five copies
printed.

Copies seen: Powell.

Asiatic tribes in North America.
By John Campbell, M. A., professor in
the Presbyterian College, Montreal.

In Canadian Inst. Proc. new series, vol. 1, pp.
171-206, Toronto, 1884, 8°.

Comparative vocabulary of the Cherokee-
Choctaw and Peninsular languages, pp. 24-26 ,
of the Wyandot-Iroquois and Peninsular lan-
guages, pp. 195-197.

Some laws of phonetic change in
the Khitan languages. By John Camp-
bell, M. A., professor in the Preshyte-
rian College, Montreal.

In Canadian Inst. Proc. new series, vol. 1, pt.
4, pp. 282-299, Toronto, 1884, 8°.

An exhibition of the relation of the Iroquois
dialects to those of all the divisions of .the
Khitan family, with illustrative vocabularies.

Issued separately also: half title, repaged
3-20. (Pilling.)

— The khitan language; the Aztec and

its relations.

In Canadian Institute Proc. vol. 2, new series,
pp. 158-180, Toronto, 1884, 8°.

[Iroquois terms passim.

Issued separately with half-title, and repaged
3-25. (Pilling, Powell.)

Vocabulary of the
Cherokee. (*)

Manuscript in the library of the American

Philosophical Society, Phila. ; presented by Mr.

Thomas Jefferson.

Carheil (Pére Etienne de). Racines Hu-
ronnes, or radical words of the Huron
language, by Rey. Stephen de Carheil,
of the Society of Jesus. «)
Manuscript, 260 and 302 pp.

“ This manuscript forms tsvo small duodecimo
volumes. The radical words are arranged under
five conjugations, and the derivatives with ex-
amples in many cases given after each root or
primitive. The work is properly in Latin, but
as definitions and the translation of the exam-
ples are given in French, the whole is a curious

26

Carheil (E. de)—Continued.
mosaic of the three languages. The copy here
described was made, as appears by a date at the
end, in 1744." — Historical Magazine, vol. 2,p. 198.
“Father Stephen de Carheil [born at Rennes,
Noy. 10,1633] arrived at Quebee on the 6th of
August, 1666, and was immediately placed with
the Hurons, who gave him the name of Aonde-
chété. After his expulsion from Cayuga he was
sent to the Ottawa mission, and labored there
for many years. * * * As a philologist he |
was remarkable. He spoke Huron and Cayuga |
with the greatest elegance, and he coinposed
valuable works in and upon both, some of which
are still extant. Returning to Quebec, he died
there in July [27], 1726, at a very advanced
age.—NShea, Cath. Miss., p. 289.

See Gatschet (A.

Carpenter (Charles).
S.).
Carter (David), editor.
Advocate.
Cartier (Jacques). Brief recit, & | suc-
cincte narration, de la nauiga- | tion
faicte es ysles de Canada, Ho- chelage
& Saguenay & antres, anec | particu-
lieres meurs, langaige, & ce- | rimonies
des habitans Vicelles: fort | delectable
a veoir. | [Figure. ] |

Auec privilege. | On les uend a Paris
au second pillier en la grand | salle du |
Palais, & en la rue neufue nostredame |
f.| Venseigne de lescu de frace, par
Ponce Rosset dict | Faucheur, & An-
thoine le Clere freres. | 1545. |

Title ‘“A Monseignor le preuost
de Paris” ete. 11. Av Roy tres Chrestien 4 11.
(Aii, Aiii, Aiii, the fourth with no signature
the first 1. not numbered, the
others 3, 3, 5), text Il. 5-48 (1. 6 is misnum-
bered 7, which number is duplicated on the
proper 1.), 16°. The original edition of the ac-

See Cherokee

verso

number ; is

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

count of Cartier’s second voyage. See fac-simile |

of title-page.

qiEnsuyt le lagage [Huron] des pays & Ro-
yaulmes de Hochelaga & Canada, aultrement
appelles par nous la nouuelle France, verso of
1. 46 to verso of 1. 48 contains:
nombre de compter, verso 1. 46.

Premier leur
qa Ensuit les
noms des parties du corps de Vhome, ll. 46
(verso)—48 (verso).

Copies seen: British Museum.

“The tirst edition of Cartier’s Relations,
printed at Paris in 1545, has proved hitherto to
be of such extreme rarity as that but a single
copy has been known to exist for nearly three
hnndred years. The editor of the third,
printed at Rouen in 1598, announces that he
had translated it from a foreign language,
which was, doubtless, the Italian of this second
edition of Ramusio, a fact which proves that
even at a date so early as only fifty years after
its publication, the first edition was unknown.
Cartier’s Relations afford

us the first posi- |

THE

Cartier (J.) — Continued.

tive information regarding the Indians of
Canada, and contain the first vocabularies ever
printed of the languages of any nation of
American aborigines.” —Fveld’s Essay, p. 60.

‘““The only copy known is that in the British
Museum, in the collection left by Grenville.
Perhaps this is the same which was sold at the
Courtanvaux sale for thirty cents. In 1851 M.
Tross boughta copy * * which was lost
in a ship on its way to America.”—Harrisse.
Prima relatione di Iacqves Carthier
della Terra Nvova detta la nuoua Fran-
cia, trouata nell’ anno M.D.XXXIIII.
[First voyage. ]

In Ramusio (G. B.), Terzo volvme delle navi-
gationi et viaggi, ll. 435-440, Venetia, 1556, folio.
(Congress, Lenox.)

Linguaggio della terra nuouamente scoperta
chiamata la nuoua Francia, verso 1, 440.

teprinted in the 1606 edition of Ramusio,
vol. 3, pp. 869-376; linguistics, p. 376. (Con-
gress, Lenox.)

No copy of the original edition (in French) of
the account of Cartier’s first voyage is kuown
to exist.

—— Breve et svecinta narratione della

nanigation fatta per ordine della Maes-
ta Christianissima all’ Isole di Canada,
Hochelaga, Saguenai, & altre, al pre-
sente dette la nuoua Francia con par-
ticolari costumni, & cerimonie de gli
habitanti. [Second voyage. ]

In Ramusio (G. B.), Terzo volume delle navi-
gationi et viaggi, ll. 441-456, Venetia, 1556, folio.

Seguita il linguaggio de paesi & Reami di
Hochelaga & Canada da noi chiamati la nuoua
Francia & primo li nomi de numeri [1-10];
Seguitano li vocaboli delle parti dell’ huomo,
recto and verso 1}. 453.

Reprinted in the 1606 edition of Ramusio,
vol. 3, pp. 3876-385 ; linguistics, pp. 384-385.
4A shorte and | briefe narration of
the two | Nauigations and Discoueries |
to the Northweast partes called | Newe
Fravnce: | First translated out of
Frencb into Italian, by that famous |
learned man Gio: Bapt: Ramutius,
and now turned j into English by Iohn
Florio: Worthy the rea- | ding of all
Venturers, Trauellers, | and Discouerers. |

Imprinted at Lon- don, by H. Bynne-
man, dvvelling |in Thames. streate,
neere vnto Baynardes Castell. | Anno
Domini, 1580,

4p. ll. pp. 1-80. First relation, pp. 1-27; a
shert and briefe narration ete. Second rela-
pp. 28-80, 4°.—The language that is
spoken in the Land newly discouered, called
New Frannce,p. 27.—Hochelag a vocabulary,
pp. 78-80.

tion,

Copies seen: Brown, Lenox.

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

em Briel recit, &

fuccinge narration, de ta nauiga-
tion faite esyfles de Canada, Ho-
chelage & Saguenay & autres, zuec
particlieres meurs,langaige, & ce-
rimonies des habitans d'tcelles:fore
delectable 4 veoir.

1 $5 4 §-

bo
~l

28

Cartier (J.)— Continued.
—— Discovrs | dv | Voyage | fait par le
Capi- | taine Iaqves Cartier | aux Ter-
res-neufues de Canadas, No- | rember-
gue, Hochelage, Labrador, et | pays
adiacens, dite nouuelle France, | auec
particulieres maurs, langage, et |
ceremonies des habitans Wicelle. |
A Roven, | de Vimprimerie | De
Raphaél du Petit Val, Librairve et Im-
primeur | du Roy, & VAnge Raphaél. |
M.D.XCVIII [1598]. | Avec permission.
Title 11. 9 other p. ll. pp. 1-64, 16°.

Reprint of

BIBLIOGRAPHY

the first voyage.—Le langage des pays et |

royaumes de Hochelage et Canada, 6 unnun-
bered Il. preceding the Arabic pagination.
According to Harrisse this is not, as is gen-
erally supposed, a reprint from Ramusio, but
from a version now lost.
Copies seen: Bibliotheque Nationale.
— The first relation of Iaques Carthier
of S, Malo, of the new land called New

France, newly disconered in the yere of

our Lord 1534. [First voyage. ]

In Hakluyt (R.), Principal navigations &c.
vol. 3, pp. 201-212, London, 1600, folio, (Con-
gress, Lenox.)

{A vocabulary of]
spoken in the land newly discouered, called
New France, pp. 211-212.

Reprinted in the editionof Hakluyt, London,
1810, vol. 3, pp. 250-262, the vocabulary oceupy-
(Congress, Lenox.)

the language that is

ing pp. 261-262.
— A shorte and briefe narration of the
nauigation made by the commande-
ment of the King of France, to the
Islands of Canada, Hochelaga, Sague-
nay, and diuers others which now are
called New France, with the particular
customes and maners of the inhabitants

therein. [Second voyage. ]
Tn Hakluyt (R.), Principe] navigations, vol.

232, London, 1600, folio. (Congress,

3, pp. 212-232,
Lenox.)

“Here followeth the language of the countrey
and kingdomes of Hochelaga and Canada, of vs
called New France. But first
their numbers” [1-10]. ‘‘Here follow the
names of the chiefest partes of man, and other
words necessary to be knowen”, pp. 231-282.

Reprinted in Hakluyt’s collection of early
voyages, pp: London, 1810.
(Congress, Lenox.)

Linguistics as above, pp. 284-285.

— The voyages of Jacques Cartier from
St. Maloes to Newfoundland and Can-
ada, in the years 1534 and 1535, [First
and second voyages, from Hakluyt. ]

In Kerr (R.), A general history and collee-
tion of voyages and traveis, vol. 6, pp. 15-68,

2

Edinburgh and London, 1812, 8°.

vol. 3, 262-285,

the names of

OF THE

Cartier (J.)—Continued.

Specimen of the language of Newfoundland,
pp. 32-33.—Specimen of the language of Hoch.
elaga and Canada, pp. 67-68.

—— Discovrs dv voyage fait par le eapi-

taine Jaques Cartier aux terres-neufues
de Canadas, Norembergue, Hochelage,
Labrador, et pays adiacens, dites nou-
uelle France, auee particulieres moeurs,
langage, et cérémonies des habitants
WVicelle.—A Rouen, de Vimprimerie de
Raphaél du Petit-Val, libraire et impri-
meur du Roy, & Vange Raphaél. M.D.
XCVIII.—Avee permission. [ First voy-
age. ]

In Ternaux-Compans (H.), Archives des
voyages, vol. 1, pp. 117-158, Paris [1840], 8°.

Langage des pays et royaumes de Hochelage
et Canadas, pp. 120-124.

The above caption is a reprint of the title-
page of the 1598 edition. Ternaux, in a foot-
note, says: ‘The first edition of the Relation is
of very great rarity: Ihave not been able to
discover a single copy.”

— Voyages de découverte au) Cana-

da, | entre les années 1534 et 1542, | par
Jaeques Quartier, le Sieur de Rober-
val, Jean Alphouse de Xanctoigne, &e. |
Suivis | de la description de Québec et
de ses environs en | 1608, et de divers
extraits relativement au lieu | de Vhi-
vernement de Jacques Quartier en 1535-
36. | (Avec gravures fac-simile.) | Réim-
primés sur d’anciennes relations, et pu-
bliés | sous la direction | de la Société
Littéraire et Historique de Québec.

Quebec: imprimé chez William
Cowan et fils. | 1843.

Title 11. avertissement pp. iii-iv, half title 1
]. text pp. 1-180, 8°. Les trois voyages [en
1534, 1535, et 1540] de Jacques Cartier, pp. 1-77.—
Le langage de la terre nouvellement descou-
verte appellée Nouvelle France, p. 23.—Ensuit
le langage de Hochelaga et Canada, pp. 67-69.

Copies seen: Boston Athenzxum, British Mu-
seum, Congress, Lenox.

—— Bref récit et succinete narration | de

la | navigation | faite en MDXXXV
et MDXXXVI | par le capitaine | Jac-
ques Cartier | aux iles de | Canada |
Hochelaga,Saguenay | et autres | Réim-
pression figurée | de l’édition originale
rarissime de MDXLYV | avec les vari-
antes des manuscrits | de la Bibliothe-
que Impériale | Précédée | une breve
et succinete | introduction historique |
par M. D’Avezace | [Design.] |}

TROQUOIAN
Cartier (J.) — Continued.

Paris | Librairie Tross | passage des
deux pavillons (palais royal), N° 8 |
1863.

Half title 1 1. title reverse blank 1 1. intro-
duction 1]. i-xvi, fac-simile of original title re-
verse dedication 11. Av Roy li. 2-5, text ll.
6-48, notes variantes etc. ll. 49-68, 8°. Reprint
of the first (1545) edition of the second voyage.

Ensiyt le lagage des pays & Royaulmes de
Hochelaga & Canada, aultrement appellée par
nous la nonuelle France, versol. 46and I. 47-48.

Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Lenox, Trum-
bull.

At the Fischer sale a copy of this work, No.
2209, together witha copy of the ‘‘ Voyage” (see
next title), brought1/. Atthe Field sale a half-
morocco, uncut copy, No. 277,sold for $3.25.
Leclerc, 1878, No. 689, priced a vellum copy 12
fr. Atthe Ramirez sale a half-morocco copy,
No. 981, was bought by Quaritch for 19s. The
Murphy copy, No. 477, ‘‘half green morocco,
top gilt, uncut,” bronght $4.50. Quaritch, No.
28774, prices a half-morocco copy 1. 8s.

—— Voyage | de | Jaques Cartier | av
Canada en 1534 Nouvelle édition, pu-
bliée Vapreés Vl édition de 1598 | et apres
Ramusio | Par M. H. Michelant | avec
deux cartes | Documents inédits’| sur |

Jaques Cartier et le Canada | commu-
niqués | Par M. Alfred Raimé | Paris |

Librairie Tross | 5, rue Neuve-des-petits-
champs, 5 | 1865

Title reverse blank 11. fac-simile of original
title-page reverse blank 1 1. L’imprimevr aux
lecteurs pp. 3-4, Svr le voyage de Canadas
(poem) pp. 5-8, Ensvyt le Langage Hochelage
et Canadas p.9, Ensvit les noms des parties du
corps de lhomme pp. 10-14, Extraict du priui-
lege 11. unnumbered (recto blank verso Extrait
etc.)
blank), Discovrs ete. pp. 17-67, Le langage des
payes et royaumes de Hochelage et Canada
@aprés Ramusio pp. 69-71, 8°.
1598 edition of the first voyage.

Copies seen: Brown, Congress, Lenox.

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 687, 15 fr.; an-
other copy, No. 688, vellum, 20fr. The Murphy
copy, No. 478, half green morocco, top gilt, sold
for $4.

The edition: Relation Originale du Voyage **
Jacque Cartier, Paris, ‘ross, 1867, 8°, does not
contain the lingu'stics, nor does the reprint in
Pinkerton’s Voyages, vol. 12.

There have beenanumber ofarticles published
upon the vocabularies given by Cartier, each
an attempt to relegate them to their proper lin
guistic stock, Among these is one in the His-
torical Magazine, first series, vol. 9, presumably
by Dr. Shea, in which, quoting from a writer
in Journal de Vinstruction publique, he says:
“On studying more carefully Cartier’s vocabu-
lary with Sagard’s Huron vocabulary and the
Onondaga dictionary recently published by Mr,

Introduction pp. i-vii (reverse of vil |

Reprint of the |

LANGUAGES

Zo

| Cartier (J.) —Continued.

L

Case.

Cass (Lewis).

Shea, it is easy to prove that the Indians of
Stadacona and Hochelaga were ILurons or Iro-
quois.” A listofnumerals (1-10) from the above
sources and one of the Caughnawaga are given
to illustrate the resemblances, as well as a corre-
sponding list in Chippewa, Micmac, Malechite,
and Penobscot, to show the want of affinity with
the Algonkin dialects.

In an article by Daniel Wilson upon the
Huron Troquois, in the second volume of the
Proceedings and Transactions of the Royal So-
ciety of Canada, there is given, from Mr. Hora-
tio Hale, 2 vocabulary of words in the language
of Hochelaga and Canada as given by Cartier,
and the corresponding words in the language
of the Wyandot (or Wendot) Indians, in which
many resemblances are shown and the conclu-
sion is reached that they are the same dialect.

The Abbé Cuog bas an article upon the same
subject in vol. 79 of the Annales de philosophie
chrétienne, pp. 198-204, Paris, 1869, 8°.

The case of | the Seneca Indians |
in the | State of New York. | Illustrated
by facts. | Printed for the information
of the Society of Friends, | by direc-
tion of the joint committees on Indian |

affairs, of the four yearly meetings | of
Friends of Genesee, New | York, Phila-
delphia, and | Baltimore. | [Five tines
quotation. | |

Philadelphia: | Merrihew and Phomp-
son, printers, | No. 7 Carter’s Ailey. :
1840.

Pp. 1-256, 8°.—A list of proper names, with
English significations, in Seneca, Tuscarorz,
Oneida, Onondaga, and Cayuga, pp. 101-103.—A.
list of Seneca families, pp. 148-151, contains a
number of proper names.

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.
Additional inquiries re-
specting the Indian languages,

No title-page ; pp. 1-32, 16°. Contains exam-
ples of inflection, compounding, ete. in the
Delaware, Chippewa, and Wyandot languages.

Copies seer: Boston Atheneum, Congress,
Powell.

Reprinted, with short ‘‘addenda”, as the
concluding portion, pp. 31-64, of the following:

‘

] Inquiries respecting the | History,
Traditions, Languages, Man- | ners,
Customs, Religion, &c. | of the | In-
dians, living within the United States.

Detroit, | Printed by Sheldon &
Reed. | 1823.

Pp. 1-64, 16°. The verso of the title-page
says: “The following sheets were originally
printed in two separate pamphlets. They are
now reprinted together, but no alteration has
been made in the form first given to them.”

Copies seen: Powell.

[ have seen no copy of the first edition of the
first portion of this little work.

30

Castiglioni (Luigi). Viaggio | negli |
Stati Uniti | dell’ | America Settentrio-
nale | fatto negli anni 1785, 1786, e 1737
| da | Luigi Castiglioni | Patrizio Mi-
lanese [dzc. three lines]. | Con alcune
Osservazioni sui Vegetabili | pit utili
di quel Paese. Tomo primo[-secondo ]. |

Milano. | NellaStamperia di Giuseppe |

Marelli | Con Permissione. | 1790.
9

2 vols.: title 1 1. preface, contents, &c. pp.
v-xii, text pp. 1-403; title 11]. index pp. v-vi,
text pp. 1-402, 3 folding tables, 8°.—Vocabu-
lary of the Chactaw and Cerochese, vol. 1, pp.
259-266.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress.

Luigi Castiglioni’s, | Maylandischen
-atriziers, | des St. Stephansordens p.
m. Ritters, und der philo- | sophischen
Gesellschaft zu Philadelphia, so wie
der | patriotischen Societat zu Mayland |
Miteliedes &c. | Reise | durch | die
vereinigten Staaten | von | Nord-Ame-
rika, | in | den Jahren 1785, 1736 und
1787. | Nebst Bemerkungen | uber die
nutzlichsten Gewachse dieses Landes, |

Aus dem Italienischen | von | Magnus
Petersen. Erster Theil. | Mit Kupfern.

Memmingen, | bey Andreas Seyler.
1793,

Title and 7 other p. Il. pp. 1-495, maps and
plates, sm. 8°. Vol. Lall that was published.—
Vocabulary in Deutsch,
Scherokesisch, pp. 22-328.

Copies seen: Congress.

Chactawisch, and

Catalogue | de | livresrares | et précicux
| manuscrits ef imprimés | principale-
ment sur VAmérique | et sur les langues
du monde entier | composaut la biblio-
theque de | M. Alph.-L. Pinart | et com-
prenant en totalité la bibliotheque
Mexico-Guatémalienne de | M. VAbbE
Brasseur de Bourbourg |
Paris | Vve Adolphe Labitte | libraire
de la Bibliotheque Nationale | 4, rue de
Lille, 4 | 1883
Outside title 11. half title 1 L title 11 pp. v-
viii, 1-248, 8°.—Contains titles of a number of
works in the Iroquois dialects.
Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling.
Catalogue of library. See Bartlett (J.
Ri.)
Catalogue | of | one hundred and seveun-
teen | Indian
| eighteen

a
>

Portraits, | representin
different
panied by | a few remarks | on the |
character, &c. of most of them, | Price
124 cents. [1850?]

BIBLIOGRAPHY

OF THE

:

2
vy
Catalogue — Continued. :
No imprint; pp. 1-24, 8°.—A list of promi-—
nent persons belonging to various American
tribes, whose portraits were painted by King, :
of Washington, and copied by Inman. The
names of most of them are given with the —
English signification. Among the tribes rep-
resented is the Cherokee. .
Copies seen: Powell, Wisconsin Historical
Society.

Catechism:

Cherokee. See Catechism.

Iroquois. Davis (S.).

Mohawk. Bruyas (J.).

Mohawk. Huguet (.7.).

Mohawk. Marcoux (J.).

Mohawk. Ne Yeriwanontontha.

Mohawk. Neuville (J. L.).

Mohawk. Piqueé (F.).
Catechism [in the Cherokee language.

1845. ]
No title-page; pp. 1-4, 32°, in Cherokee

characters. Appended to Cherokee primer.
Copies seen: Boston Athenwum, Dunbar,
Shea.
Catechismvs Lutheri.
CJays
Catlin (George).
lin’s Indian

See Campanius

Catalogue | of | Cat-
gallery | of | portraits,
land-scapes, | manners and customs, |

costumes &c, &c., | collected during
seven years’ travel amongst thirty-eight
dif- | ferent tribes, speaking different
languages. |

New-York: | Piercy & Reed, printers,
Theatre alley. | 1837.

Title as above verso blank 11. pp. 3-36, 12°.—
A list of prominent personages of different
tribes, including a number of Lroquois, Seneca,
Oneida, and Cherokee, giving their names, with
Enelish meanings.

Copies seen: Harvard, Powell.

Catalogue | of | Catlin’s Indian Gal-
lery | of | Portraits, Landscapes, | Man-
ners and Customs, | Costumes, &c. &c.

~

4

tribes, | accom- |

| Collected during seven years’ travel
amongst thirty-eight | different tribes,
speaking different languages. |

New York: | Pierey & Reed, Printers,
7 Theatre Alley. | 1838.

Pp. 1-40, 16°.—Names of persons, with Eng-
lish signification, of the Iroquois,
Oneida, and Cherokee.

Copies seen: Harvard, Wisconsin Historical
Society.

Seneca,

—— A | descriptive catalogue | of | Cat-
lin’s Indian gallery; | containing | por-
traits, | landscapes, costumes, &e. |
and | representations of the manners
and customs | of the { North American

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES. ol

Catlin (G.) — Continued. Catlin (G.)— Continued.

Indians. | Collected and painted entire-
ly by Mr. Catlin, | during seven years’
travel amongst 48 tribes, mostly speak-
ing different languages, | Exhibited for
nearly three years, with great success,
in the | Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly, Lon-
don. | Admittance One Shilling.
Colophon: C. and J. Adlard, printers,
Bartholomew Close, London. [1840.]

Title 1 1. text pp, 3-48, 4°.—Linguistic con- |

tents as above.

Copies seen, Boston Atheneum, British Mu-
seum, Powell.

The descriptive catalogue isreprinted in the
various editions of Catlin’s Notes of eight years’
travel and residence in Europe, for titles of
which see below.

—— Catalogue raisonné | de | La Galerie
Indienne de M* Catlin, | renfermant |

des portraits, | des paysages, des cos- |

tumes, etc., | et | des scenes de murs
et coutumes | des | Indiens de ’Amé-
riquedu Nord. | Collection entitrement
faite et peinte par Mt Catlin | Pendant
un séjour de 8 ans parmi 48 tribus sau-
vages, parlant trente langues diffé- |
rentes, et formant une population dun
demi-million dames. |

[Paris:] 1845. | Imprimerie de Wit-
tersheim, | Rue Montmorency, 8.

Title as above on cover, pp. 1-48, 8°. —Names
of Iroquois, Seneca, Oneida, and Tuskarora In-
dians, pp. 23, 27, 28.

Copies seen: Powell.

Some copies have title-page differing slightly
from above. (Harvard.)

A descriptive catalogue | of | Cat-
lin’s Indian collection, | containing |

portraits, landscapes, costuines, &c., |

and | representations of the manners
and customs | of the | North American
Indians. | Collected and painted en-
tirely by Mr. Catlin, during eight years’
travel amongst | forty-eight tribes,
mostly speaking different languages. |

Also | opinions of the press in England,
France, and the United States. |

London: | published by the author,
at his Indian collection, No. 6, Water-
luo Place. | 1348,

Title (reverse ‘London: Printed by William
Clowes and Sons, Stamford Street’) 1 1. pp. 3-92,
8°.—Proper names, with English significations,
of the Iroquois, p. 24; of the Seneca, Oneida, and
Tuscarora, pp. 28-29; and of the Cherokee, p. 30.
Copies seen: Harvard, Powell.

North and South American Indians.
: Catalogue | descriptive and instruct-

|

ive | of | Catlin’s | Indian Cartoons. |
Portraits, types, aud customs. | 600
paintings in oil, | with | 20,000 full
length figures | illustrating their vari-
ous games, religious ceremonies, and |
other customs, | aud | 27 canvas paint-
ings | of | Lasalle’s discoveries. |

New York: | Baker & Godwin, Print-
ers, Printing-House square, | 1871.

Abridged title on cover, title as above reverse
blank 1 1. pp. 3-99, 8°.—Names of Iroquois p.
6, Seneca p. 18, Oneida p. 21, Cherokee p. 23,
Tuskarora p. 26.

Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Eames, Pow-
ell, Wisconsin Historical Society.

The Catlin Indian collection, con-
taining portraits, landscapes, costumes,
&c., and representations of the man-
ners and customs of the North American
Indians. Presented to the Smithsonian
Institation by Mrs. Thomas Harrison,
of Philadelphia, in 1879. A descriptive
catalogue. By George Catlin, the artist.

In Rhees (William J.), Visitor’s guide to the
Smithsonian Institution and United States
National Museum, in Washington, pp. 70-89,
Washington, 1887, 8°.

Linguistics as above.
Ovpies seen: Powell.

Part V. The George Catlin Indian
gallery in the National Museum (Smith-
sonian Institution), with memoir and
statistics. By Thomas Donaldson.

In Annual Report of the Board of Regents of
the Smithsonian Institution * * July,
1885, part 2 (half-title 11. pp. i-vii, 3-939), Wash-
ington, 1836, 8°.

Descriptive catalogue of Indian portraits, pp.

3-230.—Comparative vocabulary of the Man-
dan, Blackfoot, Riccaree, Sioux, and Tuskarora

(about 130 words), pp. 551-555.

Issued separately, with title page, as follows:

The | George Catlin | Indian gal-
lery, | inthe | U.S. National Museum, |
(Smithsonian Institution.) | with me-
moir and statistics. | By Thomas Don-
aldson. |

Washington, D. C. | W. H. Lowder-
milk & Co. | 1838.

Title reverse blank 11. pp. i-vii, 3-939, 8°.—
Linguistics as above.

Copies seen: Lowdermilk.

Letters and notes | on the | manners,
customs, and condition | of the | North
American Indians, | By Geo. Catlin. |
Written during eight travel
amongst the wildest tribes of | Indians
in North America. | In 1832, 3435;

years’

oOo”
Oo;

32

Catlin (G.) — Continued.

36, 37, 38, and 39. | In two volumes, |
with four hundred illustrations, care-
fully engraved from his original paint-
ings. | Vol. I[-II). |

New-York: | Wiley and Putnam, 161
Broadway. | 1841.

2 vols. : pp. i-viii, 1-264; i-viii, 1-266; 312 plates
and maps, royal 8°.—Comparative vocabulary,
including the Tuskarora, as above, vol. 2, pp.
262-265.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu-
seum, Lenox.

According to Sabin's Dictionary, No. 11536,

some copies have the imprint, London: Wiley
and Putnam; others, London: published by
the author, 1841. Second edition, New York,
1842; third edition, New York, 1842; fourth
edition, 1843.
Letters and notes | on the | man-
ners, customs, aud condition | of the |
North American Indians. | By George
Satlin. | Written during eight years’
travel amonyst the wildest tribes of |
Indians in North America, | In 1832, 33,
34, 35, 36, 37, 338 and 39. | In two vol-
umes, | with tour hundred illustrations,
carefully engraved from his original
paintings. Thirdedition. Vol. I[-II].

New-York: | Wiley and Putnam, 161
Broadway. | 1844.

2 vols. 8°.—Linguisties, vol. 2, pp. 261-265.

Copies seen: Congress, Powell, Trumbull.

The first issue of this edition has the im-

print, London: | Published for the Author
by | Tilt and Bogue, Fleet Street. 1812. (Trum-
bull.*)
— Illustrations j of the | manners, cus-
toms, and condition | of the | North
American Indians: | in a series of |
letters and notes | written during eight
years of travel and adventure among
the | wildest and most remarkable
tribes now existing. | With three hun-
dred and sixty engravings, | from the |
Author’s Original Paintings. | By Geo.
Catlin. | In two volumes. | Vol. I[-IT].
| Fifth edition. |

London: | Henry G. Bohn, York
street, Covent Garden. | MDCCCXLV
[1845].

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

2 vols.: pp. i-viii, 1-214; i-viii, 1-266; maps |

and plates, large 8°.—Comparative vocabulary
of the Mandan, Blackfoot, Riccaree, Sioux, and
Tuskarora, vol. 2, pp. 262-265.

Copies seen: Congress.

At the Murphy sale a copy, No. 523, brought
$12.

|

—— Illustrations | of

THE

Catlin (G.)— Continued.

Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 11539, mentions.
Sixth edition, London, 1846, and titles an edi-
tion: Briissel und Leipzig, 1846-1848. A copy
of this latter is priced by Triibuer, 1856, No,
1955, 1l. ls.; another copy, No. 1956, plain, 14s.
Illustrations | of the | manners, cus-
toms, and condition | of the | North
American Indians: | in a series of |
letters and notes | written during eight
years of travel and adventure among
the | wildest and most remarkable
tribes now existing. | With three hun-
dred and sixty engravings | from the
Author’s Original Paintings. | By Geo.
Catlin. | In two volumes. | Vol. I{-IT}].
| Seventh edition. |

London: | Heury G.
street, Covent Garden.
VIII [1845].

2 vols. maps, 8°.—Comparative vocabulary of
the Mandan, blackfoot, Riecaree, Sioux, and
Tuskarora, vol. 2, pp. 262-265.

Bohn, York
| MDCCCXL

Copies seen: Astor.

Triibser, in Ludewig, p. 228, titles the second
edition in German: Brissel, Muquardt. 1851,
and gives the vocabularies as on pp. 348-352.

Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 11537, mentions the
eighth edition, London, Bohn, 1857. For title
of the ninth edition see ‘‘Addenda” to this
catalogue. There is an edition Philadelphia,
Hazard, 1857, a copy of which is in the library
of the Minnesota Historical Society (*). A
copy at the Fischer sale, No. 2213, brought 15s.,
and one at the Field sale, No. 310, $1.62.

— Letters and notes | on the | man-

hers, customs, and condition | of the |
North American Indians, | Written dur-
ing eight years’ travel amongst the wild-
est | tribes of Indians in North Amer-
ica, | [Picture.] | By Geo. Catlin. |
Two vols. in one. | With one hundred
and fifty illustrations, on steel and
wood. |

Philadelphia: | J. W. Bradley, 48
North Fourth St. | 1859.

Pp. 1-792, 8°.—Linguistics, pp. 787-791.

Copies seen: Lowdermilk.

Some copies are dated 1860, (*)
the | manners,
customs, and condition | of the | North
American Indians | with | letters and
notes | written during eight years of
travel and adventure among the | wild-
est and most remarkable tribes now
existing. | With three hundred and
sixty engravings, | from the | Author’s
Original Paintings. | By Geo. Catlin. |

IROQUOIAN

Catlin (G.) — Continued.
In two volumes. Vol. I[-II]. | Tenth
edition. |

London: | Henry G. Bohn, York
Street, Covent Garden. | 1866.

2 vols. large 89°.

Copies seen: Boston Athenzeum, Wisconsin
Historical Society.

At the Field sale, No. 308, a copy with col.

ored etchings, ‘‘worth nearly ten times the
price of plain copies,” brought $48.
—— Illustrations | of the | manners,
customs, & condition | of the |! North
American Indians. | With Letters and
Notes, | Written during Eight Years of
Travel and Adventure among the |
Wildest and most Remarkable Tribes
now Existing. | By George Catlin. |
With | three hundred and sixty col-
oured engravings | from the author’s
original paintings. | [Design.] | In two
volumes. Vol. I[-II]. |

London: | Chatto & Windus, Picca-
dilly. | 1876.

2 vols.: pp. i-viii, 1-264; i-viii, 1-266; plates,
large 8°.—Linguistics, vol. 2, pp. 262-265.

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.

Quaritch, No. 29932, prices acopy ‘‘ beautifully
printedincolors” 2I. 2s., adding: ‘‘sells 31. 3s.”
— Catlin’s notes | of | eight years’
travelsand residence | In Europe, | with
his | North American Indian collec-
tion: | with anecdotes and incidents
of the travels and adventures of
three | different parties of American
Indians whom he introduced | to the
courts of | Eugland, France and Bel-
gium. | In two volumes octavo. | Vol. I
[-I1]. | With numerous illustrations. |

New-York: | Burgess, Stringer & Co.,
222 Broadway. | 1848.

2 vols. 8°.—Descriptive catalogue, containing
proper names, with English meanings, in Iro-
quois, Seneca, Oneida, and Cherokee, vol. 1, pp.
258 = 207:

Copies seen: Powell, Watkinson.

At the Fischer sale a copy, No 350, brought
2s.; the Field copy, No. 305, sold for $2.50.

LANGUAGES.

33

_ Catlin (G.) —Continued.

New York: | published by the an-
thor. | To be had at all the bookstores. |
1848.

2 vols.: pp. i-xvi, 1-296; i-xii, 1-336; plates,
8°.—Descriptive catalogue etc. as above.

Copies seen: Congress.

— Catlin’s notes | of | eight years’

travels and residence | in Europe, | with
his | North American Indian collection. |
With | anecdotes and incidents of the
travels and adventures of | three differ-
ent parties of American Indians whom
he | introduced to the courts of | Eng-
land, France, and Belgium. | In two
volumes, octavo. | Vol. I[-I1]. | With
numerous illustrations. | Second edi-
tion. |

London: | published by the author, |
at his Indian collection, No.6, Water-
loo Place. | 1848.

2 vols.: pp. i-xvi, 1-296; i-xii, 1-336; plates,
8°.—Descriptive catalogue ete. vol. 1, pp. 248-
296, containing proper names, with English
meaniugs, in Iroquois, p. 269; Seneca, p. 273;
Oneida and Tuskarora, p. 274; Cherokee, p. 275.

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress,
Lenox, Wisconsin Historical Society.

Some copies, otherwise as above, have ‘‘ Third
edition” (Congress); and I have seen a copy
of vol. 2 whose title, otherwise the same, has
“Fourth edition” (Bureau of Ethnology).

—— Adventures | of the | Ojibbeway

and Ioway Indians in| England, France
and Belgium; | being notes of | eight
years travels and residence in Europe |
with his | North American Indian Col-
lection, | by Geo. Catlin. | In two vol-
umes. | Vol. I{-II]. | With numerous
Engravings. | Third edition. |

London: | published by the author, |
at his Indian collection, No. 6, Water-
loo Place. | 1852.

2 vols. 8°. A reprint of Notes of eight years’
travel in Europe.—Descriptive catalogue ete.,
vol.1, pp. 253-277.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenwum, Bu-
reau of Ethnology, Wisconsin Historical So-
ciety.

— Catlin’s notes | of | eight years’ |

travels and residence | In Europe, | with | C2ughnawaga. See Mohawk.
: ° : Fas
his | North American Indian collec- | Sas

General discussion. See Oronhyatekha.
Morgan (L. H.).
Hale (H.).

tion: | with anecdotes and incidents of
the travels and adventures of three |

different parties of American Indians
whom he introduced | to the courts of |

Engiand, France, and Belgium. | In two
volumes octavo. | Vol. If-II]. | With
numerous illustrations. |

IROQ——>5

Geographic names.

Grammatic co:n-
ments.

Numerals.

Numerals.

Numerals.

Numerals.

Numerals.

Oronhyatekha.
Parsons (J.).
Rand (S. T.).
Vallancey (C.).
Weiser (C.).

34 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Cayuga — Continued. Chamberlayne (J.) and Wilkins (D.) —
Numerals. See Wilson (D.). Continued.
Proper names, Case. guas | versa | et | propriis cvjvsqve lin-
EO BeE aes erent, evae | characteribvs expressa, | Una
Relationships. Morgan (L. —H.). Di tationil lke dela
Sachemships. Morgan (L. H.). eum Disserta joni aus nonnu is e Lin-
Vocabulary. Adelung (J. C.) and guarum | Origine, variisque ipsarum

ater (J.S.). permutationibus, iditore oanne
Vater (J.S.) tat 1 Edit J

Vocabulary. Balbi (A.). Chamberlaynio | Anglo-Britanno, Re-
Vocabulary. Be MOST giae Societatis Londinensis & | Bero-
Vocabulary. Domenech (E.). ii ae ee Vi tt
Vocabulary. Elliot (A.). Inensis Socio. | [ ghee e. | lf ; ‘
Vocabulary. Gallatin (A.). Amsteledami, | Typis Guilielmi &
Vocabulary. Investigator. Davidis Goerei. | MDCCXYV [1715].
Vocabulary. Jones (Peter). Folding plate 1 1. title reverse blank 11. ded-
Vocabulary. Latham (1. G.). icatio (signed ‘‘Joannes Chamberlayne ”’) 3 11.
Vocabulary. Smith (KE. A.). reverse of 5th]. begins ‘‘ Lectori benevolo David
Words. Buschmann (J.C.E ). Wilkins S. P. D.,” which extends to verso of
Words. Street (A. B.). 25th 1. text pp. 1-94, appendix 3 1. 4°.

Chamberlain (Alexander Francis). Es- Lord’s prayer in Mohogice [Mohawk; re-

ceived from Rev. Thomas Barclay, mission-
ary at Albany], p.89.—‘‘ Appendix continens
quatuor preecipuas voces in Orationibus Do-
minicis occurrentes .... ex Americanis,”
viz: Pater, Coelum, Terra, Panis, in Algonkine,
Caraibice, Mohogice, ete., follows p. 94.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Lenox, Watkinson.

At the Murphy sale a copy, No. 537, brought
90 cents.

kimo and the Indians.

InScience, vol. 10, pp. 120, 273-274, New York,
1887, 4°.

Contains afew words of each of the following
languages: Mackenzie River, Churchill River,
Cree, Chippeway, Algonkin, Kadiac, Anadyr
Techuktchi, Kotzebue Sound, Tarahumara,
Cora, Cahita, Aztec, Labrador, Hudson Bay,
Tschuakkak Island, Malemute, Miami, Penob-
scot, Lenape, Massachusetts, Narragansett,
Minsi, Montauk, Mohawk, Iroquois, Una- Chamberlin (Amory Nelson). [Hymns

lashka, Huron, Onondaga, Aleutan, Nottoway, in the Cherokee language. |

Tuscarora, Greenland, and Seneca. In the lloose oblong leaf, two columns, containing

words introduced, Mr. Chamberlain believes | three hymns in Cherokee characters, the first

there are similarities indicating relationship. “Yo tune of Over there,” the second ‘‘ Tune,

Dr. F. Boas affixes a few remarks on the sub- | Home, Sweet Home,” the third ‘‘Nearer my

ject. See, also, Hewitt (J. N. B.). God to Thee.” The author writes me that the
— = JPhe | Catawba Language, | by | A. F. | first and third mentioned are approximations

to the familiar English hymus of the same title,
but that the second is original.
Copies seen: Dunbar, Pilling, Powell.

Chamberlain, B. A., | Fellow in Modern
Languages in University College, To-

ronto. | Another loose leaflet contains two hymns in
Toronto: Inrie & Graham, Printers, Cherokee characters : ‘‘Only trust Him, Gospel

January, 1888. Hymns No. 94,” and ‘‘ Coronation.” ( Pilling.)
2 11. 8°; half-title as above, reverse Catawba- | —— Christ’s second coming.

Siouan vocabulary ; recto 2d leaf Catawba and
Choctaw-Muskogee vocabulary, verso blank.

The Muskogee column contains some Chero-
kee words.

In Dwight Mission Witness, vol. 1, No. 3,
Kedron, I. T., Friday, May 28, 1886. (Pilling.)
A hymn of four stanzas, with chorus, in

s ae Cherokee characters.
ane ee BunnS, Fowells In the Indian Record, vol. 1, No.1, May, 1886,
—— [Affinities of the Uchee language. ] (*) in an account of the ‘‘ Presbytery of the Indian
Manuscript in possession of its author, be- Territory,” it is stated that at the fall meeting
ing, he informs me, an attempt to show the af- of 1885, held at Vinita, ‘the presbytery offi-
finities of the Uchee with the Iroquois stock

cially accepted the gift of a printing press and
and consisting of short vocabularies.

supply of Cherokee type from Miss Delia Pal-

— The affinities of the Muskogee with mer, the same to be used under the direction
the Iroquois tongues. (| of Rey. A. N. Chamberlin. ‘This press is now

in use by Mrs. Neerken, at the old Dwight

Mission station, where she is publishing the

Cherokee translations of Rev. A. N. Chamber-

| lin and others, for circulation among the full-
blood people.”

(D.)], editors. Oratio | dominica | in Pere eae See Bryant (W. C.).

diversas omnium fere | gentium lin- Onondaga, Great,

Manuscript 4 pp. in possession of its author. |
Contains comparative vocabularies of Musko- |
gee and Seneca. A copy of the chief portions
has been furnished the Bureau of Ethnology.

Chamberlayne (Joannes) [and Wilkins

IROQUOIAN

Charencey (Comte Hyacinthe de). Re-
cherches sur les noms des points de
-Vespace.

In Académie nationale des sciences, arts et
belles-lettres de Caen, Mém. pp. 217-302, Caen,
1882, 8°.

Onondaga terms for the cardinal points of |
the compass, both from ‘‘un savant contempo- |

rain” and Shea's French-Onondaga dictionary,
pp. 233-235.
Issued separately as follows:

Recherches | sur les | noms des
points de Vespace | par | M. le Cte de
Chareincey | membre[&c. two lines. ] |
[ Design. ] |

Caen | Imprimerie de F. le Blane-
Hardel | rue Froide, 2 et 4 | 1882.

Printed cover, title 11. pp. 1-86, 8°.—Famille
Mohawk: Onondaga, pp. 17-19.

Copies seen: Brinton, Pilling, Powell.
Charlevoix (Pierre Frangois Xavier de).
Histoire | et | description générale | de
la | Nouvelle France, | avec | le journal
historique | @un Voyage fait par ordre
du Roi dans | l’Amérique Septentrio-
nale. | Par le P. De Charlevoix, de la
Compagnie de Jésus. | Tome premier
[-troisiéme]. |

A Paris, | Chez Nyon Fils, Libraire,
Quai des Augustins, & VOccasion. |
M.DCC.XLIV [1744]. | Avec approba-
tion et privilége du roi.

3 vols. 4°, maps. The third volume hasa dif-
ferent title-page, as follows:

Journal | @un| voyage | fait par ordre du
roi | dans | ’ Amérique septentrionnale[sic] ; |

Adressé & Madame la Duchesse | de Lesdigui- |

eres. | Par le P. De Charlevoix, de la Compa-
gnie de Jésus. | Tome troisiéme. |

A Paris, | Chez Nyon Fils, Libraire, Quai des |
M.DCC.XLIV |

Augustins, & lOccasion. |
[1744]. | Avec approbation et privilége du roi.

Onziéme lettre (pp. 175-189) contains com-
ments upon the distribution of the languages
of Canada, the Algonquin, Pouteouatamis,
Outagamis, Mascoutins, Kickapou, Miami,
Illinois, and Huron, pp. 187-189.

Copies seen: British Museum, Brown, Con-
gress, Lenox, Watkinson.

The Fischer copy, No. 2221, was bought by
Quaritch for 1l, 11s. The Field copy, No. 330,
sold for $10.50. Quaritch prices a calf copy,
No. 11875, 20. 28 , and a ‘“‘calf gilt” copy, No.
11876, 20. 15s.; and again, No. 29313, he prices
a calf copy 21. 10s. At the Murphy sale, No.
550, a copy brought $5.
—— Histoire | et | Description Generale |
| de la | Nouvelle France, | avec | le |

Journal historique | @un Voyage fait |

LANGUAGES,

35

Charlevoix (P. F. X. de)— Continued.

par ordre du Roi dans | l’ Amerique Sep-
tentrionale, | Par le P. De Charlevoix,
de la compagnie de Jesus. }

A Paris, | chez la Veuve Ganeau,
Libraire, rue 8. Jacques pres la rue |
du Platre, aux Armes de Dombes. |
M.DCC.XLIV [1744]. | Avec Approba-
tion et Privilege du Roi. @)

3 vols. 4°.—Linguistics as above.

—— Histoire | et | description générale |

de la | Nouvelle France, | avec | le
Journal Historique | Vun Voyage fait
par ordre du Roi | dans Amérique Sep-
tentrionnale. | Par le P. De Charlevoix,
de la Compagnie | de Jésus. | Tome
premier[-sixieme ]. |

A Paris, | Chez Rollin Fils, Libraire,
Quai des Augustins, | 48. Athanase &
au Palmier. | M DCC XLIV [1744). |
Avec Approbation & Privilége du
Roy. |

6 vols. 12°.
follows:

Vols. 5 and 6 have title-pages as

Journal | d’un | voyage | fait par ordre du
Roi | dans | l’ Amérique | septentrionnale ; | ad-
dressé & Madame la Duchesse | de Lesdigui-
eres. | Par le P. De Charlevoix, de la Com-
pagnie | de Jésus. | Tome
xiéme]. |

A Paris, | Chez Rollin Fils, Libraire, Quai
des Augustins, | 4S. Athanase & au Palmier. |
MDCCXLIV [1744]. | Avec Approbation &
privilége du Roy.

Linguistics, vol. 5, pp. 289-292.

Copies seen: Atheneum,
Congress.

In the Triibner catalogue of 1856, a ‘ full
russia, giltedged, beautiful’ copy, No. 1957, was
priced 31. 3s. Leclerc, 1878, No. 698, prices a
copy 45 fr.

Some copies of this edition have the imprint:
Chez Pierre Francois Giffart, | rue Saint Jae-
ques’ Sainte Therese. | M DCU XLIV [1744]. |
Avec Approbation & privilege du Roy. (Astor,
Boston Athenzum, Brown, Dunbar.)

Sabin’s Dictionary and Leclere’s Bib. Am.
add the following :

A Paris, chez Pierre Francois Giffart, rue
Saint Jacques a Sainte Therese, M.DCC.XLIV,
3 vols. 4°.

A Paris, chez Rolin Fils, Libraire, Quai des
Augustins, MDCCXLIV, 3 vols. 4°. Leclere’s
Supplement, No. 2706, prices a copy of this,
90 fr.

Paris, Nyon, MDCCXLIYV, 6 vols. 12°.

Paris, Didot, MDCCXLLV, 6 vols. 12°.

Paris, Didot, MDCCXLIX, 6 vols. 12°.

Paris, Rolin fils, MDCCXLIX, 6 vols. 12°.

The Journal @un voyage has been reprinted
in English as follows;

cinguiéme|-si-

30ston Brown,

36

Charlevoix (P. F. X. de) — Continued.
—— Journal | of a | voyage | to | North-
America. | Undertaken by Order of the |
French king. | Containing | The Geo-
graphical Description and Natural |
History of that Country, particularly |
Canada. | Together with | An Account
of the Customs, Characters, | Religion,
Manners and Traditions | of the orig-
inal Inhabitants. | In a Series of Let-
ters to the Duchess of Lesdiguieres. |
Translated from the French of P. de
Charlevoix. | In two volumes. | Vol. I
[-I1}. |

London: | Printed for R. and J. Dods-
ley, in Pall-Mall. | MDCCLXI [1761].

2vols.: pp. i-viii, 1-382, map ; i-vili, 1-380 ; 8°.—.
Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 299-303.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Congress,
Massachusetts Historical Society.

The Fischer copy, No. 2223, brought 5s.; the
Field copy, No. 332, $5; the Menzies copy, No.
376, halt calf, antique, $5.75; the Squier copy,
No. 191, $2.25; the Brinley copy, No. 78, $3.50.
Clarke, 1886, No. 5381, prices an old calf copy
$4.

Letters | to the | Duchess of Lesdi-
guieres; | Giving an Account of a | voy-
age to Canada, | and | Travels through
that vast Country, | and | Louisiana, to
the Gulf of Mexico, | Undertaken | By
Order of the present King of France |
By Father Charlevoix. | Being a more
full and accurate De- | scription of Can-
ada, and the neigh- | bouring Countries
than has been | before published; the
Character of | every Nation or Tribe in
that vast | Tract being given; their
Religion, | Customs, Manners, Tradi-
tions, Go- | vernment, Languages, and
Towns; | the Trade carried en with
them, | and at what Places; the Posts
or | Forts, and Settlements,
lished | by the French; the great
Lakes, | Water-Falls and Rivers, with
the | Manner of navigating them; the |
Mines, Fisheries, Plants, and Ani- |
mals of these Countries. | With Reflec-
tions on the Mistakes the | French have

estab-

committed in carrying | on their Trade
and Settlements; | and the most proper
Method of | proceeding pointed out. |
Including also an Account of the Au- |
thors Shipwreck in the Channel of |
Bahama, and Return in a Boat to | the
Mississippi, along the Coast of | the
Gulfof Mexico, with his Voy- | age from

Charms, Cherokee.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Charlevoix (P. F. X. de) — Continued.

thence to St. Domingo, | and back to
France. |

Printed for R. Goadby, and Sold by
R. Baldwin in Pater- | Noster-Row,
London, 1763.

Title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. iii-xiv,
errata &c. 11. text pp. 1-384, 8°.—Linguistics,
pp. 120-124.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit-
ish Museum, Brown, Congress.

A beautiful uncut copy at the Menzies sale,
No. 375, brought $5.

According to Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 12140,

some copies are dated 1764.
A | voyage | to | North-America: |
Undertaken by Command of the pres-
ent | king of France. | Containing | the
Geographical Description and Natural
History | of | Canada and Louisiana. |
With | The Customs, Manners, Trade
and Religion | of the Inhabitants; a
Description of the Lakes and | Rivers,
with their Navigation and Manner of
passing | the Great Cataracts. | By
Father Charlevoix, | Also, | A Deserip-
tion and Natural History of the Islands
in the | West Indies belonging to the
different Powers of | Europe. Illustrat-
ed with a Number of curious Prints |
and Maps not in any other Edition. |
In two volumes. |

Dublin: | Printed for John Exshaw,
and James Potts, in | Dame-Street. |
MDCCLXVI [1765].

2 vols. maps, 8°.—Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 163-
165.

Copies seen: British Museum, Brown, Con-
gress.

Leclerc, 1878, No. 699, prices a copy 25 fr. A
copy at the Brinley sale, No. 80, brought $17;
the Murphy copy, No. 552, sold for $9.

I have seen several partial reprints of Char-
levoix which contain no linguistics.

Charlevoix was born at Saint-Quentin in 1682
and died in 1761. He departed for the mission
of Canada in 1720, ascended the St. Lawrence
and the lakes, made an excursion to the country
of the Illinois, and descended the Mississippi.—
Brasseur de Bourbourg.

See Cherokee.

Chateaubriand (Vicomte Frangois Au-

guste de).
et en | Italie: | par| Le Vicomte de
Chateaubriand. | En deux volumes. |
Tome I[-II]. |

Paris | et Londres, chez Colburn, li-
New Burlington street. | 1828.

Voyages | en | Amérique |

braire,

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Chateaubriand (F. A. de) —Cont’d.
2vols.: 2p. ll. pp. i-iv, 11. pp. 1-400; 3 p. 11. pp.
1-423, 8°.—Langues indiennes, vol. 1, pp. 273-
286, includes examples of Huron conjugation,
from Marcoux’s manuscript grammar.
Copies seen: Congress.

— Travels | in| America anda Italy, |
by | Viscount de Chateaubriand, | au-
thor of Atala, Travels in Greece and
Palestine, | The Beauties of Christian-
ity, &c.{|In two volumes. | Vol.
I[-IT]. |

London: | Henry Colburn, New Bur-
lington Street. | 1828.

2 vols.: 3 p. ll. pp. 1-356; 2 p. 11. pp. 1-429, 8°.—
Indian languages, vol. 1, pp. 255-266.

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Wis-
cousin Historical Socicty.

(Euvres completes | de M. le Vicomte

| de Chateaubriand, | membre de

VAcadémie irangoise. | Tome premier

[-trente-sixiéme ]. |
Paris. | Pourrat freres, éditeurs. |

DCCC.XXXVI[-M.DCCC.XL ] [ 1835-

1840].

36 vols. 8°.—Vol. 12, Voyage en Amérique,

contains: Langues indiennes, pp. 167-176.
Copies seen: British Museum, Watkinson.

— Voyages | en Amérique | en Italie,
etc. | par | M. De Chateaubriand | avec
des gravures |

Paris | Bernardin-Béchet, Libraire |
31, Quai des Augustins [1865.]

Printed cover, half-title 11. pp. 1-380, 8°.—
Langues indiennes, pp. 138-144.

Copies seen: Bancroft.

For title of an [1850?] edition see “Addenda.”

—— Atala, | René, | les Abencerages, |
suivis du | voyage en Amérique, | par
M. le vicomte | de Chateaubriand. |

Paris, | librairie de Firmin Didot
freres, | imprimeurs de l'Institut, | rue
Jacob, 56. | 1850.

Half-title 11. title 11. pp. 1-526, 12°.—Langues
indiennes, pp. 400-409, contains remarks on the
Algonquin, Huron, Sioux, Chicassais, and Nat-
chez; pp. 404-409, being devoted to the Huron
and including verbal conjugations, extracted
for the most part from the writings of Rey. J.
Marcoux. This article does not appear in other
editions of the above work examined.

Copies seen: Lenox, National Museum.

Some copies are dated 1857 and have imprint

differing slightly from above. (Shea.)
Chaumonot (Pierre Joseph Marie ).

Grammar of the Huron language, by a
missionary of the village of Huron In-
dians at Lorette, near Quebec, found

37

| Chaumonot (P. J. M.)— Continued.

amongst the papers of the mission, and
translated from the Latin, by Mr. John
Wilkie.

In Quebec Lit. and Hist. Soc. Trans. vol. 2, pp.
94-198, Quebec, 1831, 8°.

According to Leclerc, 1878, No. 702, Chau-
monot has alse written a dictionary and ecate-
chism in the Huron language, which remain in
manuscript. See Huron.

La vie|du | R. P. Pierre Joseph
Marie | Chaumonot, | De la Compagnie
de Jésus, | Missionnaire dans la Nou-
velle France, | Ecrite par lui-méme par
ordre de son Supérieur, | Van 1688. |
[ Design. ] |

Nouvelle York, | Isle de Manate, | A
la Presse Cramoisy de Jean-Marie Shea,

| M.DCCC.LVILII [ 1858}.

Colophon: Acheyé @Imprimer par J. Mun-
sell, & Albany, ce 28 Sept. 1858.

Pp. 1-108, 16°.—Appendice: Voeu a la Sainte
Vierge de la nation des Hurons en langue flu-
ronne, envoyé au chapitre de Chartres en 1678,
pp. 105-106.

The original of this letter belongs to M. Don-
blet de Boisthibault; a French translation of it
is given in his Les veux des Hurons et des
Abnaquis & Notre-Dame de Chartres.

See Merlet (L.).

Copies seen: Boston Athenwum, Congress,
Dunbar, Lenox, Shea.

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 701, 20 fr.

— Suite de la vie|du|R. P. Pierre
Joseph Marie | Chaumonot, | De la
Compagnie de Jesus, | Par un Pere de
la méme Compagnie avec | la maniére
@oraison du vénérable Pere, | écrite
par lui-méme. | [Device. ] }

Nouvelle York, Isle de Manate, | A la
Presse Cramoisy de Jean-Marie Shea. |
M.DCCC.LVIII [1858].

Colophon: Acbevé VImprimer par J. Mun-
sell, 2 Albany, ce 3 Novembre, 1858.

Pp. 1-7, 9-66, 1 1. 16°.—The first page of the
text has the heading: ‘‘Supplément et con-
tinuation de la vie du R. P. Pierre Joseph Ma-
ric Chaumonot.’’ One hundred copies printed.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Boston Pub-
lic, Congress, Lenox, Shea.

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 702, 20 fr.

See Huron.

Chaumonot was the son of a vine-dresser

near Chatillon-sur-Seine, France. Admitted

to a Jesuit college at Terni as a pupil, so

zealously did he pursue his studies that he

In time he applied for
3y this time he was

was soon made a tutor.
admission to the order.
completely italianized; but the perusal of a
volume of the Jesuit Relations of Canada caused

38

Chaumonot (P. J. M.) —Continued.

him to apply to be sent on that mission. He
was ordained and sailed from Dieppe for Can-
ada in May, 1639, on the same vessel with
Mother Mary of the Incarnation and the Hos-
pital nuns. He was employed on the Huron
missions and visited with Breboeuf the Neuter
nation on the Niagara. On the overtbrow of
the Huron nation Father Chaumonot led a band
of survivors to Quebec, aud their descendants
are now at the Mission of Lorette, which he
founded. In 1655 he was emploved at Ononda.
ga, but soon returned to the Hurons, and died
at Quebec, February 21, 1693.—Shea.
Cherokee Advocate. | Volume I. Tahle-
quah, Cherokee Nation, September 26,
13844. Number 1[-Volume9. Wednes-
day, September 28, 1853. Number 22].

Vols. 1-9, folio. A four-page, twenty-four col-
umn newspaper, ‘‘published every Saturday
morning, both in the English and Cherokee lan-
guages, by Wm. P. Ross, editor.”’ The first few
numbers, owing to the scarcity of Cherokee
type, contained but little matter in those char-
acters. When these were supplied, from four
to six columns were given. The paper contains
much linguistic material: Origin of the alpha-
bet, Laws of the Cherokee Nation, &c.

It is probable the issue of the date given
above, September 28, 1853, was the last of this
series, for in it the following notice appears:
“Kind Readers: The foreman tells us ‘I can’t
get out a full paper.’ The consequence is you
receive a half sheet. The cause, the foreman
says, is forthe want of an apprentice; we don't
say thatis the cause. There is an old adage
which says, ‘That there are none so blind as
he who can see and won't see.’

‘We shall be compelled to suspend issue, un-
less we can get help suflicient, or the Council
does something. We have all the hired help

the law allows, and we cannot find a boy that |

wishes to learn to use the ‘printer’s stick.’”
The form and size of the paper remained the
same throughout.
Mr. W. P. Ross having been ‘‘appointed in

connection with others to proceed to Wash- |

ington,” in December, 1846, Mr. Daniel H.

Ross assumed the editorship, W. P. Ross |

returning to the position May, 1847. D. H.
Ross was again editor from February to July,
1848. From November 20, 1848, to April 30,
1849, Mr. James 8. Vann was the editor, and
again from October 20, 1850, to the end, with
Mr. Wm. P. Boudinot at times temporarily in
charge. Mr. David Carter edited the sheet
from April 30, 1849, to October 22. 1850.

The translators at different times were J.D.
Wofford and Joseph B. Bird.

The publication of the Advocate was resumed |

some time about May, 1870, I judge; the first

number of the second series I have seen is |

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Cherokee Advocate— Continued.
dated October 26, 1872, vol. 3, No. 30, with W.
P. Boudinot as editor, and ‘‘ published by the
Cherokee Nation.” The sheet appears in-
creased in size to 32 columus. Six columns of
the third page are printed in Cherokee charac-
ters. ‘Lhe nexc issue I have seen, vol. 4, No.
52, May 9, 1874, John L. Adair, editor, has five
coluwnns on the third page and three on the
fourth in Cherokee characters.

Another break in the publication occurred,
for I find the issue of Noveiuber 9, 1878, marked
vol. 38, No. 34. In this Geo. W. Johnson is
named as editor. Nos. 34, 35, and 40 are all I
have seen of this volume; in these but five
columns each are given in Cherokee charac-
ters.

Of vol. 4 I have seen Nos. 34-52, December 3,
1879-April 14, 1880. The editorial chair is now
filled by E. C. Boudinot, jr., who devotes the
same space, five columns, to the native lan-
guage. Of vol. 5, April 21, 1880-April 27,
1881, I have seen all but afew numbers. LBe-
ginning with the issue of April 13, the whole of
the third page is printed in Cherokee charac-
ters and a Cherokee heading has been added
thereto. Mr. Boudinot still continues as editor.
The only change in vol. 6 (of which I have seen
Nos. 1-30, May 4, 1881-November 25, 1881) is
in the editorship, Mr. D. H. Ross assuming that
position in the last-mentioned issue.

Dr. Trumbull, who has a complete file of the
Advocate as far as No. 5 of vol. 2 of the third
series, tells me that No. 1 of vol. lof a new (the
third) series is dated March 1, 1876, ‘‘ Published
by the Cherokee Nation,’ W. P. Boudinot, ed-
itor; Wi. E. Ewbanks, translator. In an in-
troductory editorial Mr. Boudinot says that the
Advocate, ‘‘ which after a time was su: pended,
then revived, and at last one night disappeared
altogether in flame and smoke—type, books,
office, everything being consumed ”’—now re-
appears. The paper has thirty-two columns
and in the first volume has in nearly every
number five or six columns in Cherokee char-
acters.

Copies seen: Congress, Powell.

Cherokee. [Constitution | and | Laws |
of the | Cherokee Nation. | Published
by authority of the national council |
Seal of the Cherokee Nation. |

St. Lonis: | R. & T. A. Ennis, station-
ers, printers and bookbinders, | 118
Olive street. | 1875.]

Title in Cherokee characters 1 1. verso blank,
preface 1 1. text pp. 1-233, index pp. i-vi, 8°.

The above is the translation of the title; see
fac-simile thereof on the opposite page. The
entire work is in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: Congress, Powell.

See, also, Constitution.

TROQUOIAN LANGUAGES,

sIOOU, APAUTOAZ

Dd Og.

AO GOL

OaAY

GWY D&B SORT

. DEL SEWOLTIOLAC ABLADWO-A.

MA SSHYT:
BR. Dé T. A. Rhb, AVL DAZWOi@Y, AhcBAvY, DS dorks? TIKNA Aly
118 sro sworr.
1875.

39

A()

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Cherokee. [Cherokee laws. | Enacted by | Cherokee. The | Cherokee Messenger. |

the General Council, | of the Cherokees
residing in the direction of the east; |

passed from time to time at the Couneil
Ground: | beginning ip the year 1808.

| And also the laws enacted by the |

Cherokees known as the ‘‘ Old Settlers ”’
| residing in the direction of the west.
| Beginning in the year 1824. | Together

with [the laws of] the united Chero-
kees formerly residing | in the direction
of the east and west. | And also the
constitution and laws here enacted ;
beginning with the year 1539 and con-
tinuing to 1849. |

Printed by orderof the General Coun-
cil. | Tsunitsutlahiti, interpreter. |
Damaga Publisher: Tahlequah Chero-
kee Nation. | 1850.]

Title (sixteen lines Cherokee characters) re-
verse blank 11. text pp. 3-148, 1-31, 1-276, 12°;
entirely in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: One belonging to Mr. Soule,
law-bookseller in Boston, who valued it at $25.
Cherokee. [Laws | of the Cherokee Na-
tion; | enacted by the General Council
in the years 1852, and 1853. | Pub-
lished by order of the General [Coun-
cil]. | Printed at the office of the Cher-
okee Advocate. |

Tahlequah, Cherokee Nation. | In the
present year 1854. ]

Title (seven lines Cherokee characters) re-
verse blank 1 L. text pp. 3-34, 12°, entirely in
Cherokee characters.

Copies seen : Dunbar.

I am indebted to Mr. James Mooney, of the
Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, for the
above translations of titles in Cherokee char-
acters.

Cherokee. [Lord’s prayer in the Chero-
kee language. |

In Missionary Herald, vol. 24, pp. 331-332,
Boston, [1829], 8°. .

Probably contributed by Rey. S. A. Worces-
ter.
Cherokee. [ Medicine and hunting pray-
ers and songs, prescriptions, and mis-
cellaneous charms. |

Manuscript, in the Bureau of Ethnology, con-
sisting of along, narrow account book, paged
in pencil 1-242, perhaps half tilled. The writing
isin Cherokee characters and has been done
from time to time during the last twenty years
by a native medicine man named Ahyf"ini, or
“Swimmer,” on the East Cherokee Reserva-
tion in North Carolina. The work will be
transliterated and translated by Mr. James
Mooney, of the Bureau of Ethnology.

Cherokee.

[One line Cherokee characters.] | Vol.
I. August, 1844. No. 1[-Vol. I. May,
1846. No. 12]. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ]

Pp. 1-192,8°. A sixteen-page, two-column
paper, issued irregularly, mainly devoted to
religious and temperance topics; edited by
Rev. Evan Jones and published by H. Upham,
Cherokee, Baptist Mission Press. It was
printed almost entirely in Cherckee characters,
less than four columns of English appearing in
the first number and searcely anything. but-
the titles of articles in the last.

The title given above is the caption of No.1.
It is probable each issue had outside cover with
title-page; the only ones I have seen, however,
are those for January and November, 1845,
the title of the former of which reads as fol-
lows: The Cherokee Messenger. | Edited by |
KE. Jones. | [Three lines Cherokee characters. }
| January, 1845. | Cherokee: | Baptist Mission
Press. TH. Upham, Publisher. | [Three lines
Cherokee characters.] | 1845.

Perhaps these twelve numbers are all that
were issued of thisseries. Ihave seen one later
issue: Vol. 1, No. 2, Sept., 1858, J. Buttrick
Jones, Editor. Baptist Mission, Cherokee Na-
tion, Mark Tyger, Printer. Pp. 1-16, 8°.

The contents of this little paper are varied,
the first number, forinstance, containing: Trans-
lation of Genesis into the Cherokee language,
parts of chapters 4, 5, 6,7, 8; translation of Bun-
yan’s Pilgrim’s Progress; Psalm I; Peter Par-
ley’s Universal History; Cherokee alphabet,
characters as arranged by the inventor; brief
specimens of Cherokee grammatical forms !pro-
nouns]; Going Snake District Temperance So-
ciety. On pp. 15-16 is an article in English
with this same heading, as well as an obituary
notice of Rey. Jesse Bushyhead.

These articles are continued in the later
numbers, Genesis being completed in No. 8
and the gospel of Luke being begun in the
same issue. The grammatic articles are con-
tinued in Nos. 2, 6,7, and 9, these four numbers
being devoted to verbs.

Copies seen: Astor, American Board of Com-
missioners, Powell.

Priced by Clarke, 1836, No. 7612, $2.

[The New Testament in the
Cherokee language. Five lines Chero-
kee characters. ] |

New York: | American Bible So-
ciety, | instituted in the year
MDCCCXVI. | 1860.

Title (except the imprint, in Cherokee char-
acters) verso contents 11. text pp. 3-408 (double
columns), 12°, in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: Brinton, British and Foreign Bi-
ble Society, British Museum, Congress, Eames,
Pilling, Powell, Trumbull.

TROQUOIAN

Cherokee — Continued.

Sold for 75 cents at the Field sale, No. 340.
Priced by Leclerc, 1878. No. 2139, 15 fr., and by
Clarke, 1886, No. 6713, 75 cents.

Cherokee. See New Testament.

Cherokee. [One line Cherokee charac-
ters; picture of eagle. ] | Cherokee Phe-
nix. | Vol.1l. New Echota, Thursday,
February 21, 1823. No.1.

A four-page, super-royal weekly newspaper,
partly in Cherokee, partly in English, Elias
Boudinot, editor, Isaac N. Harris, printer.

In No. 48, vol. 1, Feb. 11, 1829, the heading
was slightly changed, the eagle being removed
and to Cherokee Pheenix being added the words
‘‘and Indian Advocate’.

Though claiming to be a ‘‘weekly,” it was
issued irregularly, sometimes two weeks and
in one case nearly amonth intervening between
issues.

The last I have seen was the issue of Aug.
11, 1832, Vol. 4, No. 52; but Professor Turner,
in Ludewig’s Literature of American Lan-
guages, says it continued until May 31, 1834,
Vol. 5, No. 52, when it was suspended for want
of funds and perhaps not resumed.

This is the first publication in the Cherokee
characters. For their first use in printing, see
note to Worcester (S. A.).

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu-
seum.

Mr. John F. Wheeler, who was the first to
set type in the Cherokee characters, gives an
interesting account of the beginning of this
paper in the Indian Record, vol. 1, No. 6, from
which I extract the following:

“In the year 1827 the Cherokees, having ad-
vanced in civilization far ahead of any other
Indian tribes in the limits of the United States,
resolved in the National Council to establish a
newspaper.

““The Cherokee alphabet, invented by George
Guess,a half-breed Cherokee, who could not
speak English, began to be discussed and read
by the full-blood Indians, and, for the purpose
of disseminating knowledge among that class,
it was determined upon by the Council to have
the Guess alphabet cast into type, and, as there
were a number of missionaries in the Nation
under the direction of the American Board of
Missions, whose headquarters were in Boston,
that place was chosen as the place where the
new alphabet could be formed into type. The

Rev. Samuel A. Worcester, a prominent man |

in the mission, who had a good education, was
selected, or rather volunteered, to look after
the casting of this new font of type.

“Very soon after the Cherokee Council had
determined upon establishing the paper, Isaac
N. Harris, a printer, whose father lived in
Sequochee Valley, Tennessee, near the town of
Jasper, hearing of the intention of the Chero-
kees, went into the Nation and engaged to un-
dertake the printing of the paper. Harris, after
perfecting arrangements with the Cherokee

LANGUAGES. Al

Cherokee — Continued.
authorities, left for home, and from thence
he came to Huntsville, Ala., where the writer
of this narrative lived. * * *

“After Harris stated the conditions under
which the work was to be done, we entered
into anagreement to go to New Echota, the
capital of the Cherokees, and be ready for com-
mencing the paper by the first of January,
1825.

“ We arrived at New Echota about the 23d of
December, 1827. We found the press, type,
cete., had not arrived, they having to be trans-
ferred from Augustine, Ga, in wagons, a dis-
tance of over 200 miles. We found the Rev.
Samuel A. Worcester, a missionary under the
American Board, with his family, and Elias
Boudinot, the editor of the paper, with his
family, at New Echotu, both of whom had just
removed there, and both intending to engage in
the translation of the Scriptures into the Cher-
okee language, to be printed with the newly
invented characters. Mr. Worcester had sys-
tematically arranged the characters, which can
be better understood as something like the
English ba, be, bi, bo, ete., using the Cherokee
vowels at the head of each line. Mr. Worcester
furnished Mr. Harris and myself with a copy
written (for then there was no printing in the
Cherokee language) to learn the alphabet. We
had nothing to do for three or four weeks but to
learn the alphabet, and it was more and more
incomprehensible to us than Greek. For my-
self, I could not distinguish a single word in
the talk of the Indians with each other, for it
seemed to be a continuance of sounds. While
we were waiting for the type and press it was
ascertained that no printing paper had been
ordered from Boston with the material. A two-
horse wagon was procured and Harris started
for Knoxville, where was a paper mill, for paper.
He was gone about two weeks, when he re-
turned with a suflicient supply of paper for
the present wants. At that time, 1828, paper
was moulded, each sheet separate. This was
the kind of paper on which the first number of
the Pheenix was printed.

“The press and type did not arrive until the
latter part of January, 1828. While waiting we
had devoted a portion of our time to learning
the alphabet.

“The house built for the printing-office was
of hewed logs, about 30 feet long and 20 wide.

The builders had ert out a log on each side 15 or
16 feet long, and about twoanda half feet above
the floor, in which they had made a sash to fit.
This we had raised, because the light was below
the cases. Stands had to be made, a bank, and
cases for the Cherokee type. The latter was
something entirely new, as no pattern for a case
or cases [to accommodate] an alphabet contain.
ing 86characters could be found. After consid-
ering the matter over for a few days, I worked
upon making cases with boxes corresponding to
the systematized alphabet as arranged by Mr.
Worcester. Accordingly we had the cases so

42

Cherokee — Continued.

made, one case being about three by three and

one-half feet. This brought all the vowels, six

in number, in the lower or nearest boxes, butthe |

letters in the latter part of the alphabet were in
the upper boxes and hard toreach. It took over
100 boxes for figures, points, etc., to each case.
There were no capitals.

“The Cherokee font was cast on asmali pica
body, and, as several of the Cherokee characters
were taken from the Engiish caps, the small
caps of small pica were used. ‘The press, type,
ete., arrived about the middle of January. The
press, a small royal size, was like none I ever
saw before or since. It was of cast-iron, with
spiral springs to hold up the platen, at that
time a new invention.

“Mr. Green, the Secretary of the Mission
Board, came out at tho same time the material
arrived. It was a part of his business to put
up the new press. It was avery simply con-
structed hand press, and any country printer
could have putit together. At that day we had
to use balls made of deerskin and stuffed with
wool, as if was before the invention of compo-
sition rollers.

““The first number of the Cherokee Phenix
(Tsa-la-ge Tsi-le-hi-sa-ni-hi) was issued about

the middle of February, 1828. There were three |

hands in the oflice—Harris, myself, and John
Candy, a native half-blood who came as an ap-
prentice. He could speak the Cherokee lan-
guage and was of great help to me in giving
words where they were not plainly written.

“Harris had abandoned the learning of the |

Cherokee alphabet, and the setting up of the
Cherokee type fell to my lot. We had no im-
pression [sic] stone, and had to make up each
page of the paper on a sled (?) galley, put it on
the press, and take proofs on slips of paper, and
then correct it on the press, avery fatiguing way
of correcting foul proof, which was the case with
my first efforts at setting Cherokee type. It
was a very foul proof, and a very troublesome
and fatiguing job to correct it, as I did not know
or understand a word of the language. But
after a few weeks I became expert in setting
up Cherokee matter, and as every letter or type
had a thick body, it amounted up pretty fast.
Translation from English into Cherokee was a
very slow business; therefore we seldom had
more than three columns each week in Chero-
kee.

“As I said above, the tlrst number of the
Cherokee Phousnix was issued and sent out
through the mails to subscribers and to the
leading papers of the country, as it contained
matter in the Cherokee alphabet, printed with
characters invented by an Indian who could not
speak English, or any other language but his
own native Cherokees tongue; besides, the in-
vention was of a very recent date.

“Elias Boudinot, known among the Chero-
kees as Ka-la-ki-na (Buck, the male of the Deer),
an Indian whose father and mother could not
speak English, was the editor of the paper.”

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

|

Cherokee.

Cherokee.

Cherokee.

—— [One line Cherokee

THE

(Two lines Cherokee charac-
ters. ] | Cherokee primer. | [Picture.] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press. John
Candy, Printer. | [Oue line Cherokee
characters. ] | 1845.

Pp. 1-24, 24°, in Cherokee characters.—Ap-
pended, without title-page, pp. 1-4, is the Cat-
echism, also in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Dunbar,
Shea. :

['T'wo lines Cherokee charac-
ters.] | Cherokee primer. | [Picture. ] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press, John
Candy, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ] | 1846.

Pp. 1-24, 24°, in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Congress,
Massachusetts Historical Society.

{ Two lines Cherokee charac-
ters. ] | Cherokee primer. | [Picture. ] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin
Archer, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters. | | 1854.

Pp. 1-24, 24°, in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: O'Callaghan.
characters. ] |
The | Cherokee singing book. |

Printed for the | American board of
commissioners for foreign missions, |
by Alonzo P. Kenrick, | At C. Hickling’s
Office, 20 Devonshire Street, Boston,
Mass. | 1846.

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-86, index
1 1. oblong 8°. An ordinary school singing-
book, the first sixteen pages containing in-
structions in music, the remainder a collection
of psalms and hymns, the words being in Cher-
okee characters.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum. Brinley,
Powell, Trumbull.

Brought $2 at the Brinley sale, No. 5747.

Cherokee. [Temperance tract.] [Three

lines Cherokee characters.] | [Pict-_
ure. | |
[Two lines Cherokee characters.

(Park Hill.)] | 1812.

Pp. 1-11, 24°, in Cherokee characters. Pict-
ure on title-page represents a man throwing a
stool at a woman.—Temperance ode, with
English translation, pp. 10-11.

Copies seen: Boston Athenseum, Dunbar,
Massachusetts Historical Society.

Cherokee or T'scloze vocabulary.

Manuscript, 3 ll. folio, in the library of the
Buroau of Ethnology.

Cherokee :

Acts of council. See Cherokee.

Almanac. Worcester (S. A.).
Alphabet. Autrim (B.J.).
Alphabet, Guess (G.).

Cherokee — Continued.
See Indian.

Alphabet.

Alphabet.

Alphabet.

Alphabet.
Arithmetic.

Bible, Genesis.
Bible, Genesis (part).
Bible, Exodus.

Bible, Psalms.

Bible, Proverbs.
Bible, Isaiah.

Bible, New Test.
Bible, New Test.
Bible, New Test.
Bible, New Test.
Bible, Matthew.

Bible, Matthew.

Bible, Mark.
Bible, Luke.
Bible, John.

Bible, John (part).

Bible, John (part).
Bible, John (part).
Bible, Acts.

Bible, Romans.
Bible, Cor. I, IL.
sible, Galatians.
Bible, Ephesians.
Bible, Ephesians.

_ Bible, Philippians.
Bible, Thess. I, IL
Bible, Timothy I, IL.
Bible, Titus.

Bible, Philemon.
Bible, Hebrews.
Bible, James.

Bible, Peter I, IT.
Bible, John I, II, ITI.
Bible, Jude.

Bible, Revelation.
Catechism.

Charms.

Clans.

Clans.
Conjugations.
Conjugations.
Constitution.

Etymologies.
‘Examples.

General discussion.
General discussion.
General discussion.
Gentes.

Gentes.
Geographic names.

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Preservation.

Warden (D.B.).

Worcester (S. A.).

Jones (J. B.).

Worcester (S. A.).

Worcester (S. A.).

Worcester (S. A.).

Worcester (S. A.)
and Foreman (S.).

Worcester (S. A.)
and Foreman (S.).

Woreester (S. A.)
and Foreman (S.). |

Brown (D.). |

Cherokee.

Jones (E.)

New.

Lowrey (G) and
Brown (D.).

Worcester (S. A.)
and Bowdinot (E.).

Gospel.

Gospel.

Worcester (5. A.)
and Boudinot (E.).

American Bible So-
ciety.

Arch (J.).

Bible Society.

Worcester (S. A.)
and Boudinot (E.).

Epistle.

Epistles.

Epistle.

Epistle.

Jones (E.) and Jones
(J.B). :

Epistle.

Virst.

Epistles.

Epistle.

Epistle.

Epistle.

General.

Kpistles.

Epistles.

General.

Revelation.

Catechism.

Cherokee.

Bringier (L.).

Buttrick (D.8.).

Grasserie (R. de la).

Hewitt (J.N.B.).

Cherokee Constitu-
tion.

Hewitt (J. N. B.).

Grasserie (R. de la).

Faulmann (K.).

Miiller (F.).

Roberts (—).

Gatschet (A.S.).

Morgan (L. H.).

De Brahm(J.G.W.).

Cherokee — Contiaued.
See Morgan (L. H.).

Geographic names.
Grammar.

Grammar.

Grammatic comments.
Grammatic comments.
Grammatic comments.
Frammatic comments.
Grammatic comments.
Grammatic comments.
Gremmatic comments.

ILymn-book.
Hymn-book.

Hymns.
Hymns.
Laws.

Litany.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Nouns.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Periodical.
Periodical.

Periodical.
Phrases.
Place names.
Prayers.
Primer.
Proper names.
Proper names.
Proper names.
Proper names.
Relationships.
Relationships.
Relationships.
temarks.
Remarks.
Remarks.
Sentences,
Singing book.
Songs.
Songs.
Songs.

Songs.
Songs.
Spelling book.

Spelling book.
Sentences.
Sentences.
Text.

Gabelentz (HL. G.C.

von).

‘Pickering (J.).

Bastian (A.).
Gallatin (A.).
Gatschet (A. S.).
Morgan (L. H.).
Pickering (J.).
Shea (J.G.).
Worcester (S. A.).
Boudinot (£.) and
Worcester (S. A.).
Worcester (S. A.)
and Boudinot (E.).
Shamberlin (A. N.).
Coronation.
Cherokee.
Church.
Bergheoltz (G. F.).
Cherokee.
Couch (N.).
Dunean (D.C.).
Fauvel-Gouraud(I.).
Foster (G. E.).
Gallatin (A.).
Haldeman (5. 58.).
Napbegyi (G.).
Strale (F. A.).
Vail (BE. A.).
Hewitt (J. N. B.).
Butler (W.).
Haldeman (S.S.).
Cherokee Advocate.
Cherokee Messen-
ger.
Cherokee Phoenix.
Hewitt (J. N. B.).
Mooney (J.).
Cherokee.
Cherokee.
Catlin (G.).
Catalogue.
Indian.
Treaties.
Jones (E.).
Morgan (L. H.).
Torrey (C.C.).
American Society.
Zalbi (A.).
Bartram (W.).
Hewitt (J. N.B.).
Cherokee.
3aker (T.).
Cherokee.
Herman (R. L.) and
Satterlee (W.).
Mitchill (S.5.).
Poetry.
3nttrick (D.S.) and
3rown (D.).
Wofford (J. D.).
Gallatin (A.).
Worcester.
Doctrines,

44 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TIE

Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.

Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.

Chew (William).

Rockwood.

In Schooleraft (H. R.), Report to the scere-
tary of state, pp. 251-258, New York, 1846, 8°.

Vocabulary of the
Tuscarora, from William Chew, written
out and transmitted by the Rey, Gilbert

Latham (R. G.).
Mooney (J.).
Morgan (L. H.).
O’Callaghan (E. B.).
Preston (W.).

Say (T.). |
Sayce (A. H.). |
Schooleraft (H. R.).
Adair (J.).

Bastian (A.).
Busehmann(J.C.2.).
Buttrick (D.S.).

Campbeil (J.).
Chamberlain (A. F.),
Edwards (J.).
Gerland (G.).

Hale (H.).
Haldeman (S.8.).
Hewitt (J. N.B.).
Latham (R.G.).
Logan (J. H.).
McIntosh (J.).
Pickett (A.J.).
Schombargk(R. H.).
Smet (P. J. de).
Trumbull (J. H.).
Vater (J.8.).
Warden (D. B.).

Cherokee — Continued. | Chew (W.)—Continued.
Text. See Mooney (J.). The vocabulary contains about 350 words.
Meaxts Worcester (S. A.). Schooleraft’s report was issued also with the
Tract. 30b. title Notes on the Iroquois, New York, 1846,
Tract. Boudinot (E.). 8°, the above vocabulary appearing on the
Tract. Cherokee. same pages. The work was subsequently re-
Tract. Dairyman. issued, enlarged: Notes on the lroquois, Al-
Tract. Evil. bany, 1847, 8°, the Tuscarora vocabulary occu-
Tract. Hitcheock (A.). | pying pp. 393-400.
STaGh: Miscellaneous. Christ Hagonthahninoh. See Harris
Tract. Negro. AN
T.S.) and Young (J.).
Tract. Select. (T.8.) : oung (J-)
Tract. Sanmon. Christian doctrine, Huron. Seo Brebceuf (J. de).
Tract. Swiss. Church. The | Church Litany | of the |
Tract. Treatise. United Brethren | [One line Cherokee
Vocabulary. Adelung (J.C.) and i
Vater (J. 8.) characters. ] |
Vocabulary. Manerioan SoCiett: New Echota: | Printed for the United
Vocabulary. Balbi (A.). Brethren. | Jno. F. Wheeler, Printer. |
Vocabulary. Barton (B.S.). [Two lines Cherokee characters. ] | 1830.
sabulary. Sinan : ; ;

hy ae vs hee 1 Title verso blank 11. text, in Cherokee char-

Mga cae 4 . ( page). acters, pp. 3-12, 16°.—Doxology, pp, 9-10.—Luke
Vocabulary. Castiglioni (L.}. i, 1-20, fp. 11-12
Vocabulary: SESE. | The only copy I have seen is that in the
TO es pA ea: library of Sir Thomas Phillipps, Cheltenham,
BOEPOUIBLY: al eta (Ce . England; thereis another copy in the Moravian
Vocabulary. Gatschet (A.S.). Library, Bethlehem, Pa.
Vocabulary. Hawkins (B.). ol. Ee en ie ; Aa
Vocabulary. Hayward (J.). Ohurch eee ‘ ican pee bees . ow-
Vocabulary. Hester (J.G.). oe ° or as osed wit Breede, ae ae fi
Vocabulary. Jones (J. B.). note indicate that a copy of the work referrec¢

to was seen by the compiler in the library of
that institution, London, England.

Claesse (Lawrence). The | Morning and

Evening Prayer, | the | Litany, |
Church Catechism, | Family Prayers, |
and | Several Chapters of the Old and
New-Testament, | Translated into the
Mahaque Indian Language, | By Law-
rence Claesse, Interpreter to William
| Andrews, Missionary to the Indians,
from the | Honourable and Reverend
the Society for the Propogation[sic] |
of the Gospel in Foreign Parts. | Ask
of me, [&c. three lines quotation from
Psalms ii, 8]. | /

Printed by William Bradford in New-
York, 1715;

Second title: Ne | Orhoengene neoni Yogara-
skhagh | Yondereanayendaghkwa, | ne | Ene
Niyoh Raodeweyena, | Onoghsadogeaghtige
Yondadderighwanon- | doentha, | Siyagon-
noghsode, Enyondereanayendagh- | kwagge, |
Yotkade Kapitelhogough ne Karighwadagh-
kwe- | agh Agayea neoni Ase Testament, neoni
Niyadegari-] wagge, ne Kanuinggahaga Sin-
iyewenoteagh. | Tehoenwenadenyough Law-
rance Claesse, Rowenagaradatsk | William
Andrews, Ronwanha-ugh Ongwehoenwighne |
Rodirighhoeni Raddiyadanorough neoni Aho-
enwadi- | gonuyosthagge Thoderighwawaak-
hogk ne Wahooni | Agarighhowanha Niyoh
Raodeweyena Niyadegogh- | whenjage. | Eght-

¥

ANTHROPOLOGICAL SOCIETY

| OF WASHINGTON, D.C. |

THE
| Morning; and Evening Prayer,
( Litany, |
+uzd Church Catechifm,
} Family Prayers,
AND

b Several Chapters of the Old and New-Teftament,
Tranflated into the Mahaque Indian Language,

Wet io 2.
By Lawrence Claefe, Interpreter to William

Miffionary to the Indians, from the

Andrews,
Honourable and Reverend the Soclety for the ‘Propogation

of the Gofpel in Foreign Parts.

Askiof me, and will give shee the Heathen for thine Inheritance,
| and the Utmoft Parts of the Earth for thy Poffefion, Plalm

an

Zn

Printed by Willian Bradford in New-York, 371§-

(The. Senney (4 Mage. lxen

Orhoengene neoni Yogaraskhagh|
Yondereanayendaghkwa, |

Ene Niyoh Raodeweyena, !
\ Onoghfadogeaghtige Yondadderighwanon-|
NE< _ doentha,
( Siyagonnoghfode Enyondereanayendagh-|

i kwagge,
Yotkade Kapitelhogough. ne Karishwadaghkwe- |

| agh Agayea neoni Ale Teflament, neoni Niyadegari-
wagge, ne Kynuinggahaga Siniyewenoreagh. }

| Tehoeowenadenyongh Lawyance Claeffe, Rowenararadatsk
| Willians Andrews, pe Miatinteer Oneinchacdticbea
Rodirighhoeni Raddiyadanorough neoni Ahoenwadi- |
gomuyolthagee Thoderighwawaakhogk ne W.ahooni |
Aganshhowanha Niyoh Raodeweyena Niyadegogh. |
Wwhenjage, |

Eghtferagpwas Eohtjeeach ne e : ae ees Pe
fiyodoghwhenjooktannighhoesh ave ahadyeandough, !

{lroquoian Languages. ]

|
fee,
HUF \
{|

IROQUOIAN

Claesse (L.) — Continued.

seraggwas Eghtjecagh ne ong wehoonwe, neoni
ne | siyodoghwhenjooktannighhoegh etho aha-
dyeandough. |

English title verso of first 1. recto blank,
Mohawk title recto second 1. verso blank, text
pp. 1-115, verso of p. 115 blank, sm. 4°; en-
tirely in the Mohawk language, except the
headings to the prayers, which are in English
and Mohawk. The church catechism, a morn-
ing prayer for masters and scholars, evening
prayers, &c. occupy pp. 1-21.

“Tn the year 1704 the Society for the Prop-
agation of the Gospel in Foreign Parts sent
the Rev. Thoroughgood Moor as missionary to
the Mohawks, but his stay was too brief to be
productive of any benefit. After his departure

the Rev. Mr. Freeman, minister of the Re- |

formed Dutch Church at Schenectady, admin-
istered to those Indians, and translated for

them the Morning and Evening Prayers, the

whole of the Gospel of St. Matthew, the first
three chapters of Genesis, several chapters of
Exodus. a few of the Psalms, many portions of
the Scriptures relating to the Birth, Passion,
Resurrection, and Ascension of our Lord, and
several chapters of the Ist Epistle to the
Corinthians, particularly the 15th chapter,
proving the Resurrection of the Dead. But
his work was not printed. In the year 1709
some Mohawk Indians visited England with

Col. Schuyler, when applications were made |

for some missionaries. The Reverend William

. . |
Andrews was accordingly sent out in the year

1712, by the Society; and the Reverend Mr.
Freeman haying given the Propagation Society
a copy of his translations, they were sent to
Mr. Andrews for his use, with instructions to
print a part in Indian and distribute them
among his flock. Accordingly the Morning
and Evening Prayers, the Litany, the Church
Catechism, Family Prayers, and several chap-

LANGUAGES.

ters of the Oldand New Testament were printed |
in New York about the year 1714.”—O'Calla- |

ghan.
“After the American Revolution the work of

this society [for the propagation of the faith in |

New England] was continued in the British
North American provinces, and one of the later
editions of the Mohawk Prayer Book was
printed by it in Canada. In New England, un-
der its auspices, Rev. John Eliot translated the
Bible and some religious books into an aborig-
inal language, now otherwise lost. Next to
this early work, as far as the English are con-
cerned, may be placed the translation of por-

tions of the Prayer Book into Mohawk, by the |

Rev. Mr. Freeman, probably between 1700 and
1705.

“The French Jesuits did something at an
earlier day, but probably gave more oral than
written instruction. Father Chaumonot, how-
ever, wrote some works in the Onondaga lan-

guage, Carheil in Cayuga, and Bruyas in Mo-

hawk. Father Bruyas preached among the
Mohawks at intervals from 1667 to 1701, wrote

Clark (Joshua V. I1.).

Claesse (L.)— Continued.

several books, and left us a grammar and lexi-
con of radical Mohawk words, which are of
great value.

‘Passing over these, and the preaching of
Mr. Dellius, who seems to have written and
translated nothing, though understanding Mo-
hawk well, Mr. Freeman’s was the first at-
tempt, in the New York colony, to translate
anythinginto the Iroquois tongue. Heselected
the principal parts of the English Liturgy, as
the Morning and Evening Prayer, the Litany,
and the Creed of St. Athanasius. In regard to
the latter, ne might wonder what the work
was like, or what ideas such deep metaphysics
awakened among the simple-minded Indians.
He also translated some portions of the Old and
New Testament.

‘\* x * Mr. Freeman promised his manu-
scripts to the Rey. Thomas Barclay, in 1710,
never having published them himself, and they
afterward came into the possession of the so-
ciety for propagating the Gospel. When a
fresh impulse was given to Indian missions,
and the Rey. Mr. Andrews was appointed to
minister among the Mohawks, this translation
was sent to him for his use, and he was told to
print suitable parts in New York, and distrib-
ute copies among his people. The result was,
that, about 1714, this was done; the Morning
and Evening Prayer, Litany, Catechism, Fam-
ily Prayers, and some parts of the Bible being
selected. This book was printed in New York
as directed.

‘This first edition is wholly in Mohawk, as
are the two which followed it. The book isa
small quarto, and is said to have been trans-
lated by Lawrence Claesse, under the direction
of William Andrews, missionary. Claesse was
a good interpreter, not only commonly attend-
ing when the council fire was blazing at Al-
bany, butalso frequently visiting the Onondaga
Castle and council-fire. He probably revised
and added to the original translation. The title
shows a considerable difference in the spelling
and pronunciation of many Mohawk words be-
tween that day and this, much like the changes
in our own language.” — Beauchamp.

Copies seen: British Museum, Lenox, New
York Historical Society, the latter copy minus
English title-page.

A morocco copy, No. 1575, sold at the Field
sale for $60. The Murphy copy, No. 1698,
‘old calf, gilt, a tall copy,” brought $112. A
copy With ‘‘titles mended and » few words re-
stored in fac-simile, crimson morocco extra,
gilt edges,’”’ was priced by Quaritch, No. 80082,
481.

Clans:
Cherokee. See Bringier (L.). ;
Cherokee. Buttrick (D.S.).

Onondaga ; | or |
reminiscences | of | earlier and later
times; | being a series of historical
sketches relative to Onondaga; with

46

Clark (J. V. H.) —Continued.

| notes on the several towns in the
county, | and | Oswego. | By Joshua VY.
H. Clark, A. M. | corresponding mem-
ber of the New York Historical Society.
| In two volumes. | Vol I[-IT]. |

Syracuse: | Stoddard and Babcock. |
1849.

2vols.: pp.i-xv, 17-402, map; 1-392, 11. ; 8°.—
Reminiscences, vol. 1, pp. 322-326, gives a list of
Troquois names of lakes, streams, and localities
in Onondaga County, N. Y., and vicinity, with
English signification. :

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress, Lenox, Watkinson.

At the Field sale, a copy, No. 374, sold for $5.
Clarke (Robert) & Co. Bibliotheca Amer-
icana, 1886. | Catalogue | of a valuable
collection of | books and pamphlets | re-
lating to | America. | With a | descrip-
tive list of Robert Clarke & Co’s | his-
torical publications. |

For sale by | Robert Clarke & Co. |
Cincinnati. | 1886.

Printed cover, title as above reverse blank
1 1. pp. iii-vii, 1-280, 1-51, 5°.—Titles of books

relating to Indians and archeology, pp. 236- |

254; to Indian languages, pp. 254-257.

Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames.

I have seen copies of this house’s catalogue
for the years 1873, 1875, 1876, 1878, 1879, and 1883
and understand that there were issues for 1869,
1871, and 1877. In several of them works re-
lating to the Indian languages are grouped
under the heading ‘‘Indians and American
antiquities.”

Claus (Daniel). The order | For Morn-
ing and Evening prayer, | And Admin-
istration of the | sacraments, | and

some other | offices of the church | Of

England, | Together with | A Collec-
tion of Prayers, and soine Sentences of
the Holy | Scriptures, necessary for
Knowledge and Practice. | Ne ya-
kawea. | Niyadewighniserage Yondere-
anayendakhkwa Orhoenkéne | neoni
Yogarask-ha Oghseragwégouh; | Ne
oni Yakawea, | Orighwadogeaghti Yon-
datnekosseraghs, | Tekarighwageahha-
dont, | Neoni 6ya Aderedénayent ne
Onoghsadogeaghtige, | oni | Ne Wat-
keanissa-aghtouh odd’yake Adereanai-
yent neoni tsi-niyoght-hare ne Kaghya-
doghseradogeaghti ne wahoeni | Aya-
koderiéndarake neoni Ahondatterih-
honnie. | The third edition, Formerly
collected and translated into the Mo-
hawk or Iroquois Lan- | guage, under

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

THE

Claus (D.)— Continued.

the direction of the Missionaries from
the Venerable [ Society for the Propa-
gation of the Gospel in foreign Parts,
to the | Mohawk Indians. | Published |

By Order of His Excellency Frederick
Haldimand, | Captain-general and Com-
mander in Chief of all His Majesty’s |

Forces in the Province of Quebec, and
its Dependencies, and | Governor of the
same, &c. &c. &c. | Revised with Cor-
rections and Additions by | Daniel
Claus, Esq; P. T. Agent | For the six
Nation Indians in the Province of
Quebec. |

(Quebec: William Brown, printer. ]
Printed in the Year, M, DOC, LXXX
[1789].

Title 1 1. advertisement and contents 2 Il.
(verso of second blank), text (entirely in the
Mohawk except the headings, which are in
Mohawk and English) pp. 1-208, 12°.—Part of
the Singing psalms, pp. 198-208.

Yhe first printing in Canada was done by
William Brown, who established a press in
1763-64, in Quebec. Ho associated with him
Thomas Gilmore, who died in 1773, and Brown
continued the business alone, and at the date
of the above publication, 1780, was the only
printer in Quebec. The account books of the
firm are in the possession of Surgeon-Major
Neilson, Quebec, who furnishes me the follow-
ing extract bearing upon the above work:

“1780. Sept. 5. For printing 1,000 copies of a
Mohawk Prayer Book, making 14 sheets 8vo,
tor Government, 95/, 10s.”

“Very few of this [1769] edition remained
among the Mohawks when they retired to
Canada in 1777. Apprebensive that the bool
might be wholly lost in a little time, and de-
sirous of a new supply, these Indians peti-
tioned General Haldimand, then the Governor
of that Province, for a new edition. This re-
quest was granted, and one thousand copies
were ordered to be printed under the supervi-
sion of Colonel Claus, who, the Preface states,
read and understood the Mohawk Language so
as to undertake the Correction of the Book for
the Press. But as that gentleman’s employ
would not permit him to remain at Quebec
during the whole printing of the Book, almost
one-half of it was corrected at Montreal and
sent weekly by half-sheets to Quebec, until he
returned to the latter city and finished the
remainder of the Book. The difficulties ex-
perienced by tho Quebee printer in the compo-
sition were quite as great as those encountered
by Weyman and Gaine with the edition of
1769. He was an entire stranger to the Lan-
guage and obliged to go on with the printing
of it letter by letter, which made it a very
tedious piece of work; accents were now in-

TROQUOIAN

Claus (D.)—Continued.

troduced for the first time to facilitate the
pronunciation of the long words, Paulus
Sahonwadi, the Mohawk Clerk and School-
master, being present at the correction of
every proof sheet to approve of their being
properly placed. By these precautions many
mistakes of the first edition, which were
copied in the second, were avoided.

‘“* 4 * Colonel Daniel Claus or Claesse, as
the name is sometimes written, was probably a
native of the Mohawk Valley, where he ac-
quired, in early life, a knowledge of the Iro-
quois language, and was in consequence at-
tached as Interpreter to the department of
General Johnson. * * * He died at Cardiff,
Wales, in the latter part of 1787. Colonel
Claus’s early and long connection with the In-
dian Department as interpreter, rendered him
thoroughly conversant with the Iroquois
tongue; his services were therefore highly
useful in superintending the publication of a
correct translation of the Book of Common
Prayer into the Mohawk language.”—0O’Cal-
laghan.

Copies seen: Brinley, British Museum, Con-
gress.

At the Brinley sale, No. 5710, an ‘‘ old English
red morocco, gilt, fine copy,’”’ brought $40; hav-
ing been bought by ‘ Bartlett,’ I presume it is |
in the Carter Brown Library. :

See Book of Common Prayer.

[Colden (Cadwallader).] The | history
| of the] Five Indian Nations | De-
pending on the Province | of | New-York
| In America. | [Printer’s ornament. ] |

Printed and Sold by William Brad-
ford in | New York, 1727.

2 p. ll. pp. i-xvili, 1-119, 12°. ‘* A short vocab-
ulary of some words and names used by the
French authors, which are not generally un.
derstood by the English that understand the
French language, and may therefore be useful to
those that intend to read the French accounts
or to compare them with the accounts now |
published,” pp. xi-xiii, contains a number of |
Troquois words.

Copies seen: British Museum, Brown, Lenox.

The Menzies copy, No. 429, brought $210;
the Brinley copy, No, 2770, $320; the Murphy
copy, No. 613, $85.

‘“‘A volume of the greatest rarity, not more
than six copies being known in the United |
States.”’—Sabin, in the Menzies catalogue,

— The | history | of the | Five Indian
nations | of | Canada, | Which are de-
pendent | Onthe Province of New-York
in America, | and | Are the Barrier be- |
tween the English and French | in that |
Part of the World. | With | Accounts

of their Religion, Manners, Customs,

LANGUAGES, 47

Colden (C.)—Continued.

Laws, and Forms ot Government; their
several Battles and Treaties with the
European Na- | tions; particular Rela-
tions of their several Wars with the
other Indians; | and a trae Account of
the present State of our Trade with
them. | In which are shewn | ‘The great
Advantage of their Trade and Alliance
to the British Nation, | and the In-
trigues and Attempts of the French to
engage them from us; | a Subject near-
ly concerning all our American Planta-
tions, and highly | meriting the Con-
sideration of the British Nation at this
Juncture. | By the Honourable Cad-
wallader Colden, Esq; | One of his
Majesty’s Counsel, and Surveyor-Gen-
eral of New-York. | To which are added,
| Accounts of the several other Na-
tionsof Indians in North-America, their
| Numbers, Strength, &c. and the
Treaties which have been lately | made
with them. A Work highly entertain-
ing to all, and particular- | ly useful to
the Persons who have any Trade or
Concern in that Part of | of [sic] the
World. |

London: | Printed for T. Osborne, in
Gray’s-Inn. MDCCXLVII [1747].

Pp. i-xx, 1-204, 1-283, map, 8°.—A vocabulary
of some words &¢. pp. XV-Xvi.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit-
ish Museum, Brown, Congress, Dunbar, Lenox,
Watkinson.

The Menzies copy, No. 430, brought $9.50;
the Brinley copy, No. 2771, $3.75; the Pinart
copy, No. 239, 30 fr.; the Murphy copy, No. 614,
$8.50. Quaritch, No. 29934, prices a calf copy
2l. Clarke, 1886, No. 6336, prices it $5.

— The | history | of the | Five In-

dian Nations | of | Canada, | which are |
The Barrier between the English and |
French in that Part of the World. |
With | Particular Accounts of their Re-
ligion, Manners, Customs, Laws, | and
Government; their several Battles and
Treaties with the | European Nations ;
their Wars with the other Indians;
| and | A true Account of the present
State of our Trade with them. | In
which are shewn, | The great Advan-
tage of their Trade and Alliance to the
British Nation; | and the Intrigues and
Attempts of the French to engage them
from us; | a Subject nearly concerning

48

Colden (C.)— Continued.

all our American Plantations, and
highly | meriting the Consideration of
the British Nation. | By the Honoura-
ble Cadwallader Colden Esq; | One of
his Majesty’s Counsel, and Surveyor-
General of New-York. | To which are
added, | Accounts of the several other
Nations of Indians in North | America,
their | Numbers, Strength, &c. and the
Treaties which have been lately | made
with them. | The second edition. |

London: | Printed for John Whiston
at Mr. Boyle’s Head, and | Lockyer
Davis at Lord Bacon’s Head, both in
Fleet- | street, and John Ward opposite
the Royal Exchange. | MDCCL [1750].

List of books recto blank 11. title as above
verso blank 1. 1. dedication pp. iii-ix, verso p.
ix blank, contents 2unnumbered ll. preface pp.
xi-xiv, vocabulary ete. pp. xv-xvi, pp. 1-204,
1-283, 89, map. This is the edition of 1747 with
a new title-page.

Copies seen: Brown, Lenox.

At the Field sale, a copy, No. 404, sold for
$2.75; the Brinley copy, No. 2772, brought $3;
the Murphy copy, No. 615, half green morocco,
$7.50.

— The | history | of the | five Indian
nations | of | Canada, | Which are de-
pendent | On the Province of New-York

in America, | and | Are the Barrier be-

tween the English and French | in that
Part of the World. | With | Particular
Accounts of their Religion, Manners,
Customs, Laws, and | Forms of Govern-
ment; their several Battles and Treat-
ies with | the European Nations; their
Wars with the other Indians; and | a
true Account of the present State of
our Trade with them. | In which are
shewn, | The great Advantage of their
Trade and Alliance to the British | Na-
tion, and the Intrigues and Attempts
of the French to engage | them from
us; a Subject nearly concerning all our
American | Plantations, and highly
meriting the Attention of the British |

Nation at this Juncture. | By the Hon-
ourable Cadwallader Colden, Esq ;
One of his Majesty’s Counsel, and Sur-
veyor-General | of New-York. | To
which are added, | Accounts of the sev-
eral other Nations of Indians in North-
America, | their Numbers, Strength, &ce.
and the Treaties which have been |
lately made with them. | In two vol-

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Colden (C.) — Continued,

umes [Vol. I] [-Vol. II]. | The Third
Edition.

London: | Printed for Lockyer Davis,
at Lord Bacon’s Head in | Fleet-street;
J. Wren in Salisbury-court; and J. Ward

| in Cornhill, opposite the Royal-Ex-
change. | MD CC-LV [1755].

2 vols.: title 1 1. pp. iii-xii, contents 2 IL. pp.
1-260, 2 unnumbered IL. map; title 11. contents
1 1. pp. 1-251,9 unnumbered pp. 12°.—Vocabu-
lary, vol. 1, pp. 259-260.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu-
seum, Congress, Harvard, Shea, Watkinson.

At the Murphy sale a copy, No. 616, brought
$4.50.

— The history | of the | Five Indian

Nations | Depending on the Province of
| New-York. | By | Cadwallader Col-
den. | Reprinted exactly from Brad-
ford’s New York edition, (1727.) | With
an Introduction and Notes, | by | John
Gilmary Shea. |

New York: | T. H. Morrell, 134 Fulton
Street. | L866.

Pp. i-x], 11. pp. i-xvii, 1-141, 8°.—Vocabulary,
pp. Xi-xiii and 125-127 of notes.

Copies seen: Astor, Brown, Dunbar, Lenox,
Wisconsin Historical Society.

At the Menzies sale, No. 431, a halt blue mo-
rocco, gilt top, uncut copy, one of thirty only
on large paper, brought $3.50; the Brinley copy,
No. 5370, large paper, uncut, brought $5.50 also ;
another copy, No. 5371, ‘125 copies printed,” $3;
the Murphy copy, No. 616,* half green morocco,
gilt top, uncut, $6. Clarke, 1886, No. 6337, prices
a copy, boards, uncut, $6.

The vocabulary is reprinted in: An account
of conferences held and treaties made between
Sir William Johnson and the * * * Indian
nations, pp. xi-xii, London, 1756, 12°. (British
Museum, Congress.) Againinthe Gentleman’s
Magazine, vol. 26, p. 405, London, [1756] 8°. (Con-
gress.)

Collection | of | Hymus | for | the use of

native Christians | of | the Iroquois. |
Tahkoopehahtawun kuya nahmindt |
ahnishenapa nabkahmoohwenun | ka-
hahnekahnootahpeahkin | owh Kahke-
wagwennaby, |

New-York; | Printed at the Confer-
ence Office, | by A. Hoyt. | 1527.

Second title: Collection | of | Hymns | for |
the use of Native Christians | of | the Ivo-
quois. | To which are added a few Hymns | in
the | Chippeway tongue: | translated by Peter
Jones. |

New York: | Printed at the Conference Of-
fice, | by A. Hoyt. | 1827.

Iroyuois title verso 1.1 (p. 1), English title

ra

;

IROQUOIAN

Collection — Continued.
recto 1.2 (p.1), text pp. 2-45, 2-45 (double num-
bers), 46-54, 169.—Iroquois and English hymns
(alternate pages), pp. 2--37, 2-37.—Chippeway
and English hymns, by Peter Jones (alternate
pages), pp. 37-45, 37-45.—English hymns, pp.
46-54.
Copies seen: Shea.

Congress: ‘This word following a title or within
parentheses after a note indicates that a copy
of the work referrel to was scen by the coimn-
piler in the Library of Congress, Washington,
DEC:

Conjugations:

Cherokee. See Grasserie (R. de la).
Cherokee. Hewitt (J. N, B.).
Iroquois. Grasserie (R. de Ja).
Troquois. Hewitt (J. N. B.).
Seneca. Grasserie (R. de la).
Constitution :
Cherokee. See Cherokee.
Cherokee. Constitution.

Constitution | ofthe Cherokee Nation, |
formed by a Convention of Delegates
from the | Several Districts, at | New
Echota, July 1827. | [Two lines Che-
rokee characters. ]

No imprint, pp. 1-28, parallel columns, En-
glish and Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: American Antiquarian Society,
Boston Atheneum.

Constitution of the Cherokee Nation,
made and established at a General Con-
vention of Delegates duly authorized
for that purpose, at New Echota, July
26, 1827:

Georgia, Printed for the Cherokee

Nation. [n. d.] (Gaya

12°. ‘Title from the Field sale catalogue, No.
343, which copy sold for 62 cents.
See, also, Cherokee.
Coronation [a hymn of four stanzas].
In Indian Record, vol. 1, No. 1, p. 1, col. 1,
Muscogee, I. T., May, 1886. (Powell.)
In Cherokee characters.
Couch (Nevada). The Worcester acad-

emy of Vinita. | An Indian school of

the American home missionary Society.
| Pages | from | Cherokee Indian His
tory, | as identified with | Samuel Aus-
tin Worcester, D. D., | for 34 years
a missionary of the A. B. C. F. M. |
among the Cherokees. | A Paper | read
at the commencement of Worcester
academy, | at Vinita, Ind. Ter., June
18, 1884, | By Miss Nevada Couch, | A
Member of the Academy. | Published for
the institution. | Third edition. Re-
vised, |
IROQ——~+4

|

LANGUAGES. 49

Couch (N.)— Continued.

R. P. Studley & Co, Printers, St.
Louis. [1885. ]

Title on cover as above, inside title as above
1]. pp. 3-27, 12°.—The Lord's prayer in Cherokee
characters, followed by ‘‘interpretation, with
pronunciation according to the alphabet”’ and
bv a literal English translation of the latter,
p. 4.

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.

The first edition, St. Louis [1884] (Pilling),does
not contain the linguistics; I have not seen a
copy of the second edition.

Court de Gebelin (Antoine de). Monde

primitif, | analysé et comparé | avec le
monde moderne, | considéré | Dans di-
vers Objets concernant VHistoire, le
Blason, les Mon- | noies, les Jeux, les
Voyages des Phéniciens autour du |
Monde, les Langues Américaines, &c. |
ou | dissertations mélées | Tome pre-
mier, | Remplies de Découvertes inté-
ressantes; | Avec une Carte, des Plan-
ches, & un Monument d’Amérique. |
Par M. Court de Gebelin, | de diverses
Académies, Censeur Royal. | [Design. ] |

A Paris, | Chez L’Auteur, rue Poupée,
Maison de M. Boucher, Secrétaire du
Roi. | Valeyre Vainé, Imprimeur-Li-
braire, rue de la vieille Bouclerie. |
Sorin, Libraire, rue Saint Jacques. |
M. DCC. LXXXI [1781]. | Avec appro-
bation et priviléve du Roi.

Forms vol. 8 of Monde primitif, Paris, 1777-
1782, 9 vols. 8°. The volumes have title-pages
slightly differing one from another.—Essai sur
les rapports des mots, entre les langues du Nou-
veau Monde et celles de Ancien (pp. 489-560)
contains: Langue du Canada (including vocabu-
laries from Vincent, Lafitau, Sagard, and La-
hontan), pp. 499-504.

Copies seen; Congress.

Triibner, 1856, No. 631, prices a copy of the
full set (dated 1787) 81. 13s. 6d.; at the Fischer
sale, No. 1706, a copy (9 vols.) brought 10. 10s.,
and at the Brinley sale, No. 5632, $20.25.

Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 17174, titles an edi-
tion: Paris, Boudet, 1775, 9 vols. 4°.

For areprint of the Essai, see Scherer (J. B.).

Crane (Rev. J. C.). [Spelling book in

the Tuscarora dialect; by the Rev. Mr.
Crane, missionary to the Tuscarora
tribe. ]

Colophon: Salisbury’s Print, Buffalo,
[1819 ?]

No title-page, pp. 1-15, 18°.—A vocabulary of
Tuscarora words, arranged alphabetically, with
English signification, pp. 8-14.—Lord’s prayer
in Tuscarora and English, pp. 14-15.

‘He (Mr. Crane] accordingly prepared, and

50

Crane (J. C.)— Continued.
has had printed, 500 copies of Brown's Cate-
chism, and 400 copies of a spelling book, both
in the Tuscarora language, of which he has
sent copies to the Board for their inspection.
Nothing before this was ever published in their
language.”—Report of the New York Missionary
Society, 1820. |
Copies seen: American Antiquarian Society.

[Cuog (fev. Jean-André).] Kaiatonsera
| ionte8eienstak8a. | [Crucifix. ] |

Tiohtiaki [Montreal]: | Tehoristora-
rakon John Lovell, | 1857.

Title, verso p. 2 (beginning of text), pp. 3-24,
12°. Primer with canticles and prayers in the
Mohawk language.

Copies seen: Brinley, Powell, Trambull.

] Iakentasetatha | tsini | kahasis |
teioscrake | 1862-8 | t ASentatokenti.
| P. Ionte8aratka8as. | K. Iaka8enton-
tietha. |

Tiohtiaki [Montreal] | tehorestora-
rakon, [1862.] (C)

Printed cover, pp. 1-14, 24°. Mohawk and
Nipissing Caleadar. The title is in double
columns, Iroquois on the left, Algonkin on the |
right, the former as above. |

Title from Rev. L. Beaudet, librarian of
Laval University, Quebec, which institution
owns a copy.
-1 Tenenrinekenstha | Kanesatakeha

| ou | Processionnal Iroquois | dVusage
de la | Mission du Lac des Deux Mon-
tagnes. |

Tiotaki: | Tehoristorarakon
Lovell, | 1864.

Outside title as above, title 11. text pp. 3-108,
12°. The inside title has no imprint; after the
word ‘‘ Montagnes”’ are two lines quotation,and |
in place of imprint is a picture of two angels |

Jobu |

bowed before the cross.

Pp. 96-108 are occupied with Hymnes et can-
tiques en Algonquin, a number of which are
set to music.

Copies secn:
treal, Can.

Reprinted in the following :

Jacques Cartier School, Mon-

] Tsiatak nihononsentsiake | onk8e
once | akoiatonsera, | Ionterennaien-
tak8a, teleri8ak8atha, iontaterihonnien-
| nitha, iontateretsiaronk8a,
tasetatha, | ieckaratonk&atokeutisonha
oni. | Kahiaton oni tokara nikarennake
erontaksneha. | Kaneshatake tiakoson.
| Le | livre des Sept Nations | ou |
Paroissien Iroquois, | Auquel on a
ajouté, pour usage de la mission du |

iaken-

Lac des Deux-Montagnes, quelques can-
tiques | en langue algonquine. | [De- |
sign. } |

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

THE

Cuog (J.-A.) —Continued.

Tiohtiake [ Montreal ] | tehoristora-
rakon John Lovell. | 1865.

Half title in Mohawk verso in Latin 1 1.
title as above verso hymn in Mohawk 1 I. eal-
endar (French and Mohawk) 4 ll. followed by 6
blank IL. for entries, title-page beginning ‘‘ Ten-
enrinekenstha ” (see next preceding title) verso
blank 11. text pp. 3-452, table des matiéres pp.
453-460, 12°.

The first part of this work, pp. 3-108, is
occupied with the service for the mass in the
Mohawk, many of the prayers having head-
ings in Latin and explanations in French, and
most of the service is set to musie. The see-
ond part, pp. 109-294, is headed Livre de chant
pour la messe ct les vépres. The third part,
pp. 295-410, Formulaire de priéres, is by Father
J. Mareoux, the ecolophon being dated Kan-
nagake [Caughnawaga] 15 janvier 1852 and
signed with his Indian name, Sose Tharon-
hiakanere. Tho fourth part, pp. 411-452, is
headed Supplément aux eantiques et aux
priéres. Following the table are an alphabetic
list of the canticles in Iroquois and a list of
those in Algonquin, the latter, numbering 59,
being scattered throughout parts 1, 2, and 4.

In the copy belonging to Major Powell the
6 blank 1. are filled with hymns in the Mohawk
language, and, I think, in the Abbé Cuogq’s
handwriting.

Copiesseen: Eames, Pilling, Powell, Shea,
Trumbull.

Leclerc, 1878, No. 2355, prices a copy 20 fr.
A the Brinley sale two copies were sold, Nos.
5736 and 5737, one bringing $2.50 and the other
$2. A copy at the Murphy sale, No. 1316,
‘half morocco, top edge gilt,” brought $2.25.

] Etudes philologiques | sur quel-

ques | langues sauvages | de | ’Améri-

que, | par N[ij-kwenate-anibie]. Ofra-

kwanentakon]. | ancien missiounaire,
| [Four lines quotation. ] |

Montréal | Dawson brothers | 55,
Grande Rue St. Jacques. | 1866

Printed cover as above, half title 1]. title as
above L1. text pp. 5-160, large 8°.—A vant-pro-
pos, pp. 5-6.—Chapitre préliminaire pp. 7-10.
Premicére partie: Examen critique de quelques
ouvrages [Schoolcraft, Duponceau] d’Indiano-
logie, pp. 11-34.—Deuxiéme partie: Principes
de grammaire algonquine, pp. 35-86; Princi-
pes de grammaire iroquoise, pp. 87-122.—Troi-
siéme partie: Lexicographie comparée des lan-
gues algonquine et iroquoise [from McKenzie,
Duponceau, Schooleraft, Catlin, and others],
pp. 123-157.

The initials ‘‘N. O” adopted by Pére Cuog are
the first letters of the names given him by the
Indians among whom he lived, the first,
Nij-kwenate-anibie, being an Algonkin name
meaning the beautiful double leaf, the second,
Orakwanentakon, an Iroquois name meaning
the fixed star,

es

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Cuog (J.+A.) —Continued.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brin-
ton, Congress, Eames, National Museum, Pil-
ling, Powell, Trumbull.

The Fischer copy, No. 2462, brought Bs. 6d. ;
the Field copy, No. 473, half morocco, $3.12.

Leclerc, 1878, No. 2063, prices a copy 9 fr.; |

and Quaritch, No. 12555, 12s., and again, No.
30062, 9s. At the Brinley sale, No. 5660, a
copy sold for 70 cents, and at the Murphy sale,
No. 911*, acopy bound up with the same author’s
Jugement erroné, half morocco, top edge gilt,
brought $2. Koehler, in his No. 440 catalogue,
No. 951, prices a copy 8 M.; and Clarke, 1886,
No. 6744, a paper copy, $1.50.

Reviewed in Le Hir (A. M.), Etudes bi-
bliques, vol. 2, pp. 474-489, Paris, 1867, 8°.

[——] Jugement erroné | de | M. Ernest

we

Renan | sur les | langues sauvages | par

| Vauteur des Etudes philologiques. |
Deuxiéme Edition enticrement refon-
due. | [Four lines quotation. ] |

Montréal | Dawson brothers,
Grande rue St. Jacques, 55 | J. B. Ro-
land & fils, | 12 & 14, rue St. Vincent,
12 & 14 | 1869.

Printed cover as above dated 1870, title as
above 1 1. avertissement 1 1. text pp. 5-112,
table 11. 8°.—The Algonquin and Iroquois lan-

guages have been taken as the basis of discus-
sion; the following are the chapter headings :

Chap. I. Linguistique américaine.—Son im-
portance au point de vue ethnographique com-
me au point de vue philologique, pp. 5-9.

Chap. II. Les langues américaines compa.
rées aux langues sémétiques et aux langues
indo-européennes, pp. 10-15.

Chap. III. Richesse des langues américaines,
pp. 16-20.

Chap. IV. Systéme phonique et graphique
des langues américaines, pp. 21-25

Chap. V. Curieuses analogies entre les lan-
gues américaines et les langues des races civi-
lisées, pp. 26-30.

’ Chap. VI. Caractére des langues américai-
nes, pp. 31-35.

Chap. VII. Formation des noms dans les lan- |

gues américaines [ Algonquin and Iroquois], pp.
36-44.

Chap. VIII. Des accidents dans certaines
espéces de mots de la langue algonquine, pp.
45-51.

Chap. IX. Des accidents verbaux et autres |

accidents de la langue iroquoise, pp. 52-66.
Chap. X. Diverses classifications des verbes
algonquins, pp. 66-78.

Chap. XI. Espéces particuliéres de verbes |

algonquins, pp. 79-88.

Chap. XII. Mots formés par onomatopée,
pp. 88-90.

Chap. XIII. Tour et construction des phra-
ses [Prodigal son and Lord’s prayer in Iroquois
and Algonquin], pp. 91-100,

|

| 55,

|
i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
!

51

Cuogq (J.-A.) — Continued.

Chap. XIV. Réponses a diverses questions,
pp. 101-112.

Copies seen: Brinton,
seum, Powell, Trumbull.

Koehler, in his No. 440 catalogue, No. 952,
prices a copy 7M. Clarke & Co. 1880 cata-
logue, No. 6748, price a paper copy $1.50.

Of the first edition, Montreal, 1864, I have
seen no copy.

Eames, National Mu-

[——] Quels étaient les sauvages que ren-

L

[

contra Jacq. Cartier sur les rives du
Saint-Laurent? [Signed: N. O., an-
cien missionnaire. |

In Annales de philosophie chrétienne, vol.
79, pp. 198-204, Paris, 1869, 8°.

Troquois and Algonquin examples, with sig-
nifications.
] 1872. Calendrier d’Oka. 1872. |
Kijigatomasinaigan. = lakentasetatha.

1 1. 16°.—Calendar for the Indians at the mis-
sion of Lac des Deux Montagnes, in Algonquin
and Iroquois. The verso of the leaf contains:
Explication des signes (in French, Algonquin,
and Iroquois).

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell, Trumbull.

] Kaiatonsera | ionteweienstakwa |
kaiatonserase. | Nouveau syllabaire
iroquois. | [Picture of Indian. ] |

Tiohtiake [Montreal]: | tehoristora-
rakon John Lovell, | 1873.

Title 11. text pp. 3-69, contents 1 1. 8°, in the
Mohawk language.—Pp. 1-10 are occupied with
a primer in Mohawk; pp. 11-14 in French.—
Prayers in French, Latin, English, and Mo-
hawk, pp. 15-17.—Prayers in Mohawk, pp. 18-
19.—Les réponses de ]a messe, in Latin, pp.
20-21.—Hymns in Mohawk, p. 22.—Numerals
1-10,006,000,000, Mohawk and French, p. 23; in
English, p. 24.—Hymns, prayers, lessons, &c. in
Mohawk, pp. 25-42.—Primer lessons in French,
pp. 43-46; in English, pp. 47-49. The remainder
of the work is in Mohawk, except the headings,
which are in French.

Copies seen: Brinton, National Museum, Pil-

ling, Powell, Trumball.
Lexique | de la | langue iroquoise |
avec | notes et appendices | par | J. A.
Cuoq | Prétre de Saint-Sulpice. | [Six
lines quotation. ] |

Montréal | J. Chapleau & fils, Im-
primeurs-Editeurs, | 3L et 33 rue Cotte. |
1882.

Half title 1 1.title 1 1. preface pp. v-ix, text
pp. 1-215, 8°.—Racines iroquoises, alphabeti-
cally arranged, pp. 1-73.—Dérivés et composés,
alphabetically arranged, pp. 75-151. — Notes
supplémentaires, pp. 153-182.—Appendices, pp.
183-215,

There was subsequently issued, August, 1883,
‘‘Additamenta,” pp. 218-238 (pp. 218-233 num-

52 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Cuog (J.-A.)— Continued. Cusick (A.) — Continued.

i, =.

bered even on rectos, odd on versos; thereis no |

p- 234), containing explanations of doubtful

points in the original publication and answers |
to queries received from correspondents. Also |

contains an article (pp. 227-233) by Nantel (A.).
Copies seen: Powell.

Some copies are undated; in such the verso |

| —— See Smith (E. A.).
Cusick (David).

of the haif title is blank and they are not

accompanied by the additamenta. (Pilling,
Powell.)

Reviewed in the Critic, New York, March
24,1883. (Powell.)

Koehler, in his No. 440 catalogue, No. 953,
prices a copy, with the Additamenta, 8M.
Clarke, 1886, No. 6747, prices a paper copy
2.50.

[——] A N-D de Lorette.
1 p.16°. Hymns, two columns, Iroquois and

Algonkin.

Copies seen: Shea.

See Marcoux (J.).

See Platzmann (J.).
Jean-André Cuog was born at Le Puy, de-
partment of Haute-Loire, France, June 6, 1821;
entered a seminary of the Society of St. Sul-
pice as a pupil October 20, 1840; was ordained
priest December 20, 1845; arrived at Montreal
November 21, 1846, and was sent to the mission
of the Lake of the Two Mountains (Oka) in 1847
as missionary to the Algonkins, and remained
there many years as companion of Mr, Du-
fresne, who was director of that mission and
missionary to the Iroquois.

Mr. Cuoq occupied himself at first only with
the study of the Algonkin language, which he
speaks and understands more perfectly than
the Iroquois; but, Mr. Dufresne having been
withdrawn from the mission in 1857, Mr. Cuoq

then applied himself to the study of the Iro- |

quois, partly for the purpose of ministering in
that language also. About 1864 he was sent to
the College of Montreal, where he was charged
with a class, remaining there two or three
years; then he returned to the Lake of the
Two Mountains, where he remained until 1875.
In June, 1877, the Iroquois burnt the church
and the house of the missionaries. Mr. Cuog
was then attached to the parochial church of
Notre Dame at Montreal, remaining there sey-
eral years. During this time he composed and
printed his later books on the native languages.
He returned to the Lake abeut 1885 and is there
at the present time (1888).

In addition to the above works, he has com-

posed an equal or greater number in the Nipis-
sing dialect of the Algonkin. His modesty has
prevented me from carrying out my desire to
give a somewhat extended notice of him and
his work.
Cusick (Albert). The Lord’s prayer in
Onondaga, as given by Aibert Cusick,
of Onondaga Castle, to Rev, W. M.
Beauchamp,

Manuscript, 1 p. note-paper, in the library of
the Bureau of Ethnology. It is accompanied
by a page of manuscript by Rev. Mr. Bean-
champ, explanatory of the clause ‘‘ Forgive us
our trespasses ” ete.

See Beauchamp (W. M.).

David Cusick’s |
Sketches of Ancient History of the |
Six Nations: | comprising | First—A
Tale of the Foundation of the | Great
Island; | (now North America,) | the
Two Infants Born, | and the | Creation
of the Universe. | Second—A Real Ac-
count of the Early Set- | tlers of North
America, and their | Dissentions. |
Third—Origin of the Kingdom of the |
Five Nations, | which was called | A
Long House; | the Wars, Fierce Ani-
mals, &c. |

Lewiston: | Printed forthe Author. |
le Tie (Ss)

Pp. 1-28}. 8°. Imperfect, lacking one or
two leaves at the end. On verso of title is the
copyright notice dated January 3, 1826. Pref-
ace dated Tuscarora Village, June 10,1825. No
illustrations.

Title from Mr. W. Eames.

According to Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 18142°
the first edition is Tuscarora Village, 1825,

which is probably a mistake; the imprint which

he gives is merely the subscription to the pref-
atory notice.

-—— David Cusick’s | sketches of Ancient

History of the | Six Nations: | —Com-
prising— | First—A Tale of the Founda-
tion of the | Great Island, | (Now North
America,) | The two infants born, | and
the | Creation of the Universe. | Second
—A realaccount of the early settlers | of
North America, and their dissentions: |
Third—Origin of the kingdom of the
Five Nations, | which was called | A
Long House: | The Wars, Fierce Ani-
mals, &c. | Second edition of 7,000 cop-
ies.—Embellished with four engrav-
ings. |

Tuscarora Village: | (Lewiston, Niag-
ara Co.) [New York] | 1828.

3 p. lL pp. 4-36, 12°.—Numerals of the Mo-

hawk and Tuscarora, p. 36.
Copies seen : Congress, Boston Public.

—— David Cusick’s | sketches of | an-

cient history | of the | Six Nations, |
comprising | first—a tale of the founda-
tion of the | great island, | (now North

IROQUOIAN

Cusick (D.) — Continued.
America, ) | the two infants born, | and

| Cusick (James N.).

the | creation of the universe. | Second |
—a real account of the early settlers of |

North | America, and their dissensions.

| Third—origin of the kingdom of the
Five Nations, which | was called | a
long house: | the wars, fierce animals,
&e. |

Lockport, N. Y.: | Turner & McCol-
lum, printers, Democrat office. | 1848.

Printed cover as above, title as above 1]. pref-
ace 1 |. plates 4 ll. text pp. 13-35, 8°.—Numer-
als 1-10 of the Mohawk and of the Tuscarora,
p. 35.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Congress,
Dunbar, Eames, Powell, Trumbull.

At the Menzies sale, No. 502, a half-calf copy,
brought $2; at the Brinley sale, No. 5376, a half-
morocco copy, interleaved with manuscript
notes by Dr. Joseph Barratt, brought $3.75, and
another copy, No. 5377, in original paper cover,
$2.50. Clarke, 1885, No. 6349, prices a copy $1.25.
— Sketches of the ancient history of
the Six Nations. By David Cusic[k].

In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 5,
pp. 631-646, Washington, 1855, 4°.

Numerals 1-10 of the Mohawk and Tuscarora,
p. 646.

“David Cusick, the Tuscarora historian, was |

the son of Nicholas Cusick, who died on the
Tuscarora reservation, near Lewiston, N. Y., in
1849, being about 82 years old. David received
a fair education and was thought a good doctor
by both whites and Indians. He diel not long
after his father.”’"— Beauchamp.

Dairyman’s. The | Dairyman’s | daugh-
ter: | By Rev. Legh Richmond. | [Two
lines Cherokee characters. ] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press, J. Candy |
[One line |

& EE. Archer, printers. |
Cherokee characters. ] | 1847.

Pp. 1-57, 24°, in Cherokee characters.
pended, pp. 57-67, is Bob the Sailor Boy.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Congress.
Davis (Rev. Benjamin). On the origin of
the name ‘Canada.’ By Rey. B. Davis,
LL. D., member of the council of the
Philological Society of London.

In Montreal Nat. Hist. Soc. Proc. vol. 6, first
sess. pp. 430-432, Montreal, 1861, 8°.
Davis (Rev. Solomon). A) prayer book, |
in the language of the Six Nations of
Indians | containing | the morning and
evening service, | the litany, catechism,

Ap- |

LANGUAGES.

53

The collection | of |
sacred songs, | for the use of the | Bap-
tist native christians | of the | Six Na-
tions. | Revised by | James N. Cusick. |
Philadelphia: | American Baptist
Pablication Society. | 1846.

Second title: Ne kororon | ne | teyerihwah-
kwatha | igen | ne enyontste | ne yondatteskos
yagorihwiyoghstonh | rotinensyonih kawean-
ondahko | ne sokwatigwen, | James N. Cusick. |

Kanadayengowa: | wasdonrohnon yendattes-
kos tehatiris- | toraraks. | 1846.

English title recto 1.1 (p. 1), Indian title recto
1,2 (p. 3), text pp. 3-125, 32°.

Copies seen: Brinley, Trumbull.

At the Brinley sale, Nos. 5728 and 5729, three
copies brought $2.50 each.

‘* James Cusick wasa son of Nicholas Cusick,
and became a Baptist minister in June, 1838,
laboring among the Tuscaroras and some other
branches of the Six Nations. He formed three
Baptist churches and engaged in temperance
work still earlier, bequeathing his zeal in this
to his descendants. In 1830 he established a
temperance society of 100 members, and
formed another in 1845 of 50 members. After
this he went to the Indian Territory with some
of the Tuscaroras, when the General Govern-
ment gave the Six Nations lands there, and was
one of the leading men in the movement. Most
of the emigrants died, and, being sick himself,
he came back within three years. He was
blamed for the deaths ofthe people, and be-
coming unpopular among the New York Tus-
caroras he went to Canada, where he preached
up to the time of his death.””— Beauchamp.

| Davis (S.)— Continued.

some of the collects, | and the prayers |

and thanksgivings upon | several occa-
sions, |in the | book of common prayer |
of the | Protestant Episcopal Church : |
together with | forms of family and
private devotion. | Compiled from vari-
ous Translations, and prepared for pub-
lication by request | of the Domestic
Committee of the Board of Missions of
the Protestant | Episcopal Church in
the United States of America. | By the
Rev. Solomon Davis, missionary to the
Oneidas, at Duck - creek, territory of
Wisconsin. |

New-York: | Swords, Stanford, & Co.
D. Fanshaw, printer. | 1837.

Title 11. text (entirely in Oneida except some
of the headings, which are in English) pp. 3-168,
12°.—Order for daily morr‘ng prayer, pp. 3-40.—
Order for daily evening prayer, pp. 41-68.—

54

Davis (S.)— Continued.

De Brahm (John Gerar William).

Litany, pp. 69-87.—Prayers and thanksgivings,
pp. §8-110.— Collects, pp. 111-120.—Catechism,
pp. 121-130.— Prayers ete. pp. 131-165.—Hymns,
pp. 166-168.

“Tn the United States, Eleazer Williams, |

while a catechist at Oneida Castle, N. Y., un-
dertook to revise the former Indian Prayer-
Book, under the advice of Bishop Hobart, who
called for offerings for this proposed work in
1815. It was not published, however, until
1837, and then appeared as the compilation of
Solomon Dayis, Mr. Williams’s successor.’’—
Beauchamp.

‘‘A translation, ostensibly in Oneida, of the
English Prayer Book has been effected by the

Rey. Solomon Davis, Missionary to the Onei- |
but this |

das, at Duck Creek, Wisconsin;
translation, though intelligible to the people of
his charge, is not written in pure Oneida, nor
indeed in any dialect ever spoken by the Six
Nations.” — Bagster.
Astor, Boston
British Museum, Eames, Powell,
Wisconsin Historical Society.
Triibner, 1856, No. 675, prices a copy 2s. 6d.

Copies seen: Athenrum,

Trumbull,

At the Brinley sale two copies, No. 5714, sold |

for 50 cents each. The Pinart copy, No. 288,
brought 20 fr. At the Murphy sale, No. 742,
a‘‘half-morocco, top edge gilt’ copy, brought
$2.25; and another copy, No. 745, $2.
[——] Oseragwegon orhonkene ionteren-
nalentagwa nononsatokentike.

No title-page; pp. 1-86, 8°. The above is the
heading to the first page.—Pp. 1-60 contain
the same matter, but without the headings in
English, as pp. 3-110 of the Book of Common
Prayer in the language of the Six Nations,
N. Y., 1837, by the same author, which work
this pamphlet probably preceded.—Collects,
epistles, and gospels pp. 60-86.

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.

] Otiogwatokenti. Tontaterihon-
niennita. Nongwehogon.

No title-page; pp. 1-12, 12°. The above is
the heading to the first page. Catechism in
the language of the Six Nations.—Coutains the
the same matter as pp. 121-130 of the Prayer
Book, N. Y., 1837, by the same author, but
without the English headings. Probably it
preceded the latter work.

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.

Clarke, 1886, No. 6761, prices 2 copy 75 cents.

“Solomon Davis went to Oneidw as a lay
reader and catechist in 1821 and was made dea-
con in 1829. In that year, on a further removal

of the Oneidas, the mission was given up, but |

at the ordination of Rey. Dr. Wim. Stanton, in
1833, the Rev. Mr. Davis read the
prayer in the old church in
tongue.’—Beauchamp.

See Williams (I.).

morning

His-
tory | of the | Province of Georgia: |
with | maps of original surveys. | By |

the Oneida |

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

THE

| De Brahm (J. G. W.) —Continued.

|

John Gerar William De Brahm. | His
Majesty’s Surveyor-General |] for the
southern district of | North America, |
Now first printed. |

Wormsloe. | MDCCCXLIX [1819].

Pp. 1-55, 11. large 4°. Printed privately for
the editor. The impression was limited to
forty-nine copies.—List of Cherokee Indian
towns in the Province of Georgia, p. 54.—List
of Creek Indian towns in the Province of Geor-
gia, pp. 54-55.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenewun, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress, Lenox.

Delafield (John), jr. and Lakey (J.).

An inguiry | into the origin of the | an-
tiquities of America. | By | Johu Dela-
field, Jr. | With | an appendix, | con-
taining notes, and ‘‘A view of the causes
of the superiority of the men of | the
northern over those of the southern
hemisphere.” | By | James Lakey, M.
ID

New-York: | published for subserib-
ers, by | Colt, Burgess & Co., | Lon-
don: | Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown,
Green & Longman. | Paris: | A. & W.
Galignani & co. | 1539,

Pp. 1-142 and folding plate, 4°.—Vocabulary
of words in various American dialects (Tusca-
rora, Greenland, Penobscot, Illinois, Delaware,
Acadia, New England, Huastec, Carib, Tara-
humara) compared with those of various Asi-
atic dialects (from Vater in Mithridates), p. 25.

Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Lenox.

Some copies differ slightly in title-page, as
follows:

—— — Aninguiry | into the origin of the

| antiquities of America. | By | John
Delafield, jr. | With | an appendix, |
containing notes, and ‘‘a view of the
causes of the superiority of the men | of
the northern over those of the southern
hemisphere.” | By | James Lakey, M.
De

New-York: | published for subserib-
ers, by | J. C. Colt. | London: | Long-
man, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, &
Longman. | Paris: | A. & W. Galignani
& co. | 1839.

Title as above verso copyright 1]. dedication
verso blank 1 1. pp. 5—142 and folding plate,
4°.—Linguistics as above.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Pow-
ell, Trum)ull.

—— — Aningquiry | into the origin of the

| antiquities of America. | By | John
Delafield Jr. | With | an appendix, | con-

IROQUOIAN

Delafield (J.) and Bakey (J.)—Cont’d.
taining notes, and ‘A view of the
causes of the superiority of the | men of
the northern over those of the southern
hemisphere. | By | James Lakey, M.
D. |

Cincinnati: | published by N. G. Bur-
gess & Co | Stereotyped by Glezen and
Shepard. | 1839.

Pp. 1-142, plates, 4°.—Linguistics as above.

Copies seen: British Museum.
Dépéret (Pére Elie).
Mohawk language. }

Manuscript, 30 Il. 4°, in the library of J. W.
Powell, Washington, D. C.—The outside leaf
has written on the upperedge ‘'O. A. Nes. Mr.
Deperet”’, followed by a list of brief titles of
the sermons, eleven in all; verso blank. L.
2 begins: Surl’ascension du fils de Dieu, which
concludes near the end of verso of 1. 3. ‘This is
followed by: Affections de douleurs et de com-
passion envers le fils de dieu mourant, which
ends at pottom of recto of L. 4, the verso of which

[Sermons in the

is blank. L.5begins: 3 entretien sur la ste fa- |

mille, which occupies ll. 5-6. The recto of 1 7is
blank; the verso contains: 4 pour lelundy de la
pentecoste, followed by four lines in Latin, ‘‘ st
jean ch. 3,” then the sermon in Algonkin, which
extends toend of verso of 1.8. L. 9 contains: 5
surlenfer, extending to middle of recto of 1. 18,
the verso of which is blank. 6 sur l’assomption
begins at top of recto of 1. 14, followed in mid-
dle of recto of 1.15 by : 7 sur la fette de st piere
et st pau!, which ends on the recto of 1. 16;
verso of 1.16 and whole of 1.17 blank. L. 18
begins: 8entretiensur larechutte. pour le 2iour
apres paques, which ends on verso of 1. 20. Ll.
21-23 contain: 9 entrctien sur le paradis; 1. 24:
10 entretien sur les chattiments dont dieu af-
flige les pecheurs meme de cette vie pour le di-

manche de la quinquagesime, which extends to |

verso of]. 27. L.28 begins: llentretien sur le
dernier jugement, which ends on verso of 1. 30.

The manuscript is in a fair state of preserva-
tion, only the edges being mutilated.

— Instructions sur divers sujets de
dogme. Gs)

Manuscript, in the Mohawk language, pre-
served in the Catholic church at the Mission
des Deux Montaygnes (Oka), Canada. Title
from the late Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith.

“M. Elie Dépéret, a priest of St. Sulpice, was
bornin the diocese of Limoges, France, in 1690.
He came to Canadain 1714, was missionary to the
Algonkins at Tle aux Tourtes, then at Lac des
Deux Montagnes, then at La Galette (now Og-
densburg), where he replaced the Abbé Piquet
during the visit of the latter to France in 1753-
1754. He died April 17, 1757, while curate of Ste.
Anne du Bout de l'Ile.

“Wehave from him, in Algonkin, a catechism,
hymns and prayers, about forty sermons or in-

LANGUAGES. 5

lua |

Dépéret (E.)—Continued.

structions, and a sketch ofagrammar. In Tro-
quois he has left a small dictionary, French-
Troquois, and eleven short sermons.’’—Cuogq.

Dictionary :

Huron. See Carheil (S. de).
Huron. Huron.
Huron. Le Caron (J.).
Huron. Sagard (G.).
Troquois. Henderson (J. G.).
Troquois. La Galissonniére (—).
Mohawk. Bruyas (J.).
Mohawk. Cuogq (J.-A.).
Mohawk. Marcoux (J.).
Mohawk. Mohawk.
Onondaga. Shea (J.G.).
Seneca. Seneca.
Tuskarora. Hewitt (J.N. B.).
Tuskarora. Smith (KE, A.).
DiuhsAwahg wah gaya/‘doshan. See
Wright (A.).
Doctrine chrestienne. See Brebceuf
CJ.)
_ Doctrines and Discipline. | [Methodist

| Donaldson (Thomas).

Domenech (4bdbé Emmanuel).

Episcopal Church.} [eleven lines Cher-
okee characters. ] |

Park Hill. Mission Press: John
Candy, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ] | 1842.

Pp. 1-45, 24°, in Cherokee characters.
3oston Athenwum.

Copies seen:
Seven
years’ residence | in the great | des-
erts of North America | by the | Abbé
Em. Domenech | Apostolical Mission-
ary: Canon of Montpellier: Member
of the Pontifical Academy Tiberina, |
and of the Geographical and Ethno-
graphical Societies of France, &c. |
Illustrated with fifty-eight woodcuts
by A. Joliet, three | plates of ancient
Indian music, and a map showing
the actual situation of | the Indian
tribes and the country described by
the author | In Two Volumes | Vol.
I[-I1}. |

London | Lengman, Green, Longman,
and Roberts | 1860. | The right of trans-
lation is reserved. :

2 vols. 8°.—Vocabularies &c. vol. 2, pp. 164-
189, contain 84 words of Cayuga, Cherokee,
Mohawk, Oneida, Onondaga, and Tuscarora,

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress, Watkinson.

At the Field sale a copy, No. 550, brought
$2.37, and at the Pinart sale, No. -328, 6 fr.
Clarke, 1886, No. 5415, prices a copy $5.

See Catlin (G.).

56

Donck (Adriaen

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ‘THE

| Donck (A. van der) — Continued.

van der). Beschry-
vinge | Van | Nievv Nederlant. | (Gelijek
het tegen woordigh in Staet is) | Begrij-
pende de Nature, Aert, gelegentheyten
vruchtbaerheyt | van het selve Landt ;
mitsgaders de proffijtelijcke ende ge-
wenste toevallen die | aldaer tot onder-
hondt der Menschen, (soo uyt haer sel-
ven als van buyten inge- | bracht)
gevonden worden, Als mede de maniere
en ongemeyne Eygenschap- | pen vande
Wilden ofte Naturellen vanden Lande.
Ende een by sonder verhael | vanden
wonderlijeken Aert ende het Wessen
der Bevers. | Daer noch by-gevoeght is |
Eeu Discotrs over de gelegentheyt van
Nieuw-Nederlandt, | tusschen een Ne-
derlandts Patriot, ende een Nieuw Ne-
derlander. | Beschreven door | Adriaen
vander Donck, | Beyder Rechten Doc-
tour, die tegen woordigh | noch in Nieuw-
Nederlandt is | En hier achter by
gevoeght | Het voordetligh Reglement
vande Ed: Hoog, Achtbare | Heeren de
Heeren Burgermeesteren deser Stede, |
betreffende de saken van Nieuw Neder-
landt. | Met een pertinent Kaertje van
’t zelve Landt vergiert, | en van veel
druck-fouten gesuyvert. | [ Design. ] |

t’Aemsteldam | By Evert Nieuwenhof |

Boeck-verkooper, woonendeop | ’t Rus-
tandt, in ’t Schrijf- Boeck, Anno 1655.

4 p. IL. pp. 1-100, register 3 pp. map, sm. 4°.-—
Comments on the Manhattan, Minqua, Sa-
vanoos, and Wappanoos, p. 67.

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.

At the Brinley sale two copies were disposed
of, Nos. 2718 and 2719, one bringing $85, the other
$62.50. The Murphy copy, No. 2069, half-mo-
rocco, brought $55. Quaritch, No. 29635, prices
a “fine, large, clean, and perfect copy, vellum ”
18l., a note stating: ‘Copies for the last 40
years have usually sold from 12. to 210.”

For another 1655 edition see ‘‘Addeuda.”’
— Beschryvinge | Van | Nieuvv-Neder-
lant, | (Gelijek het tegenwoordigh in
Staet is) | Begrijpende de Nature, Aert,
gelegentheyt en vruchtbaerheyt | van
het selve Landt; mitsgaders de prof-
fijtelijcke ende gewenste toevallen, die
aldaer tot onderhoudt der Menschen,
(soouyt haerselven als van buyten inge-

| bracht) gevonden worden. Als mede
de maniere en ongemeyne Eygenschap-
| pen vande Wilden ofte Naturellen
vanden Lande. Ende een bysonder
verhael | vanden wonderlijeken Aert
ende het Weesen der Bevers. | Daer

Dorion (J. A.).

Dorsey: This word following a title or within

noch by-gevoeghtis | Hen Discours over
de gelegentheyt van Nieuw-Nederlandt,
| tusschen een Nederlandts Patriot,
ende een Nieuw Nederlander. | Beschre-
ven door | Adriaen vander Donck, |
Beyder Rechten Doctoor, die tegen-
woordigh | noch in Nieuw-Nederlandt
is. | En hier achter by gevoeght | Het
voordeeligh Reglement vande Ed:
Hoog. Achtbare | Heeren de Heeren
Burgermeesteren deser Stede, | betref-
fende de saken van Nieuw Nederlandt.

| Den tweeden Druck. | Met een perti-
nent Kaertje van ’t zelve Landt verciert,

| envan veel druck-fouten gesuyvert. |
[ Design. ] |

t’ Aemsteldam, |;By Evert Nieuwen-
hof, Boeck-verkooper, woonente 9p | ’t
Ruslandt, in’t Schrijf-boeck, Anno 1656.

| Met Privilegie voor 15 Jaren.

4 p. ll. pp. 1-100, register 4 pp.4 ll. map, sm.
4°.—Linguistics as above.
Copies seen: British

Lenox.

The Fischer copy, No. 2318, sold for 170. 5s.;
the Field copy, No. 2420, $65; the Menzies copy,
No. 609, ‘‘ crushed red levant morocco, gilt top,
uncut, excessively rare in uncut condition,” $90.
Leclere, 1878, No. 866, prices a copy 200 fr.
The Brinley copy, No. 2720, brought $190, and
the Murphy copy, No, 2750, $50. Quaritch, No.
29636, prices a fine, large, clean, vellum copy 121.

Leclere, 1878, No. 866, titles an edition of 1657.
This, he informs me, is a typographic error.

Museum, Congress,

by Adriaen van der Donck, J. U. D.
Translated from the original Dutch, by
Hon. Jeremiah Johnson, of Brooklyn,
NEY:

In New York Hist. Soc. Coll. second series,
vol. 1, pp. 125-242, New York, 1841, 8°.

Of the different nations and languages, pp.
205-206.

Issued separately, also, with a title-page,
whichisa translation of that of the 1656 edition.

At the Menzies sale, No. 610, a copy of the
separate, half green morocco, gilt top, brought
$18.
See Wilson (D.).

parentheses after a note indicates that a copy
of the work referred to was seen by the com-
piler in the possession of Rey. J. O. Dorsey,
Washington, D.C.

Doublet de Boisthibault (Frangois

Jules). Les veeux | des | Hurons et des
Abnaquis | & notre-dame de Chartres |

pnbliés pour la premiere fois | Vapres les
manuserits des archives d’Eure-et-Loir

Description of the New Netherlands, —

| ANTHROPOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON, Di Or

a

BESCHRYVING.E

Van.
NIEUVV NEDERLANT-
(Selick Bet tegermooraigh tv Staccis)

Begrijpendede Nature, Acit, gele geutheytenviuchthaerheyt
van hettlve Landts mitigaders déprofiijtelijcke ende gewenftetoevallen die
aldser tot ondethoudtdeyMen{chen , (foo uyt haerfelvenalsvan buyteninge-
bracht) gevoriderrworden. Als mededemaniere enongem meHygenchap-
pen -vande Wilden ofte Naturellen vanden Lande. Ende een byfonderverhac}
vanden wonderliycken Aert ende het Weelen dey-BEVERS,

: Daernach by-gevoeghtis __
en Pilroursoverde grlegentiegt van Nicuw-Neder! andt,
ti ((eheneenNederlandts Patriot, enderert Nicuw Nederlander,
Befehreven doev

ADRI A_E N_ vander D ON C K,
Beyder Rechten Doctour, die tegenwoordigh

noch inNieuw-Nederlandtis.

_, . _ Ee hier achter by pecoeght
het weosderligh Reglement vande Eo: Hhovg, Aehebare

Peeve de Weeren' BWuraecmeclleven delet Stere
2 Al oe faker ban Ni leven See /

MeteenpertinentK aergjevan tzelveLaridt vergicrt,
cenvanveeldenck-fouten pefiyvert.

ee SEED
Shi Evert Nieuwenhof Boerk-herkooper/twsonended
- *ERatrannt vt Selauf-b oerk Panto | H 6556 s

[Troquoian Languages. ]

BESCHRYVINGE

V: alls»

( Gheitick het tegentwoowigh in Stact is)
Beptijpende de Nature, Aert, gele gentheyr en vracht-
baerheyt van het felve Lant ; mit{gaders de proffijtelijcke en-
de gewenfte roevallen, die aldaer tot onderhour der Men({chen ,;(foo
uythaer felven als van buyten ingebracht ) gevonden worden,

Aus Metpegs

Mewiaicre ev onghemepne eygenichapper
Pande TDUben ofte s2aturcllen Vanden Zande.
Ende
Een byfonder verhael vanden wonderlijeken Aert
eude het Weefen der BEVERS,
Datrx Noczr By Gevoetcur Is
Cen Dilcours ober de qeleqenthept ban Nieuw Nederlandt,

tuiffetjert eet Nederlandts Patriot , ende eet
Nieow Nederlander,

Beftirever door

S6n Evett Nicnwenhof, 2oeck-berkooper / twoonende op t
Fuflandt int Schyijf-borck / Anno 165 5,

[Iroquoian Languages.]

re 6 5
an a

2
*p c
M2 Ste

-

= a =

4 PRU. di ah

: an : Rg 5 oe
ae an ~~
: By Jad lou"

~ fhe ) erty,

TROQUOIAN

'Doublet de Boisthibault (I. J.) —Cont.

| avec | les lettres des missionnaires
catholiques au Canada, | une introduc-
tion et des notes | par M. Doublet de
Boisthibault. | [Figure and five lines
4otation. ] |

Chartres | Noury-Coquard, libraire

| rue du Cheval-Blanec, 26 | MDCCC
LVII [1857]

2 p. IL. pp. i-viii, 11. pp. 1-82, 1 p. colored plate,
12°.—O Salutaris in Huron (from Rasles), p. 89.

Contains also a French translation of aletter
in Huron, the original of which is printed in
Chaumonot (J. M.), La vie du * * * Chau-
monot. The original and French translation
appear also in Merlet (L.), Histoire des rela-
tions des Hurons.

Copies seen: British Museum, Lenox, Shea,
Trumbull.
Drake (Samuel Gardner). The | Book of
the Indians | of | North America: |
comprising | details in the lives of about
five hundred | chiefs and others, | the
most distinguished among them. | Also,

| a history of their wars; their manners

and customs; speeches of | orators, &c.,
from their first being known to | Euro-
peans to the present time. | Exhibiting
also an analysis of the most distin-
guished authors | who have written
upon the great question of the | first
peopling of America. | [Picture of
Indian and six lines quotation.] | By
Samuel G. Drake, | Member of the
New-Hampshire Historical Society. |

Boston: | Published by Josiah Drake,

| at the Antiquarian Bookstore, 56

Cornhill. | 1833.

Frontispiece 1 1. title as above 1 1.1 other p.1.
pp. 1-22 (Book I), 1-110 (Book II), 1-124 (Book
ILD), 1-47 (Book IV), 1-135 (Book V).—St. John
i, 3,in Mohawk (from Norton), Book V, p. 111.

Copies seen: British Museum.

An earlier edition of this work, Indian Bi-
ography, Boston, 1832, 8°, contains no linguis-
tics. (Astor, Boston Athenzum, Congress.)
Biography and history | of the | In-
dians of North America; | comprising |
a general account of them, | and |
details in the lives of all the most
distinguished chiefs, and | others, who
have been noted, among the various |
Indian nations upon the continent. |
Also, | a history of their wars; | their
manners and customs; and the most
celebrated speeches | of their orators,
from their first being known to | Euro-
peans to the present time. | Likewise |

LANGUAGES.

|

Drake (S. G.)— Continued.

exhibiting an analysis | of the most
distinguished, as well as absurd au-
thors, who | have written upon the
great question of the | first peopling of
America. | [Picture of an Indian and
quotation, six lines.] | By Samuel G.
Drake | Member of the New Hampshire
Historical Society. | Third Edition, |

With large Additions and Corrections,
and numerous Engravings. |

Boston: | O. L. Perkins, 56 Cornhill,
and Hilliard, Gray & Co. | New York:
G. & C. & N. Carviil. | Philadelphia:
Grigg & Elliot. | 1834.

Engraved title 1 1. pp. i-viii, 1-28, 1-120,
1-132, 1-72, 1-158, 11. pp. 1-18, 1-12, plates, 8°.—
St. John i, 3, in Mohawk, Book V, p. 111.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Wisconsin Historical Society.

Some copies have the names Collins, Hannay
& Co. substituted for G. & C. & N. Carvill in
the imprint. (Astor, Congress.)

Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 20858, mentions the
fifth edition, Boston, 1835, 8°.

— Biography and History | of the |

Indians of North America; | compris-
ing | a General Account of them, | and
| Details of the Lives of all the most
distinguished chiefs, and | others, who
have been noted, among the various |
Indian Nations upon the Continent. |
Also, { a History of their Wars; | their
Manners and Customs; and the most
celebrated Speeches | of their Orators,
from their first being known to | Euro-
peans to the Present Time. | Likewise
| exhibiting an Analysis | of the most
distinguished, as well as absurd at-
thors, who | have written upon the
great question of the | First Peopling
of America. | [Picture of an Indian and
quotation, six lines.] | By Samuel G.
Drake, | Member of the New Hampshire
Historical Society. | Fourth Edition, |
With large Additions and Corrections,
and numerous Engravings. |

Boston: | J. Drake, 56 Cornhill, | at
the Antiquarian Institute. | 1836.

Engraved title 11. pp. i-vi, 11. pp. 1-4, 1-28,
1-120, 1-132, 1-72, 1-158, 1-18, 1-12, plates, 8°.—
St. John i, 3, in Mohawk, Book V, p. 111.

Copies seen: British Museum.

— Biography and history | of the |

Indians of North America, | From its
first discovery to the present time ; |
comprising | details in the lives of all

58

Drake (S. G.) —Continued.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

| Drake (S. G.)—Continued.

the most distinguished chiefs and | |
counsellors, exploits of warriors, and |

the celebrated | speeches of their ora-
tors; | also, | a history of their wars, |
massacres and depredations, as well

as the wrongs and | sufferings which |

the Europeans and their | descendants
have done them; | with an account of
their | Antiquities, Manners and Cus-
toins, | Religion and Laws; | likewise |

exhibiting an analysis of the most dis-

tinguished, as well as absurd | authors,
who have written upon the great ques-
tion of the | first peopling of America. |
[Monogram and six lines quotation. ] |
By Samuel G. Drake. | Fifth Edition, |
With large Additions and Corrections,
and numerous Engravings. |

Boston: | Antiquarian Institute, 56
Cornhill. | 1856.

1p. 1. pp. i-xii, 1-48, 1-120, 1-144, 1-96, 1-168,
8°.—Loerd’s prayer in the language of the Six
Nations (from Smith’s New York), Book V, p.
5.—St. John i, 3 (from Norton), Book V, p.

131.—A sentence in Mohawk and Welsh com- |

pared, Book V, p. 182.

Covies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress.

A copy is priced by Quaritch, No. 11968, 10s.
and again, No. 29941, 7s. 6d. At the Murphy
sale, No. 831, a copy, ‘‘calf extra, gilt edges,
with portrait of Mr. Drake inserted,” brought
$3.75.

Some copies are dated 1837. (Astor.) The
“Seventh edition,” ‘‘1837,” has title-page other-
wise similar to the above. (Astor, Congress.)

— The | book of the Indians; | or, |
biography and history | of the | Indians
of North America, | from its first dis-
covery | to the year 1811. | [Nine lines
quotations. ] | By Samuel G. Drake, |
Fellow [&c. two lines]. | Eighth edi-
tion, | With large Additions and Cor-
rections. |

Boston: | Antiquarian Bookstore, 55
Cornhill. | M.DCCC.XLI [1841].

Pp. i-xii, 1-48, 1-120, 1-156, 1-156, 1-200, and
index, pp. 1-16, 8°.—Linguisties as in fifth edi-
tion, supra.

Jopies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu-
seum, Congtess.

According to Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 20688,
there was a Ninth edition, Boston, 1845, 748 pp.
8°, and a Tenth edition, Boston, MDCCCXL
{VJITII, 8°.

— Biography and history | of the |
Indians of North America, | from its
first discovery. | [Quotation, nine

lines.] | By Samuel G. Drake. | Elev-
enth edition. |

Boston: | Benjamin B, Mussey & Co.
| M.DCCC.LI [1851].

Pp. 1-720, plates, 8°.—Linguisties, as in fifth
edition, pp. 501, 627, 628.

Copies seen: British Museum, Eames, Mas-
sachusetts Historical Society, Wisconsin His-
torical Society.

—— History | of the | Early Discovery of

America, | and | Landing of the Pil-
grims. | With a | Biography | of the |
Indians of North America. | [Quotation,
nine lines. ] | By Samuel G. Drake. |
Boston: | Higgins and Bradley. |
1854. Ge)
Pp. 1-720, plates, 8°.—Linguistics, as in fifth
edition, pp. 501, 627, 622.
Title from Mr. Wilberforce Eames.
According to Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 20888,
there is an edition with the imprint: Boston,
Sanborn, Carter & Bazin, 1857; and another:
Boston, 1858.

_— The } Aboriginal Races | of | North

America; | comprising | Biographical
Sketches of Eminent Individuals, |
and | an Historical Account of the Dif-
ferent Tribes, | from | the First Discov-
ery of the Continent | to | the Present
Period | With a Dissertation on their |
Origin, Antiquities, Manners and Cus-
toms, | Illustrative Narratives and
Anecdotes, | and a | copious analytical
index | By Samuei G. Drake. | Vif-
teenth Edition, | revised, with valuable
additions, | by J. W. O’Neill. | Illustra-
ted with Numerous Colored Steel-plate
Engravings. | [Quotation, six lines. ] |

Philadelphia: | Charles Desilver, |
No. 714 Chestnut Street. | 1860.

Pp. 1-736, 8°. This is the Biography of the
Indians, with a new title-page and some addi-
tions.—Linguistics as above.

Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft.

— The | Aboriginal races | of | North

America; | comprising | biographical
sketches of eminent individuals, |
and | an historical account of the dif-
ferent tribes, | from | the first discov-
ery of the continent | to | the present
period | with a dissertation on their |
Origin, Antiquities, Manners and Cus-
toms, | illustrative narratives and an-
ecdotes, | aud a | copious analytical
index | by Samuel G, Drake. | Fifteenth
edition, | revised, with valuable addi-

—s-

TROQUOIAN

Drake (S.G.) —Continued.
tions, { by Prof. H. L. Williams. |
[ Quotation, six lines.] |

New York. | Hurst & company, pub-
lishers. | 122 Nassau Street. (1882. ]

Pp. 1-787, 8°.—Lord’s prayer in the language
of the Six Nations (from Smith), p.501.—St.
John i, 3 (from Norton), p.627,—A sentence in
Mohawk and Welsh compare], p. 628.

Copies seen: Astor, Conzress, Wisconsin His-
torical Society.

Clarke, 1886, No. 6377, prices a copy $3.

Dudley (J.). See Wright (A.).

Dufossé(E.). Americana | Catalogue de
livres | relatifs & V Amérique | Europe,
Asie, Afrique | et Océanie | [thirty-four
lines]. |

Librairie ancienne et moderne de E.
Dufossé | 27, rue Guénégaud, 27 | pres
le Pont-Neuf | Paris [1837]

Printed cover as above, table des divisions
11. text pp. 175-422, 8°.—-Contains, passim, ti-
tles of works in various Iroquois dialects.

Copies seen: Eames, Pilling.

This series of catalogues was begun in 1876.

Dufresne (Pére Nicolas).
the Mohawk language. ]

Title from the Abbe Cuoq.

—— See Marcoux (J.).

{[Canticles in
(*)

Manuscript.

“Nicolas Dufresne was born in Montreal. He
was missionary at Sault au Récollet from 1812
until the removal of the Indians in 1817 to the
Lac des Deux Montagnes, when he went to St.
Regis, remaining there until 1823. In 1824 he
joined the Sulpician order. In 1834 he was
sent to Lac des Deux Montagnes, where he
remained as missionary to the Mohawks until
1857. He died at Montreal in 1863.” —Cuoq.

Dunbar: This word following a title or within
parentheses after a note indicates that a vopy
of the work referred to is in the possession of
Mr. John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, N. J.”

Duncan (David). American races. Com-
piled and abstracted by Professor Dun-
ean, M. A.

Forms Part 6 of Spencer (H.), Descriptive
Sociology, London, 1878, fol. (Congress.)

Under the heading ‘‘ Language,” pp. 40-42,
there are given comments and extracts from
various authors upon native tribes, including
examples of the Iroquois language.

Some copies have the imprint New York,
D. Appleton & Co. [n. d.] (Powell.)

Duncan (De Witt Clinton). A novelty in

Cherokee literature.

In Indian Chieftain, vol. 4, No. 19 ,p. 2, col. 3,
Vinita, Indian Ty., January 21,1886. (Powell.)

Treats of elementary sounds in the Chero-
kee, giving the Lord’s prayer in Roman char-

LANGUAGES. 5g
Duncan (D. C.)— Continued,

acters us an illustration that these characters

are entirely adequate to express all the sounds

in the Cherokee language.
Analysis of the Cherokee language.(*)

Manuscript, incomplete, consisting at pres-
ent (January, 1888) of 99 pp. on sheets 8 by8
inches, in the possession of its author, who says
the work is the result of many years of investi-
gation.

Mr. Dunean states further: ‘‘I also have a
work on hand looking to the compilation of a
Cherokee- English and Euglish-Cherokee lexi-
con.”

Mr. Duncan was born in the Cherokee Na-
tion of native parentage, received an element-
ary education at the Cherokee Male Seminary,
1. T., graduated at Dartmouth College, N. H.,
in 1861, taught school five years, and then en-
tered upon the practice of the law at Charles
City, Iowa, where he now resides.

Duponceau (Peter Stephen). Report of
the corresponding secretary to the com-
mittee, of his progress in the investiga-
tion committed to him of the general
character and forms of the languages
of the American Indians.

In American Philosoph. Soc. Trans. of the
Hist. and Lit. Com. vol. 1, pp. xvii-xlvi, Phila-
delphia, 1819, 8°.

Treats of American languages generally,
particular mention being made of the Karalit
(Greenland), Eskimaux, Delaware, and Iro-
quois. A fewexamples of the last are given.

Issued separately as follows:

—— Report | made | to the Historical &
Literary Committee | of the | American
Philosophical Society, | held at Phila-
delphia, for promoting | useful knowl-
edge, | By their Corresponding Secre-
tary, | stating | his progress in the
investigation committed to him, of
the | general character and forins | of
the | languages of the American In-
dians. | Read in committee, | 12th Jan-
uary, 1819.

Pp. 1-34, 8°.—Linguistics as above.

Copies seen: Boston Athenwum.

Reviewed by J. Pickering in North American
Review, vol. 9, pp. 179-187, Boston, 1819, 8°;
and in the Analectic Magazine, vol.
243-254, Philadelphia, 1819, 8°. (Congress.)

Reprinted in Buchanan (J.), Sketches of the
History of the North American Indians, pp.
269-306, London, 1824, 8°, (Astor, British Mu-
seum, Congress, Harvard University); and iu
the American reprint of the same, vol. 2, pp. 48-
77, New York, 1824, 2 vols., 8°. (Bancroft, Bos-
ton Atheneum, British Museum.)

Reprinted in French in the following:

Mémoire | sur | le sysféme gramma-

13, pp.

tical | des langues | de quelques nations

60

Duponceau (P.8.)—Continued.
indiennes de l’Amérique | du Nord; |
ouvrage qui, ila séance publique annu-
elle | de | Institut Royal de France, |
le 2 Mai 1835, | aremporté le prix fondé
par M. le comte de Volney; par M. P.-
Et Da Poncean, LL. D. | Président [&c.
six lines]. |

Paris, | A la librairie d’A. Pihan de la
Forest, | rue des Noyers, 37 | Gide, li-
braire, | Rue deSeines. g. 6 bis. | Dentu,
libraire, | au Palais-Royal. | 1838.

Half-title 11. title verso blank 11. avertisse-
ment pp. v-xi, table pp. xiii-xvi, preface pp.
1-73, text pp. 75-464, 8°. Memoir on the gram-
matical character of the North American lan-

guages, chapters v-xx being devoted to the Al- |

gonkin, pp. 75-256 —Appendix A. Comparative
vocabulary of the Algonkin (Lenapi, from
Heckewelder) and Iroquois (Onondago, from
Zeisberger), pp. 257-269:—Appendix B. Com.
parative vocabulary, with notes, of the Algon-

BIBLIOGRAPHY

kin, pp. 271-411.—Report on the general char-

OF THE

| Duponceau (P.8.)—Continued.

acter and forms of the American languages,
made to the Hist. & Lit. Com. Am. Phil. Soce.,
by the Cor. Sec. P. S. Duponceau, pp. 413-464.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Congress,
Eames, Harvard, Lenox.

Tritbner, 1856, No. 632, prices a copy 10s. 6d.
The Fischer copy, No. 2327, brought 9s.; another
copy, No. 2686, 1s. The Squier copy, No. 1051,
half morocco, gilt top, uncut, sold for $2.50,
Leclere, 1878, No. 2067, prices it 10 fr. Quar-
itch prices the work as follows: No. 12553, half
bound, 7s, 6d.; No, 12554, large paper, sewed,
12s.; No. 30960, sewed, 5s., boards, 6s.; No.
30061, large paper, sewed, 9s. The Ramirez copy,
No. 293, brought 8s.; the Brinley copy, Ne.
5627, half levant morocco, gilt, uncut, $2.25.
Trubner, 1882, p. 3, prices it 10s. 6d.

—— See Heckewelder (J.) and Dupon-
ceau (P.S.).

Mr. Duponceau was born on the island of

thé, France, June 3, 1760, came to this country
in 1777, was made an American citizen in 1781,

and died in Philadeiphia, Pa., April 1, 1814.
Dwight (S. E.). See Gallatin (A.).

K.

Eames: This word following a title or within

parentheses after a note indicates that a copy |

of the work referred to has been seen by the

compiler in the library of Mr. Wilberforce |

Eames, New York City.

Edwards (fev. Jonathan). Observa-
tions | on the |{ language | of the |
Mubhhekaneew Indians; | In which the
Extent ofthat language in| North-Amer-
ica is shewn ; its genius is | grammat-
ically traced: some of its peculiari- |
ties, and some instances of analogy be-
tween | that and the Hebrew are
pointed out. | Communicated to the
Connecticut Society of | Arts and Sci-

ences, and published at the | Request of ,

the Society. | By Jonathan Edwards,
D.D. | Pastor of a Church in New-Ha-
ven, and | Member of the Connecticut
Society of | Arts and Sciences. |
New-Haven, Printed by Josiah
Meigs, | M, DCC, LXXXVIII [1788].
1p.1.title reverse blank 1 |. preface 11. text
pp. 5-17, 8°.—Numerals 1-10 in Mohegan and
Mohawk, p.9.—Pater Noster in the language of
the Six Nations (from Spencer, in Smith’s New
York), p. 10.
Copies seen: British Museum,
Eames, Harvard, Trumbull.
At the Murphy sale a half-morocco copy, No.
872, sold for $1.50. At the Brinley sale, No. |
5690, an uncut, half green morocco copy, brought |

$2. |

—— Observations | on the | language | of |

Congress,

Edwards (J.) —Continued.

the | Muhhekaneew Indians; | in which
| The extent of that language in North-
Ame- | rica is shewn; its genius is gram-
matically | traced; some of its peculi-
arities, and some | instances of analogy
between that and the | Hebrew are
pointed out. | Communicated to the |
Connecticut Society of Arts and Sci-
ences, | And published at the request of
the society. | By Jonathan Edwards, D.
D. | pastor of a Church in New-Haven
and member of the | Connecticut Society
of Arts and Sciences. |

New Haven, printed by Josiah Meigs,
1787 [sic]; | London reprinted by W.
Justins, | Shoemaker-Row, Blackfriars.
| M, DCC, LXXXVIII [1783].

Pp. i-iv, 5-16, 8°.—Lin guistics asin the Amer-
ican edition.

Copies seen: Boston Athenzeum, British Mu-
seum, Dunbar.

A | sermon | at the execution of |

Moses Paul, an Indian; | Who had been
guilty of murder, | preached at New
Haven in America. | By Samson Oc-
com, | a native Indian, and missionary
to the Indians, who was in England |

in 1776 [sie for 1766] and 1777, [sie for
1767] collecting for the Indian charity
schools. | To which is added | a short
Account of the | late spread of the gos-

IROQUOIAN

Edwards (J.) —Continued.
pel, | among the Indians. | Also | obser-
vations on the language of the | Muh-
hekaneew Indians; | communicated to
the Connecticut Society of Arts and
Sciences, | By Jonathan Edwards,
DAD: |

New Haven, Connecticut: Printed
1788. | London: Reprinted, 1788, and
and Sold by Buckland, Pater- | noster
Row; Dilly, Poultry ; Otridge, Strand;
J. Lepard, | No. 91 Newgate-street ; T.
Pitcher, No. 44 Barbica.; Brown, | on
the Tolzey Bristol; Binns, at Leeds;
and Woolmer at Exeter.

Pp. i-iv, 5-24, 1-16,8°. The final pages, 1-16,
contain Edwards's Observations.

Copies seen: British Museum.

—— A |sermon | at the execution of |
Moses Paul, an Indian; | who had been
guilty of murder, | preached at New
Haven in America. | By Samson Oc-
com, | a native Indian, and missionary
to the Indians, who was in England |
in 1766 and 1767, collecting for the In-
dian charity schools. | To which is
added | a short account of the | late
spread of the gospel, | among the In-
dians. | Also | observations on the Jan-
guage of the | Muhhekaneew Indians; |
communicated to the | Connecticut So-
ciety of Arts and Sciences. | By Jona-
than Edwards, D. D. |

New Haven, Connecticut: Printed
1788. | London: Reprinted, 1789, and
Sold by Buckland, Pater- | noster-Row ;
Dilly, Poultry; Otridge, Straud; J.
Lepard, | No. 91, Newgate-street; T.
Pitcher, No. 44 Barbican; Brown, | on
the Tolzey Bristol; Binns, at Leeds;
and Woolmer, at Exeter.

Pp. i-iv, 5-24, 1-16, 8°. The final 16 pp. con-
tain the Observations.

Copies seen: Brown, Congress, Trumbull.

— Observations | on the | language |
of the | Muhhekaneew Indians; | in
which | The extent of that language in
North-Ame- | rica is shewn; its genius
is grammatically | traced; some of its
peculiarities, and some | instances of
analogy between that and the | He-
brew are pointed out. | Communicated
to the | Conneeticut Society of Arts
and Sciences, | And published at the re-
quest of the society, | By Jonathan Ed-
wards, D, D. | pastor of a church in

LANGUAGES. 61

Edwards (J.)—Continued.
New-Haven, aud member of the | Con-
necticut Society of Arts and Sciences. |
New-Haven, printed by Josiah Meigs,
1788; | London reprinted by W. Jus-
tins, | Shoemaker-Row, Blackfriars. |
M, DCC, LXXXIX [1789].
Title 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv (erroneously paged
v), text pp. 5-15, 12°.
Copies seen: British Museum, Lenox, Powell,
Shea, Trumbull, Wisconsin Historical Society.
Reprinted in American Museum or Reposi-
tory of * * * fugitive pieces, M. Carey, editor,
vol. 5, pp. 21-25, 141-141, Philadelphia, 1789, 89.
(Astor, British Museum, Congress, Yale.)

Observations | on the | language |
of the | Muhhekaneew Indians; | in
which the extent of that language in
North America is shewn: | its genius is
grammatically traced: some of its pe-
culia- | rities, and some instances of an-
alogy between | that and the Hebrew
are pointed out. | Communicated to the
Connecticut Society of Arts and | Sci-
ences, and published at the request of
the Society. | By Jonathan Edwards,
D. D. | Pastor of a Chureh in. New-Ha-
ven, and Member of the Con- | necticut
Society of Arts and Sciences. |

New-York: | printed by M. L. & W.
A. Davis. | [801.

Title 11. preface 11. text pp. 5-16, 12°.

fopies seen: Boston Public, Congress, Pil-
ling.

Observations on the language of the
Mubhekaneew ; Indians; | In which
the Extent of that Language in North
America is shewn; | its Genius is gram-
matically traced; some of its Peculiari-
ties, | and some Instances of Analogy
between that and the Hebrew are |
pointed out. | Communicated to the
Connecticut Society of Arts and Sci-
ences, and | published at the Request
of the Society. | By Jonathan Kd-
wards, D. D., Pastor of a Church in
New Haven, | aud Member of the Con-
necticut Society of Arts and Sciences. |
New Haven, Printed by Josiah Meigs,
M, DCC, LX XXVIII [1788].

In Massachusetts Hist. Soc. Coll. seconil se-
ries, vol. 10, pp. 81-160, Boston, 1823, 8°.

This reprint is preceded by an Advertise-
ment signed John Pickering and dated Sa-
lem, Mass., May 15, 1822, which occupies pp.
81-84.—The contents of the Observations are
the same as in the original edition and occupy
pp. 84-98,

62

Edwards (J.)—Continued.

Notes by the editor occupy pp. 98-160 and
include the Mohawk numerals 1-10 and the
Pater Noster (from the Mohawk Primer and
from Edwards), pp. 101-102; Cherokee verbs
(from Buttrick), p. 121.

— Observations | on the | language |
of the | Muhhekaneew Indians. | By
Jonathan Edwards, D. D. | A new edi-
tion: | with notes, | by | John Picker-
ing. | As published in the Massachu-
setts Historical Collections. |

Boston: | printed by Phelps and
Farnham, | 1823.

Pp. 1-82, 8°.—The linguistics are as above.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Eames.

According to Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 21972,
there was an edition: Boston, Little, Brown &
Co., 1843. At the Squier sale, No. 319, a half-
morocco, gilt-top copy of an 1843 edition, sold
for $2.37.

The Works | of | Jonathan Edwards,

D. D. | Late President of Union Col-

lege. | With a | memoir of his life and

character, | by Tryou Edwards. | In
two volumes. | Vol. [I-IT]. |
Andover: | printed and published by

Allen, Morrill & Wardwell. | New

York: Dayton and Newman. | Phila-

delphia: Henry Perkins. | Boston:

Crocker and Brewster, | Gould, Ken-

dall and Lincoln, Tappan and Den-

nett. | Hartford: Tyler and Porter. |

1842. @)
2 vols. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames.—Ob-

servations on the language of the Muhheka-

neew Indians, vol. 1, pp. 469-480.

Another edition: Boston, 1850, 2 vols. 8°. (*)

Blliot (Rev. Adam). [Vocabulary of
the Mohawk and of the Cayuga. ]

In Schooleraft (H. R.), Report to the secre-
tary of state of New York, pp. 264-270, 271-
277, New York, 1845, 8°. ;

The Mohawk vocabulary contains 220, the
Cayuga 820 words.

Schoolcraft’s report was issued also with the
title Notes on the Iroquois, New York, 1846,
8°, the vocabularies occupying the pages above
mentioned. The work was subsequently reis-
sued, enlarged: Notes on the Iroquois, Albany,
1847, 8°, the vocabularies appearing on pp.
393-400. They are also reprinted in Schooleraft’s
Indian tribes, vol. 2, pp. 482-193, Philadelphia,
1852, 8°, and again in Ulrici (E.), Die Indianer
Nord Amerikas, p. 39, Dresden, 1867, 8°.

Emerson (Ellen Russell), Indian myths
| or | legends, traditions, and sym-
bols of the | aborigines of America |
Compared with Those of Other Coun-

BIBLIOGRAPHY

OF THE

Bmerson (E. R.)—Continued.
tries | including Hindostan, Egypt,
Persia, | Assyria, and China | by |
Ellen Russell Emerson | Hlustrated |
{Monogram ] |

Boston | James R. Osgood and Com-
pany | 1884

Frontispiece 1 1. title 1 1 pp. iii-xviii,
1-677, §°.—Words from Cuoq’s Lexique
iroquois, pp. 521-524.—Iroquois syllables and
words (from Cuoq), pp. 624-625.

Copies seen: Congress.

Epistle. The | epistle of Paul | to the
Romans. | [Two lines Cherokee char-
acters. ]

No title-page, heading as above; pp. 1-55, 249,
in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.

Epistle. The | epistle of Paul | to the
Philippians [Colossians and Thessalo-
nians]. | [Two lines Cherokee charac-
ters. ]

No title-page, heading as above; pp. 1-43, 24°,
in Cherokee characters. Printed by tho
American Bible Society about 1860.—Philip-
pians, pp. 1-14.—Colossians, pp. 14-26.—Thes-
salonians, pp. 26-43.

Copies seen: Congress,
Powell, Trumbull.

Epistle. The | epistle of Paul | to Titus
[Philemon and Hebrews]. | [Two lines
Cherokee characters. ]

No title-page, heading asabove; pp. 1-49, 24°,
in Cherokee characters. Issued by the Amer-
ican Bible Society about 1860.—Titus, pp. 2-7.—
Philemon, pp. 7-10.—Hebrews, pp. 10-49.

Oopies seen: Congress, Dunbar, Pilling,
Powell, Trumbull.

Epistles. The | epistles | of | Paul to the
Corinthians [Galatians and Ephesians ].
| [Two lines Cherokee characters. ] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin
Archer, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ] | 1858.

Pp. 1-125, 249, in Cherokee characters.—Ga-
latians, pp. $9-106.—Ephesians, pp. 107-125.

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.

Epistles. The | epistles | of | Paul to
Timothy. | Translated into the Cher-
okee Language. | [Two lines Cherokee
characters. ] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: John
Candy, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ] | 1844.

Title 1 1. pp. 3-28, 24°, in Cherokee charac-
ters.

Copies seen: American Board of Commission-
ers, British Museum, Congress.

Dunbar, Pilling,

Epistles.

Epistles.
Timothy. | [Two lines Cherokee char- |
acters. ] | First[-second] epistle. | [One |

Epistles.

IROQUOIAN

The | epistles | of | Paul to
Timothy. | Translated into the Chero-
kee language. | Secondedition. | [Three
lines Cherokee characters. ] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin
Archer, Printer. | 1849 —

Title reverse blank 11. pp. 3-28, 24°, in Chero-
kee characters.

Copies seen: Dunbar.

The | epistles | of | Paul to

line Cherokee characters. ]

No title-page, heading as above;
24°, in Cherokee characters. Issued by the
American Bible Society about 1860.—First
epistle, pp. 1-15.—Second epistle, pp. 15-24.

Copies seen: Congress, Dunbar, Pilling,
Powell, Trumbull.

pp. 1-24,

The | epistles | of | Peter. |
[One line Cherokee characters. ] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin
Archer, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ] | 1848

Title reverse blank 1 1. pp. 3-27, 24°, in Cher-
okee characters.

Copies seen: Dunbar.

Epistles. The | epistles | of | Peter. |

Epistles.

as

_ Epistles.

First{[-second] epistle. | [Two
Cherokee characters. |

lines

No title-page, heading as above; pp. 1-24,
24°, in Cherokee characters. Second edition is-
sued by the American Bible Society about
1860.—First epistle, pp. 1-15.—Second epistle,
pp. 15-24.

Copies seen: Congress,
Powell, Trumbull.

Dunbar, Pilling,
The | epistles | of | John
translated into the Cherokee lan-
guage. | [Two lines Cherokee charac-
ters. ] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: John
Candy, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters.]| 1840.

Pp. 1-20, 24°, in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: American Board of Commis-
sioners, Boston Atheneum, Congress.
The | epistles | of | John
translated into the Cherokee lan-
guage. | [Two lines Cherokee charac-
ters. ] | Second Edition. |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: John
Candy, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ] | 1843.

Pp. 1-20, 24°, in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: American Board of Commission-

ers, Astor, Boston Atheneum, British Mu-
scum,

LANGUAGES, 63
| Epistles. The | epistles | of | John. |
Translated into the Cherokee lan-

guage. | [Two lines Cherokee charac-
ters.] | Third edition. |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin
Archer, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters.] { 1848.

Pp. 1-20, 24°, in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: Congress, Dunbar.

| Epistles.

[The epistles of John in the
| Cherokee language.] [Two lines Cher-
| okee characters. ]
| No title-page, heading in Cherokee only;
pp. 1-16, 24°, in Cherokee characters. Printed
by the American Bible Society about 1860.—
First epistle, pp. 1-13.—Second epistle, pp.
13-15.—Third epistle, pp. 15-16.
Copies seen: Dunbar, Pilling, Powell, Trum-
bull.
Errett (Russell).
hames,
In Magazine of Western History, vol 2, pp.
51-59, 238-246, Cleveland [1885], 4°.
Names of Algonkin and Iroquois origin in
Pennsylvania and Ohio.

Bttwein (fev. John). Remarks upon
the traditions, &c., of the Indians of
North America. By Rev. John Ett-
wein.

In Pennsylvania Hist. Soc. Bull. vol. 1, pp.
29-44, Philadelphia, 1848, 8°.

“Of their languages,”’ pp 39-44, includes
“A collection of words” of the Maqua, Dela-
ware, and Mahican, pp. 41-44.

John Ettwein, Moravian bishop, was born in
Trendenstadt, Wiirtemberg, Juue 29, 1721; in
1754 he came to America, where he labored for
nearly half acentury. He died in Bethlehem,
Pa., Jan. 2, 1802. He studied the Delaware

| language and is said to have prepared a small

dictionary and phrase book therein.

Indian geographical

Etudes philologiques. See Cuogq (J.-A.).
Etymology :

Cherokee. See Hewitt (J. N. B.).
Troquois. Hale (H.).
Iroquois. Hewitt (J. N.B.).

Evans (—). See Barton (B.S.).

Evil. [Three lines Cherokee characters. ] |
The | evil | of | intoxicating liquor, |
and | the remedy. |

Park Hill: | Mission press: John F.
Wheeler, printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters. | | 1838.

Pp. 1-12, 24°,

Copies seen: American Board of Commission-

in Cherokee characters.

| ers, Congress.
Evil.
The evil | of | intoxicating liquor, |

| and | the remedy. | Second edition. |

[Four lines Cherokee charaeters. ] |

64

Evil— Continued.

Park Hill: | Mission press: John
Candy, printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters.] | 1844.

Pp. 1-24, 24°, in Cherokee characters. With
this are bound up 2 ll. containing two hymns
in Cherokee characters,

Faulmann (Karl). [lustrirte | Geschichte
der Schrift | Populiir-Wissenschaftliche
Darstellung | der | Entstehung der
Schrift) der) Sprache und der Zahlen |
sowie der | Schriftsysteme aller Vol-
ker der Erde | von | Karl Fanlmann |
Professor der Stenographie, Ritter des
Kel. Bayer. Verdiensterdens vom H.
Michael, | Besitzer zweier Verdienst-
Medaillen der Wiener Weltausstel-
lung. | Mit 15 Tafeln in Farben- und
Tondruck | und vielen in
evedruckten Schriftzeichen und Schrift-
proben, | [Printer’s ornament. ] |

Wien. Pest. Leipzig. | A. Hartleben’s
Verlag. | 1880, | Alle Rechte vorbehal-
ten.

Pp. i-xvi, 1-632, §°.—Die Sehriftder Tsche- |

rokesen, p. 230.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Wat-
kinson.
Fauvel-Gouraud (Francis). Practical |
Cosmophonography; | a System
Writing and Printing all | the Princi-
pal Languages, with their exact Pro-
nuneciation, | by means of an original |
Universal Phonetic Alphabet, | Based
upon Philological Principles, and rep-
resenting Analogically all the Compo-
nent Elements of the Human | Voice,
as they occur in | Different Tongues
and Dialects; | and applicable to daily
use in all the branches of business and
learning; | Illustrated by Numerous
Plates, | explanatory of the | Calli-

graphic, Steno - Phonographic, and

Typo-Phonographic | Adaptations of |

the System; | with specimens of | The
Lord’s Prayer, | in One Hundred Lan-
guages: | to which is prefixed, | a Gen-
eral Introduction, | elucidating the
origin and progress of language, writ-
ing, stenography, phonography, | etc.,
etc., etc. | By | Francis Fauvel-Gou-
raud, D.E.S. | of the Royal University
of France. |

F.

den Text |

ot |

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

Bwbanks (William E.), translator.

THE

Evil — Continued.

Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Congress,
Dunbar, Massachusetts Historical Society.
Seo
Cherokee Advocate.

| Fauvel-Gouraud (F.) — Continued.

Ferrall (Simon Ansley).

Field (Thomas Warren).

New York: | J. S. Redfield, Clinton
Hall. | 1850.

1 p. le pp. 1-186, 1 1. plates 1-21, A-T, 8°.—
The Lord’s prayer in Cherokee (New Echota,
1832, 2d edition). plate & No. 30.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum.

A | Ramble |
of | six thousand miles | through | the
United States of America. | By | 8. A.
Ferrall, Esq. | [Design.] |

London: | Published by Effingham
Wilson, | Royal Exchange. | 1832.

Pp. i-xii, 1-360, 8°.—Fac-simile of the first
two paragraphs of the leading artiele in the
Cherokee Phcenix of July 31, 1830, faces title-
page.

Copies seen: Boston Athenzeum, Congress.

An essay | to-
wards an | Indian bibliography. | Be-
ing a | catalogue of books, | relating to
the | history, antiquities, languages,
customs, religion, | wars, literature,
and origin of the | American Indians,
| in the library of | Thomas W. Field.
| With bibliographical and historical
notes, and | synopses of the contents
of some of | the works least known. |

New York: | Scribner, Armstrong, and
co. | 1873.

Title as above 1 1]. preface pp. iiji-iv, text
pp. 1-430, 8°. ‘

Copies seen: Congress, Pilling.

‘Litlesand descriptions of works in Iroquoian
dialects passim.

—— Catalogue | of the | library | belong-

ing to | Mr. Thomas W. Field. | To be
sold at auction, | by | Bangs, Merwin
& co., | May 24th, 1875, | and follow-
ing days. |

New York. | 1875.

Printed cover, title as above verso blank 11.
notice, etc. pp. ili-viii, text pp. 1-376, list of
prices pp. 377-393, supplement pp. 1-59, 8°.
Compiled by Joseph Sabin, mainly from Mr.
Field's Essay. —Contains titles of a number of
works in the Iroquoian dialects.

Copies seen: Ethnology, Con-
gress, Eames,

Bureau of

ee

First.

IROQUOIAN

Finley (fev. James Bradley). History | of
| the Wyandott Mission, | at | Upper San-

LANGUAGES.

sel

dusky, Ohio, | under the direction of |

the Methodist Episcopal Church. | By
Rev. James B. Finley. | [Three lines,
Isaiah ix, 2.] |

Cincinnati: | Published by J. F.
Wright & L. Swormstedt, | for the
Methodist Episcopal Church, at the
book coneern, | corner of Main and
EKighth-streets. | R. P. Thompson, Print-
er. | 1840.

&F

Pp. 1-432, 12°.—Hymn in the Wyandott lan- |

guage, p. 221.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Dunbar, Min-
nesota Historical Society.

I have seen mentioa of an edition Cincinnati,
1857.

— Life among the Indians; | or, | per- |

sonal reminiscences | and historical in-
cidents | illustrative of | Indian life and
character. | By | Rev. James B. Finley, |
“the Old Chie’,” or Ra-wah-wah. | Ed-
ited by Rev. D. W. Clark, D. D. |

Cincinnati: | Printed at the Metho- |

dist Book Cencern, | for the Author. |

R. P. Thompson, Printer. | 1859. CE)
Pp. 1-548, plates, 12°, Titlo from Mr. W.

Lames.—Wyandott hymn, p. 386.

sonal reminiscences | and | historical in-
cidents | illustrative of | Indian life and
character. | By | Rev. James B. Finley,
‘the Old Chief,” or Ra-wah-wah. | Ed-
ited by Rev. D. W. Clark, D.D. |
Cincinnati: | Published by Hitchcock
& Walden. 1868,
Pp. 1-518, 12°.—Wvyandott hymn, p. 385.
Covies seen: British Museum.
The Virst{-Second] epistle of
Paul the Apostle to the Thessalonians
{ ete. ].

No title-page; pp. 1-12, 12°, in Cherokeo char- |

acters.

Appended are tho second epistle of Paul the |

apostle to the Thessalonians, his epistles to

Titus and Philemon, and the general epistle of |

Jude.

Copies seen: American Board of Commis-
sioners.
Foreman (Stephen). See Worcester (S.
A.) and Foreman (S.).

“Mr. Stephen Foreman, a Cherokee young
man, who received his elementary education at

Life among the Indians; | or, | per- |

Prank (Jacob).

the Mission School at Candy's’ Creek, audafter |

attending to some preparatory studies with Mr.

Worcester at New Echota, spent one year at

the Union Theolozical Seminary, in Virginia,
and another at that in Princeton, Now Jersey,

TROQ a)

Freeman (fev. Bernardus).

65

oreman (S.)—Continued.
in the study of theology, was licensed to preach
by the Union Presbytery, Tennessee, about the
Ist of October, 1833. He preaches with anima-
tion and iluency in the Cherokee language, and
promises to be highly useful as an evangelist
among his people.” —Missionary Herald, 1833.
oster (George Everett). Se-quo-yak, | the
| American Cadmus and Modern Moses.
| A complete biography of the greatest
around whose wonderful

of redmen,
life has been woven | the manners,
customs and beliefs of the | early Cher-
okees, together with a | recital of their
wrongs and | wonderful progress to- |

ward civilization. | By Geo. E. Foster, |

Editor of Milford (N. H.) ‘Enter-
prise ” | Illustrated by Miss C. 5. Rob-
bins. |

Philadelphia: | Office of the Indian
Rights Association, 1316 Filbert St. |
Tahlequah, Cherokee Nation: B. H.
Stone. | Milford, N. H.: By the Author. |
1885.

Title 1 1. pp. i-xviii, 1-244, 12°.—Sounds of the
Cherokee alphabet, p. 102.—Lord’s prayer in
Cherokee characters, with literal translation, p.
111.—Fac-simile of Cherokee alphabet before
printing, p. 112.

Copies seen: Congress, Massachusetts His-
torical Society.

As proof of these pages is passing through
my hands, information comes to me that Mr.
Foster has ready for the press a work relating to
the Cherokees, including a bibliography of their
See ‘‘Addenda” to this catalogue.
{The Lord’s prayer in
Mohawk. 1835.]

Manuscript, 2 pp. fulio, inthe library of James
C. Pilling, Washington, D. C. The prayer
is accompanicd by an interlinear translation.
On the second page are the numerals 1-7, 20, 30,
40, 50, &c. in Mohawk and the numerals 1-11
combined with nouns.

The writer isa Caughnawaga boy, and was
{hen a siudent at St. Laurent College, Canada.
(Works in
the Mohawk language. ] @)

“Phe Society, since they could by no means
prevail on the Indians to learn English, neither
young nor old, laboured to get some good trans-
lations made of parts of the Scripture at least,
into the Indian language; tho’ exceeding im-
proper to convey a due idea of the Christian
doctrines: as being willing by all methods of

literature.

compliance to gain something upon them. The
Society were very much assisted in this by Mr.
Freeman, a very worthy Cilvinist minister.
He hail been five years minister at Schenectady
to a Datch congregation, and had been em-

6f

) BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

Freeman (B.)— Continued.

ployed by the Earl of Bellamont in the year 1700
to convert the Indians. He had a good knowl-
cdge of the dialect of the Mohocks, which is
understood by all the Iroquois who reach
nearly 400 miles beyond Albany. The Society
applied to him for any proper papers wrote in
that language which he might have. He ac-

quainted the Society that he haa translated into |

Indian the Morning and Evening Prayer of our
Liturgy, the whole Gospel of St. Matthew, the
three first chapters of Genesis, several chapters
of Exodus, several Psalms, many portions of
the Scripture relating [to] the birth, passien,
resurrection, and ascension of our Lord, and
several chapters of the Ist Epistle to the Co-
rinthians, particularly the 15th chapter, prov-
ing the resurrection of the dead.
frankly gave the Society a copy of these trans-
lations, which were sent to Mr. Andrews for
his help, and they were a great help to him.

He very |

He used frequently to read some of these to tho |
Indians, and they could comprehend well |

enough by his reading. But the Society were
desirous some part of the Scripture might be
printed in Indian, and the copies given to the
Indians, and they taught at least to read that.
Accordingly the Morning and Evening Prayer,
the Litany, the Church-Catechism, Family-
Prayers, and several chapters of the Old and
New Testament were printed at New York ;
the copies were sent to Mr. Andrews, aud ho
gave them to such of the Indians as knew any-
thing of letters.”—Huwimophreys.

— See Another Tongue.

See Claesse (L.).
See Morning and Evening Prayer.

[Fritz (Johann Friedrich) and Schultze

(B.), editors. ] Orvientalische und Oc-
cidentalischer | Sprachmeister, | wel-
cher | nicht allein) hundert Alpha-
bete | nebst ihrer Aussprache, | so
bey denen meisten | Europiiischz Asia-
tisch¢ Africaniseh¢ und | Americanischen
Voélekern und Nationen | gebriiuchlich
sind, | auch etnigen Tabulis Polyglot-

tis verschiedener | Sprachen und Zahlen |

vor Augen leget, | Sondern auch | das
Gebet des Herrn, | in 200 Sprachen und
Mund-zArten | mit derselben Characte-
ren und Lesung, nach einer | geogra-
phischen Ordnung mittheilet. | Aus
glaubwiirdigen Auctoribus zusammen
getragen, und mit | darzu néthigen
Kupfern versehen. |
Leipzig, | zu finden bey
Friedrich Gessnern. | 1748,
10 p. il. pp. 1-224, 1-128, appendix 7 NJ. 8°.
The preface is subscribed by Fritz, but a
dedication, which precedes it,is by Schultze,

Christian

Frost (John).

THE

Fritz (J. F.) and Schultze (B.)—Cont’d.

who had been a Danish missionary at Tran-
quebar and whose good offices Fritz acknowl-
edges. Itis probable he was the real editor of
the work.

Pater-Noster in Mohogica (from Chamber-
layne), p. 126.—Short yocabulary (4 words) of a
number of American languages, among them
the Mohogice, appendix, p. 6 (unnumbered).

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Trum-
bull.

The first clause of the Lord’s prayer was,

according to Auer’s Sprachenhalle, reprinted in
the various languages in Geographisch-philo-
logische Karten, von Homann’s Erben in Nurn-
berg, 4 sheets, small folio. (*)
The book | of the | In-
dians | of | North America: | illustrat-
ing | their manners, customs, and pres-
ent state. | [Picture.] | Edited by John
Frost, L. L.D. | author of the ‘ Book
of the Navy,” “Book of the Army,” &c.,
&c. |

New York: | D. Appleton & Co., 200
Broadway. | Philadelphia: | George 8.
Appleton, 148 Chestnut St. { MDCCC
XLV [1845].

Engraved title 1]. title as above i 1. pp.i-x,
13-283, 12°.—A few words in Tuskarora, pp.
60-61.

Copies seen:
vard.

At the Vield sale a copy, No. 754, brought 63
cents.

Sabin’s Dictionary, No, 26026, mentions an
edition: New York, Appleton, 1848.

3ritish Museum, Congress, Har-

Fry (Edmund). Pantographia; | con-

taining | accurate copies of all the
known | alphabets in the world; | to-
gether with | an English explanation
of the peculiar | force or power of each
letter: | to which are added, | speci-
mens of all well-authenticated | oral
languages; | forming | acomprehensive
digest of | phonology. | By Edmund
Try, | Letter-Founder, Type-Street. |

London. | Printed by Cooper and
Wilson, | For John and Arthur Arch,
Gracechurch-Street; | John White,
Fleet-Street ; John Edwards, Pall-Mall;
and | John Debrett, Piccadilly. | MDCC
XCIX [1799].

2p. 1 pp. i-xxxvi, 1-320, 8°.—Lord’s prayer im
Mohawk, p. 202.

Copies seen.: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress.

At tho Squier sale a copy, No. 385, brought
$2.13.

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES. 67

Gada nah sholi Ne. See Wright (A.).
Gaa nah shoh neh. See Wright (A.).
Gabeientz (Hans Georg Conor von der).

Kurze Grammatik der Tscherokesischen |

Sprache. Vom Staatsminister Dr. H.
C. von der Gabelentz.

In Zeitschrift fiir die Wissenschaft der
Sprache, dritter Band, pp. 257-300, Greifswald,
1852, 8°. (Congress, Powell.)

Issued separately also. (*)

Gaiatonsera_ ionteweienstagwa. Sce
Williams (E.).

Gaiatonsera ionteweienstakwa. See
Williams (E.). rs
Gainoh ne Nenodowohga. See Young

(Jy)
Gai’ wa yan’ dahgoh. See Wright (A.).

Gallatin (Albert). A synopsis of the In-
dian tribes within the United States
east of the Rocky Mountains, and in
the British and Russian possessions in
North America. By the Hon. Albert
Gallatin.

cheologia Americana), vol. 2, pp. 1-422, Cam-
bridge, 1836, 8°.

Grammatical notices of the Onondaga (from
Zeisberger), pp. 232-236; Hurons or Wyandots
(from Brebceut), pp. 236-238; Cherokee (froin
Pickering and Worcester), pp. 239-250.—Chero-
kee alphabet, p. 301.— Vocabulary of the Wyan-
dots (from Johnson, Barton, War Department),

Onondagoes (from Zeisberger), Oneidas (from |

Jefferson, Barton), Tuscaroras (from Parish),
Nottoways (from J. Wood and MS. of Hon.
James Trevezant), pp. 505-367; Hurons (from
Sagard), p. 372; Hochelaga (from Laet), Cayugas,
(from Barton), p.376; Mohawks (from MS. of J.
Parish and 8. E. Dwight), Senecas (from War

Department, Parish), pp. 305-367, 383-397; Cher- |
okee (from Boudinot and Worcester), pp. 305- |

367, 398-404.—Select sentences in Cherokee and
in Sencea, pp. 415-418.—Supplementary Chero-
kee transitions, pp. 418-420.—Lord’s prayer in
Cherokee, p. 421.

— Hale’s Indians of northwest America,
and vocabularies of North America,
with an introduction. By Albert Gal-
latin.

Gi.

| Garde (Pére Pierre Paul Francois de la).

|

In American Eth. Soc. Trans. vol. 2, pp. xxiii- |

elxxxviii, 1-130, New York, 1848; 8°.

Vocabulary of the Mohawk and Wyandot,
pp. 79-83 ; Cherokee, pp. 82-88; Ouondagas, Sen-
ecas, Oneidas, p. 114; Cayugas, ‘Tuscaroras,
Nottoways, p. 115.

[| Works in the Moliawk language.] (*)

According to Father Cuoq this author left,
“in very mediocre Iroquois, a large treatise on
the sacrament of penance, adozen instructions,
and grammatic notes.” Hewasa missionary at
la Galette and the Lac des Deux Montagnes,
and died at Montreal in 1784.

Garnier (—). [Huron grammar. ] (C))

Manuscript. ‘Referred to by Chaumonot
in his life, but now lost.”— ist. Mag.

Gatschet: This word following a title or inclosed

within parentheses after a note indicates that a
copy of the work recerred to las been seen by
the compiler in the library of Mr. Albert S.
Gatschet, Washington, D.C.

Gatschet (Albert Samuel), The Mas-

sawomekes. By Albert S. Gatschet.

In American Antiquarian, vol. 3, pp. 321-324,
Chicago, 1880-’81, 8°.

An attempt to ascertain, by linguistie evi-
dence, the racial affinity of the Massawomekes,—
Algonkin and Iroquois (Onondaga, Mohawk)
terms passim.

Issued separately, without title-page, repaged
1-4. (Gatschet.)

: : solte See b | —— Notes on the Iroquois.
In American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Ar-

In American Antiquarian, vol. 4, pp. 74-75,
Chicago, 1881-1882, 8°.

Mohawk and other Iroquois tribal names
(from a manuscript by Pyrleus).

| —— On the affinity of the Cheroki to the

Iroquois dialects, by Albert S. Gatschet.

In American Philolog. Ass. Proc. seven-
teenth ann. sess. 1835, pp. xl-xly, Cambridge,
1836, 8°.

The language of the Cheroki and Iroquois
related to cach other, pp. xl-xli.—Lexical affin-
ity, pp. xli-xliv.—Aftinity in grammatic ele-
ments, pp. xliv—xlv.

—— Brinton’s library of | aboriginal

American literature. | Number IV, | A
| migration legend | of the | Creek In-
dians, | with a linguistic, historic and
ethnographic | introduction, | by | Al-
bert S. Gatschet, | ofthe U. S. Bureau of
Ethnology, Washington, D. C. | Vol-
ume I. | [Three lines quotation. ] |

Philadelphia: | D. G. Brinton. | 1884.

Volume 2; jirst title: A | migration legend |
of the | Creek Iadians, | texts and glossaries in
Creek and THitchiti, with | a linguistic, historic,
and ethnozraphic | introduction and commen-
tary, | by | Albert S. Gitschet, | of the U. S.
Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D.C. | Vol-
ume IT, |

St. Louis, Mo.:| printed for the author. |
1838,

68

Gatschet (A. S.)— Continued.

Second title: Tehikilli’s Kasi’hta legend | in
the | Creek and Hitchiti Languages, | with a |
critical commentary and full glossaries to both
texts, | by | Albert S. Gatschet, | of the U.S.
Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D. C. |
[Three lines quotation.] | Copyrighted. 1888.
All rights reserved. |

St. Louis, Mo. | printed by R. P. Studley & co.
| 1888.

2 vols.: title verso copyright etc. 11. general
title of the series verso blank 1 1. note, pref:
ace, and contents pp. ili-vii, text pp. 9-251;
first title verso blank 1 1. second title p. 1,
preface pp. 2-3, text pp. 4-193, index to the
two volumes pp. 194-205, errata pp. 206-207;
maps, 8°. The second volume has two pagi-
nations, one as above and one in brackets (be.
ginning with the preface), pp. 34-239. The
latter is the numbering of vol. 5 of the St.

Louis Academy of Sciences Transactions, of

which it forms a part, but which is not yet
[September, 1888] issued. The title beginning
“A migration legend” will not appear in the
volume of transactions. The two maps which
should have accompanied the first volume are
included in the second. A note at the bot-
tom of vol. 2, p. 73, says: ‘*Tho Creek text ap-
pears in this volume [pp. 8-25] ina revised and
correct shape, and parties owning the first vol-
ume should therefore remove pp. 237-251 [of the
first volume] before sending it to the binder.”

Cherokitotemic gentes ete., vol. 1, pp. 27-28.—

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

Cheroki words, vol. 1, pp. 212-213.—Cheroki |

loan-words, vol. 2, pp. 191-192.
Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames,
Pilling, Powell.
— Voeabulary of the Mohawk.
Manuscript, 7 ll. folio, 211 words; in
library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected
from Charles Carpenter, an Iroquois of Brant-
ford, in 1876.

— [Linguistic material of the Tchalagi
or Cheroki language: Mountain Cher-
oki dialect of North Carolina. ]

Manuscript in the library of the Bureau of

Ethnology.
betically arranged on slips, and some phrases.
Obtained in December, 1881, from Sampson Owl,
a Cheroki, stopping at Kataba Nation, York

Contains about 359 words, alpha

Co., 5. C.; the alphabet used is that given in
Powell’s Introduction to the Study of Indian
Languages, second edition.

the |

—[ Words, phrases, and sentences of the |

Eastern Cheroki, spoken around Qual-
latown, North Carolina, ]

Manuscript, pp. 77-228, 1 p. 4°; in the library
of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded in a
copy of Powell's Introduction to the Study of
Indian Languages, second edition, incomplete.
Schedules 1-7 ani 10 are well filled, 8, 12, 13, 27,
and 28 are sparsely filled, and 9, 11, 14-26, and 29
contain no entries. Tho unnumbered page at

General.

THE

Gatschet (A. S.)— Continued.

the end contains a bird story in English, with
a few Cheroki terms here and there.

Collected in May, 1885,at Washington, D.C.,

from N. J. Smith (Tra-la-ti-hi), of the Eastern
Chercki.
Seneca Language. | The mythof the
Gii/norskwa or ‘*Stone | People” | ob-
tained from Andrew John, junior | by |
Albert 8. Gatschet, Washington, D.C.
| March, 1886.

Manuscript in the library of the Bureau of
Ethnology; title leaf and pp. 139-172 of a small
4° blank book, whieh has been paged in con-
tinuation of some other work. English trans-
lation interlined.

— Cheroki linguistie material obtained

from Richard M. Wolfe, delegate of the
Cherokee Nation to the United States
Government.

Manuscript, 5 ll. folio, in the library of the
Bureau of Ethnology; principally phrases and

sentences.

General discussion:

Cayuga.
Cherokee.
Cherokee.

See Oronhyatekha.
Faulmann (K.).
Miller, (F.).

Cherokee. Roberts (—).

TIuron. Brebueuf (J. de).

Huron. Charlevoix (P. IF. X. de).
ILuron, Gilij (".S.).

Huron. Jefferys (T.).

Huron. Lafitau (J. 1.).

Huron. Lalemant (J.).
Huron. Lausbert (C. F.).
Huron. Macauley (J.).
{Tuvon, teland (T1.).

lroquois. Beauchamp (W. M.).
Duponceau (P.S.).
Heckewelder (J. G. E.).
Le Hir (A. M.).
Morgan (L. H.).

Troquois.
Troquois.
Troquois.
Troquois.

Iroquois. Miller (F.).
Lroquois. Nantel (A.).
Iroquois. Newton (J. H.).
Troquois. Smith (EH. A.).
Troquois. Spencer (.).
Iroquois. Vincent (J.).

Mohawk.
Mohawk.
Mohawk.
Mohawk.
Oneida.

Hough (F. B.).
Mohawk.
Oronhyatekha.
Shea (J.G.).
Ovonuhyatekha.

Onondaga. Tieekewelder (J. G. E.) ané—
Duponceau (P.5S.).

Onondaga. Oronhyatekha.

Seneea. Sanborn (J. W.).

Schoolcraft (H.R.)-
Tuskarora. Oronhyatekha.

Wyandot. Keane (A. H.).

The | General Epistle | of |
James. | Translated into the Cherokes
Language. | [One line Cherckee char,
acters. | |

Seneca.

- ttle ate eee)

General — Continued.

General.

General.

Geological Survey:

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES. 69

Park Hill. {| Mission Press: Edwin |
Archer, Printer. | [One line Cherokee |
characters. ] | 1847. |

Pp. 1-16, 24°, in Cherokee characters. |

Copies seen: American Board of Commission: —
ers, Congress.

The | general epistle | of |
James. | Translated into the Cherokee
Language. | Second edition. | [Two |
lines Cherokee characters. ] |

Park Hill:] Mission Press: Edwin |
Archer, Printer. | [One line Cherokee |
characters. | | 1850

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-16, 24°; in
Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: American Board of Commission-
ers, Congress, Dunbar, Pilling, Powell, Trum-
bull.

|

The | general epistle of |
Jude. | [One line Cherokee characters. ]

No title-page, heading as above; pp. 1-4,
24°, in Cherokee characters. Issued by the
American Bible Society about 1860. Followed
by the Revelation of John, pp. 5-66.

Copies seen : Congress, Dunbar, Pilling, Pow-
ell, Trumbull.

Gentes:
Cherokee. See Gatschet (A.5.). |
Cherokee. Morgan (L. H.). |
Iroquois. Morgan (L. H.).
Wyandot. Morgan (L. H.).

Geographic names:
Cayuga. See Morgan (L. H.).
Cherokee. De Brahm (J. G.

W.).

Cherokee. Mooney (J.). |
Cherokee. Morgan (L. H.). |
Huron. Marshall (O. H.). |
Lroquois. Beauchamp (W.M.). |
Troquois. Benson (E.).
Troquois. Boyd (S. G.). |
Troquois. Clark (J. V. H.).
Troquois. Errett (R.). |
Iroquois. nenderson (J.G.). |
Troquois. Report. |
Troquois. Ruttenber (E.M.). |
Iroquois. Schoolcraft (H. R.).

; Iroquois. Simms (J. R.).
Mohawk. Hough (F. B.).
Mohawk. Morgan (L. H.).
Mohawk. Shea (J. G.).

Oncida. Morgan (L. H.).
Onondaga. Beauchamp (W.M.).
Onondaga. Marshall (O. H.).
Onondaga. Morgan (L. H.).
Seneca. Jones (Pomroy).
Seneca. Marshall (0. IL.).
Seneca. Morgan (L. H.).
Tuskarora. Morgan (L. H.).

These words following a
title or within parentheses after a note indicats

| Gerland (Georg).

Gilbert (—) and Rivington (—).

Gilij (Abbate Filippo Salvadore).

| Geological Survey — Continued.

that a copy of the work referred to was seen
by the compiler in the library of the United
States Geological Survey, Washington, D. C.
Atlas der Ethnogra-
phie. | Von | Georg Gerland. | 41 |
Tafeln in Holzschnitt nebst erliintern-
dem Texte. | Separat-Ausgabe aus der
zweiten Auflage des Bilder-Atlas. |
[Seal.] |

Leipzig: | F. A. Brockhaus. | 1876.

Title verso contents 11. text pp. 1-50, register
pp. 51-52, 41 plates, oblong folio.—Comments
ou American languages, with a few examples
in Aztee and Cherokee.

Copies seen: Gatschet, National Museum.
Speci-
mens | of the | Languages cf all Na-
tions, | and the | oriental and foreign
types | now in usein | the printing
offices | of | Gilbert & Rivington, |
limited. | [Eleven lines quotations. ] |

London: | 52, St. John’s Square,
Clerkenwell, E. C. | 1886.

Printed cover as above, contents pp. 3-4,
text pp. 5-66, 12°.—St. Join iii, 16, in Iroquois
(Indians in Quebee and Ontario), p. 28; Mo-
hawk (Indians west of Niagara). p. 43.

Pilling.

Copies seen ;
Saggio
| di storia americana | osia | sforia
naturale, civile, e sacra | De’ regni, e
delle provincie Spaguuole di Terra-fer-
ma | nell’ America meridionale | des-
critta dall’ Abate | Filippo Salvadore
Gilij | E consecrata alla Santita di N.
S. | Papa Pio Sesto |
regnante | Tomo I[-IV]. |

Roma MDCCLXXX[-MDCCLXXX
IV] [1730-1724]. | Per Luigi Perego
Erede Salvioni | Stampator Vaticano
nella Sapienza | Con Licenza de’ Su-
periori.

felicemente

4 vols. 8°. Each of the four volumes has a spe-
cial sub-title, that of the third being as follows:
“Della religione, e delle lingue degli Orinochesi,
e di altri Americani,”’ 1782, xvi, 430 pp. 8°.—
Appendice IT, Delle pitt celebri lingne Ameri-
eane: Della lingua Algonchina, ed Huroéna,
pp. 265-272.—Catalogzhidialeune lingue Ameri-
cane per farne il confronto tra loro, e con
queste del nostro emisfero, pp. 855-393, contains
a vocabulary of 33 Huron words, from Lahon-
tan, pp. 384-385.

Copies seen: Congress.

Leclere, 1878, No. 238, prices a copy 120 fr.
At the Pinart sale, No. 407, the first three vol-
umes sold for 50 fr.

10

Gilij (F. 8S.) —Continued.

“FP, Salv. Gilij was born in 1721 at Legogne
(near Spoleto), and entered the Society of Jesus
in 1740. He went as missionary to South
America, for eighteen years traveled through
the countries watered by the Orinoco, and then
resided seven years at Santa Fé de Bogota.
Afterthe expulsion of the Jesuits, he returned
to Italy, and died at Rome, 1789.""—Leelere.

Gladstone (Thomas H.). Huron voeabu-
lary. 8)
A yocabulary, consisting of the numerals to
above 100 and upwards of forty of the com-
monest words and brief sentences, is in the
possession of Thomas H. Gladstone, Stockwell,
near London, collected by him in July, 1856."—
DLudewig.

Gordon (Rev. F.). See Rinfret (A.).
Gospel. The | gospel | according to |
Luke. | Translated into the Cherokee
Language. | [Two lines Cherokee char-
acters. | |
Park Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin
Archer, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ] | 1850

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-134, 24°, in |

Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: American Bible Society, Dun- |

bar, Pilling, Trumbull.
Gospel. The gospel according to Mark.
| [One line Cherokee characters. ]
Colophon: Cherokee Nation, Baptist
Mission Press.
No title-page, heading as above; pp. 7 28,
12°, in Cherokee characters.
Copies seen: Congress.
Gospel. [The gospel of Mark.] [One
line Cherokee characters. ]
No title-page, heading only; pp. 1-56, 24°,
in Cherokee characters.
Printed by the American Bible Society about
18C0.

Copies seen: Congress, Dunbar, Pilling,
Trombull.
Gospel. [The gospel of Mark.] [One >

line Cherokee characters. ]
No title-page, heading only; pp. 1-70, 24°,
in Cherokee characters.
Copies seen: American Bible Socicty.
Gospel according to Mark [Mohawk ].
See Brant (J.).

Go'wana gwa/iil sat/han.

CA:.).
Grammar:
Cherokee. Sce Gabelentz (H. G. C. von).
Cherokee. Pickering (J.).

Huron. Brebaut (J. de).

Huron. Chaumonot (J. P.).
Iluron. Garnier (—).
Huron. TLuron.

See Wright |

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Grammar— Continued.

Huron. Potier (P.).
Mohawk. Marcoux (J.).
Onondaga. Humboldt (x. W. von).

W yandot. Wyandot.

Grammar of the Cherokee. See Picker-
ing (J.).
Grammatic comments:
Cayuga. Sce Hale (H. A.).

Cherokee. Bastian (A.).

Cherokee. Gallatin (A.).

Cherokee. Gatschet (A.8.).
Cherokee. Morgan (L. H.).
Cherokee. Pickering (J.).

Cherokee. Shea (J. G.).

Cherokee. Worcester (S. A.).
Tluron. Adelung (J. C.) and Vater

(J. S.).
Bastian (A.).
Chateaubriand (F. A. de).
Gallatin (A.).
Duncan (D.).

Huron.
Wuron,
Tiuron.
Troquois.

Iroquois. Gatschet (A.8.).

Troquois. Platzmann (J.).

Troquois. Shea (J.G.).

Troquois. Smith (E. A.).

Mohawk. Adelung (J.C.) and Vater
(J. Si}:

Mohawk. Garde (P. P. F. do !a).

Mobawk. Hale (H.).

Mohawk. Wilson (D.).

Oneida. Hale (H.).

Onondaga. Gallatin (A.).

Onondaga. Hale (H.).

Onondaga. Jarvis (S. F.).

Seneca. Hale (H.).

Seneca. Morgan (L. H.).

Tuskarora. Hale (H.).

W yandot. Hale (H.).

W yandot. Stickney (B. F.).

Grammatic treatise:

Mohawk. See Cuoq (J.-A.).
Mohawk. Pyrleus (C.).
Seneca. Analysis.
Seneca. Sbort.
Tuskarora. Smith (E. A.).

Grasserie (Raoul dela). Etudes de gram-
maire comparée. | Dela conjugaison ob-
jective | par | Raoul de la Grasserie, |
docteur en droit, juge au tribunal de
Rennes, | membre de la société de lin-
guistique de Paris. | (Extrait des Mé-
moires de la Société de linguistique, t.
VI, 4¢ fascicule.) | [Design. ] |

Paris. | Imprimerie nationale. | M
DCCC LXXXVIIL [1ess).

Printed cover as above, half title reverse
blank 11. title as above reverse blank 1 1. pp.
5-29, 8°.—In chapter 1 the ‘conjugaison objec-
tive concréte” is illustrated by examples from
the Cherokee language, pp. 12-13; in chapter 2
“eonjugaison objective holophrastique,” by ex-

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Grasserie (R. de !a) —Continned.
amples from the Seneca language, p. 15; and
in chapter 3, ‘‘conjugaison objective polysyn-
thétique,” by examples from the Iroquois lan-
guage, pp. 24-25.
Copies seen: Gatschet, Powell.

Gray (Dr. Asa) and Trumbuil (J.
H.). Review of De Candolle’s origin of

cultivated plants; with annotations
upon certain American species; by Asa
Gray and J. Hammond Trumbull.

In American Jour. Sci. vol. 25, pp. 241-255,
370-379, and vol. 26, pp. 128-138, New Haven,
1883, 8°. (Congress, Geological Survey.)

Names of plants in a number of American
languages,—Abnaki, Huron, Onondaga, Carib,
Dakota, Chohta, Chippewa, Virginia, Narra-
gansett, ce.

Great Iroquois gathering.

In Magazine of Western History, vol. 1, pp.
134-139, Cieveland [1885],4°. (Congress.)

A number of proper names in Seneca, Cayuga,
Mohawk, and Tuscarora, with English signiti-
eation, and a chant in Onondaga, with English
translation.

Giien (Hamon). Tontaterihonnienni-
tak8a | ne | kari8iioston teiciasontha, |
ne roiatonserison a8ennishete kenha, |
ou | instruction sur la foi catholique, |
par | M. H. Guen, Ancien Missionnaire.

| [Three lines quotation. ] |

Tiotiake=Montreal: | Tehoristorara-
kon Johu Lovell. | 1870.

Printed cover as above, title as above 1]. pp.
3-23, 16°, entirely in the Mohawk language.—
Principales vérités de lareligion, pp. 3-10.—Ré-
ponses aux objections des Protestants, pp.
11-23.

“The aboveis the only work by this venerable
missionary which has been printed. If have
changed such terms as have fallen into disuse
and modified the orthography.—Cuogq.

Copies seen: Piliing, Powell, Trumbull.

—— Ouvr. de M. Guen No. 35. | Regles
et prieres de la ste. famille

Manuscript, 20 unnumbered Il. 4°, in the Mo-
hawk language; in the archives of the Cath-
olic Church at Caughnawaga, Canada.

[Sermons et instructions iroquois de
M. H. Guen, missionnaire du Lac des
Deux Montagnes. ] (5)
Manuscripts in the Catholic Church at Oka,
Canada. The following list was furnished mo
by the Jate Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith, an em-
ployee of the Bureau of Ethnology, with tho
aid of Father Leclair, who was in charge of the
mission.
Book 1.

Passion de N.S.
Invention

eal tation ; de la Ste. Croix.

| Giien (H.)

ral
Continued.
Mandement de M. de Montgolfier.
Jugement dernier.

Dons du St. Esprit.

Les 8 Béatitudes.

Dedicace.

Annonciation.

Petit nombre des élus.

St. Laurent.

St. Etienne.

Book 2.

Présentation de la Ste Vierge.
Institution de 1 Eucharistie.
Nativité de la Ste V.
Jugemeont dernier.

Methode pour se conduire.
St. Paul.

Annonciation.

Mort.

Péché mortel.

Motifs de détester le péché,
Considération sur la mort.
Mort des bons.

Jugement particulier.

Salut.

12eme Vapreés la Pentecoste.
Paques-et-Noél.

Book 3.

Actes pour la communion.
Paques.—Ascension.

St. Jacques.—Conception.

Les innocents.

Présent. de Jesus & Parif. de M.
Jugement dernier.

Avantage de la communion.
Examen pour la confession,
Mandement, communion.

Péché mortel,

Obligation de méditer la passion.
Les7 stations du Calvaire.
Ascension,

4 oraisons a Jésus.
Mort.—Orgueil.
Avarice.—Envie.

Action de graces.

Mandement pour le jubilé 1746.
Divers fragments.

Book 4.

Exhortations pour le Catéchisme.
Parole de Dieu.—Pénitence.—Jonas.—Pré-
sence de Dieu.

Vénitence de David.—Messe.—Conformité a
la V.—Souffrance.

Réponse aux calomnies des Protestants.

Doctrine catholique sur les sacrements.

Eglise.

Ascension.

Amour de Dieu.—Am. du prochain.—Amour
des ennemis.

Passion de N. S.—Mort.—Du jugement parti-
eulier. ;

Pentecdte.—Fins derniéres.— Haine du péché.

(2

Giien (H.)--—Continued.
Dedicace.—Ste,. Anne.
Normand. TFéte de N. D..de la Victoire.
Dévotion & Marie—Pour le jour des morts.
St. Coeur de Jesus.—Salut.— Education.
Des enfants.—Quelqyues fragments.
Des répétitions et redites.

Book 5.

Fin de Vhomme.

Pentecdte.

Eucharistie.—Sacrifice de la messe.

Maniére d’entendre la Ste. Messe.

Jommunion indigne.—Préparation a la C.—
Action de graces apres.

Effets de l Eucharistie.—St. Viatique.

Visite au St. Sacrement.—St. Francois.

Ste. Cécile.—Purification de la Ste. V.

Parole de D.—Sexagésime.—Nativité de M.

Dévotion envers la Ste. V.—St. Laurent.

Différents miroirs.—Vraie et facile dévotion.

Exercice de la considération.—Sur la priére.

St. Joseph.—St. Michel.—21le™ D,

Miséres du monde.

Book 6.

Considération pour tons les jours.

Avant le service de D.—Sar celui de M.

Sur la visitation.

Efficacité de la rédemption,

La mort termine tout ici bas,

Les bons.

Peines des pécheurs en enfer.—Malico du
péché.

Défauts dominants.—Orgueil &e.

Charité envers les pauvres.—Tiédeur &e.

“Wamon Giien, a native of Brittany, came to
the Seminary of Montreal in 1714; was sent to
the Sault au Reécollet, where he commenced
to study Huron and Iroquois; that mission
having been transferred to the Lake of the
Iwo Mountains in 1721, he accompanied his
neophytes there and remained until his death
in 1761, and his remains lie there. He has left
a large number of instructions and prayers in
Troqtiois and some songs either in Iroquois or
in Huron.” —Cuoq.

Guess (George). Cherokee alphabet,

Colophon: Pendleton’s Lithography,
Boston. [1835.]

1 sheet broadside 14} by 17 inches, litho-
graphed for the Am. Board Com. Foreign Mis-
sions. See fac-simile (reduced).

“A larze card containing the Cherokee al-
phabet has been lithographed and printed dur-
ing the present year [1835].’—Report of the
American Board of Commissioners for Foreign
Missions.

Copies seen: Eames, Powell.

—— Cherokee alphabet.
Tn McKenney (G.L.) and Hall (J.), Mistory

of the Indian Tribes, vol. 1, p. 69, Philadelphia,

1838, folio. (Bureau of Ethnology, Congress.)

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Guess (G.) — Continued.

Cherokee alphabet.
In Schooleraft (H.R.), Indian tribes, vol. 2,
p. 228, Philadelphia, 1852, 4°. j

—— Cherokee alphabet.

No imprint; 1 p. 4°.—Includes, also, the
Lord’s prayer in Cherokee characters and ‘‘Tn-
terpretation, with pronunciation according to
the alphabet.”

Copies seen: American Board of Commission-
ers.

— Cherokee alphabet. | Characters as

arranged by the inventor.
No title-page; 11. 4°.
Copies seen: Boston Athenzum.

— Cherokee alphabet. |

Colophon : Cherokee Baptist Mission
Press: H. Upham, Printer.

1 sheet folio, in six columns, followed by
sounds represented by vowel and consonant
signs.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Eames.

The Cherokee alphabet, or more properly
speaking the Cherokee sylabary, was invented
about the year 1821 by Se-quo-yah, a half breed
Cherokee, better known by his English name
of George Guess. The earliest account of it
appears as an extract from a report of the pru-
dential committee, in the Missionary Herald,
February, 1826, pp. 47-49:

‘©A form of alphabetical writing, invented
by a Cherokee named George Guess, who does
not speak English, and was never taught to
read English books, is attracting great notice
among the people generally. Having become
acquainted with the principle of the alphabet,
viz., that marks can be made the symbol of
sound, this uninstructed man conceived the
notion that he could express all the syllables
in the Cherokee language by separate marks
or characters. On collecting all the syllables
which, after long study and trial, he could
reeall to his memory, he found the number to
be eighty-two. In order to express these, he
took the letters of our alphabet for a part of
them, and various modifications of our letters,
with some characters of his own invention, for
the rest. With these symbols he set about
writing letters; and very soon a correspondence
was actually maintained between the Chero-

kees in Wills Valley and their countrymen be-

yond the Mississippi, 500 miles apart. This
was done by individuals who could not speak
Wnglish, and who had never learned any alpha-
bet except this syllabie one, which Guess had
invented, taught to others, and introduced into
practices. The interest in this matter has been
increasing for the last two years, tillat length
young Cherokees travel a great distance to bo
instructed in this easy method of writing and
reading. In three days they are able to com-
inence letter-writing, and return home to their
native villages prepared to teach others. * * *
Either Guess himself or some other person has

os:

,

* mee ctfeny ee ee
See hO BY Af ery pro tloyeg m ~ererg:

AME AMLNNT Lucan

GYM lenin SNQUYAS DD AQ "2 ‘0p pamnmas SHULYHUOS ALD 0
“USNOUT a sv s'M DSO UU) Y Y~2.a Suayovouddde 20g ysibivg us

*spunog jueuosuo)

\DPOZTJOSOUL "Fig

[Pad wu B 86 zu0ys 10 alu FD svn
FOU O 807408 40 MU MP so o

on y
‘oD

Sm oj is

2
=i
S

oo

S

c
<2

=|
x

Ty 0o| ©

LP Y AE 294

Wmasv a

0
“I

SY MLA p ~

FOUL 3 sp 7L0Y.
TOWL 4D SV 240
“STOMOA Aq poqwesoada.r spunog

DP 22 Wr smunouos 7 aaarag
SVY Dsanod

wy fa)
“OD

seine

(sesensuey uvonbouy}

Lf) SOUBMUOS a10Y § 202229
Y & Lurysv2iddy gg

Yan Bunnabirg snonpag
‘YINOUT Ww Sv Gave f

Film 2 sy 740YS dO THbITA 1 TF sy 7
8 i0 aAyms sy 2
US 10 MRO GT gn vy

So
"AA
“p
s
a

at,

IROQUOTAN

Guess (G.)— Continued.

discovered four otier syllables, makin z all the
known syllables of the Cherokee language
eighty-six. This is avery curions fact; espe-
cially when it is considered that the language
is very copious on some subjects, a single verb
undergoing some thousands of inflections.”

This is followed by a statement from Rev. 8.
A. Worcester, one of the early advocates of
and among the first to use the alphabet, as fol-
lows:

“Tt is well worthy of notice that Mr. Guyst
[sie], the inventor, is a man past the middle age.
He had seen books, and, Ihave been told, had an
English spelling-book in his house; but he
could not read a word in any language at all.
His alphabet consists of eighty-six charactets,
each of which represents a syllable, with the ex-
ception of one, which has the sound of the Eng
lish s, and is prefixed to other characters when
required. These eighty-six characters are sufli-
cient to write the language at least intelligibly.
The alphabet is thought by some of the Chero-
kees to need improvement; but, as it is, ibis
read by a very large portion of the people,
though I suppose there has been no such thing
as a school in which it has been taught, and it
isnot more than two or three years since it was
invented. A few hours of instruction are suffi-
cient fora Cherokee to learn to read his own lan-
guage intelligibly. He wilinot, indeed, so soon
be able to read fluently; but when he has
learned to read and understand fluency will be
acquired by practice. The extent of my in-
formation will not enable me to form a proba-
le estimate ofthe number in the nation who
ean thus read, but Tam assured, by those who
had the bestopportunity of knowing, that there
is no part of the nation wherethe new alphabet
is not understood. ‘That it will prevail over
every other method of writing the language
there is no doubt. Ifa book were printed in
that character there are those in every part of
the nation who could readitat once; and many
others would only have to obtain a few hours
instruction from some friend to enable them to
doso. They have but to learn their alphabet,
and they can read at once. If, on the other
hand, it were printed in the English character,
it would be necessary to spend considerable
time at school in order to be able to read;
which scarcely any but children, and, doubtless
for years tocome, buta very small part of them,
could do. Probably at least twenty, perhaps
fifty, times as many would read a book printed
with Guyst’s characters, as would read one
printed with the English alphabet.”

In the same article Mr. Worcester gives the
sounds represented by these characters.

In the Herald of July, 1827, Mr. Worcester
again refers to the alphabet :

“Tam not insensible of the advantages
which Mr. Pickering’s alphabet, in common
with that in use at the Sandwich Islands,
possesses above the Eaglish, by being somuch
more nearly a perfect alphabet. Nor do I sup-

LANGUAGES. oa

Guess (G.) — Continued.
pose that more than half the time would be re-
quired for a Cherokee child to learn to read his
own language in that alphabet which is re-
quired for an English child to learn his. But
in point of simplicity, Guess has still the pre-
eminence; and in no language probably can
the art of reading be acquired with nearly the
same facility.”

In the issue of the Herald for December of
the same year, Mr. Worcester contributes five
verses of Genesis in the syllabary, and this, so
far as I know, is the first printing in these
characters.

In February, 1828, the first number of the
Cherokee Pheenix, a weekly newspaper, partly
in English and partly in Cherokee characters,
was published at New Echota. The first book
printed in these characters was probably the
Cherokee Hymns, compiled by Elias Bondinot
and Mr. Worcester,and published at New Echota
in 1829—a small volume of 50 pages.

The Herald for May, 1828, gives a somewhat
fuller account by Mr. Worcester of the charac-
ters, their sounds, and their systematic arrange-
ment; and in the October number of the same
year the Lord’s prayer, copied from the Chero-
kee Pheenix, is given, accompanied by an ap-
proximate literal translation, for, as the writer
remarks, ‘‘literal translations, word for word,
from English into Cherokee, are beyond the
limits of possibility.”” See Worcester (S. A.).

In the Indian Reeord, vol. 1, No. 6, John F,
Wheeler speaks of the alphabet as follows:

“The Cherokee alphabet is unlike any other
alphabet known, as it is syllabic except one
letter which answers to the English s, and is
placed between the syllables to give a hissing
sound. There was no need of schools or school
books to learn to read among tbe full bloods,
because as soon as the alphabet was learned
the person who learned it could (even the old-
est person) easily learn to read. Hach syllable
was perfect, and there was not a consonant in
the whole 85 characters. In the Cherokee
language there is not a sound of f, j, p, nor vy,
The languageis guttural, and a person speak-
ing Cherokee can talk all day and not have oc-
easion to close his lips.”

Sequoyah was born in the Cherokee Nation
in the State of Georgia in 1770. His father
was a Dutch peddler named George Gist, his
mother a Cherokee. According to Foster, his
biographer, “his dreamy meditations on this
invention’ extended from 1809 to 1821, when he
completed his work. He seems to have had
no cdueation and to have been unable to read
the Roman characters. He died near San Ber-
nardino, Cal., about the year 1842.

Guichart de Kersident (Ire Vincent
Flenri). Mr. Guichart Ne 14 | 1 Ex-
amen de conscience Alkonquin et Iro-
qnois | 24 Pensées, prieres a suggerer
aux malades | 3 Exhortation apres la
confession | 4 Prieres

74

Guichart de Kersident (V. F.)-—Con-
tinued,

Manuscript, title as above (in the right-hand
corner of which is the date 1757-1793) reverse
blank 11. 47 other unnumbered 11. sm. 4°, in the
Mission of Lac des Deux Montagnes, Oka, Can-
ada. The recto of |. 2 is blank, the verso begins
with the Examenin Algonquin, and on the oppo-
site page, recto 1. 3, commences the same in Mo-
hawk, continuing to recto of 1. 40, the left-hand
pages being in Algonquin, the right in Mohawk.
In many cases the French, and in some cases the
Latin, equivalents of the questions and an-
swers are given on the Algonquin pages. Each
question and answer is numbered, each page
beginning a new numbering. Verso 1. 40 be-
gins the Pensées, prieres, in French and Mo-
hawk, which extend to verso of 1.42. Recto
1, 43, Exhortation aprés la confession, in Mo-
hawk; the recto of 1. 44 is blank, the verso be-
ing oceupied with a table of relationship in
French and Mohawk, continuing to recto of J.
45, the verso of which is blank, as is also the
recto of 1. 46. Verso of 1. 46, Credo in Mo-
hawk; recto of ]. 47, Pater, Ave Maria, Foy,
Espérance, Amour, the last continuing to verso
of the leaf, which also contains the Confiteor ;
1. 48, recto Contrition, Sub tuum, verso blank.

The manuscript is nicely written, has been
bound, and is well preserved.

20 dimanche apres La pentecdte |
Sur le bon usage des maladies | 1808

Manuscript, 10 ll. 4°, in the library of the
compiler of this cataiogue. Sermon in the Mo-
hawk language.

Ouv de mr Guichart—No. 8, | 1. 3eme
Dim. de VAvent | 2. St Etienne. Le
méme qwau n° 3 mais celui-ci est mieux
écrit | 3. Contre ceux qui croyent trop
aisement aux sorciers.

Manuscript, 10 H. large 8°, in the Mohawk
language: in the library of Major J. W. Powell,
Washington, D.C. The above title is at the top
of the first leaf, the remainder of the leaf being
blank. The first pages of the initial sermon
are missing.

“Vineent Fleur Guichart de Kersident
came from France in 1754, learned the two lan-

i.

Haldeman (Samuel Stehman).
phonology of the Wyandots.
In American Philosoph. Soc. Proc. vol. 4,
pp. 268-269, Philadelphia, 1847, 8°.
Wyandot numerals 1-10, in phonetic charae- |
ters, p. 269.

On the

On some points of linguistic ethnol-
ogy: with illustrations, chiefly from
the aboriginal languages of America.
By Prof. 8. S. Haldeman, A. M.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Guichart de Kersident (V. F.)—Con-
tinued.

guages, and served, sometimes conjointly,
sometimes successively, the Iroquois and the
Algonkins of the Lac des Deux Montagnes.
He has left some instructions both in Algonkin
and Iroquois. He knew the plain-chant well,
and has left us several manuscripts of songs
with notes. His portrait is preserved at the
Lake of the Two Mountains. He died in
1793." — Cuog.

Guss (Abraham L.). Early Indian his-
tory |on the | Susquehanna: | Capt.
John Smith’s Exploration of the Head
of Chesapeake | Bay in 1608—‘‘Tock-
wogh” Interpreters sent to invite the
‘‘Sas- | quesahanockes” to an inter-
view, of whom he learns of other | In-
dian Nations—Early publications refer-
ring to the Country | and Tribe—First
Map of the Country—Location and
identi- | fication of the Head Towns—
New Chapters in Susquehanna | His-
tory—Appearance of the Susquehan-
nocks— Their Fort, | Dress, Gigantic
Size, Numerical Strength— Their Lan-
guage, | not Algonquin but Iroquois—
Origin, Use and Signification of | their
name. Based on Rare and Original
Documents, and Ac- | companied with a
copy of Capt. Smith’s wonderful Map. |
By | Abraham L. Guss, A. M., | Wash-
ington, D.C. |

Harrisburg: | Lane 8. Hart, Printer. |
1883.

Title as above on cover, no inside title, text

pp. 1-32, map, 8°. Extract ‘‘from Nos. 3
and 4, vol. 1, Historical Register, Harris-
burg, Pa.”’—The Susquehannock language,

pp. 17-19. —The name and its use, pp. 19-20,—
Explanations given the name, pp. 20-21.—An
Iroquois origin claimed, pp. 21-22.—Force of
the terminal “S”, pp. 23-24.— Many Indian
names passim.

Copies seen: Powell.

Haldeman (8S. 8.) —Continued.

In American Ass. Adv. Sci. Proc. 2d meet-
ing, pp. 423-426, Boston, 1850, 8°.

Examples in Cherokee, Lenape, and Wyan-
dot.

Reprinted, with additions, as follows:

— On some points in linguistic ethnol-
ogy; with illustrations, chiefly from
the aboriginal languages of North
America. By 8.8. Haldeman, A. M.

TROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Haldeman (S. 8.) — Continued.

In American Acad. Arts and Sci. Proe. vol.
2, pp. 165-178, Boston and Cambridge, 1852, 8°.
—- Analytic orthography: | an | inves-
tigation of the sounds of the voice, |
and their | alphabetic notation ; | in-
cluding | the mechanism of speech, |
and its bearing upon | etymology. | By

|S. 8. Haldeman, A. M., | professor in
Delaware College; | member [d&ec. six
lines ]. |

Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott &
Co. | London: Triibner & Co. Paris:
Benjamin Duprat. | Berlin: Ferd.
Diimmiler, | 1860.

Half title ‘‘ Trevelyan Prize Essay”’
blank 11. title as above verso blank 11. pp. v-
viii, 5-148, 1 1.4°.—Lord’s prayer in Cherokee
and Wyandot, with interlinear translation, pp.
132-134.—Numerals 1-10 of the Cherokee, Iro-
quois, and Wyandot, pp. 144-145.

Copies seen: Boston Athevzeum, British Mu-
seum, Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Trumbull.

Hale (Horatio). Brinton’s library of |

aboriginal American literature. | Nuin- |

ber II. | The | Iroquois | book of rites.
| Edited by | Horatio Hale, M. A., |
author of ‘The ethnography and _ phi-

lology of the U.S. | exploring expedi- |

tion,” ete. |
D. G. Brinton. | Philadelphia. | 1883.

Title as above 11. general title of series 11.
preface, contents, and map pp. iii-viii, text
pp. 9-222, 8°.

Chapter X, The Iroquois language (pp. 99-
113) contains many examples and a discussion
of the grammatie construction of the lan-
gnage.—Ancient rites of the condoling council,
pp. 115-139, alternate pages Canienga [Mohawk ]
and English.—The book of the younger na.

(5)

| Hale (H.) —Continued.

carora, p. 25.—Pronominal forms of the Iro-
quois and Cherokee, and list showing similar-
ity between words of the Iroquois and Chero-
kee, p.27.—W ords in Tutelo and Dakota, pp.
109-111.—Words showing similarity between
Cherokee, Choctaw, and Chicasa, p. 120.

See Adam (L.), in Congrés Int. des Améri-
canistes, Compte-rendu fifth session, pp. 123-
125, Copenhagen, 1884, 8°, for remarks on the
above work.

Issued separately as follows :

_ —— Indian migrations, | as evidenced by

verso

tions, pp. 140-145, alternate pages Onondaga |

and English.—Notes on the Canienga book, pp.

146-165.—Notes on the Onondaga book, pp. 166- |

170.—Appendices, pp. 171-190.—Canienga glos-
sary, alphabetically arranged, pp. 191-215.

In addition there are terms in the various
dialects of the Iroquois scattered through the
work in great profusion.

Copies seen: Brinton, Congress, Eames, Na-
tional Museum, Pilling, Powell, Trumbull.

Clarke, 1886, No. 6702, prices a copy $3.50.

For descriptions of manuscripts used by Mr.
Hale in this work, see Mohawk Book of Rites,
and Onondaga Book of Rites.

Indian migrations, as evidenced by
language.

In American Antiquarian and Oriental Jour-
nal, vol. 5, pp. 18-28, 108-124, Chicago, 1883, 8°.
* Verbal forms of the Wyandot, Mohawk,
Oneida, Onondaga, Cayuga, Seneca, and Tus.

language: | comprising | The Huron-
Cherokee Stock: The Dakota Stock:
The Algonkins: | The Chahta-Muskoki
Stock: The Moundbuilders: | The
Iberians. | By Horatio Hale, M. A. | A
Paper read at a Meeting of the Ameri-
can Association for the Advance- | ment
of Science, held at Montreal, in August,
1882. | Reprinted from the ‘ American
Antiquarian” for January and April,
1883. |

Chicago: | Jameson & Morse, Print-
ers, 162-164 Clark St. | 1883.

Printed cover as above, title 11. pp. 1-27, 8°.

Copies seen: Brinton, Eames, Pilling, Pow-
ell, Trumbull.

Clarke, 1886, No. 6418, prices a copy 35 cents.

—— A comparative vocabulary of words

in the ‘Language of Hochelaga and
Canada” as given by Cartier, and the
corresponding words in the language of
the Wyandot (or Wendat) Indians re-
siding on the reserve in the township
of Anderdon near Amherstbury, Onta-
rio: By Mr. Horatio Hale.

In Wilson (D_), The Huron-Iroquois of Can-
ada, in Royal Soc. of Canada Proc. and Trans.
for 1884, vol. 2, section 2 of Trans. pp. 79-80,
Montreal, 1885, 4°.

On some doubtful or intermediate
articulations: An experiment in pho-
netics. By Horatio Hale, Esq.

In Anthropological Inst. of Great Britain and
Treland, Jour. vol. 14, London [1885], 8°.

Intermediate articulations in the Mohawk,
as disclosed by experiments with Chief George
Johnson, pp. 235-237.—Mohawk vocabulary, in
four renderings, pp. 242-243.
derings are in parallel columns and are accom-.

These four ren-

panied by a column of English equivalents.
The words in the first two columns were taken
down simultaneously from the lips of Chief
George Johnson, the former by Mr. Alexander
Melville Bell, in the alphabet of his ‘‘ visible
speech,” and the latter by Mr. Hale according
to his usual method; the third and fourth col-
unns contain the form adopted by the Angli-

76

Hale (ii.)— Continued.
ean and Roman Catholic missionaries respect-
ively, the former written by an ‘‘ educated ‘Mo-
hawk,” and the latter taken from the Troquois
Lexicon by Abbé Cuogq.

Red Jacket’s official name and rank.
In Buttalo Hist. Soc. Traus. vol. 3, pp. 71-78,
Buffalo, 1885, 2. (Bureau of Ethnology.)

Inquiries respecting the derivation of Red
contains also the etymology of
a number of Iroquois words.

Jacket’s name;

—— Indian etymologies.
In American Anthropologist, vol. 1, pp. 290-
291, Washington, 1888, 8°. (Pilling, Powell.)
Relates to the derivation of the word ‘ Iro-
quois,”’ the meaning of ‘‘ Kanonsionni’’ (the
well known name of the Iroquois confederacy),
and the word for ‘‘ bear” in Cayuga, Mohawk,
Onondaga, and Seneca. See Hewitt (J. N.B.).

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

THE

| Harris (T. S.)—Continued.

— The | development of language. | A

paper read before the Canadian Insti-
tute, | Toronto, April, 1888. | By |
Horatio Hale. |

Toronto: | the Copp, Clark com-
pany, limited. | 1888.

Printed cover, title as above reverse blank
11]. pp. 3-45, 8°. Probably appears originally
in the publications of the Canadian Institute.—
General remarks concerning the Iroquois lan-
guage, pp. 36-37.—Iroquois terms expressive
of abstractions, pp. 40-41.

Copies seen: Pilling.

— See Anderson (J.).

Hammond (Mrs. L. M.). History | of |
Madison County, | Stateof New York. |
By Mrs. L. M. Hammond. |

Syracuse: | Truair,
book and job printers. | 1872.

Pp.1-774, 1 1.8°.—Names of the months and
numerals 1-10 in Mohawk, pp. 19-20.—Names
of the several degrees of relationship in the
Seneca language, p. 40.

Copies seen: Congress.

Harris (Thompson 8.). [A collection of
hymns in the Seneca language. About
1829. | @)

Two small collections of hymns in the Sen-

Smith & Co., |

eca language have recently been published, one |

by the Rev. T.S. Harris, missionary at Seneca,
and the other by Mr. Thayer, the teacher at
Cattarangas, aided by interpreters.—JLission-
ary Herald, 1829,

[Gospel of Matthew in the Seneca
language. About 1829. ] (*)

The gospel of Matthew, translated by the
Rev. Mr. Ilarris, and published by the Ameri-
can Bible Soviety.—Hist. of Ain. Missions.

Ne | Hoiwiyosdosheh Noyohdado-
gehdih | ne | Saint Luke, | nenonodo-
wobhga nigawenohdah. |

New-York. | Printed for the American
Bible Society. | D. Fanshaw, Printer. |
1829.

Second title: The gospel | according to Saint
Luke, | translated | into the Senecatongue, | by
T.S. Harris. |

New-York. | Printed for the American Bible
Society. | D. Fanshaw, Printer. | 1829.

Seneca title verso 1.1, recto ‘“‘ Key,’”’ English
title recto 1. 2, text pp. 2-149, 2-149 (double num-
bers, alternate Seneca and English), 18°.

Copies seen: American Bible Society, Astor,
Boston Atheneum, British Museum, O’Calla-
ghan, Powell, Wisconsin Historical Society.

At the Brinley sate a copy, No. 5740, brought
$2.

—— and Young (J.). Christ | Hagon-
thahninoh | Nonodagahyot. |

New-York. | Printed for the American
Tract Society, | By D. Fanshaw. | 1829.

Second title: Christ's | Sermon on the Mount-
ain. | Translated | into the Seneca Tongue, }
by T.S. Harris and J. Young. |

New-York. | Printed for the American Tract
Society. | By D. Fanshaw. | 1829.

Seneca title verso 1.1, English title recto 1. 2,
text pp. 2-16, 2-16 (double numbers, alternate
Senecaand English), 18°. Appended is Young
(J.), Gainoh ne. :

Copies seen: American Tract Society, Con-
gress, Dunbar.

Harvard: This word following a title or within
parentheses after a note indicates that a copy
of the work referred to was seen by the com-
piler in the library of Harvard University,

| Cambridge, Mass.

Hathaway (Benjamin). The League |
of The Iroquois, | and) other legends.
From the Indian Muse, | By | Benjamin
Hathaway. | [Quotation seven lines. ] |

Chicago: 8. C. Griggs and Company. |
1822. (*)

Pp. i-xii, 11. pp. 1-319, 11. portrait, 12°. Title
from Mr. W. Eames.—Vocabulary [of Indian
words used in the poem, with significations],
pp. 317-319.

Hawkins (Benjamin). Vocabulary of
the Creek, Chickasaw, Cherokee, and
Choctaw languages. (=)

Manuscript in the library of the American
Philosophical Society, presented by Thomas
Jefferson.

“The author was for more than thirty years
employed by the Government of the United
States in its intercourse with the Indians. He
was styled by the Creeks, Choctaws, Chicka-
saws, and Cherokees the Beloved Man of the
Four Nations. He wrote eight volumes of
material relating to the history of the various
Indian tribes with whom he treated. These
volumes are filled with details oftreaties, * * *

—

IROQUOIAN

Hawkins (B.)-—Continued.
vocabularies of Indian languages * * *.
This treatise is filled with sketches of all these
particulars as existing in the Creek Nation.”’
Field's Essay, p. 162.

Hawley (Rev. —). Mohawk numbers, by
Rev. Mr. Hawley, of Marshpee. From
President Stiles’ MSS.

In Massachusetts Hist. Soc. Coll. first series,
vol. 10, p. 187, Boston, 1809, 8°.
Numerals 1-1,000 of the Mohawk.

Haywood (John). The | natural and abo-
riginal | history | of | Tennessee, | up
to the | first Settlements therein | by
the | white people, |in the | year
1768. | By John Haywood, | of the coun-
ty of Davidson, in the state of Tennes-
see. |

aoe :
son. | 182

Pp. 1-viii, ee i-liv, 8°.—Lingual affinities
and hebraisms of the Cherokees, pp. 281-282.—
Vocabulary of the Cherokee, pp. 282-285.

Copies seen: Congress.

At the Field sale, No. 934, a levant morocco
copy, brought $88.

Heckewelder (John Gottlieb Ernestus),

| Printed by George Wil-

Anaccount of the history, manners, and |

customs, of the Indian nations, who

once inhabited Pennsylvania and the |

neighbouring states. By the Rev. John
Heckewelder, of Bethlehem.

In American Philosoph. Soc.
Hist. and Lit. Com. vol. 1, pp. 1-347, Philadel-
phia, 1819, 8°.

Chapter ix, Languages, pp. 104-114, contains
notices of the Karajit, the Lroquois, the Lenapi,
and the Floridian languages.

This article was reviewed by Lewis Cass in
the N. A. Review, vol. 22, pp. 53-119, Boston,
1826, 8°. This was answered by W. Rawle in
Penn. Hist. Sec. Mem. vol. J, pt. 2, pp. 238-275,
Philadelphia, 1826, 8° (reprinted in E. Rond-
thaler’s Life of Heckewelder, pp. xii-xxv, Phila-
delphia, 1847, 12°); and this in turn by Cass in
the N. A. erica vol. 26, pp. 357-403, Boston,
1828, 8°.

At the Brinley sale, No
sold for $6.
morocco, top edge gilt, brought $7.

0., 1886, No. 6427, price a copy $5.

Issued separately as follows :

. 5402, an uncut copy,
The Murphy copy, No. 1184, half
Clarke &

An Account | of the | History, Man-
ners, and Customs, | of | the. quan
Nations, | who once inhabited Pennsyl-
vania and | the neighbouring states. |
Communicated to the Historical and
Literary Committee of | the American

Trans. of the |

Philosophical Society, held at Phila- |

del- | phia for promoting Useful Knowl-

Citi

Heckewelder (J. G. E.) —Continued.
edge, | by | the Rev. John Heckewel-
der, | of Bethlehem, | and | published
by order of the Committee. |

Philadelphia: | Printed
lished by Abraham Small,
Chesnut [sic] Street. | 1818.

Title verso blank 11. copyright notice verso
2d 1. recto blank, contents pp. iii-iv, text pp.
1-318, 8°.—Linguisties as above, pp. 104-114.

LANGUAGES.

and Pub-
| nos 2;

Johann Heckewelder’s | evange-
lischen Predigers zu Bethlehem | Nach-
richt | von der | Geschichte, den Sitten
und Gebriiuchen | der | indianischen
Volkerschaften, | welche ehemals Penn-
sylvanien und die benach- | barten
Staaten bewohnten. Aus dem Englisch-
en iibersetzt und mit den Angaben |
anderer Schriftsteller iiber eben diesel-
ben Gegenstiinde | Carver, Loskiel,
Long, Volney vermehrt | von | Fr.
Hesse | evangelischen Prediger zu Nien-
burg. | Nebst einem die Glaubwiirdig-
keit und den anthropolo- | gischen
Werth der Nachrichten Heckewelder’s |
betreffenden Zusatze | von G. E.
Schulze. |

G6ttingen | bey Vandenhoeck und
Ruprecht. | 1821.

Pp. i-xlviii, 1-582, 11. 8°.—Linguistics as
above, pp. 158-159.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress.

A copy at the Fischer sale, No. 787, brought
28.

Histoire, | meeurs et coutumes | des
j nations indiennes | qui habitaient

autrefois la Pensylv: et les états
voisins; | parle révérend | Jean Hecke-
welder, | missionnaire morave, | traduit
de anglais | Par le Chevalier Du Pon-
ceau. |

A Paris, | Chez L. De Bure, Libraire,
rue Guénégaud, n° 27. | 1822.

2p. lle "pp:
above, pp. 171-174.

i-xii, 13-571, 8°.—Linguistics as
Trumbull.
No. 465, brought

Copies seen: Congress,

At the Squier sale a copy,

$5.13. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 896, 18 fr.
The Brinley copy, No. 5403, russet calf, gilt,

No.
1886, No. 6428, prices

brought $2. Quaritch, 29963, prices a half-
calf copy 12. and Clarke,
an uncut copy $2.50.
—— History, | manners, and customs |
of | The Indian Nations | who once in-
‘habited Pennsylvania and | the neigh-
bouring states. | By the | Rev. John

Heckewelder, | of Bethlebem, Pa. |New

lod

78

Heckewelder (J. G. E.) —Continued.
and Revised Edition, | With an | intro-
duction and notes | by the | Rev. Will-
iain C, Reichel, | of Bethlehem, Pa. |

Philadelphia: | publication fund of |
the Historical Society of Pennsylvania,

| No. 820 Spruce street. | 1876.

In Pennsylvania Hist. Soc. Mem. vol. 12, pp.
i-xlvi, 47-348, Philadelphia, 1876, 8°.—Linguis-
tics, pp. 118-127.

Copies seen: Congress, Eames.

—— and Duponceau (P. 8.). <A corre-
spondence between the Rey. John Heck-
ewelder, of Bethlehem, and Peter 8. Du-
ponceaa, Esq. corresponding secretary
of the Historical and Literary Commit-
tee of the American Philosophical So-
ciety, respecting the languages of the
American Indians.

In American Philosoph. Soc. Trans. of the
Hist. and Lit. Com. vol. 1, pp. 351-448, Philadel-
phia, 1819, 8°.

This article relates almost entirely to the
Delaware language, but incidentally to others,
among them the Onondaga in Letters 24 and 25,
pp. 436-438.

Reviewed by J. Pickering in N. A. Review,
vol. 9, pp. 129-187, Boston, 1819, 8°.

Reprinted as follows:

~_

A correspondence between the
Rey. John Heckewelder, of Bethlehem,
and Peter S. Duponceau, Esq., corre-
sponding secretary of the Historical and
Literary Committee of the American
Philosophical Society, respecting the
languages of the American Indians.

In Pennsylvania Hist. Soc. Mem. vol, 12, pp.
349-433, Philadelphia, 1876, 8°.

‘John Gottlieb Ernestus Heckewelder was
born at Bedford, England, March 12, 1743. His
father wasa German exile. * * * Inthe year
1754 the family came to America, father, mother,
and four children, In 1758 he was apprenticed
to a cedar-cooper, with whom he remained four
years, and then became Frederick Christian
Post's companion in his second visit to the Mus-
kingum in the year 1762. He was Zeisberger’s
assistant in the Susquehanna valley in 1765,
and to him for a time was given charge of the
Machiwihilusing Mission. During the follow-
ing nineteen years he was much of the time a
fellow laborer with Zeisberger. Heckewelder
was the founder of Salem, on the Tuscarawas,
and in the chapel there, July 4, 1780, ie married
Sara Ohneberg, the venerable Adam Grube offi-
ciating, probably the first wedding of a white
counle within the limits of the present State of
Ohio. He was with the Tndian church during
all the early troubles recorded in this Diary,
but finally, owing to theillness of his wife when
upon the Cuyahoga, he returned to the church

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

| Hensel (Gottfried).

THE

Heckewelder (J. G. E.)— Continued.
at Bethlehem October 9, 1786. Henceforward
he was not immediately connected with our
mission, though he made it two or three visits,
being employed in other duties, especially as
agent of the Society for Propagating the
Gospel among the Heathen, and as one of the

“Peace Commissioners sent to treat with the In-
dians. In the year 1798, however, he came to
Fairfield, on the Thames, to assist in conduct-
ing a portion of the church of Goshen, staying
there only nine days. In the valley of the Mus-
kingum he labored until 1810, when he went
home to the church, being now nearly seventy
years old, and having well earned repose. He
died January 31, 1823.

““ Heckewelder is the best known of all the
Moravian missionaries who labored among the
American Indians. For this he is much in-
debted to his books, but also to his social qual-
ities, which made him more aman of the world
than were his coadjutors, He had the strength
of character to resist the insidious tendencies
of the solitary life among savages, the effects
of which can be seen in Edwards and Zeis-
berger.’ —Bliss, Diary of David Zeisberger, vol.
1, pp. XXV-xxvi.

Henderson (John G.). A dictionary of
ancient names, geographical, tribal and
personal, in the United States and
British Provinces of North America. (*)

Manuscript in possession of its author, Car-
rollton, Ill.; he tells me it contains many Iro-
quoian names, with etymologies and references
to aifthorities.

He ni ya’ wait syolt no’nah jih. See
Wright (A).

Synopsis | Vniverse

Philologize, | in qua: | Miranda] Vuitas
| et | Harmonia | Lingvarum | totivs
Orbis Terrarvm | occvita, |e | Literarvm,
Syllabarvm, | Voevinqve natvra & re-
cessibvs, | eruitur. | Cum Grammatica
LL. Orient. Har- | monica, Synoptice
tractata; [&c. seven lines] adornata,
a | Godofredo Henselo, | Scholw A. C.
ap. Hirschb. Rectore. | '

Norimbergie, | In Commissis apvd
Heredes | Homannianos. 1741. )

Pp. 1-492, 10 ll. maps, engraved alphabets,
paradigms, &c. sm. 8°.—Short Algonkin vo-
ecabulary and a few words in Huron, pp, 488-489.

. Title furnished by Dr. J. Hammond Trum-
bull.

Herman (Reimbhold L.) and Satterlee
(W.). Cradle songs | of | many na-
tions | [Picture] ; Music | by | Rein-
hold L. Herman | Illustrations | by |
Walter Satterlee |

New York | Dodd, Mead & Company

| Publishers [n. d.]

IROQUOIAN

Herman (R. L.) and Satterlee (W.)—
Continued,

Pp. 1-64, 4°.—American Indian cradle song _

of the Cherokee tribe, pp. 51-82,

Copies seen: C.C, Darwin, Washington, D.C.
Hervas (Abbate Lorenzo). Catalogo | delle
lingue conosciute | e notizia | della loro
affinita, e diversita. | Opera | del signor
Abbate | Don Lorenzo Hervas | [De-
sign. | |

In Cesena MDCCLXXXIV [1784]. |
Per Gregorio Biasini all’ Insegna di
Pallade | Con Licenza de’ Superiori.

Title verso ‘‘Aviso’’ 11. verses pp. 3-4, in-
dice pp. 5-8, text pp. 9-260, sm. 4°.—Lingua
Huron, p. 87.

Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Eames.

Enlarged and reprinted as follows:

— Catilogo de las Lenguas | de las
Naciones Conocidas, | y numeracion,
division, y clases de estas | segun la
diversidad | de sus Idiomas y Dialectos.
| Su Autor | el Abate Don Lorenzo Her-
vis, | Tedlogo del Eminentisimo Senor
Cardenal Juan Francisco | Albaui [&c.

three lines]. | Volimen I[-VI]. | Len- |

guas y Naciones Americanas, | Con
licencia. | En la imprenta de la admi-
nistracion del real arbitrio de benefi-
cencia. |

Madrid Ano 1800[-1805]. | Se hallarz
en la Libreria de Ranz calle de la Cruz.
- 6 vols. sm. 4°.

Copies seen: Bancroft, British Museum, Con-
gress, Harvard.

A half-calf copy at the Squier sale, No. 486,
brought $6. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2072,
120 fr. At the Ramirez sale, No. 396, a copy
was bought by Quaritch for 1/. 15s. The Mur-
phy copy, No. 1215, ‘‘half bound in Spanish
leather, yellow edges,” brought $42.

Aritmetica delle nazioni
| del? abate | Don Lorenzo Herviis |
Socio della Reale Accademia delle

del? Etrusca di Cortona. | [Figure.] |

In Cesena MDCCLXXXV [1785]. |
Per Gregorio Biasini all’ Insegna di
Pallade | Con Licenza de’ Superiori. °

Pp.1-201, sm. 4°.—Tuskrura numerals, 1-1,00),
pp. 113-114.—Comparison of numerals of the
Tuskrura with those of the Woecon, Pampti-
cough, and Algonkina, p. 115.

Copies seen; Astor, Congress, Eames.

Scienze, ed Antichitda | di Dublino, e |
|
|

—— Saggio Pratico | delle Lingue | con

prolegomeni, e una raccolta di orazioni
Dominicali in | pit di trecento lingue,

| e divi- |
sione del tempo) fra Vorientali | Opera |

LANGUAGES.

(hy

Hervas (L.) — Continued.

e dialetti, con cui si dimostra | Vinfu-
sione del primo idioma dell’ uman ge-
nere, e la | confusione delle lingue in
esso poi succeduta, e si | additano la
diramazione, e dispersione della na- |
zioni con molti risultati utili alla
storia. | Oficia | dell’ Abate | Don Lo-
renzo Hervas | Socio della Reale Acca-
demia delle Scienze, ed Antichita | di
Dublino, e dell’ Etrusca di Cortona. |
[Figure. ] | f

In Cesena M DCC LXXXVII [1787]. |
Per Gregorio Biasini all’ Insegna di
Pallade | Con Licenza de’ Superiori.

Pp. 1-256, sm. 4°.—Orazione in lingua Hu-
rona, with interlinear translation, pp. 231-
232.—Angelic salutation in Abnaqui, Huron,
Algonkin, and Illinois (from Rasles), p. 223.

Copies seen: Astor, Congress.

Hess (William) and Wilkes (J. A.).

Ne Yehohyaton ne royatadogenhti Paul
jinonka ne Galatians.

New-York: Published by Howe &
Bates, for the Young Men’s Bible So-
ciety of New-York, auxiliary to the
Bible Society of the Methodist Epis-
copal Church. 1835. (Cu)

12°. The epistle to the Galatians, translated
into the Mohawk language, by William Hess,
with corrections by J. A. Wilkes, jr. Title
from O’Callaghan’s American Bibles, p. 245.

Probably a mistake of authorship; see Hill

(H. A.), Hess (W.) and Wilkes (J. A.) for
edition of same date.
Ne tyotyerenhtonh | kahya-
tonhsera | ne Paul | ne royatadogenhti
shagohyatonni | jinonka ne | Corin-
thians, | William Hess, | tehaweanaten-
nyon oni shogwatagwen ne | J. A.
Wilkes, Jr. |

Now-York: | published by Howe &
Bates, | for the Young Men’s Bible So-
ciety of New-York, | auxiliary to the |
sible Society of the Methodist Epis-
copal Church. | 18386.

Second title: The [first] epistle | of | Paul the
apostle | to the | Corinthians, | translated into
the Mohawk language, | by William Hess, |
with corrections by | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | published by Howe & Bates, |
for the Young Men’s Bible Society of New-
York | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of tho
Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836.

Mohawk title verso 1. 1 (p. 2) reeto blank,
English title recto 1. 2 (p. 3) verso blank, text

entirely in Mohawk pp. 5-55, 12°.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Eames,
Lenox, Pilling, Powell, Wisconsin Historical
Society.

80

Hess (W.) and Wilkes (J. A.)—Cont’d.
See Hill (H. A.) and Wilkes (J. A.) for edition
of 1834.
The Brinley copy, No. 5724, brought $1,

genhti Paul | jinonka ne |
pians, | William Hess, | tehaweanaten-
isms

nyon oni shogwatagwen ne
Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | published by Howe &
Bates, | for the Young Men’s Bible So- |

ciety of New-York, | auxiliary to the |

Bible Society of the Methodist Episco-

pal Church, | 1836.
Second title :

— Ne yehohyaton | ne royatado- |
Philip-

BIBLIOGRAPHY

|

The epistle | of | Paul the apos- |

tle | to the | Philippians, | translated into the |

Mohawk language, | by William Hess, | with

corrections by | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |
New-York: | published by Howe & Bates, |

for the Young Men’s Bible Society of New-
York | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the

Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836.

Mohawk title verso ]. 1 (p. 2) recto blank,
(p.3) verso printers,

English title recto 1. 2
text, entirely in Mohawk, pp. 5-17, 12°.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit-
ish Museum, Eames, Lenox, Pilling, Powell,

Trumbull, Wisconsin Historical Society.

genhti Paul | jinonka ne | Colossians, |
William Hess, | tehaweanatennyon oni
shogwatagwen ne | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | published by Howe &

Bates, { for the Young Men’s Bible So-

ciety of New-York, | auxiliary to the |
Bible Society of the Methodist Episco-
pal Church. { 1836.

Second title: The epistle | of | Paul the apos-
tle | to the | Colossians, | translated into the
Mohawk language, | by Wilham Hess, | with

corrections by | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | pubhshed by Howe & Bates, |
for the Young Men’s Bible Socicty of New-
York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the
Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836.

Mohawk title versol. 1 (p. 2) recto blank,
English title recto 1.2 (p.3) verso blank, text,
entirely in Mohawk, pp. 5-16, 12°.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit-
ish Museum, Eames, Lenox, Pilling, Powell,
Trumbuli, Wisconsin Historical Society.

— Ne tyotyerenhton | ne royatado-
genhti Paul | yehohyaton jinonka ne |
Thessalonians, | Williaia Hess, | teha-
weanatennyon oni shogwatagwen ne |
J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | published by Howe &
Bates, | for the Young Men’s Bible So-
ciety of New-York, | auxiliary to the |

Ne yehohyaton | ne royatado-

OF THE

Hess (W.) and Wilkes (J. A.)—Cont’d.

3ible Society of the Methodist Episco-
pal Church, | 1836.

Second title: The epistle[s] | of | Paul the
apostle | to the | Thessalonians, | translated
into the Mohawk language, | by William
Hess, | with corrections by | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | published by Howe & Bates, |
for the Young Men’s Bible Society of New-
York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the
Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836.

Mohawk title verso ]. 1 (p.2) recto blank,
English title recto 1. 2 (p.3) verso blank, test,
entirely in Mohawk, pp. 5-22, 129.—I1st ‘Thessa-
lonians, pp. 5-15. —2d Thessalonians, pp. 16-22.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenwum, Brit-
ish Museum, Eames, Lenox, Pilling, Powell,
Trumbull, Wisconsin Historical Society.

Ne ne tyotyerenhton | ne roy-
atadogenhti Paul | yehohyatonni ne |
Timothy, | William Hess, | tehaweana-
tennyon oni shogwatagwen ne | J. A.
Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | published by Howe &
Bates, | for the Young Men’s Bible So-
ciety of New-York, | auxiliary to the |

sible Society of the Methodist Episco-
pal Church. | 1836,

Second title: The epistle{s] | of | Paul the
apostle | to | Timothy, | translated into the Mo-
hawk language, | by William Hess, | with cor-
rections by | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | published by Howe & Bates, |
for the Young Men’s Bible Society of New-
York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the
Methodist Upiscopal Church. | 1836.

Mohawk title verso ]. 1 (p. 2) reeto blank,
Snglish title recto ].2 (p. 5) verso blank, text
entirely in Mohawk, pp. 5 81, 122°.—1st Timothy,
pp. 5-20. —2d Timothy, pp. 21-31.

Coptes seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit-
ish Museum, Eames, Lenox, Pilling, Powell,
Trumbull, Wisconsin Historical Society.

Ne vehobyaton | ne royatado-
genhti Paul | jinonka | ne Titus, | Will-
iam Hess, | tehaweanatennyon = oni
shogwatagwen ne | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | published by Howe &
Bates, | for the Young Men’s Bible So-
ciety of New-York, | auxiliary to the |
Bible Society of the Methodist Episco-
pal Church, | 1836.

Second title: The epistle | of | Paul the apos-
tle | to | Titus, | translated into the Mohawk
language, | by William Hess, | with corrections
by | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | published by Howe & Bates, |
for the Young Men’s Bible Society of New-
York, | auxiliary to the] Bible Society of the
Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836.

Mohawk title verso 1. 1 (p. 2) recto blank,

eh

viet |
‘al Se

IROQUOIAN

Hess (W.) and Wilkes (J. A.)—Cont’d.
English title recto 1.2 (p. 38) verso blank, text
entirely in Mohawk pp. 5-11, 12°.

Copies scen: Astor, Boston Athenxum, Brit-
ish Museum, Eames, Lenox, Pilling. Powell,
Trumbull, Wisconsin Historical Society.

—

Ne yehohyaton | ne royatado-
genhti Paul | jinonka ne | Philemon, |
William Hess, | tehaweanatennyon onl
shogwatagwen ne | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | published by Howe &
Bates, | for the Young Men’s Bible So-
ciety of New-York, | auxiliary to the |
Bible Society of the Methodist Episco-
pal Church. | 1836.

Second title: The epistle | of | Paul the apos-
tle | to | Philemon, | translatedintothe Mohawk
language, | by William Hess, | with corrections
by | J. A. Wilkes, Ji. |

New-York: | published by Howe & Bates, |
for the Young Men’s Bible Society of New-
York | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the
Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836.

Mohawk title verso J. 1 (p. 2) recto blank,
English title recto 1. 2 (p. 2) verso blank, text,
entirely in Mohawk, pp. 5-7, 12°.

Copizs seer: Astor, Boston Athenaum, Brit-
ish Muscum, Eames, Lenox, Pilling, Powell,
Trumbull, Wisconsin Historical Society.

—— —— Ne yehohyaton | ne royatado-
genhti Paul | jinonka ne | Hebrews,
William Hess, | tehaweanatennyon on
shogwatagwen ne | J. A. Wilkes, Jr.

New-York: | published by Howe &
Bates, | for the Young Men’s Bible So-
ciety of New-York, | auxiliary to the
Bible Society of the Methodist Episco-
pal Church. ; 1836.

Second title: The epistle | of | Paul the apos-
tle | to the | Hebrews, | translated into the Mo-
hawk language, | by William Hess, | with cor-
rections by | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | published by Howe & Bates, |
for the Young Men’s Bible Society of New-
York | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the
Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836.

Indian title verso 1. 1 (p. 2) recto blank, En-
glish title recto 1. 2 (p. 8) verso blank, text, en-
tirely in Mohawk, pp. 5-44, 16°.

Copies seen: Brinley, British Museum, Eames,
Wisconsin Historical Society.

Hester (Joseph Goodman). [ Words,
phrases, an:l sentences in the Cherokee
language. ]

_ Manuscript, pp. 77-228 and 4 ll. containing
local geographic names ete., with
translation, 4°, in possession of its compiler.
Collected in North Carolina in 1884, and re-
corded ina copy of the second edition of Powell's
Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages;

IROQ 6

English

LANGUAGES. 81
Hester (J.G.)— Continued.
in Roman characters, exeept the first few pages,
which ave in both Roman and Cherokee char-
acters.
| Mewitt (Joha Napoleon Brinton).
kimo aud the Indian.

is-

In Science, vol. 11, pp. 11-12, Now York,
1882, 4°.

A criticism of an article by Chamberlain
(A. F.) with the same title in an earlicr number
of Science. Mr. Hewitt’s article relates to the
Troquoian languages, consisting of «comparison
of some thirty Lroquoian werds with those used
by Professor Chamberlain.
are also introduced.

Eskimoan words

—— The snow-snake and the r-sound.

In Science, vol. 11, pp. 109-110, New York,
1885, 4°.

Gives a few Tuscarora terms, but consists
chicfly of remarks showing that tho r-sound
does nob occur in the Onoudaga language of
| to-day.

| —— Etymology of the word Iroquois.

In The American Anthropologist, vol. 1, pp.
| 188-189, Washington, 1828, 8°. (Piling, Powell.)
Sec Hale (11.).

Meaning of the words for gens in
the Iroquoian and Algonquian tongues.

In The American Anthropologist, vol. 1, p.
192, Washington, 1888, 6°. (Pilling, Powell.)

— The Cheroki an Iroquoian language.
| A | critical study and comparison |
of | etymologies, words, nouns, sen-

| (predicants), phrase-

words (nouns in oblique cases), | and
conjugations common to the | Chero-
| kian tongues. | Pre-
pared for the purpose of placing the |
Iroquoian affinity of this language |

tence-words

and Troqnoian

beyond question, and for its proper
| classifiea- | tion on the linguistic map
now in | preparation by the Bureau of
Ethnology.
Manuscript; title as above, pp: 1-87, fools-
cap. Written in July, 1887, and now in tho li-
brary of the Bureau of Ethnolozy.

—— [Tuskarora-English dictionary. ]

Manuseript, begun in July. 18835, and still in
course of preparation, consisting at p:esent of
| about 13,000 cntries on ecards; when completed
it wil contain about twice as many, or between
96,009 aud 3C,0)0 words. The stems of nouns

| are traced out and indicated; verb-stems are
shown and their earlier forms given as far as
possible; sentence-words (predicative com-
pounds) and phrase-words (nouns in oblique
are analyzed into their simplest elements.
verbs,

eases)
Obsolescent and
when found in archaic expressions, are recon-

obsolete nouns and

82

Hewitt (J. N. B.)—Continned.
structed and appear inclosed in brackets.
aid to bederived from cognate tongues is utilized
in many difficult analyses and derivations.

—— See Smith (KE. A.).

Mr. Hewitt was born December 16, 1858, on
the Tuscarora Reserve, in the township of
Lewiston, Niagara Co., N. Y., andis of Tusca-
roran descent. He spoke nothing but English
until he was eleven years old, when, having
been taught to read and write at home, he
went to the neighboring district school, where
he picked up from the young Tuscaroras a fair
knowledge of that language. He was able to
attend school only during the winter months.
His father, David B, Hewitt, a practicing ec-
lectic physician, owned a library of medical,
historical, and scientific works, which fur-
nished the means of comparing the grammatic
elements of the Tuscarora and the classical
tongues. When sixteen years old, young Hew-
itt entered the academic department of the
Wilson (N. Y.) Union School, taking the class-
ical course, and attended this school two years.
Later he entered the academic department of
the Lockport (N. Y.) Union School, resuming
a classical course, preparatory to entering col-
lege; but over-study and a sunstroke the
previous year so affected his health that he was
not able to finish the last term of the year.

In the summer of 1880 Mrs. Erminnie A.
Smith engaged Mr. Hewitt to assist her in her
linguistic work on the various reservations of
the Iroquois, and he was so engaged, with the
exception of two periods aggregating about a
year and ahalf, until Mrs. Smith’s death, in
June, 1886. In this work, being obliged to
collect vocabularies and make translations, he
was made familiar with the various languages
of the Iroquoian stock. On the 15th of the
July following Mrs. Smith’s death, Major J.
W. Powell, the Director of the Bureau of Eth-
nology, engaged Mr. Hewitt to continue the
work. Ie immediately commenced the Tuska-
rora-Eneglish dictionary titled above, which is
well under way.

Hill (Abram). See Onondaga.

Hill (H. A.). Ne | tsinihboweyea-nenda-
onh | orighwa do geaty, | roghyadon
royadado geaghty, | Saint Luke. |

New York, | Printed for the American
Bible Society. | A. Hoyt, printer. | 1827.

Second title: The Gospel | according to Saint
Luke | translated into the Mohawk tongue. |
By H. A. Hill. |

New York, | Printed forthe American Bible
Society. | A. Hoyt, printer. | 1827.

Mohawk title verso 1. 1 (p. 2), English title
recto 1. 2 (p. 2), text pp. 3-157, 3-157 (double
numbers, alternate Mohawk and English), 16°.

Copies seen: Boston Athenwum, British
Museum, Congress.

Leclerc, 1878, No. 2350, prices a copy 30 fr.
The Brinley copy, No. brought $1.50.

5722,

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

THE

| Hill (H. A.) —Continued.

The |

See Hill (H. A.) and Wilkes (J. A.) for title
of an edition of 1832,

—WNe | karoron | ne | teyerighwaghk-

watha | ne ne enyontste | ne yagorih-
wiyoghston | Kanyengehaga niyewea-
noten. | Ne tehaweanadenyon | ken-
wendeshon. |

New-York, | Conference office tsi
nouwe t’Karistoh- | rarakon by J. Col-
lord. | 1829.

Second title: A | collection | of | hymns | for
| the use ofnative christians | of the | Mohawk

language. | Translated chiefly by A. H. Hill
[sic]. |

New-York, | printed at the Conference office

| by J. Collord. | 1829.

Mohawk title verso 1]. 1 (p. 1) recto blank,
English title verso 1. 2 (p.1), text pp. 2-39, 2-39
(double numbers, alternate Mohawk and Eng-
lish), hymns in Mohawk pp. 40-69, hymns in
English pp. 70-106, index in Mohawk pp.
107-109, index in English pp. 109-112, 16°.

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress,
Powell.

There is in the Library of Congress an in-
complete copy with text, so far as it extends,
exactly similar to the above, but with title-page
slightly differing, as follows:

—— Ne | karoronh | ne | teyerighwagh-

kwatha | ne ne enyontste | ne yagorih-
wiyoghstonh | Kanyengehaga neye-
weanotenh. | Ne tehaweanadenyon |
kenwendeshon. |

New-York, | Conference office tsi
nonwe t’Karistoh- | rarakon by J. Col-
lord. | 1829.

Seccnd title: A | collection | of | hymns |
for | the use of native christians | of the | Mo-
hawk language. | Translated chiefly by A. H.
Hill [sic]. |

New-York, | Printed at the Conference Office
| by J. Collord. | 1829.

Mohawk title verso 1. 1 (p. 1) reeto blank,
English titlo recto 1. 2 (p. 1), text pp. 2-39, 2-39
(double numbers, alternate Mohawk and Eng-
lish), hymns in Mohawk pp. 40-68, 16°.

Copies seen: Congress. |

[——] Ne | karoron | ne | teyerihwahk-

watha | igen | ne enyontste | ne yagor-
ihwiyoghstonh | Kanyengehaga kawea-
nondahkon, | Oni ohnagen non k:
kahyaton yotkate | teyerihnwahkwatha
ne exhaogon ah | enyonste ji yonader-
ihonnyeanitha. |

New-York: | M’Elrath & Bangs,
teharistohrarayon, | No. 85 Chatham -
street. | 1832.

Second title: A | collection | of, | hymns | for
| the use of native christians | of the | Mohawk

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGKS.

Hill (H. A.) — Continued.
language; | to which are added, | a number ef
hymns for sabbath schools. |

New-York: | printed by M’Elrath & Bangs, |
No. 85 Chatham-Street. | 1832.

Mohawk title verso 1. 1 (p. 1) recto blank,
English title recto l. 2 (p. 1), text pp. 2-89, 2-39
(double numbers, alternate pages Mohawk ard
English), English hymns pp. 40-69, hymns in
Mohawk and English pp. 70-106, 70-106 (double
numbers), English hymns pp. 107-137, index
pp. 138-146, 16°.

Copies seen: Brinley, which copy, No. 5727

brought $2.25.
[——] Ne | karoron | ne | teyerihwahk-
watha | igen | ne enyontste | ne yagor-
ihwiyoghstonh | Kanyengehaga kawea-
nondahkoga | ni ohnagen non ka
kahyaton yotkate | teyerihwahkwatha
ne exhaogon ah | enyontste ji yonda-
derihonnyeanitha. |

New-York : | D. Fanshaw, teharistoh-

raragon, | No. 150 Nassau-street. | 1885,

Second title: A | collection j of | hymns | for

| the use of native christians | of the | Mohawk

language; | to which are added, | a number of
hymns for sabbath | schools. |

New York: | printed by D. Fanshaw. | 1835.

Mohawk title verso 1. 1 (p. 1) recto blank,
English title recto 1. 2 (p. 1), text pp. 2-39, 2-29
(double numbers, alternate Mohawk and Eng-
lish), in Mohawk alone pp. 40-68, p. 69 blank,
pp. 70-106, 70-106 (alternate Mohawk and Eng-
lish), in English pp. 107-137, index in Mohawk
pp. 189-142, index in English pp. 143-147, 24°.

Copies seen: Boston Athenzeum, Massachu-
setts Historical Society. :

The Squier copy, No. 1914, brought 60 cents.

[——] Ne | karoron | ne | teyerihwahk-
watha | Kanyengehaga kaweanondah-
kon | yayak ni ononhwenjageh raona-
wenk. | Korarahkowahne tkentyoh-
kawyen |

~ Oghronwakon [Hamilton]:
at Ruthven’s book & job office, &e. |
King-street. | 1839.

Second title: A | collection | of | psalms and
hymns, | in the | Mohawk language, | for the
use of the Six Nation Indians. | By the New-
England Corporation. |

Hamilton: | printed at Ruthvea’s book & job
office, &c. | King-street. | 1839.

Mohawk title verso 1. 1 (p. 1) recto blank,
English title recto 1. 2 (p. 1), text pp. 2-62, 2-
62 (double numbers, alternate pages Mohawk
and English), hymns in Mohawk pp. 63-77, in-
dex in Mohawk pp. 78-80, 16°. Pp. 63-80 are
numbered odd on versos, even on rectos.

_ Copies seen:
ell.

Triibner’s catalogue gives this title,
date and place, with 144 pp. 16°.

Boston Athenmeam, Pillinz, Pow-

Same

83

| Eq¥ill (H. A.) — Continued.
ear Ne | karoron | ne | teyerihwahk-

[

wath | igen | ne enyontste | ne yagor-
ihwiyoghstonh | Kanyencehaga [sic] ka-
weanondahkoga | ni ohnagen non ka
kahyaton yotkate | teyerihwahkwatha
niexhaogon ah | enyontste ji yondader-
ihonnyeanitha. |

New-York: | published by Lane &
Scott, | for the Missionary Society of
the Methodist | Episcopal Church. |
Joseph Longking, printer.

Second title: A | collection | of | hymns | for

| the use ofnative christians | of the | Mohawk
language; | to which are added | a number of
hymns for sabbath | schools. }

New-York: | published by Lane & Scott, |
for the Missionary Society of the Methodist |
Episcopal Church. | Joseph Longking,
| 1850.

Mohawk title verso 1. 1 (p. 2) reeto blank,
English title recto 1. 2 (p. 3), text (alternate
pages Mohawk and English) pp. 4-195, hymns
for children in English pp. 197-230, index in
Mohawk pp. 231-235, index in English pp. 236-
240,169. A reprintin partof theedition of 1832.

Copies seen: Brinley, Powell.

printer.

| [——] Ne | karoron | ne | teyerihwah-

kwatha | igen | ne enyontste ne yagor-
ihwiyoghstonh | Kanyengehaga kawea-
nondahkoga | ni | ohnagen non ka
kahyaton yotkate teyerihwahk- | watha
ne exhaogon ah enyontste ji | yonda-
derihonnyeanitha. |

New-York: | American Tract Society.
[18532]

Second title: A | collection of hymns, | for |
the use of native christians | of | the Mohawk
language; | to| which are added a number of
hymns | for | sabbath-schools. |

Published by the | American Tract Society,
| 150 Nassau-Street, New-York. [18537]

Mohawk title verso 1. 1 (p. 1) recto blank,
English title recto 1. 2 (p.1), text pp. 2-54, 2-54
(double numbers, alternate Mohawk and En-
glish), p. 55 omitted, Mohawk alone pp. 56-95,
alternate Mohawk and English (double num-
bers) pp. 96-146, 96-146, hymns for children in
English pp. 147-188, index in Mohawk pp. 189-
193, index in English pp. 194-192, 16°.

Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Powell,
last minus title-pages.

The Fischer copy, No. 2591, was bought by
Triibner for 1s. 6d.

] Ne | karoron | ne | teyerihwah-
kwatha |

the

igen | neenyontste | ne yagori-

hwiyoghstonh | Kanyencehaga [sic] ka-

ni ohnagen non ka

weanondahkoga
kahyaton yotkate | teyerihwahkwatha
ne exhaogon ah |! enyontste ji yonda-
derihonnyeaniina |

84

Hill (H. A.) —Continued.
New York: | Published by Nelson &

Phillips. | For the Missionary Society |

of the Methodist | Episcopal Church. |
1874.

Second title: A | collection | of | hymns | for
| the use of native christians | of the | Mohawk
language; | to which are added | a number of
hymns for sabbath | schools. |

New York: | Published by Nelson & Phillips,
| for the Missionary Society ef the Methodist |
Episcopal Church. | 1874. (*)

Mohawk title verso]. 1 (p.2) recto blank, En- |

glish title recto 1. 2 (p.3), text pp. 4¢87 (alter-
nate pages Mohawk and English), in Mohawk
alone pp. 88-117, in Mohawk and English pp.
118-195, hymns for children in English pp.

197-220, Mohawk index pp. 231-235, English in- |

dex pp. 286-240, 24°.
Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames.

— and Wilkes (J. A.). The Gospel |
of our | Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ,
| according to | Saint Matthew, trans-
lated into the Mohawk language, | by
A. Hill, [sie] | and corrected by | J. A.
Wilkes, Jr. Grand River, U. C. |

New York: | published by the Youne |

Men’s Bible | Society of New York, |
auxiliary to the Bible Society of the |
Methodist Episcopal Chureh. | McElrath
& Bangs, Printers. | 1831.

Second title: Ne raoribwadogenhti | ne |
Shongwayaner Yesus Keristus, | jinihorihoten
no | Royatadogenhti Matthew, | Kanyengehaga
kaweanondahkon kenwendeshon | tehawean-
atenyon | oni shotwatagwen | ne J, A. Wilkes,
Jr. Oshwegon Kaihonhatatye, U. C. |

New York: | published by the Young Men's |

Bible | Society of New York, | auxiliary to the
Bible Societyeof the | Methodist Episcopal
Church. | McElrath & Bangs, Printers. | 1831.

English title verso ]. 1 (p. 2) recto blank,
Mohawk title recto 1. 2 (p. 8) verso blank,
recto 1.3 (p.5) blank, text pp. 6-197 (alternate
pages English and Mohawk), 16°.

Copies seen: American Bible Society, Wis- |

consin Historical Society.
teprinted, entirely in Mohawk, as follows:

-— — Ne raorihwadogenhti | ne |

shongwayaner Yesus Keristus, | jini- |

horihoten ne | royatadogenhti Mat-
thew, | Kanyengehaga kaweanondah-
kon kenwendeshon | tehaweanatenyou
| oni shogwatagwen | ne J. A. Wilkes,
Jr, Ohswegon Kaihonhatatye, U. C. |

New-York: | published by the Young
Men’s Bible | Society of New-York, |
auxiliary to the Bible Society of the
| Methodist Episcopal Church. | Howe
& Bates, Printers. | 1836,

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

| Efill (H. A.) and Wilkes (J. A.) —Cont’d.

Second title: The gospel | of our | Lord and
Sav our Jesus Christ | according to | Saint Mat-
thew, | translated into the Mohawk language |
by A. Hill, [sic] | and corrected by | J. A.
Wilkes, Jr., Grand River, U.C. |

New-York: | published by the Young Men's

sible | Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the
Bible Society of the | Methodist Episcopal
Church. | Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1836.

Mohawk title verso 1.1 (p. 2), recto blank,
English title recto 1. 2(p. 3), text, entirely in
Mohawk, pp. 4-99, 12°.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Eames,
Lenox, Pilling, Powell.

The Field copy, No. 1577*, brought $1.13, and
the Brinley copy, No. 5724, $1.

Ne raorihwadogenhti | ne |
Shongwayaner Yesus Keristus, | jini-
horihoten ne | Royatadogenhti Luke, |
Kanyengehaga kaweanondahkon, ken-
wendeshon | tehaweanatenyon | oni
shogwatagwen | ne J. A. Wilkes, Jr.
Oshwegon Kaihonhatatye, U. C. |

New York: | published by the Young
Men’s Bible Society of New York, |
auxiliary to the Bible | Society of the
Methodist Episcopal Church. | M’E]1-
rath, & Bangs Printers. | 1833.

Second title : The Gospel | of our | Lord and
Saviour Jesus Christ, | according to] Saint
Luke, | translated into the Mohawk Language
| by A. Hill, [sie] | and corrceeted by | J. A.
Wilkes, Jr. Grand River, U. C. |

_New York: | published by the Young Men's
Bible Society of New York, | auxiliary to the
| Bible Society of the | Methodist Episcopal
Church, | M’Elrath, & Bangs Printers. | 1833.

Mohawk title verso 1. 1 (p. 1) reeto blank,
English title recto 1. 2 (p. 1), text pp. 2-109,
2-109 (double numbers, al ernate Mohawk
and English), 12°.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Wisconsin
Historical Society.

See Hill (H. A.) for title of an edition of
1827. ;
— Ne tyotyerenhton kahyatonh-
sera | ne | royatadogenhti Paul shago-
hyatonni | ne | Coriuthians, | Kanyen-
egehaga kaweanondahkon | H. A. Hill,
| ne tehaweanatenyon | oni shogwata-
gwen | ne J. A. Wilkes, Jr., Oshwegon
Kaihonhatatye, U. C. |

New York: | published by the Young
Men's Bible Society of New York, |
auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the
Methodist Episcopal Church. | McEl-
rath, Bangs & co., printers. { 1834.

Second title: The | rst epistle | of | Paul the
apostle | to the | Corinthians, | translated into

IROQUOIAN

Hill (H. A.) and Wilkes (J. A.) —Cont’d.
the Mohawk language, | by H. A. Hill, | and
corrected by J. A. Wilkes, Jr, |

New York: | published by the Young Men’s
Bible Society of New York, | auxiliary to the

| Bible Society of the Methodist Episcopal
Church. | McElrath, Bangs & co., printers. |
1834.

Mohawk title verso 1.1, English title recto 1.
2, text pp. 2-50, 2-50 (double numbers, alter-
nate Mohawk and English), 16°.

Copies seen: Congress.

At the Murphy sale, No. 1695, acopy brought
60 cents.

See Hess (W.) and Wilkes (J. A.) for title of
an edition of 1836.

] Ne orighwadogenhty | ne
jinityawea-onh ne royatadogenhty ne
{ John. |

[New York: Young Men’s Bible So-
ciety. 1836. ]

No title-page, heading only; pp. 5-91, 12°.
Gospel of St. John in the Mohawk language.

Copies seen: Brinley, British Museum,
Eames, Lenox, Pilling, Powell.

The Brinley copy, No. 5724, brought $1.
—] [Epistles in the Mohawk lan-
guage. 1836.]

No title-page; pp. 5-57, 12°.

Ne Yehhonwaghyadonnyhne | James. [Gen-
eral Epistle of James.) Pp. 1-18.

Ne tyutyerenghdonh | yehhonwaghyadon-
nyh orighwakwekonh ne | Kwiter. | (Rayada-
kweniyu.) [First Epistle of Peter.] Pp. 19-33.

Ne teke-nihhadond | yehhonwaghyadonnyh
rayadikwe-niyu | Kwiter. [Second Epistle
of Peter.] Pp. 35-44.

Ne tyutyadonghseratyerenghdonh rayadak-
we-niyune| Janyh. [First Epistle of Johu.]
Pp. 45-57.

Copies seen: Brinley,
Eames, Pilling.

British Mu3eum,

] Ne ne tekaghyadongheera-
kehhadont ne | Janyh. [1836.]

No title-page, heading only; pp. 5-6, 16°.
Second Epistle of John in the Mohawk tfan-
guage. -

Copies seen: Brinley,
Eames, Pilling.

] Ne aghsenhhadont | Nika-
ghyadonghserakeh ne | Janyh. (1835. ]

No title-page, heading only; pp. 5-5, 16°.
Third Epistle of John in the Mohawk lan-
guage.

Copies se2n:
Eames, Pilling.

British Mi iseum,

Brinley, British Musein:n,

] Ne rayadakwe-niyu yeh-hon-
waghyadonnyh ne | Jude. [1836.]

No title-page, heading only; pp. 5-8, 16°.
General Epistle of Jude in the Mohawk lan-
guage.

Copies seen:
Eames, Pilling.

Brinlo;, British Museum,

LANGUAGES. 85

Hill (H. A.) and Wilkes (J. A.)—Cont’d.

-——] Nene | revelation | konway-
ats. [1836.]

No title-page, heading only ; pp. 5-64, 16°.
Revelation of John in the Mohawk language.

Copies seen: Brinley, British Museum,
Eames, Pilling.
Hess (W.) and Wilkes (J. A.). Ne
ne jinihodiyeren | ne | rodiyatado-
genhti, |) Kanyengehaga kaweanondabh-
kon | ne tehaweanatennyon ne ken-
wendeshon | nok oni shodigwatagwen |
ne William Hess and John A. Wilkes
Jr. |

New-York: | Published by the Young
Men’s Bible Society of New-York, |
auxiliary to | the Bible Society of the
Methodist Episcepal Church. | M‘Elrath
& Bangs, Printers. | 1834. (4)

Second title: The acts | of | tue Apostles, |
in | the Mohawk language, | translated { By HM.
A. Hill, | with corrections by | William Hess
and John A. Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | Published by the Young Men’s
Bible Society of New-York, | auxiliary to | the
Bible Society of tho Methodist Episcopal
Church. | M‘Elrath & Bangs, Printers. | 1834.

Mohawk title verso 1.1, English title recto
1. 9, text pp. 2-121, 2-121 (double numbers
alternate Mohawk and English), 12°. Title
from Mr. Wilberforce Eames.

At the Murphy sale a red morocco copy, No.
1696, brought $1.

A subsequent edition as follows :

Ne ne jinihodiyeren | ne |
rodiyatadogenhti, | Kanyengehaga ka-
weanondahkon | ne tehaweanatennyon
ne kenwendeshon | nok oni shodigwa-
tagwen | ne William Hess and John A.
Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | published by the Young
Men’s Bible | Society of New-York, |
auxiliary to the Bible Society of the |
Methodist Episcopal Church, | Howe &
Bates, Printers. | 1835.

Second title: The acts | of | the apostles, |
in | the Mohawk language, | translated by | H.
A. Hill, | with corrections by | William Hess
and John A. Wilkes, Jr. | :

New-York: | published by tho Young Men's
Bible | Society of New-York, | auxiliary t» the
Bible Society of the | Methodist IEpiscopal
Church. | Howe & Bates, Priuters. | 1825.

Mohawk title verso].1 recto blank, English
title recto 1. 2, text, entirely in Mohawk, pp. 2-
121, 120.

Copies see: Astor, British Museam, Con-
gress, Eames, Lenox, Pilling, Powell.

At the Field sale, No. 1576, a copy brought
$1.12. Leclere, 1878, No. 2351, prices a copy
39 fr.

86

Hill (H. A.), Hess (W.), and Wilkes (J,
A.)—Continued.

—— —— —— Neneshagohyatonni| Paul
ne royatadogenhti | jinonkadih ne Ro-
mans, | Kanyengehaga kaweanondah-
kon | ne tehaweanatennyon ne ken-
wendeshon | nok oni shodigwatagwen |
ne William Hess and John A. Wilkes,
Jr. |

New-York: | published by the Young
Men’s Bible | Society of New-York, |
auxiliary to the Bible Society of the |
Methodist Episcopal Church. | Howe
& Bates, Printers. ; 1835.

Second title: The epistle | of | Paul the
apostle, | to the | Romans, | in] the Mohawk
language, | translated by | H. A. Hill, | with
corrections by | William Hess and John A.
Wilkes, Jr. |

New-York: | published by the Young Men’s
Bible | Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the
Bible Society of the | Methodist Episcopal
Church. | Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1835.

Mohawk title verso l. 1 recto blank, English
title recto 1. 2, text entirely in Mohawk pp. 2-
56, 129.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-

gress, Eames, Lenox, Piiling, Powell, Trum-
bull.
—— —— —— Ne ne shagohyatonni | Paul
ne royatadogenhti | jinonkadih ne |
Galatians, | Kanyengehaga kaweanon-
dahkon, | ne tehaweanatennyon | ne
kenwendeshon nok oni shodigwatag-
wen ne | William Hess and J. A. Wilkes,
Irs )|

New-York : | published by the Young
Men’s Bible | Society of New-York, |
auxiliary to the Bible Society of the |
Methodist Episcopal Church. | Howe &
Bates, Printers. | 1835.

Second title: The epistle | of | Paul, the
apostle, | to the | Galatians, | in the Mohawk
language, | translated by | H. A. Hill, | with
corrections by | William Hess and J. A. Wilkes,
Jr. |

New-York: | published by the Young Men’s
3ible | Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the
Bible Society of the | Methodist Episcopal
Church. | Howe & Bates, Printers..J 1835.

Mohawk title verso 1.1 recto blank (p.1),
English title recto 1.2 (p.1), text pp. 2-17, 2-17
(double numbers, alternate Mohawk and En-
glish), 12°.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum,
British Musenm, Lenox, Pilling, Powell.

See Hess (W.) and Wilkes (J.) for edition of
same date,

—— —— Ne noshagohyatonni | Paul
ne royatadogenbti | jinonkadih ne |

Hill (John).

Hitchcock (Asa).

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Fill (H. A.), Hess (W.), and Wilkes (J.

A.)— Continued.

Ephesians, | Kanyengehaga kaweanon-
dahkon, | ne tehaweanatennyon | ne
kenwendeshon nok oni shodigwatag-
wen ne | William Hess and J, A. Wilkes,
Jr. |

New-York: | published by the Young
Men’s Bible | Society of New-York, |
auxiliary to the Bible Society of the |
Methodist Episcopal Church. | Howe &
Bates, Printers. | 1835.

Second title: The epistle | of | Paul, the
apostle, | to the | Ephesians, | in the Mohawk
language, | translated by | H. A. Hill, | with
corrections by | William Hess and J. A. Wilkes,
Jr. |

New-York: | published by the Young Men’s
3ible | Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the
Bible Society of the | Methodist Episcopal
Church. | Howe & Bites, Printers. | 1835.

Mohawk title verso 1. 1 (p.1) recto blank,
English title recto 1.2 (p.1), text pp. 2-18, 2-18
(double numbers, alternate Mohawk and En-
glish), 12°.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum,
British Museum, Lenox, Pilling, Powell.

The following quotation is taken from the
Murphy sale catalogue, p. 240:

“The morning after I arrived at the Mo-
hawk village (on Grand River, Upper Canada,
1826), was that of the Sabbath, and I found
upon inquiry that part of the Liturgy of the
Church of England was read by a native Mo-
hawk, named Aaron Hill; he possesses con-
siderable abilities, and, in addition to the gos-
pel already translated, he is engaged with an
Indian Princess, sister to Mr. Brant (son of
Capt. Brant), the Mohawk Chief, in rendering
the Acts of the Apostles into the Mohawk lan-
guage.”— West Journal &e. p. 278.
Yoedereanayeadagwha |
ne | akonouhsakounh | orhoekene nok
yokarasneha | Kanyeakehaka kawea-
noetaghkouh. | John Hill, | tehaweana-
tenyouh, |

Belleville. | Intelligencer office, |
Canada West. | 1844.

Pp. 1-8, 12°. Prayers, entirely in the Mo-
hawk language. The text begins on the verso
of title-page.

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.

[Tracts in the Cher-
okee language. 1836.] Gap)"

*Six cards translated and written in the char-
acters of Guess, by Mr. Hitchcock, of Dwight,
have been lithographed in Boston * * * embrac-
ing the Ten Commandments, the Fourth Com-
mandment, and the Eighth, each separate;
John Preaching in the Wilderness, The Star
in the East, and the Prodigal Son,’’—Iissionary
Herald, vol. 32.

IROQUOIAN

Hitchcock (A.)— Continued.
The Prodigal son is reprinted in Schoolcraft
(H. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 2, p. 228, Philadel-
phia, 1852, 4°.

Hochelaga:
Numerals. See Alsop (G.).
Numerals. Wilson (D.).
Remarks. Balbi (A.).
Vocabulary. Adelung (J.C.) and

Vater (J. S.).

Vocabulary. Cartier (J.).
Vocabulary. Gallatin (A.).
Vocabulary. Hale (H.).
Vocabulary. Laet (J. de).
Vocabulary. Wilson (D.).
Words. — Lesley (J. P.).

Hoffman (Charles Fenno). The | vigil of
faith | and | other poems, | by | Charles
Fenno Hoffman. | Fourth edition. |

New York: | Harper & Brothers. |
1845.

Title reverse copyright 11. pp. ili-vi, 7-164,
16°.—Notes, giving Indian names with mean-
ings, principally in Mohawk, pp. 37-10.

The edition New York, Colman, 1842, 84 pp.
contains no linguistics. (Congress.)

Hoiwiydsdoshait neh Cha.
Wright (A.).

Holden (A. W.). A| history | of the |
town of Queensbury, | in the | state
of New York, | with | biographical
sketches | of | many of its distinguished
men, | and | some account of the abo-
rigines of | northern New York, | By A.
W. Holden, M. D. | [Quotation, six
lines.] | [Device.] |

Albany, N. Y.: | Joel Munsell. | 1874.
Pp. i-viii, 11. pp. 1-519, plates, 8°.—Vocabu-
lary of Indian names, pp. 23-85, is a list, al-

phabetically arranged, composed principally of |

names of geographic features, and consisting
partly of Algonkin, partly of Iroquois words.
Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Dunbar.
Holy Gospels. Sec Onasakenrat (J.). (*)
Hopkins (Abel Grosvenor). Early Prot-
estant missions among the Iroquois.

Address of Professor A. G. Hopkins of |

Hamilton College [at the] annual meet-
ing of the Oneida Historical Society,
January 12th, 1886.

In Utica Morning Herald and Daily Gazette,
Wednesday, January 13, 1886. (Powell.)

Includes a general account of the linguistic
work performed by some of the missionaries.

Hough (Franklin Benjamin). <A | his-

tory | of | St. Lawrence and Franklin |
counties, New York, | from the | earliest
period to the present time. | By | Frank-
lin B. Hough, A. M., M. D., | correspond-

See |

LANGUAGES. 87

Hough (I. B.) — Continued.
ing member of the New York Historical
Society. | [County seals. ]
Albany: | Little & co.,53 State street.
| 1853.
Pp. i-xvi, 17-719, 1 p. errata, maps, 8°.—St.
Regis (Caughnawaga) names of rivers and
streams, lakes, islands, and places (most of
them furnished by Rey. F. X. Marcoux), pp. 179-
181.—Notes on the language of the Mohawk
diaect of the Iroquois, words and phrase,
the Mohawk numerals 1-12, 20, 30, 100, 1,000
(from Dwight), and the Lord’s prayer in Mo-
hawk (from Davis), pp. 707-708.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress, Massachusetts Histori-
cal Society.

House (J.). Vocabularies of certain North

American languages. By J. House, esq.

| In Philological Soc. [of London}, Proce. vol. 4,
pp. 102-122, London, 1850, 8°.

Vocabulary of the Iroquois, Mohawks, and

Hurons (Amherstburg), pp. 114-121.

| (Huguet (Pere Joseph).] Catéchisme |

pour la premiere | Communion | sur les

Sacrements | de Pénitence ct | de l’Eu-

| charistie. |

| Manuscript, 20 1L 24°, in the Mohawk lan-
guage; preseryed in the archives of the Catholic
Chureh, Caughnawaga, Canada. Theeatechism
occupies 15 IL. and is followed by 4 blank II. and
11. in Iroquois, on the verso of whichis *‘ Joseph
Marcoux Sault St. Louis.”

Humboldt (Karl Wilhelm von), Onon-
dagoGrammatik von W.y. Humboldt.(*)

Manuscript, 69 pp. folio, in Humboldt’s hand-
writing, with notes by Buschmann.

Title from Stargardt’s catalogue No. 135,
Amerika und Orient.

Huron. The Huron language.

In Historical Magazine, first series, vol. 2, pp.

| - 197-199, New York, 1858, sm. 4°.

A short account of the habitat of the Huron
Tniians, and a brief list (11) of works in their
language, including a few manuscripts.

Huron. [lrench-Huron dictionary. ] (*)

Manuscript, pp. 1-276, sm. 12°.

Anonymous
and undated, but written in an orthography
which belongs to the middle ef the seventeenth
century. In boards and covered with chamois
streaked yellow, gray, and red, obliquely on the
back and left side, vertically on the right side.

An unnumbered leaf precedes the text, on
the recto of which we read:
huron.

In this dictionary, which, though in a regular

‘Dictionnaire
Séminaire de Québec”; verso blank.

handwriting, is read with difficulty, the French
words are arranged in alphabetic order on the
margin of the manuscript; the Huron words,
with their principal inflections and their syn-
tax, occupy the principal column. The first
(age) ; the
last, p.119,is ‘“‘estre vuide”’ (étre vide). The

word of the dictionary is ‘‘aage”’

Huron.

Huron.

Huron.

Huron.

88

Huron— Continued.

other numbered pages, as far as p. 259, contain
the Supplément, i. e , words or remarks on
various subjects. Tho last leaves are blank.

Description from Rev. Lonis Beaudet, libra-
rian of Laval University, Quebec, where the
manuscript is preserved. He thinks it is prob-
ably by Chaumonot, q. v.
{French-Huron dictionary. ] (*)

Manuscript, 38t pp. 73 by 47% inches, in a very
fine handwriting and dated 1683; well arranged
and easy to consult. Preserved at Lovette,
Canada.

Description furnished by Mr. P. Gagnon, of
Quebec, who says the work is traditionally at-
tributed to Father Chaumonot, q. v.

{ Huron-French dictionary. ] (*)

Manuscript, 38£ pp. besides some unnumbered
pages at the end, 73 by Ginches in size. Ou the
back of the binding, old calf, is the titlo
‘* Logica Moralis.” Some pages are torn from
the body of the volume.

This work is a little different in its construc-
tion from the preceding—the French-Huron
dictionary—and is not so easy to consult.

Description from Mr. P. Gagnon, of Quebec,
who says that the work is popularly attributed
to Father Brebmuf (q. v.), and that both this
and the preceding work—the French-Huron
dictionary—have been preserved from father to
son in a Huron family of Lorette, near Quebec.

Huron. [Gospels, instructions, &c. inthe

Huron language. ] ()

“There also existsa small volume, comprising
extracts from the Gospels, instructions, a treat-
ise on the existence of God, another on relig-
ion, and some addresses to deputations, in some
eases With a French or Latin version.’—Hist.
Mag., vol. 2, p. 197.

Grammatica huronica. @)
Manuscript presented to the Litérary and
Jlistorical Society of Quebec and acknowledged
in its Traasactions, vol. 3, pp. 406-407.
During a visit to the society’s library in
1831 IT mide efforts to find this manuscript, but
without success.

[ Radices lingue huronicie.] (*)

Manuscript, pp. 1-206, 8°, nearly square, of the
end of the 17th century; bound in parchment,
and very well written. Divided into five conju-
gatious: the firstiu a, the second in ga, the third
ite, the fourth in ge, the fifth ino; verbs iné
follow at page 203. There are two blank leaves
at the commencement and ono at the end; ono
blank leaf between the first and the second
conjugations, at p. 38, preceded by four unnoum-
bored pp.; a half-page blank at p.132; three
aud three-quarter leaves blank and unnum-
bered between pages 164 and 165, which sepa-
rate the second and third conjugations; three
pages blank and unnumbered betwean pp. 173
and i74, which separate the third and fourth
conjugations; two pages blank and unnum-
bered between pp. 179 and 180, which separate

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

THE

Huron — Continued.
the fourth and fifth conjugations;

and one

blank unnumbered page between pp. 202 and
203, which separates the fifth conjugation from

the verbs in 7@.

Description from Rey. Louis Beaudet, libra-
rian of Laval University, Quebec, where the

manuscript is preserved.

Huron. [Radices lingue huronice.] (*)

Manuscript, pp. 1-263, sm. 12°, of the end of

the 17th century.

The last page, not num-
bered, does not form part of the Radices.

The

manuscript is well written and well bound in

parchment.

It is divided into five conjuga-

tions: the first, pp. 1-46; the second, pp. 46-148;

the
the
are
the
column.

third, pp. 198-214; the fourth, pp. 214-230;
fifth, pp. 230 to the end.
in the margin, and the derivatives, with

The root words

French translation, are in the principal

Description from Rey. L. Beaudet, librarian
of Layal University, where the manuscript is

preserved.

Huron:

Bible Gospels.
Christian doctrine.
Dictionary.
Dictionary.
Dictionary.
Dictionary.
General discussion.
General discussion.

General discussion.
General discussion.
General discussion,
General discussion.
General discussion.
General discussion.
General discussion.
Geographic names,
Grammar.
Grammar.
Grammar.
Grammar.
Grammar.

Gram. comments.

Gram. comments.
Gram. comments.

Gram. comments.
Hymn.
Letter.
Letter.

Letter.
Letter.

Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord's prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerals,

See Huron.

Brebeuf (J.de).
Carheil (S. de).
Huron.
Le Caron (J.).
Sagard (G.).
Brebeeuf (J. de).
Charlevoix (P. F. X.
de).
Silij GF.S.).
Jefferys (1.).
Lafitau (J. F.).
Lalemant (J.).
Lausbert (C.I.).
Macauley (J.).
Reland (H.).
Marshall (O. H1.).
jreboeuf (J. de).
Chaumonot (J. P.).
Garnier (—-).
Huron.
Potier (P.).
Adelung (J.C.) and
Vater (J.S.).
Bastian (A.),
Chateaubriand
A. le).
Galiatin (A.).
tasles (S.).
Chaumonot (J. 2.)
Doublet de Boisthi-
bault (J.).
Lo Mercier (I. J.).
Merlet (L.).
Hervas (L.).
Shea (J.G.).
Wilson (D.).
Youth’s.
Alsop (G.).
Lesearbot (AML).
Shea (J. G.).
Vater (J.S.).

(EF.

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES. 89

Huron— Continued.

Numerals. See Wilson (D.).

Prayer. 3rebeeut (J. de).

Prayer. THervas (L.)

Prayer. Lalemant (J.). |

Remarks. Anderson (J.). ]

Remarks. Balbi (A.).

‘Songs. Sagard (G.). a

Vocabulary. Balbi (A.).

Vocabulary. Cartier (J.).

Vocabulary. Gallatin (A.).

Vocabulary. Gilij (IF. S.).

Vocabulary. Gladstone (T. I.).

Vocabulary. House (J.).

Vocabulary. Laet (J. de).

Vocabulary. Potier (P.).

Words. Bastian (A.).

Words. Brinton (D.G.).

Words. Chamberlain (A. F.).

Words. Gray (A.) and Trum- |
bull (J. H.).

Words. Hensel (G.).

Words. Hervas (L.).

Words. Laet (J. de).

Words. Lesley (J. P.). |

Words. Street (A. B.).

Words. Umeéry (J.).

Words. Vater (J.S.).

Words. Warden (D. B.).

See, also, Wyandot. |
Hyde (Jabez Backus). Kianasa, | nana
nonedowaga | neuwenuda. | Indian
hymns, | in the | Seneca language; |
By Jabez B. Hyde. |
Buffalo: | printed by H. A. Salisbury.
| 1818.

Title p.1, text pp. 2-19 (alternate Seneca and
English), lunoumb. p.16°.—Hymns, pp. 2-1l.— |
John iii, pp. 10-17.—Lord’s prayer, pp. 18-19.— |
Alphabet, verso p. 19.

Copies seen: Pilling.

Kianasa, | nana nonedowaga | nen-

wentida. | Hymns, | in the | Seneca lan- |

guage; | by Jabez B. Hyde. |

Buffalo: | printed by H. A. Salisbury. |

| 1819.

Pp. 1-40, alternate Seneca and English, 16°.

Iakentasetathatsini. See Cuoq (J.-A.).

Ienenrinekenstha Kanesatakeha. Sve
Cuog (J.-A.).

Indian delegates to the Red Jacket ovse-
quies.
In Buffalo Hist. Soc. Trans. vol. 3, pp. 45-46,
Buffalo, 1885, 8°. (Bureau of Ethnology.)
Gives the English signification of the names
of the delegates—mostly Sencca.

|
|

Hyde (J. B.) —Continned.

Copies seen: Amevican Antiquarian Society,
Verreau.

‘Mr. Hyde has finished a new edition of a
Spelling Book in the Seneca language, and is
about publishing in the same language Christ's
Sermon on the Mount, and the first six chap-
ters of the Gospel of the EvangelistJohn. The
Seneca Hymns which he formerly published
have been found highly zseful in the tribe.
Indeed the great test of renouncing Paganism
and becoming a can(/date for Christian instruc-
tion is the use of these Hymns.”—Ann. Rep.
New York Miss. Soc., April, 1820, p. 40.

Hymn-book :

Cherokee. See Boudinot (E.) and
Worcester (S. A.).

Cherokee. Worcester (S. A.) and
Boudinot (E.).

Troquois. Collection.

Iroquois. Cusick (J.N.).

Mohawk. Bearfoot (1.).

Mohawk. Hill (H. A).

Mohawk. Karo ron.

Mokawk. Onasakenrat (J.).

Mohawk. Williams (E.).

Oneida. Sickles (A. W.).

Seneca. Harris (T.S.).

Seneca. Hyde (J. B.).

Sencea. Sanborn (J. W.).

Seneca, Sanborn (J. W.) and
Turkey (J. P.).

Seneca. Wright (A.).

Seneca. Young (J.).

| Hymns:

Cherokee. See Chamberlin (A. N.).

Cherokee. Coronation.

Huron. Rasles (S.).

Mohawk. Alvis (W.).

Mohawk. Burtin (N. V.).

Mohawk. Cuog (J.-A.).

Mohawk. Dufresne (N.).

Mohawk. Playter (G. D.).

Mohawk. Roupe (J. B.).

Sencea. Alden (T.).

Sencea. Newton (J. H.).

Seneca. Seneca.

Seneca, Thayer (W. A.).

W yandot. Tinley (J. B.).

W yandot. W yandot.

Indian treaties, | and! laws and regula-

tious | relating to Indian affairs: | to
which is added | an appendix, | con-
taining the proceedings of the old Con-
gress, and other | important state pa-
pers, in relation to Indian affairs. |
Compiled and published under orders
of the Department of War of | the 9th
February and 6th October, 1825. |

90 BIBLIOGKAPHY OF THE

Troquois :
Bible, John (part),

Indian — Continued.
See British.

Washington City: | Way & Gideon,
printers. | 1826.

Pp. i-xx, 1-661, 8°: Pp. 531-661 consist of a
supplement, with the following half-title:
“Supplement containing additional treaties,
documents, &e., relating to Indian Affairs, to
the end of the twenty-first Congress. Official.’’
—Names of chiefs (with English signification)
of the Six Nations, pp. 11-12; Seneca, pp. 39-40,
68-70, 76-81, 94-95, 102-103 ; Cherokee, pp. 114-
115, 119-120, 122, 125-126, 130.—Cherokee alpha-
bet, with names of the letters, p. 485.

Copies seen: British Museum, Bureau of Eth-
nology.

Sec Preservation; also Treaties.

Investigator. The | investigator: | re-
ligious, moral, scientific, &e. | [Three
lines quotation. ] | Published monthly.
| January, 1845[-December, 1846]. |

Washington: | T. Barnard, printer, |

cor. llth st. and Pa. avenne. | 1845)

[-1846].

2 vols. 8°. Edited by J. F. Polk.—A com-
parative vocabulary, contained in pp. 261-265,
289-293, includes words of the Oneida, Cayuga,
and Sencea.

Copies seen: Congress, Powell.

Iontaterihonniennitak8a ne
ton. See Gtien (H.).

Tontatretsiarontha ne
Williams (E.).

Tonterennaientak&8a
cous (J. ):

karisiios-
agwegon, See

sohna, See Mar-
Tonteri8aienstak8a ne karisiioston. See
Marcoux (J.).
Ionteri8eienstag8a_ ne
Piguet hs).
Iontri8aiestak8a | ionskaneks | n’aicien-
terihag gaiatonsera | te gariStoraragon
| Ong8e one Gasennontakon. | [De-
sign. ] |
Teiotiagi [Montreal] ; | 8esklet, Tsi
Thononsste, ok | niore T'si Iontkeron-
tak8a. | 1777.
Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-16, 16°.

Primer, entirely in the Mohawk language.---
Pravers, pp. 13-16.

tsiatag. See

Copies seen: Wisconsin Historical Society.

Iroquois. Hine kleine Samlung yon In-
dianer-Worten aus der Maquaischen
oder 6 Nationen Sprache und dem Dela-
wareschen. (G)

Manuscript, pp. 1-37, 8°.

Title from Mr. A. Glitsch, of the Unitits-
Bibliothek, Herrnhut, Saxony, where the manu-
scriptis preserved.

Bible, John (part),
300k of
Prayer.
Catechism.
Conjugations.

Common

Conjugations.
Dictionary.

Etymology.
iymology.
Examples.

General discussion.
General discussion.
General discussion.

General discussion.
General discussion,
General discussion.
Feneral discussion.
General discussion.
General discussion.
General discussion,
General discussion.
Gentes.
Geographic names.
Geographic names,
Geographic names.
Geographic names.
Geographic names.
Geographic names,
Geographic names.
Geographic names.
Geographic names.
Geographic names.
Gram. comments.
Gram, comments.
Gram. comments.
tram. comments.
Gram. comments.
Hymn-book.
Hymn-book.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s pray er.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord's prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord's prayer.
Lord's prayer.
Numerals.
Numerals.

Prayer book.
Prayer book.
Prayers.

Proper names.
Proper names.
Songs.

Songs.

Songs.

Spelling book.
Text.

Tract.

Tract.

Gilbert & Rivington.
Williams (E.).

Davis (S.).
Grasserie (R. de la).
Hewitt (J. N. B.).
La Galissonniere
(—).

Hale (H.).

Hewitt (J. N. B.).
Grasserie (R. de la).
Beauchamp (W. M.).
Duponceau (P.8.).
Heckewelder (J. G.

E.).

Le Hir (A. M.).
Morgan (L. H.).
Miiller (®.).
Nantel (A.).
Newton (J. H.).
Smith (E. A.).
Spencer (E.).
Vincent (J.).
Morgan (L. H).
Beauchamp (W. M.).
3enson (E.).

Boyd (8. G.).

Clarik (Ji V.He):
Errett (R.).
Henderson (J. G.).
Report.

tuttenber (EH. M.).
Schooleraft (GH. R.).
Simms (J. R.).
Duncan (D.).
Gatschet (A.S.).
Platzmann (J.).
Shea (J. G.).

Smith (FE. A.).
Collection.

Cusick (J. N.).
Beauchamp (W. M.).
Edwards (J.).
Johnson (A.C.).
Morzan (L. H.).
Newton (J. H.).
Rupp (J. D.).

Smet (P. J. de).
Spencer (E.).
Wilson (D.).
Beauregard (0.).
Haldeman (38.8.).
Davis (S82
Williams (I.).
Davis (S.).

Catlin (G.).
Treaties.

Baker (T.).
Pyrleus (J. C.).
Smith (FE. A.).
Williams (E.).
Williams (E.).
Another Tongue.
Williams (E.),

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Iroquois — Continued.

See Henderson (J. G.).
Adam (L.).
Adelung (J.C.) and

Vater (J. S.).

Tribal names.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.

Vocabulary. Besson (J. P. D.).
Vocabulary. Campbell (J.).
Vocabulary. Hathaway (B.).
Vocabulary. House (J.).

Jolnson (A.C.).
Long (J.).

Loskiel (G. H.).
Macauley (J.).
O'Callaghan (E. B.).
Prichard (J.C.).
Schooleraft (H. Q.).

Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.

df

91

Troquois — Continued.

See Vincent (J.).
Vocabulary.

Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.

Words. Brinton (D.G.).
Words. Colden (C.).
Words. Duponceau (P.5 ).
Words. Hervas (L.).
Words. Hewitt (J. N.B.).
Words. Holden (A. W.).
Words. Johnson (EF ).
Words. Laverlochére (—).
Words. Petitot (£. F.S.J.).
Words. Teza (E.).

Words. Trumbull (J. H.).
Words. Yankiewitch (F.).

Jackson (Halliday). Civilization | of | James (Edwin). A | narrative | of | the

the | Indian natives; | or, | A Brief
View | of the friendly conduct | of |
William Penn | towards them | in the
early settlement of Pennsylvania; |
The subsequent care of the Society of
Friends in endeavouring to promote |
peace and frieadship with them by pa-
cific measures; | and | A concise narra-
tive of the proceedings of the Yearly
Meeting of Friends, of | Pennsylvania,
New Jersey, and parts adjacent, since
the year | 1795, in promoting their im-
provement | and gradual civilization. |
By Halliday Jackson. | [ Quotation, two
lines. ] | [Scroll.] |

Philadelphia: | Marcus T. C. Gould,
No. 6, North Eighth street. | New
York: | Isaac T. Hopper, No. 420,
Pearl street. | 1830.

Pp. 1-120, 8°.—A vocabulary of some of the |

most familiar words and phrases in the Seneca |

language, and the English, in alphabetical
order, pp. 114-120.
Copies seen:
Eames.
Jackson (Williain Henry).
of the Interior, | United States Geolog-
ical Survey of the Territories. | F. V.

3ritish Museum, Congress,

Department

Hayden, U.S. geologist.| Miscellaneous |

publications, N». 9. | Descriptive cata-
logue | of | photographs | of | North
American Indians. | By | W. H. Jack-
son, | photographer of the Survey. |

Washington: | Government Printing
Office. | 1877. ;

Printed cover as above, title as above reverse
blank 11. pp. iii-vi, 1-124, 8°.—Names of chiet's
(with English definitions) of anumber of Indian
tribes, among them the Seneca, pp. 92-93.

Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, National
Museum, Pilling, Powell.

captivity and adventures | of | John
Tanner, | (U.S. interpreter at the Sant
de Ste. Marie,) | during | thirty years
residence among the Indians | in the |
interior of North America. | Prepared
for the press | by Edwin James, M. D. |
Editor of an Account of Major Long’s
Expedition from Pittsburgh | to the
Rocky Mountains. |

New York: |G. & C. & H. Carvill,
103 Broadway. | 1830.

Pp. 1-426, 8°.—Numerals 1-12 in Cherokee
(from Adair), p. 327.—Numerals 1-10 in Seneca
(‘from an Indian at Buffaloe, 1827’), p. 331.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Brinton,
Congress, Dunbar, Lenox, Trumbail.

At the Field sale, No. 1113, a half-morocco
copy brought $3.63; at the Squier sale, No. 552,
a similar copy, $3.38. Priced by Leclere, 1878,
No. 1020, 35 fr. The Murphy copy, half green
calf, No. 2449, brought $3.50.

A | narrative | of | the captivity and
adventures | of | John Tanner, | (U. 8.
interpreter at the Saut de Ste. Marie, ) |
during | thirty years residence among
the Indians | in the | interior of North
America. | Prepared for the press | by
Edwin James, M. D. | Editor of an Ac-
count of Major Long’s Expedition from
Pittsburgh | to the Rocky Mountains. |

London: | Baldwin & Cradock, Pa-
ternoster Row. | Thomas Ward, 84 High
Holborn. | 1830.

Pp. 1-426, portrait, 8°.—The American edi-
tion with a new title-page only.

Copies seen: Astor, Trumbull.

Clarke, 1886, No. 6652, prices a copy in boards
$5.

Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 35685, titles an edi-
tion in German, Leipzig. 1840, 8°; and one in

Dee

French, Paris, 1855, 2 vols. 8°.

Jarvis (Samuel Farmar).

Jefferson (Thomas).
Jefferys (Thomas).

92

A discourse on
the religion of the Indian tribes of
North America: delivered
New-York Historical Society, December
20,1819. By Samuel Farmar Jarvis.

In New York Hist. Soe. Coll. vol. 3, pp. 181-
268, New York, 1821, 8°.

A few Onondaga words (from Zeisberger),

p. 229.—Numerals 1-10 of the Onondaga (from
Zeisberger) and of the Cherokee (from Adair),
p- 230.—Grammatical forms of the Onondagaand
Lenapé compared with the Hebrew, pp. 231-
232.
A | disconrse | on the | religion of
the Indian tribes | of | North America.
| Delivered before | the New-York His-
torical Society, | December 20, 1319. |
By Samuel Farmar Jarvis, | D.D. A.
A.S. | [Four lines quotation. ] |

New-York: | published by C. Wiley
& Co. 3 Wall street. | C. S. Van
Winkle, Priuter. | 1820.

Pp. 1-111, §°.—Linguistics as above.

Copies scen: Boston Atheneum, Boston
Public, British Museum, Congress, Eames,
Trambull.

At the Vield sale a copy, No, 1115, sold for |

$2.12. The Squier copy, No. 554, brought $1,
and the Brinley copy, No. 5£12, haif morocco,
uncut, $1.50.

Reviewed by J. Pickering in the N. A.
Review, vol. 11, pp. 103-113, Boston, 1820.
See Gallatin (A.).
The natural and
civil | history | of the | French domin-
ions | in | North and South America. |
Giving a particular Account of the |
Climate, | Soil, | Minerals, | Animals, |
Vegetables, | Manufactures, | Trade, |
Commerce, | and | Langnages, | to-
gether with | The Religion, Govern-

ment, Genius, Character, Manners and

| Customs of the Indians and other
Inhabitants. | Illustrated by | Maps
and Plans of the principal Places, |
Collected from the best Authorities, and
engraved by | T. Jefferys, Geographer
to his Royal Highness the Prince of
Wales. | Part I. Containing | A Descrip-
tion of Canada and Louisiana[—Part
II. Containing | Part of the Islands of
St. Domingo and St. Martin, | The Isl-
ands of | St. Bartholomew, Guadaloupe,
Martinico, La Grenade, | and | The Isl-
and and Colony of Cayenne}. |

London, | Printed for Thomas Jef:
ferys at Charing-Cross. | MDCCLX
[1760].

before the |

BIBLIOGRAPHY

|

| Jéhan (Louis-Frangois).

OF THE

Jefferys (T.)—Continued.

Part 1: 4p. ll. pp. 1-168; part 2: 2 p. ll. pp.
1-246; maps, folio.—Of the origin, languages

* * of the different Indian nations inhabit-
ing Canada [including the Hurons], part J, pp.
42-97.

Copies seen: British Museum,
Massachusetts Historical Society.

At the Field sale, a copy, No. 1119, brought
$6.50.

Congress,

— The natural and civil | history | of

the | French dominions | in | Northand
South America. | With an Historical
Detail of the Acquisitions and Conquests
made by the | British arms in those
Parts. | Giving a particular Account of
the | climate, | soil, | minerals, | ani-
mals, | vegetables, | manufactures, |
trade, | commerce | and | languages.
| Together with | The Religion, Gov-
ernment, Genius, Character, Manners
and | Customs of the Indians and other
Inhabitants. | Illustrated by | Maps
and Plans ofthe principal Places, | Col-
lected from the best Authorities, and
engraved by | 'T. Jefferys, Geographer
to his Majesty. | PartI[-II]. Contain-
ing | A Deseription of Canada and
Louisiana. |

London: | Printed for T. Jefferys, at
Charing-Cross; W. Johnston, in Lua-
gate-street; J. Richardson | in Pater-
noster-Row; and B. Law and Co. in
Ave-Mary-Lane. | MDCCLXI [1761].

Part 1: 4 p. ll. pp. 1-163; part 2: 2 p. Il. pp.
1-246; maps, folio.—Linguistie contents as in
edition of 1760.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress.
Troisiéme et
derniere | Encyclopédie Théologique,
| [&e. twenty-four lines.] | Publiée |
par M, VAbbé Migne | [&e. six lines.] |
Tome Trente-quatriéme. | Dictionnaire
de Linguistique. | Tome Unique. | Prix:
7 Francs. |

S'Imprime et se vend chez J.-P.
Migne, Editeur, | aux Ateliers Catho-
liques, Rue d’Amboise, au Petit-Mont-
rouge, | Barritre d’Enfer de Paris. |
1853.

Second title : Dietionnaire | de | Linguistique
Jet {de Philologie Comparée, | Histoire de
toutes les Lingues mortes et vivantes, | ou |
Traitécompletd’Tdiomographie, | embrassant |
lexamen critique des systémes et de toutes les
questions qui se rattachent | & Vorigine et a la
tiliation des langues, & leur essence organique

jet leurs rapports avee histoire des races

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Jéhan (L.-F.)— Continued.

humaines, de leurs migrations, etc. | Précédé
d'un | Essai sur le réledu langage dans Vévolu-
tion de Vintelligence humaine. | Par L.-F.
Jéban (de Saint Clavien), | Membre de la So-
eiété gévlogique de France, de l Academie
royale des sciences de Turin, ete. | [Quotation,
three lines.] | Publié | par M. VAbbé Migne, |
Editeur de la Bibliothéque Universelle du
Clergé, | on | des Cours Complets sur cheque
branche de Ja scicnee ecclésiastique. | ‘Tome
Unique. | Prix: 7 francs. |

{Imprint as in first title.]

Outside title 11. titles as above 2 1]. columns
(two to a page) 9-1448.—The Tableau poly-
glotte includes the Mohawk-
Huroune on Troquoise, columns 906-909,

Copies seen: British Museum, Shea.

There is an edition, Paris, 1864, which I have
not seen, a copy of which is in the Watkinson
Library, Hartford, Conn.

Jemison (James). S:e Rand (S. T.).
See Smith (I. A.).
Jemison (Mary). See Seavers (J. E.).
Jemison (William). See Smith (hE. A.).
John (Andrew), jr. See Gatschet(A.5.).
Johnson (—). See Gallatin (A.).
{Johnson (Anna C.).] The Iroquois; |
or, | the bright side of Indian charac-
ter, | By | Minnic Myrtle. |

New York: | D. Appleton and Com-
pany, | 346 and 3i8 Broadway, | 1859,

Pp. 1-317,
containing a short Iroquois vocabulary, the
Lord’s prayer, and specimen of an Indian hymn,
pp. 298-301.

Copies seen: Conzress,, Massachusetts His-

torical Society.

At the Field sale, a copy, No. 1126, brought
$1.

Johnson (Elias).

des langues

12°.— The language of the Iroquois,

Legends, | traditions

and laws, | of the | Iroquois, or Six.

Nations, | aud | history | of the | Tus-
earora Indians. | By | Elias Johnson, |
a native Tuscarora chief. |

Lockport, N.Y.:
and Publishing Co., (O. W. Cutler,
Pres’t.) | 188.

Frontispiece, tile verso copyright 1 1. intro-
duction pp. 5-6, preface pp. 7-8, text pp. 9-231,
8°.—TIroquois terms passim.

Copies seen: Brinton, Congress, Powell.

See Hale (H.).
See Cher-

Johnson (George).

Johnson (George W.), editor.
olxee Advocate.

Johnson (Sir William). Extracts of
some letters, from Sir William Johnson
Bart. to Arthur Lee, M. D. F. R.S. on
the customs, manners, and language of
the Northern Indians of America.

1 York, vol. 4, pp. 289-273,

93

| Johnson (W.) —Uontinued.

In Royal Soc. [of London] Philosoph. Trans.
vol. 63, pp. 142-148, London, 1773, sm. 4°.—Con-
tains a few Mohawk terms.

Reprinted in American Museum, vol. 5, pp.
19-21, Philadelphia, 17¢9, 8°, and in O’Calia-
ghan (E. B.), Documentary Hist. of New York,
vol. 4, pp. 430-437, New York, 1851, 8°; again, in
O’Callag an (i. B.), Documentary Hist. of New

New York, 1851, 4°;
and in Stone (W. L.), Lifeand Time of Sir Will-
jam Johnson, vol. 2, pp. 481-488, Albany, 1868, 8°.

Johnston (John). Account of the
present state of the Indian tribes in-
habiting Ohio. In a letter from John
Johnston, esq. United States agent of

| Union Printing |

Indian affairs, at Piqua, to Caleb At-
water, Communicated to the
president of the American Antiquarian
Society.

esq.

In American Ant. Soc. Trans. (Archeologia
‘Americaua) vol. 1, pp. 269-299, Wercester, 1820,
refols

Vocabulary of the Wyandot, pp. 292-297.

The vocabulary is reprinted in Schoolcraft
(H. 1.), Notes on the Iroguois [second edi-
tion], pp. 393-400, Albany, 1847, 8°, in Dodge
(J. R.), Red Men of the Ohio Valley, pp. 51-60,
Springfield, 1860, 12°, and in the various edi-
tions of Howe (H.), Historical Collections of
Ohio, as follows: Cincinnati, 1848, 9, Pp. 590-
594 (*); Cincinnati, 1850, 8°, pp. 590-594 (Astor);
Cincinnati, 1852, 8°, pp. 590-594 (British Mu-
seum); Cincinnati, 1869, 8° (*); Cincinnati, 1875,
8°, pp. 590-594 (Congress); and probably in a

number of other editions which I have not seen.

Jones (Electa I*.). Stockbridge, | past
and present; | or, records of | an old
mission station. | By Miss Electa F.
Jones. |

Springfield: | Samuel Bowles & com-

pany. | 1854.

Pp. 1-275, §°.—Lord’s prayer in the [Mo-

hawk] dialect of the Six Nations, pp. 36-37.

Copies scen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress.
At the Field sale a copy, No. 1148, brought

50 cents.

Jones (fev. Evan). [New Testament in
the Cherokee language. ] (9)

According to Newcomb’s Cyclopedia of Mis-
sions, ‘the translation of the ({Cherokee] New

Testament was completed by Mr. [E.] Jones

in 1847.” If this be true, I think the work has

not been printed.
See New Testament.

— Terms of relationship of the Mount-
ain Cherokee, collected by Rev. Evan
Jones, missionary.

In Morgan (LL. I1.), Systems of consanguinity

and affinity of the human family, pp. 293-382,
Washington, 1871, 4°,

ov
“~v)

lines

9A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Jones (E.)— Continued.
—— cditor. See Cherokee Messenger.
— and Jones (J. B.). The | Epistle

ef Paul, the Apostle, | to the | Ephe- |

sians. | Translated into Cherokee, | for
the Am. Baptist Missionary Union, |
by Evan Jones, and Johu B. Jones. |
[Five lines Cherokee characters. ] |

Cherokee: | Baptist Mission Press:
H. Upham, Printer. | [Two lines Chero-
kee characters. ] | 1848.

Pp. 1-24, 24°, in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: Congress.

Jones (Jolin Buttrick). Elementary
Arithmetic, | in | Cherokee and Kn-
glish, | designed for beginners. | By
John B. Jones. | Prepared by authority
of the Cherokee National Council. |

Cherokee National Press: | Tahle- |

quah, Cherokee Nation. | [Eight lines
Cherokee characters. ] | 1870.
Title reverse blank 11. preface p.3, text pp.

4-61, 4-61 (double numbers, alternate pages |

Cherokee and English), 8°.
Copies seen: Powell, Wisconsin Historical
Society.
— Vocabulary of the Cherokee, Mount-
ain dialect.
Manuscript, 10 II. 4°, 200 words, in the library
of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected in 1866.
—— See Jones (.) and Jones (J. B.).
— cediior. Sce Cherokee Messenger.
Jones (ev. Peter). History | of the |
Ojebway Indians ; | with especial refer-
ence to their | conversion to Christian-
ity. | By
waquonaby,) | Indian missionary. |
With a brief | memoir of the writer;
and | introductory notice by the Rey.
G. Osborn, D.D., | secretary of the Wes-
leyan Methodist | Missionary Society. |
London: | A. W. Bennett, 5, Bishops-
gate street without. | Houlston and
Wright, Paternoster row. | 1361.

Rev. Peter Jones, | (Kahke- |

; Jones (P.) — Continued.

|

Pp. i-vi, 1 1. pp. 1-278, 12°.—The Indian lan-

guages (pp. 178-190) contains general remarks
and vocabularies of 40 words of a number of
dialects, among them the Mohawk, Cayuga,
Onondaga, Seneca, Oneida, and Tuscarora,

Kahkewaquonaby. See Jones (Peter).

Kaiatonsera ionterennaientagsa, See
Marcoux (J.).

Kaiatonsera ionterennaientak8a. See
Marcoux (J.).

|

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Brinton,
British Miseum, Congress, Dunbar, Eames,
Trumbull, Wisconsin Historical Society.

At the Fischer sale a copy, No. 2475, brought
3s. 6d.; atthe Field sale, No. 1158, $1.75. Clarke,
1886, No. 6467, prices a copy $1.50,

Some copies are undated.

‘*Peter Jones * * * was born in the
woods on a prominent tract of Jand called Bur-
lington Heights. He spent ten years in wan-
dering about with his own tribe, and grew up
under the influence of the heathen notions and
habits of his own nation. At the age of six-
teen his father, of Welsh descent, and a goy-
ernment surveyor, got him baptized by the
Rev. Ralph Leeming, English Episcopal minis-
ter, at the Mohawk Chureh, on the Grand
River, near Brantford. * * * About three
years after his baptism he was truly converted
to God, at acamp meeting held near Ancaster.
* * * Having furnished satisfactory evi-
dere? to the fathers and brethren of the Wes-
leyan Chureh that he was called to the office of
a Christian minister, he was solemnly set apart
to that work as deacon, by the imposition of
hands, at the Kingston Conference, by the Rev.
Bishop Hedding, in 1830; and as priest at the
Toronto Conference in 1833, by the Rev. George
Marsden. During the following twenty-three
years of his valuable life, he continued to labor
among his Indian brethren with encouraging
success. * * * At length his never very
vigorous constitution began to yield to excess-
ive exposure, colds and fevers. In the spring
of 1850 he had so severe a fit of sickness that
few who saw him had any expectation of bis
recovery, bat his valuable life was prolonged a
few years. * * He died at his home near
Brantford, June 29,°1856."’— Osborn.

Jones (Pomroy). Aunals | and | recol-

lections | of | Oneida County. | [Seven
lines quotation. ] | By Pomroy Jones. |

Rome: | published by the author. |
1851.

Pp. i-xvi, 1-893, 8°.—Chap. xxx, Indians (pp.
832-893), includes examples of the Oneida (from
Schoolcratt), p. 889; names of persons (Oneida),
p. 870; names of waters and places within the
county, with significations, p. 871; some addi-
tional names of localities, chiefly in Seneca, with
meanings (from Morgan’s Indian map, 1851), p.

“leid)

fo.

Copies seen: Astor.

Jones (William). See Wright (A.).
| Jugement erroné. See Cuog (J.-A.).

Yr

Ns

Kaiatonsera iontewcienstakwa. See

Cuoq (J--A.).

| Kaiatonsera ionteseienstak8a. See Cuog

Cera

| KaiatonseraseTsionkse, SeeBrown(J.).

IROQUOIAN

Karo ron, | ne| te ye rihwahewatha. |
[our lines quotation, ] |

Brantford: | Printed at the Courier |

Oftice. | 1877.
Pp. 1-53, 32°.
guage.
Copies seen; Brinley.
Keane (A. H.). Appendix.
phy and Philology of America.
H. Keane.

Hymns in the Mohawk lan-

By A.

In Bates (H. W.), Central America, the West | Kinzie (John).

L.

Laet (Johannes de). Beschrijvinghe |
van | West-Indien | door | Ioannes de
Laet. | Tweede drucke | In ontallijcke
plaetsen ver- | betert, vermeerdert, met
eenige | nieuwe Caerten, beelden van |
verscheyden dieren ende | planten ver-
ciert. |

Tot Leyden, bij de Elzeviers. A°%. 1630,

14 p. Il. pp. 1-622, register 17 pp. folio,
maps.—Numerals 1-10 of the Hochelaga (from
Cartier), and of the Indians of Canada (from
Lesearbot), p. 70.—Numes of the parts of the
human body in Hochelaga (from Cartier), p. 70.

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress,
Lenox.

In Stevens’s Nuggets, No. 1616, a ‘‘ fine copy,
half calf,” was priced 20. 2s. At the Fischer
sale oxe copy, No. 888, brought 6s., aud another,
No. 2495, was bought by Quaritch for 3s. 6d.
At the Murphy sale, No. 1417, a vellum copy
sold for $7.50. Quaritch, No. 28205, prices a
“fine copy in old calf, gilt,” 51.

The original edition, in Dutch, Leyden, 1625,
does not contain the (Astor,
Brown, Lenox.)

linguistics.

—— Novvys orbis | seu | descriptionis |
Indix Occidentalis | Libri XVIII. |
Authore | Ioanne de Laet Antverp. |
Novis Tabulis Geographicis et variis |
Animantium, Plantaram Fructuamaue
‘| Iconibus illustrati. | Cvm = Privi-
legio. |

Lvgd. Batayv. apud Elzevirios,
1633.

j\ch

Engraved title-page 11]. balf-title 11. 14 other

lL. pp. 1-690 (really only 590, p. 105 being wrongly
numbered 205 and the error continued through-

out), index 9 ll. maps, jolio.—Numerals 1-10 of

the Hochelaga and of the indians of Canada, p.
48.—Names of the parts of the body in Hoche-
laga, pp. 48-49.

Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe-

neum, British Museum, Lenox,
Watkinson.

Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, No. 1618, 1.
lls. 6d. The Fisher copy, No. &89, vellum,

brought 1l. 5s.; the Squier copy, No, 617, calf

Congress,

LANGUAGES

Ethnovra- |

95

Keane (A. H.) — Continued.
Indies, &c. pp. 443-561, London, 1878, 8°. (Brit-
ish Museum, Congress, National Museum.)
General scheme of American races and lan-
guages, pp. 460-483, includes the Wyandot-Iro-
quois family.
Reprinted in the 1882 edition of the same
work and on the same pages. (British Mu-
seum.)

| Kianasa nana. See Hyde (J. B.).

|

See Wyandot.

Laet (J. de) —Continued.
$5.75; the Brinley copy, No. 37, vellum, $10;
the Ramirez copy, No. 426, 10s.; the Murphy
copy, No. 1416, vellum, $6.50. An old calf, gilt
copy is priced by Quaritch, No. 28206, 31.

—— L’histoire | dv | nouveau monde |
ou | description | des Indes | occiden-
tales, | Contenant dix-huict Liures, |
Par le Sieur ean de Laet, d’Anuers; |
Enrichi de nouuelles Tables Géoygraphi-
qnes & Figures des | Animaux, Plantes
& Fruicts. | [Figure.] |

A Leyde, | Chez Bonauenture &
Abraham Elseuiers, Imprimeurs | ordi-
naires de l’Vniuersité. | Clg IgC XL
[1640].

16 p. ll. pp. 1-632, 611. maps, folio.—Linguis-
tics, p. 52.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress, Lenox.

Priced by Tribner, 1856, No. 1994. calf, 50.
5s., anlin Stevens's Nuggets, No. 1619, 12. 10s.
The Andrade copy, No. 1840, sold for 47hlr.
21Ngr.; the Fischer copy, No. 2493, was bought
by Quaritch for 1. 2s.; the Field copy, No. 1241,
brought $9.50. Leclerc, 1878, No. 317, pricesa
copy 50 fr. The Ramirez copy, No. 427, brought
1l. 2s.,and the Murphy copy, No. 1415, half red
morocco, gilt edges, with an autograph letter of
De Lact dated Leyden, July, 1629, $10.50.

The Fischer catalogue, No. 2494, titles an edi-
tion: Historie ofte Jaesliick * * * West In-
dien, Leyden, 1644. It was bought by Quaritch
for 3s.

—— L’Histoire | du | Nouveau Monde |
ou | description | des | Indes Occiden-
tales | Nouvelle France | livre second |
réimpression |

Quebec | Typographic de P.-G. De-
lisle | 1882

Outside title, reprint of title-page of the 1640
edition 11. title-page as above 1 1. pp. 1-98, 8°.
A reprint of chapters i-xxii.—Hochelagoes vo-
cabulary, 25 words, pp. 56-57.

But 200 copies were printed, one of which I
saw at the printing oflice of M. Delisle, Quebec.
Whether it has been issued I do not know,

96

Laet (J. de) —Continued.

The extract reprinted in thetNew York Hist.

Soc. Coll. second series, vol. 1, pp. 281-316, New
York, 1841, does not contain the Troquois lin-
guistics.
Joannis de Laet | Antwerpiani |
note | ad | dissertationem | Hugonis
Grotii | De Origine Gentium America-
narun: | et | observationes | aliquot ad
meliorem indaginem | difficillime ilins
Quiestionis. | [Design.] |

Amstelodami, | Apud Lndovicum El-
zevirium. | Clg I9C XLII [1643).

Vitle reverse blank 11. dedication in Latin 3
unnumbered pp. preface pp. 3-6, text pp. 7-223,
16°. Iam inclined to think that the dedication
(signed Nicolaus Herouart, and dated Amste-
lodami, anno 1644, 12 apriliis), which is found
only in the Congress copy, has been inserted
from some other work.—A few words of Huron,
Hochelaga, Souriquoi, Sankikani, Maqua, and
Mexican, compared with Welsh and Danish, pp.
147-151.—Huronand Mexican vocabulary (about
100 words), pp. 173-178.—Maqua vocabulary (50
words), pp. 178-180.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu-
seum, Congress, Lenox, Trumbull.

At the Fischer sale, Nos. 890 and 2496, two
copies sold, the one for 6s. and the other for &s.
6d. Atthe Ramirez salea copy, No. 428, bound
up with another work on the same subject,
brought 7s.

Foran almost identical title see t Addenda. ’
—— Ioannis | de Laet | Antuerpiani |
note | ad | dissertationem | Hygonis
Grotii | De Origine Gentinum America-
narum: | et | observationes aliqvot |
ad meliorem indaginem difficil- | lime
ilius Quiestionis. | [Ornament. ] |
Parisiis, | Apud Viduam Gyilielmi
Pelé, | vid Iacobied sub signo Crucis
aurew. | M. DC. XLII [1645].

Pp. 1-223, sm. 8°.—Linguistics pp. 147-15],
173-178, 178-180.

Copies seen: Lenox.

Lafitau (Pére Joseph Frangois). Moeurs
| des sauvages | Amériquains, | com-
parées aux meurs | des premiers temps.
| Par le P. Lafitau, de la Compagnie
de Jésus. | Ouvrage enrichi de Figures
en taille-douce. | Tome premier[-se-
cond} | [ Design. ] |

A Paris, | Chez | Saugrain Vainé,
Quay des Augustins, presla rué | Pavée,
ala Fleur de Lys. | Charles Estienne
Hochereau, & Ventrée | du Quay des
Angustins, & la descente du Pont 8.
Michel, | au Phanix. | MDCCXXIV
[1724]. | Avec approbation et privilége
dv Roy.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

| Lafitau (J. F.) —Continued.

2 yols.: 11 p. Il. pp. 1-610, 1 1.; 6p. ll. pp. 1-
490, table 20 ll. 4°.—De la langue (vol. 2, pp.
458-490) is a general discussion on ancient
languages as compared with the modern, treat-
ing of American languages incidentally and the
Huron particularly.

Copies scen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit-
Museum, Congress, Eames, Watkinson,
Wisconsin Historical Socicty.

Priced by Triitbner, 1826, No. 2103, 12s. 6d.
At the Fischer sale one copy, No. 891, brought
10s., and another copy, No. 2497, 4s.; the Field
copy, No. 1242, sold for $6; the Squier copy,
No. 618, for $14.25. Leclerc, 1878, No. 321,
prices a copy 30 fr. The Brinley copy, No.
5416, “half-ealf, gilt, nearly uncut, exception-
ally large and fine,”’ broucht $9; the Murphy
copy, No. 1422, old calf, sold for $7. Priced by
Quaritch, No. 29974, calf, 1l. 16s.

ish

Mours | des | Sauvages | Améri-
cains, | comparéesaux Meeurs | les pre-
iniers temps. | Par le P. Lafitau de la
Compagnie de Jesus, | Ouvrage enrichi
de figures en taille-donce. | Tome Pre-
mier [-Quatrie’me]. | [Design. ] |

A Paris, | chez Saugrain laine, Quay
des Augustins, | pres la rue Pavee, ou
la Fleur de Lys. | Charles-Etienve
Hochereau, a lVen- | tree du Quay des
Augustins, au Phénix. | M DCC XXIV
[1724]. | Avee approbation et privilege
dv Roy. 7

4 vols. 16°.—De la langue, vol. 4, pp. 167-169.

Copies seen: Maisonneuve.

Priced by Leclere, 1878, No. 322,20 fr. An
old calf, gilt copy at the Brinley sale, No. 5417,
brouzht $5. Clarke, 1886, No. 6480, prices a
copy $10.

Rich titles an edition Paris, 1723, 2 vols. 4°,
which, says Bartlett in the Brown catalogue,
is probably an error.
edition ‘reprinted badly enough” at Rouen,
1724. which, according to Sabin’s dictionary,

Charlevoix mentions an

No, 38957, refers probably to the Paris edition
of the same date. Triibner, 1856, No. 2104,
mentions an editicn, Amsterdam, 1730, 4 vols.
129, and prices a copy IL. 1s.

oo

| —— De | Zeden | der | Wilden | Van |

|

Amerika | Zynde | Een nieuwe uitvoe-

rige en zeer kurieuse Besehryving van
Godsdienst,
inanier van Oorlogen, Huwelyken, Op-
voe- | ding, Oeffeningen, Feesten, Dan-
zeryen, Begravenissen, en andere zeld-
Tegen | Do Zeden
der oudste Volkeren Vergeleken, en
met getugenissen uit de oudste-| Griek-
sche enaudere Schryveren getoetest en
bevestigt. | Door den zeer geleerden. |
J. F. La Fiteau, | Jesuit en Zendeling

derzelver Oor- | sprong.

zame gewoonten ;

La Galissonniére (—).

IROQUOIAN

Lafitau (J. F.) —Continned.
in Amerika; in’t Fransch beschreven. |
Eerste[-Tweede ] Deel. | [ Design. ] |

In’s Gravenhage. | By Gerard Van-
der Poel, Boekverkoper. | M DCC
XXXI [1731].

2 vols. paged continuously, 1 p. lL. pp. 1-555,
folio.—Linguistics, pp. 529-531.

Copies seen Brown, Wisconsin Historical
Society.

At the Field sale, No. 1243, an uncut copy
brought $2. The Brinley catalogue, No. 5418,
titles an edition, Amsterdam, i751, 2 vols. in one,
folio, which sold for $2.

The Huron linguistics are reprinted in:
Schroter (J. F.), Allgemeine Geschichte der
Linder und Vélker von Amerika, voi. 1, pp.
490-504, Halle, 1752,4°. (British Museam, Wat-
kinson.)

[Small diction-
ary of the Iroquois language of the
Agnier Nation, written by La Galisson-
niere. | (G2)

Manuscript, 150 pp. 8°, in the Bibliothéque
Nationale, Paris.
dian Archives, by Douglas Brymner, 1883, p.
159. Iwas unable to find any work titled under
La Galissonniére in that library during a visit
there in 1886. It probably refers to the work
titled herein under Mohawk, Petit Diction-
naire.

Lahontan (Armand Louis de Delondarce
Baron de).
| Mr. le baron de Lahontan, | dans |
VAmerique | septentrionale, | Qui con-
tiennent une rélation des différens Peu-

ples | qui y habitent; la nature de leur |

Gouvernement; leur | Commerce, leurs
Coutumes, leur Religion, & | leur ma-
niére de faire la Guerre. | L’intérét des
Frangois & des Anglois dans le Com- |
merce quwils font avec ces Nations;
VYavantage que | Angleterre peut re-

LANGUAGES.

|
|
|

Title from Report on Cana- |

Nouveaux | voyages | de

tirer dans ce Pais, étant | en Guerre avee
la France. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & |

de Figures. | Tome premier. | [Figure
of woman under which is the legend
Honoratus qui virtutem honorat. ] |

Ala Haye, | Chez les Fréres l’ Honoré,
Marchands Libraires. | M. DCCIII
[1703].

Title, red and black, verso blank 11.; lines
2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 17, 18, and 20 in red, the remaiuder,
including the figure, in black; épitre a sa
majesté 4 unnumbered pp. preface 7 unnum-
bered pp. table des léttres 9 unnumbered pp.
text pp. 1-279, 16°. Preceding the title-page
is a double-page engraving; on the left in an
oval is a nude Indian, in his left hand an ar-
row and in his right a bow, his left foot being

IROQ i

97

Lahontan (A. L. de D.)— Continued.

on a book, his right on a crown and scepter.
Over the figure are the legends Planche du titre
and Et leges et sceptra terit. On the right, ina
circle, is a globe surrounded by stars. At the
top are the words Planche du titre and over the
globe the words Orbis Patria. Facing the title-
page is a single-page map headed Carte generale
de Canada a petit point. Following the title-
page is a folding map headed on the left Carte
que les Gnacsitares ont dessiné etc., and on the
right Carte dela riviere longue ete. Scattered
through the volame are 11 engraved plates.

Copies seen: Astor, Brown, Lenox.

Title to the second volume as follows:

Memoires | de| l’Amerique | septentrionale,
| ou la suite | des voyages de Mr. le | baron de
Lahontan. | Qui contiennent la Description
dune grande éten- | dué de Pais de ce Conti-
nent, Vintérét des Francois & des | Anglois,
leurs Commerces, leurs Navigations, | les
Mieurs & les Coutumes des Sauvages &c. |
Avec un petit Dictionaire dela Langue du Pais.
| Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. |
Tome second. | [Figure as in vol. 1.] |

A la Haye, | Chez les Fréres l’ Honoré, Mar-
chands Libraires. | M. DCCIIL [1703].

Title, red and black, verso blank 1 1,; lines 1,
3, 6, 7, 12, 14, 15, and 17 are in red, the others, in-
cluding the figure, are in black; text pp. 3-220,
table des matiéres 811.169. Preceding the title-
page is the double-page engraving, as in vol.
1. Following the title-page is a folding map
headed on tbe left Carte generale de Canada
and on the right Terre de Labrador ete. Scat-
tered through the volume are 10 engraved
plates.

Petit dictionaire dela langue des sauvages
{Algonkinj, pp. 195-219.—Quelques mots H1u-
rons [about 50], pp. 219-220.

Copies seen: Astor, Brown, Lenox.

Title to the third volume as follows:

Suple’ment | aux voyages | du | baron de La-
hontan, | Ou lon trouve des Dialogues curieux

| entre] auteur | et | un sauvage | De bon
sens quia voyagé. | L’on y voit aussi plusieurs
Observations faites par le méme | Auteur, dans
ses Voyages en Portugal, en Espagne, | en Hol-
lande, & en Daunemarck, &c. | Tome troi-
sie’me. | Avec Figures. | {Figure asin vol. 1.] |

A la Haye, | Chez les Fréres Honoré, Mar-
chands Libraires. | M. DCC. IIT [1703].

Title in black verso blank 1 1. preface 6 11.
avis de auteur au lecteur 1 1. text pp. 1-222,
16°. Scattered through the volume are 6 en-
graved plates.

Copies seen: Brown.

The only complete set of the three-volume
edition I know of is that in the Carter Brown
library, Providence R.I.,and this set I have
used in the above description, which will not
apply in all respects to other copies of the first
two volumes of this edition. ‘The Lenox copy
for instance—a sound and fine copy in the orig-
inal binding—is minus the double-page en-
graving preceding the title-page in both vol-

98

Lahontan (A. L. de D.)— Continued.
umes 1 and 2; and the maps in volumes 1 and
2 of the Brown copy are in volumes 2 and 1 re-
spectively of the Lenox copy.

According to Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 38636,

this is the original edition of Lahontan’s voy-
ages. I have seen two other editions in French
of the same date, as follows:
Nouveaux | voyages | de |] M' le ba-
ron de Lahontan, | dans | ’Amerique |
septentrionale, | Qui contiennent une
Relation des ditferens | Peuples qui y
habitent; la nature de leur | Gouver-
nement; leur Commerce, leurs Cofi- |
tumes, leur Religion, & leur maniére
de | faire la Guerre. | L’intérét des Fran-
cois & des Anglois dans le Commer- | ce
qwils font avec ces Nations; Pavantage
que | VAngleterre peut retirer dans ce
Pais, étant | en Guerre avee la France.
| Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Fi-
gures. | Tome premier. | [Scroll.] |

A la Haye, | Chez les Fréres ? Honoré,
Marchands Libraires. | M. DCCIII
[1703 ].

Title, red and black, verso blank 1 1.; lines
2, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 18, 19, and 21 are in red,
the remainder in black; épitre a sa Majesté,
4 unnumbered pp. preface 7

7 unnumbered pp.
table des léttres 11 pp. text pp. 1-279, 16°.
Preceding the title-page is a single-page en-
graving; within an oval is a nude Indian, in
whose right hand is an arrow and in the left a
bow; the right foot rests on a book, the left
on a crown and scepter. Over the figure are
the legends Planche du Titre and Et leges et
sceptra terit. Facing p. 9 is a single-page
map, Carte generale du Canada en petit point,
and facing p. 136 the folding map with head-
ings Carte que les Gnacsitares ont dessine
etc. and Carte de la rivicre longue, etc. Be-
sides these there are scattered through the vol-
ume 13 engraved plates.

Copies seen: Brown, Massachusetts Histori-
cal Society.

Title of volume 2 as follows:

Memoires | de| l’Amerique | septentrionale,
| oula suite des voyages | de | M* le baron de
Lahontan. | Qui contiennent la Description
dune grande | étendué de Pais de ce Conti-
nent, Vinterét | des Frangois & des Anglois,
leurs Com- | merces, leurs Navigations, les
Meurs & | les Cofitumes des Sauvages &e. |
Avec un petit Dictionnaire de la Langue du
Pais. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures.
| Tome second. | [Scroll.] |

A la Haye, | Chez les Fréres Honoré, Mar-
chands Libraires. | M. DCCILLI [1703].

Title, red and black, verso blank 1 1.; lines
1, 3, 5, 7, 13, 15, 16, and 18 are in red, the re-
mainder in black; text pp. 3-220, table des
matieres 9 Il. verso 9th blank, 16°. Fol.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

THE

| Lahontan (A. L. de D.)— Continued.

lowing the title-page is a folding map, Carte
generale de Canada. In addition to this there
are scattered through the volume 10 engraved
plates.

Petit dictionnaire de la langue des sauvagcs,
pp. 195-219.—Quelques mots Hurons, pp. 219-
220.

Copies seen: Brown, Massachusetts Histori-
cal Society.

Nouveaux | voyages | de | M™ le ba-
ron de Lahontan, | dans | ?Amerique |

septentrionale, | Qui contiennent une
relation des differens Peuples | qui y
habitent; la nature de leur Gouverne-
ment; | lear Commerce, leur [sic] Cou-
tumes, leur Reli- | gion, & leur maniere
de faire la Guerre. | L’intérét des Fran-
cois & des Anglois dans le Commer- | ce
qwils font avec ces Nations; l’avantage
que | VAngleterre peut retirer dans ce
Pais, étant | en Guerre avec la France.
| Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Fi-
gures. | Tome premier. | [Picture of a
globe. | |

A la Haye, | Chez les Fréres Honoré,
Marchands Libraire [sie] | M. DCCIII
[1703].

Title in black verso blank 11. épitre a sa
Majesté Frederic IV 4 unnumbered pp. pref-
unnumbered pp. table des léttres 11
unnumbered pp. text pp. 1-279, 16°. Preced-
ing the title-page is a single-page engraving ;
within an oval is a nude Indian, in his right
hand an arrow, in his left a bow, his right foot
resting on a book, his left on a crown and scep-
ter. Facing p. 1 is a small folding map, Carte
generale du Canada en petit point, and facing
p. 186 the larger map with the two headings:
Carte que les Gnaesitares ont dessiné ete. and
Carte de la riviere longue ete. In addition to
these there are scattered through the volume
11 engraved plates.

Copies seen: Congress, Lenox.

Title of vol. 2:

Memoires | de | l’Amerique | septentrionale,
| ou la snite des voyages | de | Mr le baron de
Lahontan. | Qui contiennent la Description
dune grande étendué de | Pais de ce Continent,
Vinterét des Frangois & des | Anglois, leurs
Commerces, leurs Navigations, les | Mours &
les Coutumes des Sauvages, &c. | Avec un
petit Dictionnaire de la Langue du Pais, | Le
tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome
second. | [Picture of a globe.] |

A la Haye, | Chez les Fréres |’ Honoré, Mar-
chand [sie] Libraires. | M. DCCTIT [1703].

Title in black verso blank 11. text pp. 3-220,
table des matiéres 9 ll. verso 9th blank, 16°.
Facing p. 5is a folding map, Carte generale de
Canada, and scattered through the volume there
are 11 engraved plates,

a

ace 4

1ROQUOIAN

Lahontan (A. L. de D.) — Continued.

Petit dictionnaire de la langue des sanvages,
pp. 195-215.—Quelques mots Hurons, pp. 219-
220.

Copies seen: Congress, Lenox.

Priced by Leclere, 1878, No. 737, 40 fr., and by
Quaritch, No. 12162, old calf, gilt, 10. 5s.

Assuming, as Sabin says, that the 3-vol. edi- |

tion of 1703 is the original, vol. 1 of each of the
two 2-vol. editions agrees with it page for page
and nearly .ine for line in the matter following
the preface, i. e., from the beginning of the text,
p.1. In vol. 2 the editions run alike page for
page throughout the text; the tables at the end
agree in the two 2-vol. editions, both of which
differ from the second volume of the 3-vol. edi-
tion. The typeof the two 2-vol. editions is very
nearly the same, but differs materially from
that used in the same (second) volume of the
3-vol. edition.
initial letters differ materially in all three edi-
tions, as do also the engraved plates and maps;
and there are minor discrepancies throughout
the text of all the editions.

It will be noticed that the posit‘on of the fig-
ure in the preliminary plate in vol. 1 of each of

the two 2-vol. editions is reversed from that in |

vol. ] of the 3-vol. edition belonging to the Car-
ter Brown library, and that it does not appear
at all in the second volume of either of the 2-vol.
editions or in the third volume of the 3-vol. edi-
tion. Altogether, the make-up of the 2-vol.

The head and tail pieces and the |

LANGUAGES.

editions is inferior, especially in the engraved |

plates, to that of the 3-vol. edition.
Tam indebted to the owners of these editions
for kindly sending them to me for inspection,

so that I have been fortunate in having them

all under the eye at the same time. I took ad-

vantage of the opportunity to make a photo- |
graphic copy of each of the title-pages, as well |

as of those of some other editions, and have |
thus been enabled to read the proof of these |

titles from fac-similes. It has not been thought
necessary to call special attention, by the use
of brackets, to all the minor errors and differ-
ences in spelling and punctuation.

New | voyages | to | North-America.

| Containing | An Accountof theseveral

Nations of that vast Con- | tinent ; their
Customs, Commerce, and Way of |

Navigation upon the Lakes and Rivers;
the seve- | ral Attempts of the English
and French to dispossess | one another ;
with the Reasons of the Miscarriage { of
the former ; and the various Adventures
be- | tween the French, and the Iro-
quese Confederates of | England, from
1683 to 1694. | A Geographical Descrip-
tion of Canada, and a Natu- | ral His

tory of the Country, with Remarks |

upon | their Government, and the In-
terest of the English | and French in

99

Lahontan (A. L. de D.)— Continned.

their Commerce. | Also a Dialogue be-
tween the Author and a General of the
| Savages, giving a full View of the
Religion and strange | Opinions of those
People: With an Account of the Au- |
thors Retreat to Portugal and Denmark,
and his Remarks | on those Courts. |
To which is added, | A Dictionary of
the Algonkine Language, which is gen-
erally | spoke in North-America. | Ilus-
trated with Twenty Three Mapps and
Cutts. | Written in French | By the
Baron Lahontan, Lord Lievtenant | of
the French Colony at Placentia in
New- | foundland, now in England. |
Done into English. | In Two Volumes.
| A great part of which never Printed
in the Original. |

London: | Printed for H. Bonwicke
in St. Paul’s Church-yard ; | T. Good-
win, M. Wotton, B. Tooke, in Fleet-
street; and S. Manship | in Cornhill,
1703.

Title verso blank 11. dedication to William
Duke of Devonshire 11. preface 4 11, contents
611. text pp. 1-274, table pp. 275-280, 2 maps,
plates, 12°.

Title of vol. 2 as follows:

New | voyages | to | North-America. | Giv-
inga full Account of the Customs, | Commerce,
Religion, and strange O-| pinions of the Say-
ages of that Country. | With | Political Re-
marks upon the Courts | of Portugal and Den-
mark, and the Present | State of the Commerce
of those Countries. | Never Printed before. |
Written | By the Baron Lahontan, Lord | Lieu-
tenant of the French Colony at| Placentia in
Newfoundland: Now in | England. | Vol. IT. |

London: | Printed for H. Bonwicke in St.
Paul’s Church-yard; T. Goodwin, | M. Wotton,
B. Tooke in Fleetstreet; and S. Manship in
Cornhill, { 1703.

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-302, index
7 11. 12°.—A short dictionary of the most uni-
versal language of the savages [Algonkin], pp.
287-301. —Some Huron words, pp. 301-302.

Copies seen: Brown, Harvard, Watkinson.

The Fischer copy, No. 2500, was bought by
Triibner for 9s. The Field copy, No. 1245,
brought $12. Quaritch, No. 12164, prices it 11.
8.
Nouveaux | voyages | de Mr le baron
| de Lahontan, | dans | V’Amerique |
septentrionale. | Qui contiennent une
relation des differens Peu- | ples qui y
habitent, la nature de leur Gouver- |
nement, leur Commerce, leur Coitume,
leur | Religion, & leur maniere de faire

Lahontan (A. L. de D.) — Continued.

100

la Guerre. | L’interét des Frangois &
des Anglois dans le | Commerce qwils
font avec ces Nations, l’a- | vantage que
VAngleterre peut retirer dans ce | Pais,
étant en Guerre avec la France. | Le
tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. |
Tome premier. | [Scroll.] |

Ala Haye, | Chez les Freres LHonore’,
Marchands Libraires. | M.DCCIV
[1704].

Title in black verse blank 1 1. épitre4 pp,
preface 5 pp. table des lettres 9 pp. text pp.
1-280, 2 maps, plates, 16°.

Title of vol. 2:

Memoires | de|1}Amerique | septentrionale, |
ou | la suite des voyages | de | Mr le baron de
Lahontan. | Qui contiennent la Description
une | grande étendué de pais de ce Conti- |
nent, l’interét des Frangois & des An- | glois,
leurs Commerces, leurs Na- | vigations, les
Muwurs & les Cofitu- | mes des Sauvages, &c. |
avee un petit Dictionnaire de la Langue du
Pais. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures.
| Et augmenté dans ce second Tome de la ma-
| niere dont les Sauvages se régalent. |
[Scroll.] |

A la Haye, | Chez les Fréres LHonoré,
Marchands Libraires. | M. DCCIV [1704].

Title in black verso blank 11.text pp. 2-222,
table des matieres 9 Il. map, plates, 16°.—A1-
gonkin dictionary, pp. 199-220.—Huron words,
pp. 220-222.

This edition does not agree in type or pages
with any of the three editions of 1703.

Copies seen: Brown, Maisonneuve.

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 739, 20 fr.

I have seen two editions of the supplemental
volume of the date of 1704, each of which, ex-
cept the title-page, is evidently from the same
type as vol. 3 of the 1703 edition; the titles are
as follows:

Dialogues | De Monsieur le| bavon de La- |
hontan | Et d’un | sauvage, | Dans l’Amerique.
| Contenant une description exacte des mcurs
| & des coutumes de ces Peuples Sauvages. |
Avec les Voyages du méme en Portugal & en |
Danemare, dans lesquels on trouve des parti- |
cularitez trés curieuses, & qu’on n’avoit | point
encore remarquées. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes
& de Figures. | [Ornament.] |

A Amsterdam. | Chez Ja Veuve de Boeteman,
| Et se vend | A Londres, chez David Mortier,
Li- | braire dans le Strand, & l’Enseigne
d’Erasme. | M. DCCIV [1704].

Title black and red verso blank 1 1. preface
6 ll. avis de l'auteur 11. text pp. 1-222, 6 maps,
plates, 16°.

Copies seen: Astor, Brown, Lenox.

Suite |] Du] voyage, | De lAmerique, | Ou
dialogues | De Monsieur le | baron de Lahontan
| Et dun | sauvage, | Dans l’Amerique. Con-

tenant une description | exacte des memurs &

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

GLahontan (A. L. de D.)— Continued.

des coutumes de ces | Peuples Sauvages. |
Avecles Voyages du méme en Portugal & en |
Danemare, dans lesquels on trouve des parti- |
cularitez trés curieuses, & qu’onn’avoit | point
encore remarquées. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes
& de Figures. | [Scroll.| |

A Amsterdam, | Chez la Veuve de Boeteman,
| Et se vend | A Londres, chez David Mortier,
Li-| braire dansle Strand,al Enseigne d’Erasme.
| M. DCCIV [1704].

Title black and red reverse blank 11. preface
6 ll. avis de Vauteur au lecteur 1 1. text pp.
1-222, 6 plates and maps, 16°.

Copies see: Congress, Lenox.

— Voyages | du baron | de la Hontan |

dans | PAmériqne | septentrionale, |
Qui contiennent une Rélation des dif-
férens Peuples | qui y habitent; Ja
nature de leur Gouvernement; leur |
Commerce, leurs Cofitumes, leur Re-
ligion, & | leur maniére de faire la
Guerre: | L’Intérét des Frangois & des
Anglois dans le Com- | merce quwils
font avec. ces Nations; Vavantage
que | Angleterre peut retirer de ce
Pais, étant | en Guerre avec la France,
| Le tout eurichi de Cartes & de
Figures. | ‘Tome premier[-Second]. |
Seconde Edition, revué, corrigée, & aug-
mentée. | [ Vignette. ] |

A la Haye, | Chez Jonas l’Honoré,
& Compagnie. ; MDCCV [1705].

Vol. 2 has title as follows:

Memoires | de | l'Amerique | septentrionale,
| ou la suite | des voyages de Mr. le| baron de
la Hontan: | Qui contiennent la Description
(une grande étendué | de Pais de ce Continent,
Vintérét des Francois & des | Anglois, leurs
Commerces, leurs Navigations, | les Mceurs &
les Coutumes des Sauvages, &c. | Avec un petit
Dictionaire de la Langue du Pais. | Le tout
enrichide cartes & de Figures | Tome Second.
| Seconde Edition, augmentée des Conversa-
tions de | l’'auteur avee un Sauvage distingué.
| [Vignette.] |

A Amsterdam, | Pour Jonas ?Honoré & la
Haye. | M DCC V [1705].

2 vols. maps, 12°, — Algonkin dictionary,
yol. 2, pp. 310-335.—Huron words, pp. 335-336.

Copies seen: British Museum, Brown, Lenox.

A copy at the Fischer sale, No. 2499, brought
1s. At the Murphy sale, No. 1424, a half-ealf
copy brought $3.50. Quaritch, No. 28899,
prices a calf copy 1l.

—— Voyages | du Baron | de Lahontan |

dans | ’Amérique | Septentrionale, |
Qui contiennent une Relation des difté-
rens | Peuples | qui y habitent; la na-
ture de leur | Gouvernement, leur |

IROQUOIAN

Lahontan (A. L. de D.) —Continued.
Commerce, leurs | Cotitumes, leur Re-
ligion, & | leur maniére | de faire la
Guerre: | L’Intérét des Francois & des
Anglois dans le Com. | merce quwils font
avec ces Nations; Vavantage que |
VAngleterre peut retirer de ce | Pais,
étant | en Guerre avec la France. | Le
tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. |
Tome premier[-second }. | Seconde édi-
tion, revué, corrigée & augmentée. |

A Amsterdam, | Chez Francois VHo-
noré & Compagnie. MDCCV [1705].

2 vols. 12°. Vol. 2, Mémoires &c.—Algonkin
dictionary, vol. 2, pp. 311-335.—Huron words,
pp. 335-336,

Copies seen: Boston Athenwum.

Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, No. 1625, 18s.
— Voyages | du baron | de la Hontan |
dans | ’Amérique | septentrionale, |
Qui contiennent une Rélation des diffe-
rens Peuples | quiy habitent; la nature
de leur Gouvernement; leur | Com-
merce, leurs Cotiitumes, leur Religion ;
& | leur maniére de faire la Guerre: |
L’interét des Frangois & des Anglois
dans le Com- | merce quwils font avec
ces Nations; l’avantage que | ’Angle-
terre peut retirer de ce Pais, étant | en
Guerre avec la France. | Le tout enri-
chi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome
premier. | Seconde Edition, revué, cor-
rigé [sic], &
ette. ] |

Ala Haye, | Chez Charles Delo, sur
le Singel. | MDCCVI [1706].

Title of vol. 2 as follows :

Memoires | de | l) Amerique | septentrionale,
| ou la suite | des voyages de Mr. le | baron do
la Hontan: | Qui contiennent la Description
d’une grande étendué | de Pais de ce continent,
Vinterét des Frangois & des | Anglois, leurs
Commerces, leurs Navigations, | les Murs &
les Coutumes des Sauvages, &c.| Avec un
petit Dictionaire de la Langue du Pais. | Le
tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures | Tome

augmentée. |

[Vign- |

LANGUAGES.

101

Lahontan (A. L. de D.)— Continued.

rique | septentrionale, | Qui contien-
nent une Relation des diffé- | rens Peu-
ples qui y habitent, la nature | de leur
Gouvernement, leur Commerce, | leurs
Cottumes, leur Religion, & leur | ma-
niere de faire la Guerre. | L’intérét des
Frangois & des Anglois dans le | Com-
merce qwils font avee ces Nations; |
Vavantage que la France, peut retirer
dans ce | Pais, étant en Guerre avec
VAngleterre. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes
& de Figures. | Tome premier[-troisi-
éme]. | [Vignette. ] |

A la Haye, | Chez Isaac Delorme,
Libraire. | MDCCVII [1707].

3 vols. 16°. Vol. 2, Mémoires, &c.; vol. 3,
Dialogues de M. Lahontan, &c.— Algonkin
dictidnary, vol. 2, pp. 217-237.—Huron words,
pp. 238-239.

Copies seen: Congress.

Nouveaux | Voyages | de Mr. Le Ba-
ron | De Lahontan, | dans | L’Amé-
rique | Septentrionale, | Qui contien-
nent une relation des différens Peu- |
ples qui y habitent, la nature de leur
Gouver- | nement, lear Commerce, leur
Cotttume, leur | Religion, & leur ma-
niere de faire la Gaerre. | L’intérét des
Frangois & des Anglois dans le | Com-
merce qwils font avec ces Nations, Va- |
vantage que VAngleterre peut retirer
dans | ce Pais, étant en Guerre avec la
France. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes &
de Figures. | Tome premier[-second ]. |

A la Haye, | Chez les Freres L’ Hono-
ré, Marchands | Libraires. | M.DCCIX
[1709].

2 vols.: 9 p. Il. pp. 1-280; pp. 1-322, table 9 11.
map; 12°.—Algonkin dictionary, vol. 2, pp.
199-220.— Huron words, pp. 220-222.

Copies seen: Brown.

Priced by Leclere, 1878, No. 740, 20 fr.

| —— Des beriihmten | Herrn |] Baron De

second. | Seconde Edition, augmentée des Con-
versations | de 1 Auteur avec un Sauvage dis- |

tingué. | (Vignette. ] |

A la Haye, | Chez Charles Delo, sur le Sin-
gel. | MDCCVI [1706].

2 vols. map, 12°.—Algonkin dictionary, vol.
2, pp. 311-335.—Huron words, vol. 2, pp. 335-336.

Copies seen: Brown, Lenox.

Quaritch, Nos. 12163 and 28900, prices a copy
158.

Nouveiux | voyages | de Monsieur |
-le baron de Lahontan, | dans | ’Amé-

Lahontan }? neueste Reisen | nach |
Nord Indien | oder dem | mitterniicht-
ischen America, | mit vielen
dern und bey keinem Scribenten | be-
findlichen | Curiositeeten, | Aus dem
Frantzésischen iibersetzet | von | M.

beson-

Vischer. |

Hamburg und Leipzig. | Im Neuman-
nischen Verlag. | MDCCIX [1709].

6 p. ll. pp. 1-159, map, 12°.—Linguistics as
above, pp. 433-45.

Copies seen: British Museum, Brown.

102 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Lahontan (A. L.de D.) — Continued.

— Des beriihmten | Herrn | Baron De

Lahontan (A. L.de D.)—Continued.
land from 1683 to 1694. | A Geograph-

Lahontan | Neueste Reisen | nach |
Nord-Indien ,/ | oder dem | mitter-
niichtischen America | mit vielen beson-
dern und bey keinem Scribenten befind-
lichen | Curiositaeten. | Auch bey die-
ser andern Auflage mit | seiner Reise
nach Portugall 7 Dennemarck und |
Spanien / vermehret. | Aus dem Fran-
tzbsischen tibersetzet | von | M. Visch-
er. |

Hamburg und Leipzig 7 |_Im Nen-
mannischen-Verlag 7 MDCCXI [1711].

12 p. ll. pp. 1-753, map, 16°.—Linguistics as
above, pp. 563-590.

Copies seen: Brown,

—— Voyages | du baron | de Lahontan |
dans | VAmerique | septentrionale, |

Qui contiennent une Rélation des difté-

rens | Peuples qui y habitent; la nature

ue lear | Gouvernement; leur Com-
merce, leurs | Coitumes, leur Religion,

& leur maniére | de faire la Guerre: |

L’Intérét des Frangois & des Anglois

dans le | Commerce quiils font avee ces

Nations; Va- | vantage que Angleterre

peut retirer de ce | Pais, étant en

Guerre ayee la France. | Le tout en-

richi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome

premier[-second]. | Seconde Edition
revué, corrigée & augmentée. | [De-
sign. | |

A Amsterdam, | Chez Frangois lHo-
noré, vis-a-vis de la Bourse. | M.DCC.

XXVIII [1728].

3 vols. maps, 12°. Vol. 2, Mémoires &c.
The third volume, Suite du voyage &c., has
the imprint: A Amsterdam, | Chez la Veuve
de Boeteman. | M. DCC. XXVIII [1728].

Dictionary of the Algonkin, vol. 2, pp. 3811-
336.—Huron vocabulary, pp. 337-333.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit-
ish Museum, Brown.

The Brinley copy, No. 100, sold for $2.50. An
old calf, gilt copy, No. 28901, is priced by
Quaritch, 1.

—— New | Voyages | to | North-America.
| Containing | an Account of the sey-
eral Nations of that vast Con- | tinent ;
their Customs, Commerce, and Way of
Naviga- | tion upon the Lakes and Riy-
ers; the several Attempts of | the En-
glish and French to dispossess one an-
other; with the reasons | of the Mis-
sarriage of the former; and the various
| Adventures between the French, and
the Iroquese Coufe- | derates of Eng-

ical description of Canada, and a |

Natural History of the Country, with
Remarks upon | their Government, and
the Interest of the English and | French
in their Commerce. | Also a Dialogue
between the Author and a General | of
the Savages, giving a full View of the
Religion and | strange Opinions of
those people: With an Account of |

the Author’s Retreat to Portugal and
Denmark, and his | Remarks on those
Courts. | To which is added, | A Dic-
tionary of the Algonkine Language
which is | generally spoke in North-
America. | Illustrated with Twenty-
three Maps and Cuts. | Written in
French j By the Baron Lahontan, |

Lord Lieutenant of the French Colony
at Placentia | in Newfoundland, at that
Time in England. | Done into English.
The Second Edition. | In'’Pwo Volumes.
| A great Part of which never Printed
in the Original. | Vol. I{-I1]. |

London: | Printed for Joh» Brindley,
Bookseller, at the Kings-Arms | in New-
bond-street, Bookbinder to her Majesty
and his | Royal Highness the Prince of
Wales; and Charles | Corbe %, at Addi-
son’s-head. Tempie-bar. 35.

2 vols. maps, 8°. The imprint to vol. 2 (New
voyages giving a full account of the cus-
toms, commerce, religion, &¢.) is: Printed for
J. Brindley * * and C. Corbett; ~*~ ~
M. DCC. XXXV [1735].

Algonkin dictionary, vol. 2, pp. 289-303.—Hu-
ron words, pp. 803-304.
3rown,

* *

Copies seen: 4

Atthe Menzies sale a half gray calf, antique
copy, No. 1178, sold for $13. A copy at the Brin-
ley sale, No, 101*, brought $12.50. Clarke &
Co., 1886, No. 5495, price it $12.
New | voyages | to | North-America,

| Containing | An Account of the sev-
eral Nations of that vast Con- | tinent;
their Customs, Commerce, and Way of
Naviga- | tion upon the Lakes and Riv-
ers; the several Attempts of | the En-
glish and French to dispossess one an-
other; with the | Reasons of the Mis-

‘arriage of the former; and the various

| Adventures between the French, and
the Iroquese Confe- | derates of Eng-
land, from 1683 to 1694. | A Geograph-
ical Description of Canada, and a |
Natural History of the Country, with

IROQUOIAN

Lahontan (A. L. de D.) — Continued.
Remarks upon their | Government, and
the Interest of the English and French
| in their Commerce. | Also a Dialogue
between the Author and a General of
the | Savages, giving a full View of the
Religion and strange Opi- | nions of
those People: With an Account of the
Author’s Retreat | to Portugal and Den-
mark, and his Remarks on those Courts.
| To which is added, | a dictionary of
the Algonkine Language, which is |
generally spoke in North-America. |
Illustrated with Twenty-Three Maps
and Cuts. | Written in French | By the
Baron Lahontan, | Lord Lieutenant of
the French Colony at Placentia | in
Newfoundland,at that Time in England,
| Done into English. The Second Edi-
tion. | In Two Volumes. | A great Part
of which never Printed in the Original.
| Vol. I{-I1]. |

London: | Printed for J. and J. Bon-
wicke, R. Wilkin, 8. Birt, T. Ward, |
E.Wicksteed ; and J. Osborn. M. DCC.
XXXV [1735].

2 vols.: 12 p. ll. pp. 1-280; pp. 1-304; maps, 8°.
Title to vol. 2 has the imprint, London: |
Printed for J. Walthoe, R. Wilkin, J. and J.
Bonwicke, | J. Osborn, S. Birt, T. Ward and FE.
Wicksteed. 1735.

Algonkin dictionary, vol. 2, pp. 289-303.—
Huron words, pp. 303-304.

Copies seen: Boston Athenwum, Congress.

A half-ealf copy at the Murphy sale, No.
1425, brought $11.50.

Some copies of vol. 1 have the imprint, Lon-
don: | Printed for J. Osborn, at the Golden-
Bull, in Pater-noster-Row. | M.DCC.XXXV
[1785]. (Astor.)

Reizen | van den baron | van la Hon-
tan | in het | noordelyk | Amerika, |

Vervattende een Verhaal van verscheide
Volke- | ren die het bewoonen; den aart
hunner Re- | geering, hun Koophandel,
hun Ge- | woontens, hun Godsdienst,
en | hun wys van Oorloogen. | Neevens
het Belang der Franschen en der Engel-
{schen in hun Koophandel met die
Volkeren; en | ’t voordeel dat Enge-
land, met Vrankryk in | Oorlog zynde,
van dat Land kan trekken. | Alles met
verscheide Aanteekeningen vermeer- |

dert en opgeheldert, en met Kaarten en
| Plaaten verciert. | Eerste[-Tweede]

deel. | Vertaalt door | Gerard Wester- |

wyk. | [Seroll.] |

LANGUAGES. 103

Lahontan (A. L. de D.) — Continue.

In’s Grayenhage, {| By Isaac Beanre-
Cardin W739.

2vols.: 6 p. ll. pp. 1-582; 3p. 11. pp. 1-552; maps,
16°.—W oordenbook van de taal der wilden [Al-
gonkin], vol. 2, pp. 524-551.—Eenige Huronsche
worden, pp. 551-552.

Copies seen: Brown, Congress, Lenox.

—— Voyages | du baron | de Lahontan |
dans | VAmerique | septentrionale. |
Qui contiennent une Relation des diffé-

| rens Peuples qui y habitent; la na-
ture | de leur Gouvernement; leur
Commer- | ce, leurs Codtumes, leur Re-
ligion, & | leur maniere de faire la
Guerre: | L’Intérét des Frangois & des
Anglois dans le | Commerce qivils font
avec ces Nations, Va- | vantage que
VAngleterre peut retirer de ce | Pais,
étant en Guerre avec la France. | Le
tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. |
Tome p[rJemier[-troisieme]. | Seconde
Edition, revfte, corrigée & augmentée.

| [ Vignette. ] |

A Amsterdam, | Chez Francois )Ho-
nore, vis-a-vis de la Bourse. | M. DCC.
XXXXI [1741]. ;

3 vols.: maps, 12°. Tome second: Suite | des
Voyages | du Baron | De Lahontan | &c. Tome
Troisitme: Mémoires | de | Amérique | &e.

Algonkin dictionary, vol. 3, pp. 219-236.—
Huron words, pp. 2386-237.

Copies seen: Brown, Bureau of Ethnology,

Congress.

Other editions of Lahontan are mentioned
by Sabin and Leclerc, as follows:

A Amsterdam, Chez Frangois lHonoré,
MDCCXXI, 2 vols. 12°.

A Amsterdam, Fr. L’Honoré, 1731, 2 vols. 129.

La Haye, Chez les Fréres Honoré, MDCC
KeXoK I 2 vols. 12°.

In addition to the foregoing, I have seen the
following partial reprints of Lahontau, which
do not include the linguistics:

Geographical Description of Canada, in Har-
ris (J.), Collection of Voyages, vol. 2, 1705.

Reise auf dem langen Flusse, in Allgemeine
Hist., vol. 16, 1758.

Travels in Canada, in Pinkerton (J.), Collec-
tion of Voyages, vol. 13, 1812.

[Lalemant (Pere Jérdme).] Relation |
de ce qvis’est | passé de plus remarqua-
ble en | la Mission des Peres de la |
Compagnie de Tesus | avx Hvrons | Pays
de la nonuelle France, | Depvis le mois
de Iuin de Vannée mil six cens | qua-
rante, iusques au mois de luin | de ’an-
née 1641. | Addressee / Au R. P Iacques

| Dinet Pronincial dela | Comp. de Tesvs,

104 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Lalemant (J.)— Continued.
en la Prouince | de France. | M. DC.
XLIT [1642].

Pp. 1-104, 8°. Appended to Vimont (Barth.),
Relation de ce qvi s'est passé en la Novvelle
France, en années 1640 et 1041, Paris, 1642, 8°.
—Vn eschantillon de la langue ILuronne, with
interlinear French translation, pp. 96-104.

Oopies seen: British Museum, Congress,
Lenox.

Reprinted in Relations des jésuites, vol. 1,
1641, pp. 59-86, Québec, 1858, 8°. The Huron
prayer, with interlinear French translation,
appears on pp. 84-86.

——Principlesof the Huron Language. (*)

Manuscript. ‘‘ Referred to by Jacques in one
of his letters, but now lost.’—Hist. Mag., vol.
2,,p:.197.

‘Pere Jérdme Lalemant went among the Hu-
rons in 1638, remaining until 1645. In 1650,

after the destruction of the Huron Nation, he |
returned to France. In 1659 he obtained per- |

mission to return to his neophytes, and was
chosen Superior of the Missions of Canada:

He died in that country January 26, 1673, aged |

80 years.”—Jesuit Relations.
Latham (Robert Gordon). Miscellaneous

Contributions to the Ethnography of

North America. By R. G. Latham, M.D.

Tn Philological Soc. [of London] Proc. vol. 2,
pp. 81-50, [London], 1846, 8°.

Table of words showing afiinities among
various American tribes, including the Onon-
daga, Mohawk, Tuscarora, Nottoway, Seneca,
Wyandot, and Oneida, pp. 32-34.

On the Languages of the Oregon
Territory. By R.G. Latham, M. D.

Tn Ethnological Soc. of London, Jour. vol. 1,
pp. 154-166, Edinburgh, [1848], 8°.

A few words of Onondago, Mohawk, Oneida,
Seneca, and Nottoway.

Opuseula. | Essays | chiefly | philo-
logical and ethnograpbicail | by | Rob-
ert Gordon Latham, | M. A., M. D., F.
R. S., ete. | late fellow of Kings Col-
lege, Cambridge, late professor of En-
glish | in University College, London,
late assistant physician | at the Middle-
sex Hospital. |

Williams & Norgate, | 14 Henrietta
street, Covent Garden, London | and |
20 South Frederick street, Edinburgh.

| Leipzig, R. Hartmann, | 1860.

Title as above verso printer, pp. iii-vi, 1-418,
8°. A reprint of a number of articles which ap-
peared in the publications of the Ethnological
and Philological Societies of London. <Ad-

denda and Corrigenda (pp. 379-417) contain lin-
guistic material not appearing in any of the

Latham (R. G.) —Continued.
former articles; amongst it are a few words of
Cherokee, Iroquois, Seneka, and Mohawk com.
pared, p. 384.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Public, Brinton,
Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames, Wat-
kinson.

A presentation copy, No. 639, brought $2.37
at the Squier sale. The Murphy copy, No.
1438, sold for $1.

Elements | of | comparative philol-
ogy. | By | R. G. Latham, M. A., M. D.,
F. R. S., &e., | late fellow of Kings
College, Cambridge; and late professor
of English | in University College, Lon-
don. |

London: | Walton and Maberly, |
Upper Gower street, and Ivy lane,
Paternoster row; | Longman, Green,
Longman, Roberts, and Green, | Pater-
noster row. | 1862. | The Right of
Translation is Reserved.

Pp. i-xxxii, errata 1 1. pp. 1-774, 8°.—Com-
parative vocabulary of the Mohawk, Cayuga,
Tuscarora, and Nottoway, p.463.—Vocabulary
of the Wyandot, p.464.—Comparative vocabu-
lary of the Onondaga, Seneca, and Oneida, pp.
464-465.—Comparative vocabulary of the Cher-
okee, Chocktaw, and Muscogulge, p. 468.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Eames, Watkinson.

“Robert Gordon Latham, the eldest son of
the Rey. Thomas Latham, was born in the vicar-
age of Billings)orough, Lincolnshire, March
24, 1812. In 1819 ho was entered at Eton.
Two years afterwards he was admitted on the
foundation, and in 1829 went to Kings, where
he took his Fellowship and degrees. Eth-
nology was his first passion and his last,
though for botany he had a very strong taste.
He died March 9, 1888.’’"—Theodore Watts in The
Atheneum, March 17, 1888.

[Lausbert (C. F.).] Recueil | d’Observa-
tions | curieuses, | sur les meeurs, les
coutumes, | les Usages, les différentes
Langues, le| Gouvernement, la My tholo-
gie, la Chro- | nologie, la Géographie
ancienne & mo- | derne, les Cérémonies,
la Religion, les | Méchaniques, l’As-
tronomie, la Médeci- | ne, la Physique
particuliere, VHistoire | Naturelle, le
Commerce, la Navigation, | les Arts &
les Sciences de différens Peu- | ples de
Asie, de ’Afrique, & de ’Amérique. |
Tome I[-IV]. |

A Paris, | Chez Prault, Quai de Conti,

a ladescente du Pont-Neuf. | M.DCC.

XLIX [1749]. | Avec Approbation &

Privilege du Roi.

TROQUOIAN

Lausbert (C. F.)— Continued.

4 vols. 16°.—Langues différentes des Hurons,
des Abnaquis [&c.], & de plusieurs autres na-
tions de la Nouvelle France, vol. 2, pp. 135-155:
a general discussion of tho languages of that
region.

Copies seen: British Museum.

The Fischer catalogue, No. 1451, titles an edi-
tion Paris chez David le jeune, 1749,4 vols.
12°; at that sale it brought 1s.
Laverlochére (Pére N.). Lettre du R. P.
Laverlochere [&c. from Lac des Deux
Montagnes ].

In Annales de la propagation de la foi, vol.
24, pp. 69-79, Lyon, 1844, 8°.

A specimen of the Iroquois language, p.
Ut

Laws:
Cherokee. See Cherokee.
Seneca. Wright (A.).

to

Lawson (John). A new | Voyage
Carolina; | containing the | exact de-
scriptionand naturalhistory | of that |

Country: | Together with the Present
state thereof|and|A Journal | of a
thousand miles Travel thro’ several |

nations of Indians. | Giving a particu-
lar account of their customs, | manners
&c. | By John Lawson, Gent. Surveyor-
| General of North Carolina. |

London, | printed in the year 1709.

3 p. IL. pp. 1-258, sm. 4°. Forms part of Stev-
ens (J.), A new collection of voyages and trav-
els, London, 1708-09.

Vocabularies of the Tuskeruro, Pampti-
cough, und Woccon, nearly 200 words of each,
pp. 225-230.

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.

— Anew | voyage | to | Carolina; |
Containing the | Exact Description and
Natural History | of that | Country: |
Together withthe Present State thereof.
| And |a journal | Of a Thousand
Miles, Travel’d thro’ several | Nations
of Indians. | Giving a particular Ac-
count of their Customs, | Manners, &c.
| By John Lawson, Gent. Surveyor- |
General of North Carolina. |
London: | Printed in the Year 1709.
Forms part of

3 p. ll. pp. 1-258, maps, sm. 4°.
Stevens (J.), A new collection of voyages and
travels, London, 1711, 2 vols. sm. 4°.

Vocabularies of the Tuskeruro, Pamticough,
and Woccon, pp. 225-230.

Copies seen: Astor, New York Historical So-
ciety.

A “finecopy,”’ calf, is priced in Stevens's Nug-
gets, No. 1662, 2/.12s.6d. At the Brinley sale,
No. 3873, a ‘‘splendid copy,” brought $250, and
snother copy, No. 8874, $37.50. The Muarphy
copy, No. 1448,‘* half green morocco, top edge

LANGUAGES.

105

| Lawson (J.)— Continued.

gilt, fine, tall copy,” sold for $60. Quaritch, No.
29975, prices a copy with ‘title in exact fac-
simile, paneled calf extra, gilt edges,” 51.

—— Allerneuste Beschreibung | der Pro-

vintz | Carolina | In | WestzIndien. |
Samt einem | ReisezJournal | von mehr
als | Tausend Meilen | unter allerhand
| Indianischen Nationen. ; Auch einer
| Accuraten Land/Carte und andern |
Kupfer/Stichen. | Aus dem Englischen
iibersetzet durch | M. Vischer. |

Hamburg, | Gedruckt und verlegt/
durch seel. Thomas von Wierings Er-
ben’ | bey der Bérse/im giildnen A,
B, C. Anno 1712. | Sind auch zu Franck-
furt und Leipzig/bey Zacharias Her-
teln | zu bekommen.

7 p. I. pp. 1-365, 3 unnumbered pp. map, 16°. —
Vocabularies, pp. 341-348.
Browa, Harvard,

Copies seen: Congress,

Lenox.

—— The | history | of | Carolina; | con-

taining the | Exact Description and
Natural History | of that | country:
| Together with the Present State
thereof. | And | a journal | Of a Thou-
sand Miles, Travel’d thro’ several | Na-
tions of Indians. | Giving a particular
Account of theircustoms, |Manners &c.
| By John Lawson, Gent. Surveyor-
General | of North-Carolina |

London: | Printed for W. Taylor at
the Ship, and J. Baker at the Black- |
Boy, in Pater-Noster-Row, 1714.

Title verso blank 1 1. dedication 1 1. preface
1 1. introduction pp. 1-5, text pp. 6-258, map,
sm. 49°.—Vocabularies, pp. 225-230.

Copies scen: British Museum, Congress.

At the Menzies sale a large and fine copy,
No. 1200, brought $43; at the Field sale, No.
1300, $25.

—— The | history | of | Carolina; | con-

taining the | Exact Description and
Natural History | of that | country; |
Together with the Present State thereof.
| And*| a journal | Of a Thousand
Miles, Travel’d thro’ several | Nations of
Indians. | Giving a particular Account
of their Customs, | Manners, &c. | By
John Lawson, Gent. Surveyor-General
| of North-Carolina. |

London: | Printed for T. Warner, at
the Black-Boy in Pater-Noster | Row,
1718. Price Bound Five Shillings.

3 p. IL. pp. 1-258, map, plate, sm. 4°.—Vocabu-
laries, pp. 225-230.

100

Lawson (J.) — Continued.
Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Brown, Har- |
vard, Lenox, Massachusetts Historical Society. |
At the Field sale,a copy, No. 1301, brought
$25. Clarke, 1886, No. 3199, prices it $25.
—— The | history of Carolina, | contain-
ing the | exactdescription | and | natu-
ral history of that country, | together
with the present state thereof and a
journal of | a thousand miles traveled

through several na- | tions of Indians,
giving a particular | account of their
customs, | manners, &c., &e. | By John
Lawson, | Gent. Surveycr-General of
North Carolina. | London: | Printed for |
W. Taylor at the Ship, and F. Baker at
the | Black Boy, in Pater-Noster Row,
1714. |

Raleigh: | printed by Strother & Mar-
com at their book and job office, | 1360.

Pp. i-xviii, 19-390, 12°. —Vocabularies, pp.
366-377.

Copies seen: Congress, Dunbar, Eames.

The Field copy, No. 1302, brought $3.

See Brickell (John).
Le Brun (Antoine Théodore), [Sermons
in the Mohawk language. ] C5)

Manuscript, 120 unnumbered ll. 4°, in the
archives of the Sulpician Seminary at Oka,
Vitle furnished by the late Mrs, Er-
minnie A. Smith, who says the earliest date on

Canada.
the sermonsis1783. They are inabound book,
on the first page of which is the following in-
dex of the contents:

Sectio prima.

De doctrina Christiana quid sit esse Chris-
tianum.

De signo ecrucis,

De Deo et Dei perfectionibus,

Explanatio symboli apostolorum.

Prima articula in nativitate Domini,

Cireumcisione.

De ste. trinitate.

Formation du prone.

De B. Joanne Baptista.

De B. Laurentio.

Uxplicatio orationis dominicalis.

Salutatio angelica in festo St. Nicolai.

Annunciationis.

St. Philippi & Jacobi.

Ascensionis.

Pentecostes.

St. Francois Xavier.

“Antoine Théodore Le Brun, a Prémontré

monk, camo from Germany to Quebec, where
the bishop conferred upon him the priesthood
in 1783;

Two Mountains to learn the Iroquois, and to

he was then sent to the Lake of the

be afterward employed either in that mission

or at those of St. Regis and Sault St. Louis.
But it appears that ho took a dislike to this
ministry, for during 1787 he returned to his
own country.’’—Cuoq.

Leclere (Charles).

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

| Le Caron (Pere Joseph). [Dictionary of
the Huron language. ] ©)

“The dictionary of the Huron language was

first drafted by Father Joseph Le Caron in
1616. The little Huron whom he took with
him when he returned to Quebee aided him
greatly to extend it. He also added rules and
principles during his second voyage to the
Tlurons. He next increased it by notes which
Father Nicolas sent him, and at last perfected
it by that which that holy monk had left when
descending to Quebec, and which the French
placed in his hands: so that Father George,
procurator of the mission in France, presented
it to the king with the two preliminary dic-
tionaries of the Algonquin and Montagnais lan-
guages in 1625.”—Le Clercq.
Bibliotheca | ameri-
cana | Catalogue raisonné | V@une tres-
précieuse | collection de livres anciens |
et modernes | sur lAmérique ct les
Philippines | Classés par ordre alpha-
bétique de noms d’Auteurs. | Rédigé
par Ch. Leclerc. | [Design. ] |

Paris | Maisonneuve & Ci | 15, quai
Voltaire | M.D. CCC. LX VII [1867]

Half-title verso details of sale, title as above
verso blank 11. pp. v-vii, 1-407, 8°. —Contains
titles of a number of works in the Iroquoian
languages.

Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling.

At the Fischer sale, a copy, No. 919, brought
10s.; at the Squier sale, No. 651, $1.50. Leclere,
1878, No. 345, prices it 4fr. The Murphy copy,
No. 1452, brought $2.75.

— Bibliotheca | americana | Histoire,

eéographie, | voyages, archéologie et
linguistique | des | deux Amériques |
et | des Iles Philippines | rédigée | Par
Ch. Leelere | (Design. ] |

Paris | Maisonneuve et Ci’, libraires-
éditeurs | 25, quai Voltaire, 25. | 1878

Half-title verso blank 11. title as above vers 9
blank 11. pp. i-xx, 1-737, 11. 8°.—The linguistic
part of this volume occupies pp. 5387-643 and is
arranged under families, the Cheroki occurring
on p. 563, Huron (Wyandots) pp. 588-589, Mo-
hawk (Lroquois) pp. 610-612, Onondaga p. 617,
Seneca p. 631.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Eames, Pil-
ling.

Priced by Quaritch, No. 12172, 12s. ; another
copy, No. 12173, large paper, 1l. 1s. Leclere’s
Supplement, 1881, No. 2831, prices it 15 fr., and
No. 2832, acopy on Holland paper, 30 fr. A large-
paper copy is priced by Quaritch, No. 30230,
12s.

—— Bibliotheea | americana | Histoire,

géoegraphie, | voyages, archéologie et
lingnistique | des | deux Amériques |
Supplément | No I[-2]. Novembre
1881 | [Design. ] |

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Leclere (C.)— Continued.

Paris | Maisonneuve & Ci, libraires-
éditeurs | 25, quai Voltaire, 25 | 1851
[-1887].

verso blank 11. advertisement 11. pp. 1-102, 11.,;
printed cover, title differing slightly from the
above (verso blank) 11. pp. 3-127; 8°. These
supplements have no separate section devoted
to works relating to Iroquoian languages, but
titles of a few such works appear passim.

Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling.
Le Fort (Abraham). Vocabulary of the
Onondago language.

In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 2,
pp. 481-493, Philadelphia, 1852, 4°.

Reprinted in Ulrici (E.), Die Indianer Nord
Amcerikas, p. 39, Dresden, 1867, 8°.

Legend, Seneca. See Gatschet (A.58.).

Le Hir (Arthur M.). Les langues améri-
caines. Article unique. Compte rendu
Wun ouyrage intitulé: Etudes philologi-
ques sur quelques langues sauvages de
VAmérique, par N. O. ancién mission-
naire.

In Le Gir (A. M.), Etudes bibliques, vol.

2, pp. 474-489, Paris, 1869, 8°. (British Mu-
scum.)
Le Mercier (Pére Frangois Joseph). Re-
lation | de ce qvi s’est passé | en Ja mis-
sion des peres|de la Compagnie de
Iesvs, | en la | Novvelle France, | es
annees 1653. & 1654. | Enuoyée au R. P.
Nicolas Royon, | Prouincial de la Pro-
uince de France. | Par le R. P. Frang¢ois
le Mercier, | Superieur des Missions de
la mesme | Compagnie. | [Design.] |

A Paris, | Chez Sebastien Cramoisy, |
Imprimeur ordinaire du Roy | & de la
Reyne, | et Gabriel Cramoisy. | rué 8. |
Jacques | aux Ci- | cognes. | M. DC. LV
[1655]. | Auee Priuilege du Roy.

2. p. ll. pp. 1-176, 8°.—Letter, headed A8ata-

ken &¢c. in Huron, pp. 137-140; French trans-
lation, pp. 141-144.—Huron letter headed: Of-

frande d’yne escharpe de Pourcelaine faite par |

les Hurons a la vierge patronne de la Congre-
gation de messieurs de Paris, p.«145; Explica-
tion, p. 146.

Copies seen: Lenox,

Reprinted in Relations des jésuites, vol. 2,
1654, pp. 1-34, Québec, 1858, 8°. The letter in
Huron, with accompanying French translation,
pp. 27-28,

Frangois Joseph Le Mercier was born at
Paris, Oct. 4,1614. He came to Canada in 1635,
was superior from 1653 to 1656, and accom-
panied Captain Dupuis to the Onondagas,
where he preached the gospel. After having
been three years at the Mission of Three

Lescarbot (Marc).

107

Le Mercier (I. J.) —Continued.

Rivers he became superior for the second time
in 1665, fulfilling the charge until 1670. He
died on the Island of Martinique, June 12, 1690.

| Lenox: This word following a title or within
2 vols.: printed cover as aboye, title as above |

parentheses after a note indicates that a copy
of the work referred to was seen by the com-
piler in the Lenox Library, New York City.
Histoire | de la Nov-
velle- | France | Contenant les naviga-
tions, découvertes, & habi- | tations
faites par les Frangois és Indes Occi-
den- | tales & Nouvelle-France souz
Vaven & autho- | rité de noz Rois Tres-
Chrétiens, & les diverses | fortunes
Wiceux en Vexecution de ces choses, |
depuis cent ans jusques & hui. | En
quoy est comprise I’IHistoire .Morale,
Naturele, & Geo- | graphique de ladite
province: Avec les Tables & | Figures
Wicelle. | Par Mare Lescarbot Advocat
en Parlement, | Témoin oculaire d’vne
partio des choses ici recitées. | Multa
renascentur que iam cecidere, cadént-
que. | [ Vignette. ] |

A Paris | Chez Iean Milot, tenant sa
boutique sur les degrez | de Ja grand’
salle du Palais. | M. DC. IX [1609]. |
Avec privilege dv Roy.

24 p. ll. pp. 1-888, maps, 16°. — Chap. vii,
Du langage, contains numerals 1-10 Ancien
(Huron, from Cartier) and Nouveau of Canada,
and of the Souriquois and Etechemin, and a
vocabulary (65 words) of the Souriquois, pp.
697-703.

Copies seen: British Museum, Brown, Lenox.

A ‘‘superb copy, very wide margins,’’ No.
749, is priced by Leclerc, 1878, 1,200 fr. An-
other copy, No. 2836, narrow margins, 450 fr.
A ‘‘fine copy in red morocco extra, gilt edges”
is priced by Quaritch, No. 12179, 401. The
Murphy copy, No. 1472, red levant morocco,
gilt edges, sold for $150, a note stating: ‘* Priced
by Ellis and White in 1879, 457.”

—— Histoire | dela Novvelle- | France |

Contenant les navigations, découvertes,
& habi- | tations faites par les Fran-
cois és Indes Occiden- | tales & Nou-
velle-France souz Vaveu & autho- |
rité de noz Roys Tres-Chrétiens, & les
diverses | fortunes Viceux en l’execu-
tion de ces choses, | depuis cent ans
jusques & hui. | En quoy est comprise
VHistoire Morale, Naturele, & Geo- |
graphique de ladite province: Avec les
Tables | & Figures d’icelle. | Par Mare
Lescarbot Acvocat en Parlement. | Te-
moin oculaire d@’yne partie des choses

—— Histoire

108

Lescarbot (M.)—Continued.
ici récitées. | Multa renascentur quiv
iam cecidere cadéntque. | Seconde Edi-
tion, reveué, corrigée, & augmentée par
V’Autheur. | [Design. ] |

A Paris | Clez Iean Millot, devant S.
Barthelemi aux trois | Coronnes: Et en
sa boutique sur les degrez de la | grand’
salle du Palais. | M.DC.XI [1611]. |
Avec privilege dv Roy.

697.

opies seen: British Museum, Brown, Con-
gress.

At the Murphy sale, No. 1473, a calf, extra,
gilt-edged copy, brought $80.
— Histoire | dela Novvelle- | France |
Contenant les navigations, découyertes,
& habi- | tations faites par les Fran-
gois 63 ludes Occiden- | tales & Nou-
velle-France souz Vaveu& autho- | rité
de noz Roys Tres-Chrétiens, & les di-
verses | fortunes Viceux en Vexecution
de ces choses, | depuis cent ans jusques
& hui. | En quoy est comprise l’Histoire

Morale, Naturele, & Geo- | graphique de

ladite province; Avee les Tables | &
Figures Wicelle. | Par Mare Lescarbot
Advocat en Parlement | Témoin ocu-
laire Vvyne partie des choses ici reci-
tées. | [One line quotation.] | Seconde
Indition, reveué, corrigée, & augmentée
par PAutheur. | [Design.] |

A Paris | Chez fean Millot, devant 8.
Barthelemi aux trois | Coronnes: Et en
sa boutique sur les degrez dela | grand’
salle du Palais. | M. DC. XII [1612]. |
Avec privilege dv Roy.

24 p. ll. pp. 1-877, 1411. maps, sm. 89.—Du
langage, pp. 686-697.

Copies seen: Brown, Lenox,

At the Brinley sale a copy, No. 103, sold for
$100.

dela Novvelle- | France. |
Contenant les navigations, découvertes,
& ha- | bitations faites par les Fran-
gois 63 Indes Occi- | dentales & Nou-
velle-France, par commission | de noz
Roys Tres-Chrétiens, & les diverses |
fortunes Viceux en Vexecution de ces
choses, | depuiscentans jusquesahui. |
En quoy est comprise histoire Morale,
Naturele, & | Geographique des pro-
vinces cy décrites: avec | les Tables &
Figures necessaires. | Par Mare Lescar-
bot Adyvocat en Parlement | Témoin
oculaire d’vne partie des choses ici reci-

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

THE

| Lescarbot (M.)—Continued.

21 p. ll. pp. 1-877, 16°.—Du langage, pp. 686- |

tées. | Troisiesme Edition enrichie de
plusieurs choses singulieres, | outre la
suite de VHistoire. | [Printer’s em-
blem. ] |

A Paris, | Chez Adrian Perier, rué
saint | Iacques, au Compas Cor. | M.
D. C. XVIII [1618].

Title verso blank 1 1. pp. 1-56, 1-971, maps,
16°.—Du langage, pp. 731-740, 781-786.

Copies seen: British Museum, Brown, Con-
gress, Lenox.

At the Field sale, No. 1335, a levant morocco
copy sold for $110. Leclerc, 1881, No. 2837,
prices acopy 850 fr. The Murphy copy, No.
1474, red levant morocco, gilt edges, brought
$130, a note stating: ‘‘Priced in Ellis and
White’s catalogue, 421.” Quaritch, No. 28539,
prices it, bound with Les muses de la Novvelle
France, large copy in vellum, 7. 10s.

— Histoire | de la | Nouvelle France |

par Mare Lescarbot | suivie des | Muses
de la Nouvelle-France, | Nouvelle édi-
tion | pukliée par Edwin Tross | avee
quatre cartes géographiques | Premier
[-Troisiéme] Volume |

Paris | Libraire ross | 5, Rue Nenve-
des-petits-Champs, 5 | 1866.

3 vols, paged continuously: 6 p.1L pp. i-xvili,
11. pp. 1-287; 2 p. 11. pp. 289-586; 1 p. 1. pp. 587-
851, 13 11.129, Reprint of edition of 1612, the
title-page of which is given in vol.l. Tho
pagination of the original is shown by cross-
bars and side numbers.—Du langage, pp. 661-
671.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu-
seum, Quebec Historical Society, Trumbull.

At the Fischer sale, No. 936, a copy ‘printed
on thick paper, half morocco,” sold for 11. 19s.
The Field copy, No. 1337, brought $10.87. Le-
clere, 1878, No. 750, prices a copy 30 fr. The
Brinley copy, No. 104, ‘‘half dk. green levant
morocco extra, gilt tops, large paper, uncut,”
brought $30. A copy on large Holland paper
is priced by Labitte, 1883, 36 fr. Clarke, 1886,
No. 4036, prices a paper copy $10.

] Nova Francia: | Or the | descrip-
tion | of that part of | Nevv France, |
which is one continent with | Virginia,
| Described in the three late Voyages
and Plantation made by | Monsieur de
Monts, Monsieur du Pont-Graué, and |
Monsieur de Poutrincourt, into the
countries | called by the Frenchmen La
Cadie, | lying to the Southwest of |
Cape Breton. | Together with an excel-
lent seuerall Treatie of all the commodi-
ties | of the said countries, and maners
[ste] of the naturall | inhabitants of the
same. | Translated out of French into

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES. 109
Lescarbot (M.) —Continued, | Letter:
English by | P. E[rondelle}. [ De- Huron. See Chaumonot (J.P).
. Huron. Doublet de Boisthi-
sign. | | .
med : A an ; bault (I. J.).
Londini, | Impensis Georgii Bishop. Huron: Lo Mercier (F.J.).
| 1609. Huron. Merlet (L.).
Title verso blank 1 1. dedication 1 1. to the Mohawk. Brant (J.).
reader 11. contents 6 ll. pp. 1-307, sm. 4°.—Lin- Mohawk. Marcoux (J.).

guistics, pp. 168-172, include the numerals 1-10
of Canada, ‘‘ The old” and ‘“‘ The new,” and of
the Souriquois and Etchemin, and a general
discussion of the Souriquois.

Copies seen: Lenox.

A morocco copy, No. 1336, sold at the Field |
sale for $110. At the Brinley sale, No. 106,a |
red levant morocco, extra copy, brought $50 ;
another copy, No. 106*, ‘elegantly bound,
dark-blue levant morocco, inside borders, gilt
edges,” $75. The Murphy copy, No. 904, sold
for $75.

Reprinted, with change of title-page only, as
follows :

] Nova Francia | Or the ! descrip-
tion | of that part of | Nevv France, |

which is one continent with | Virginia.
| Described in the three late Voyages
and Plantation | made by Monsieur de |
Monts, Monsieur du Pont-Grané, and |

Monsieur de Poutrincourt [sic], into the
countries called | by the French-men |
La Cadie, ly- | ing to the Southwest of
| Cape Breton. | Together with an ex-
cellent seuerall Treatie of all the com-
modities | of the said countries, and
maners [sic] of the naturall | inhabi-
tants of the same. | Translated ont [sic]
of French into English by | P. E[ron-
delle]. |

London, | Printed for Andrew Hebb,
and are to be sold at the signe | of the
Bell in Pauls Church-yard. [1612 ?]

9 p. ll. (as in 1609 edition), pp. 1-307, sm. 4°.—
Of their language, pp. 168-172.

Copies seen: British Museum, Brown, Con-
gress, Lenox, Massachusetts Historical Society.

Reprinted in Osborne’s Collection of voyaves
and travels, vol. 2, pp. 795-917, London, 1745,
folio, the linguistics appearing on pp. 853-864.
(Congress.)

The edition in German, Augspurg, 1613, 4°,
contains no linguistics (Congress), nor does
the partial reprint in Purchas’s Pilgrims, vol.
4, pp. 1620-1641, London, 1625, folio. (Con-
gress.)

Lesley (Joseph Peter). On the insensi-
ble gradation of words, by J. P. Lesley.
In American Philosoph. Soc. Proc. vol. 7,
pp. 129-155, Philadelphia, 1862, 8°.
Contains a few words in Tuscarora, Onon- |

Litany, Cherokee.

| Logan (John H.).

| Long (John),

daga, Huron, Hochelaga, pp. 145-148,

See Church.

A | history | of the |
upper country | of | South Carolina, |
from the | earliest period | to the | close
of the War of Independence. | By |
John H. Logan, A.M. | Vol. I. |

Published by | 8. G. Courtenay & Co.,
Charleston, | P. B. Glass, Columbia. |
1859.

Pp. i-xi, 1-521, 12°. Only vol. 1 was pub-
lished.—Cherokee terms passim.

Copies seen: Congress.
Voyages and travels | of
an | Indian interpreter and trader, |
describing | the Manners and Customs
| of the | North American Indians; |
with |an account of the posts | sit-
uated on | the river Saint Laurence,
Lake Ontario, &c. | To which is added,
| A vocabulary | of | The Chippeway
Language. | Names of Furs and Skins,
in English and French. | A list of words
| in the | Iroquois, Mohegan, Shawa-
nee, and Esquimeaux tongues, | and a
table shewing | The Analogy between
the Algonkin and Chippeway Lan-
guages. | By J. Long. |

London: | printed for the author;
and sold by Robson, Bond-street ; De-
brett, | Piccadilly; T. and J. Egerton,
Charing-cross; White and son, Fleet-
| street; Sewell, Cornhill; Edwards,
Pall-mall; and Messrs. Tay- | lors, Hol-
born, London; Fletcher, Oxford; and
Bull, Bath. | M, DCC, XCI [1791].

1 p. 1. pp. i-xi, 1-295, map, 4°.—Vocabulary
of the Iroquois, pp. 212-215.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenwum, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress, Trumbull, Watkinson.

Triibner, 1856, No. 684, prices a copy 12s. The
Field copy, No. 1379, sold for $5.50. An uncut
copy is priced by Leclere, 1878, No. 912, 60 fr.
The Brinley copy, No. 5661, ‘‘ tree calf, yellow
edges,” brought $5.50; the Pinart copy, No.
558, 20 fr.; the Murphy copy, No. 1518, $5.50.
Clarke, 1836, No. 6490, prices it $7.50.

J. Long’s | westindischen Dolmet-
schers und Kaufimanns | See- und Land-

110 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Long (J.) — Continued. | Lord’s prayer — Continued.
Reisen, | enthaltend: | eine Beschrei- — Mohawk. See Fritz (J.F.) and Schultze
bung der Sitten und Gewohnheiten | (B.).
ler ‘damerikanischen Wilden ; | eae EEYaea:
der | mor upue ee Spe pes . ? Mohawk. Hough (F. B.).
der | englischen Fortes oder Schanzen ATOHAe Tones Ch. FA:
lings dem St. Lorenz- | Flusse, dem Mohawk. Torts:
See Ontario u.s. w.; | ferner | ein um- Mohawk. Marcel (J. J.).
stiindliches Wéorterbuch der Chippe- Mohawk. Marietta (P.).
saache | anderer | deniela neni lens Mohawk. Mombert (J.1.).
PY tee mea et ae a: . ah Mohawk. Ne neh.
ischen Sprachen. | Aus dem Englischen. Makara Bereiw. Soe
| Herausgegeben | und mit einer kurzen | Mohawk. Richard (L.).
Kinleitung iiber Kanada und einer er- | Mohawk. Shea (J. G.).
besserten | Karte versehen | von | E. A, ae wee (D.).
ae ; Mohawk. h’s.
W. Zimmermann, | Hofrath und Pro- maa: pa
s : . ; - Onondaga. Cusick (A.).
fessor in Braunschweig. | Mit allergnit-— Seaea. Bergholtz (G.F,).
digsten Freiheiten. | Seneca Hyde (J. B.).
Hamburg, 1791. | bei Benjamin Gott- | Seneca. Sanborn (J. W.).
lob Hotitmann. Seneca. Shea (J.G.).
Pos ivi 1-33 a eR TTA Seneca. Youth’s.
-XXIV , . 1-33 ap, 5°.—Iro 185 | ae
eters, oy ae l | W yandot. Haldeman (S.8.).
vocabulary, p. 217.
Copies seen: Brown. Lord’s. The Lord’s Prayer | In one hun-
At the Fischer sale, No. 969, acopy broughtls. | dred and thirty-one tongues. | Con-
I have seen a German edition, Berlin, 1792, | taining all the principal languages |

8° (British Museum, Brown), and a French
one, Paris, an IL [1794], 8° (British Museum,
Congress, Maisonveuve), neither of which con-

ri

| spoken |in Europe, Asia, Africa, and
America. |

tains the linguistic material. I have also seen | London: | St. Paul’s Publishing Com-
mention of an edition: Paris, 1810. pany, | 12, Paternoster Square. [n.d.]
Lord’s prayer: Title verso blank 11. preface (signed F. Pin-
Cherokee. See Bergholtz (G. F.). cott, fellow of the Royal Asiatic Society) pp.
Cherokee. Cherokee. 1-2, contents pp. 3-4, text pp. 5-62, 12°.—Lord’s
Cherokee. Couch (N.). prayer in the Mohawk, p. 58.
Cherokee. Duncan (D.C.). Copies seen: Church Missionary Society.
Cherokee, Fauvel Gouraud (F.). - Loskiel (Georg Heinrich). Geschichte |
Cherokee. Foster (GE). _ der | Mission der evangelischen Brider
Cherokee. Gallatin (A.). . 2 é P
Cherokee Haldeman (38. S.) | | unter | den Indianern in Nordamerika
Cieroas Naphegyi (G.). | | durch | Georg Heinrich Loskiel. |
Cherokee. Strale (F. A.). [ Design. ] |
Cherokee. Veaten( He s)e Barby, | zu finden in den Briderge-
aay oe Cea meinen, und in Leipzig in Com- | mis-
uron. Shea (J. G.). F a x
ana See a sion bey Paul Gotthelf Kummer. | 1789.
Techn. Youth's. 8 p. lL pp. 1-783, 8°.—Of the Indian lan-
Iroquois Beauchamp (W. M.) | guages (pp. 28-380) includes a vocabulary of
Troquois Edwards (J.) ol | the Iroquois (Onondaga, Cayuga, Mohawk), pp.
Troquois. Johnson (A.C.). 29-30. , ;
Troquois Morgan (L. H.) Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brin-
eoqanin: NESE (J. HL.) ton, British Museum, Congress, Harvard,
Iroquois. Rupp (1. D.). Prumbull. , ‘
Troquois Smet (P. J. de) At the Fischer sale a copy, No. 980, sold for
Troquois Spencer (E.) ls. 6d. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 944,40 fr.
Iroquois Wilson (D ) ; Quaritch, No. 12198, pricesa haif-moroceo, uncut
Mohay “ Adel ane: (3 CA” gal copy. 14, and again, No. 29976, 16s.
“ . S Oo. Je «
Vater (J. S.). — llistory | of the | mission | of the
Mohawk. Auer (A.). | United Brethren | among the | In-
9 2-ara , al ‘ ° . .
ee a a a - dians in North America. | In three
ohawk. ergmann (G.). eediad i 4 Ps te 2
Mohawk, Bodoni (J.P). parts. | By | George Henry Loskiel. |
MMolawins Chamberlayne (J.). Translated from the German | by Chris-
Mohawk. Frank (J.). tian Ignatius La Trobe. |

ual

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES. iBisl

Loskiel (G. H.) — Continued.

London: | printed for the Brethren’s
Society for the | furtherance of the
gospel: | Sold at No. 10, Nevil’s Court,
Fetter lane; | and by John Stockdale.
opposite Burlington House, | Picca-
dilly. | 1794.

Pp. i-xii, 1-159, 1-234, 1-233, index 11 ll. map,
8°.—Of the Indian languages (pt. i, pp. 18-23)
contains a Delaware and Iroquois vocabulary,
pp. 22-23.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Dunbar, Eames, Trumbull, Wisconsin
Historical Society.

At the Field salea copy, No. 1388, sold for $7 ;
at the Squier sale, No. 689, for $5; at the Pinart
sale, No. 563, for 10 fr. ; at the Murphy sale, No.
1525, for $12. Clarke, 1886, No. 6492, prices a
copy $5, and another, without the map, $4.

Lowdermilk: This word following a title or in

parentheses after a note indicates that a copy
of the work referred to was seen in the book-

store of W. H. Lowdermilk & Co., Washing-

ton, D.C.

Lowrey (George) and Brown (D.).
[Gospel of Matthew in the Cherokee
language. |

In the Cherokee Pheenix, vol.1, No. 7 (April
3, 1828), was begun the printing of the Gospel
of Matthew in Cherokee characters, and in
the numbers following, until July 29, 1829,
chapters ii-xxvii are given. Concerning the
translators, Mr. John F. Wheeler, in his Recol-
lections ot a life of fifty years among the Cher-
okees, published in the Indian Record, vol. 1,
No. 6, makes the following statement:

“Tn the first numbers of the Cherokee Phee-
nix was published a translation of the book of
Matthew by Major George Lowrey, afterwards
second chief under John Ross, aided by his son-
in-law, David Brown, the brother of the cele-
brated Catharine Brown. As this translation
was incorrect in many parts, as appeared on
critical examination, Mr. Worcester, who was
a good Greek scholar, and Mr. Boudinot, re-

Lowrey (G.) and Brown (D.).—Cont’d.
vised it, and one or two chapters were pub-
lished each week.”

On the title-page of the second edition of the
Gospel according to Matthew, translated by
Worcester and Boudinot and printed at New
Echota in 1832, it is stated that it has been
“compared with the translation of George
Lowrey and David Brown”’; and in the Mission-
ary Herald, 1832, there is mentioned, without
the name of the translator, an edition of 1829,
124 pp. It is probable this reters to the trans-
lation published in that year by Worcester and
Boudinot; whether the Lowrey translation was
issued in book form or not I do not know.

See Worcester (S. A.) and Boudinot (If.).

Ludewig (Hermann Ernst). The! litera-
ture | of | American aboriginal lan-
guages. | By | Hermann E. Ludewig. |
With additions and corrections | by
professor Wm. W. Turner. | Edited by
Nicolas Triibner. |

London: | Triibner and co., 60, Pater-
noster row. | MDCCCLVIII [1858].

Half title ‘“Triibner’s bibliotheca glottica 1’
verso blank 1 /j. title as above verso printer
1 1. pp. v-vili, introductory 11. pp. ix-xxiv,
text pp. 1-246, index pp. 247-256, errata pp.
257-258, 8°. Arranged alphabetically by fami-
lies. Addenda by Wm. W. Turner and Nic-
olas Triibner, pp. 210-246.

Contains alist of grammars and vocabularies,
and among others of the following peoples:
Cherokee, pp. 37-38, 216; Hochelaga, p. 82; Hu-
rons, Wyandots, pp. 84-85, 223; Iroquois, pp.
87-88, 224; Mohawk, pp. 122-128, 231; Notto-
ways, p. 135; Oneida, pp. 137-138, 283-234; On-
ondaga, pp. 138, 284; Seneca, pp. 169-170, 238;
Tuscarora, pp. 192-193, 243.

Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling.

At the Fischer sale a copy, No. 990, brought
5s. 6d.; at the Field sale, No. 1403, $2.63; at the
Squier sale, No. 699, $2.62; another copy, No.
1906, $2.38. Priced by Leclere, 1878, No. 2075,
15 fr. The Pinart copy, No. 565, sold for 25 fr.,
and the Murpby copy, No. 1540, for $2.50.

M.

Macauley (James). The | natural, sta-
tistical and civil | history | of the |
State of New-York. | In three volumes. |
By James Macauley. | Volume J[-IIT]. |
New-York: | published by Gould &
Banks, | and | by William Gould & Co. |
Albany. | 1829. | A. 8S. Gould, Printer.

_ 3 vols. 8°.—Of the several tribes of Indians
on Long Island, vol. 2, pp. 252-275, contains re-
marks on a number of languages, among them
the Huron, anda vocabulary of 150 Agoneasean
words.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress.

The Murphy copy, No, 1545, sold for $4.

}

McDecnell (--). See Rinfret (A.).

McIntosh (John). The | Origin | of the |
North American Indians; | witha faith-
ful description of their manners and
customs, both civil | and military, their
religions, languages, dress, and | orna-
ments. | To which | is prefixed, a brief
vifw oe [sic] ths creation of the world,
the situation | of the garden of Eden,
the Antediluvians, the foundation of |
nations by the posterity of Noah, the
progenitors | of the N. Americans and
the discovery | of the New World by

112

McIntosh (J.)— Continued. |
Columbus, | Concluding with acopious |
selection of Indian speeches, the an- |
tiquitics | of America, the civilization |
of the Mexicans, and some | final obser- |
vations on the origin of the | Indians. | |
By John McIntosh. |

New York: | Published by Nafis &
Cornish, | 278 Pearl Street. | 1843.

Pp. iii-xxxvi, 37-311, 8°.—Particularities of
the Indian languages [Algonquin, Huron,
Sioux], pp.92-97.—A comparative view of the
Indian and Asiatic languages, pp. 100-103, in-
cludes a few words of Onondaga, Tuskarora,
Cherokee, and Wyandot.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress.

Some copies titled as above bear the date of
1844. (*) :

For title of the first edition, see “ Addenda.”

—— The | Origin | of the | North Ameri-
can Indians; | witha | faithful descrip-
tion of their manners and | customs,
both civil and military, their | religions,
languages, dress, | and ornaments: |
including | various specimens of Indian
eloquence, as well as histor | ical and
biographical sketches of almost all the |
distinguished nations and celebrated |
warriors, statesmen and orators, |
among the | Indians of North America.
New edition, improved and enlarged. | |
By John McIntosh. | |
New-York: | Published by Nafis &
Cornish, | 278 Pearl Street. | Philadel-
phia—Joln B. Perry. [1844. ]

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF -THE

Mcintosh (J.)—Continued.

proved and enlarged. | By John McIn-
tosh. |

New York: | Cornish, Lamport &
Co., publishers, | No. 8 Park Place. |
1849,

Tp. 1-345, 8°.—Linguisties as above, pp. 93-
98.

Copies seen: Boston Public, British Museum.

Leclerc, 1878, No. 945, prices a copy 20 fr.

There is an edition of 1853 with title-page
otherwise as above. (Congress.)

| —The | Origin | of the | North Ameri-

can Indians; | with a | faithful de-
scription of their manners and | cus-
toms, both civil and military, their |
religions, languages, dress, | and orna-
ments. | Including | various specimens
of Indian eloquence, as well as histor- |
icaland biographical sketches of almost
all the ! distinguished nations and
celebrated | warriors, statesmen and
orators, | among the | Indians of North
America. | New Edition, improved and
enlarged. | By John McIntosh. |

New York: | Sheldon, Blakeman and
Co. | No. 115 Nassau Street. | 1857.

1p. 1. pp.v-xxxv, 89-845, 8°.—Linguistics as
above, pp. 93-98.

Copies seen: British Museum.

Some copies with the foregoing title, and with
the same collation and contents, have the im-
print, New York: | Sheldon and Company. |
No. 115 Nassau Street. | 1858. (Wisconsin His-
torical Society.) Some copies with the latter
imprint are dated 1859.

Pp. i-xxxv, 39-345, 12°.—Linguistics as | McKenney (Thomas Lograine). Sketch-

above, pp. 938--98.

Copies seen: British Museum.

Some copies with title as above have slightly |
differing imprints, the third line thereof being :
St. Louis, (Mo.)—Natfis, Cornish & Co. (*)

The Brinley sale catalogue, No. 5427. titles an
edition New York [1846], a copy of which sold
for $1.

--— The | origin | of the | North Ameri.
can Indians; | with a | faithful deserip-
tion of their manners and | customs,
both civil and military, their | relig-
ions, | and orna-
ments: | including | various specimens
of Indian eloquence, as well as histor- |

ical and biographical sketches of
almost all the | distinguished nations
and celebrated | warriors, statesmen
and orators, | among the | Indians of
North America. | New edition, im-

languages, dress,

es|of a|tour to the lakes, | of the
character and customs of the | Chippe-
way Indians, | and of incidents eon-
nected with | the treaty of Fon [sie] du
Lae.

| By Thomas L. McKenney, | of the In-
dian Department, | And joint Commis-
sioner with his Excellency Goy. Cass,
in negotiating the Treaty. | Also, | A
Vocabulary | of the | Algic, or Chippe-
way language, | formed in part, and as
far as it goes, upon the basis of one
furnished | by the Hon. Albert Gallatin.
| [Two lines quotation. ] | Ornamented
with twenty-nine engravings, of Lake
Superior, and other | scenery, Indian
likenesses, costumes, &e. |

Baltimore: | published by Fielding

~

Lucas, jun’r. | 1827.

IROQUOIAN

McKenney (T. L.)— Continued.

Half title 11. title 1 1. dedication &¢. pp.
v-viii, text pp. 9-494, 8°.—Gloria Patri in Mo-
hawk, p. 432. }

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con
gress, Trumbull.

Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, No. 1774, 7s.
6d. At the Field sale a copy, No. 1445, sold for
$3.25. The Brinley copy, uncut, No. 5424,
brought $2.50; the Murphy copy, half morocco,

LANGUAGES.

113

| Marcoux (I, X.) and Burtin (N. V.)—

Continued.

te music by Pére Burtin, missionary at Caugh-
nawaga. Six copies exist, in one or two of
which Pére Burtin was aided by one of his
Indian choristers.

“ Rev. Francois Xavier Marcoux was born in
1806 at Les Cédres, Soulanges County, Prov-
ince of Quebee; was ordained priest probably
in 1828, and was soon thereafter sent to St. Re-

top edge gilt, No. 1554, $2. Priced by Clarke, gis, first as an assistant to Rev. Fr. Vallé,

1886, No. 5519, $3; No. 6503, $3.50; No. 6504, and in 1832 he was given charge of the
half morocco extra, $9. mission. He remained the pastor of the mis-

See Mohawk.

Maisonneuve. This word following a title or
Aneluded within parentheses after a note indi-
cates that a copy of the work referred to was
seen by the compiler in the book-store of Mai-
sonneuve ct Cie., Paris, France.

Mahakuassica. sion until his death, which occurred August
17,1883. He was buried at Les Cédres. He
was a man remarkable for his fine physique
and commanding appearance, and his blue eyes,
yellow hair, and rosy complexion won for him

the Indian name of Tehoronhiatte (clear sky).””—

Maqua. See Mohawk. : Manual.
M dy va]
Marcel (Jean Jacques). Oratio domin- / are Ou es (Pere Joseph). ] Kaiatonse-
ra | ionterennaientag8a, | sonha |

ica | CL linguis versa, | et propriis cu-
jusquelinguze | characteribus | plerum-
que expressa; | Edente J. J. Marcel, |
typographeii imperialis administro
generali. | [Design.] |

Parisiis, | typis lmperialibus. | Anno
repar. sal, 1805, | imperiique Napoleonis
primo.

Half-title reverse blank 1 1. title reverse
Lord’s prayer in Hebrew (version No. 1) 11.
text 80 unnumbered li. index 4 ll. dedication 11
large 8°, The versions are numbered 1-150.—

Lord’s prayer in Mohogice, Novi Eboraci dia- |

lects (ex Chamberlaynio), No. 135.
Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.

Some copies are printed on large paper, with |

the 6 ll. dedication and index immediately fol-
lowing the title leaf; the versos of most of the

leaves are blank and the whole work is di-

vided by half-titles into four parts: Asia, Eu-
rope, Africa, America; 161 ll. 4°. (Congress.)
Marcoux (Pére Francois Xavier).
man Catholic Church service in the
Mohawk language. ] (G2)

Manuscript, 300 pp. 8°, set to music,
communicated by its author.
See Hough (F. B.).
——[and Burtin (PéreN. V.).} Kaiaton-

sera | teieriwak8atha onk8e onse neha
| tseiehasens iokarenre oni | Reson
Tehoronhiatthe akwesasronon renwan-
iha | Livre de Chants en Sauvage | pour
la Messe & les Vepres | composé par
M. F. Marcoux Missre & St. Regis. |
1878

Manuscript, pp. 1-530, 4°, in the archives of
the Roman Catholic Church at the Indian vil-
lage of Caughnawega, Canada, consisting of
the mass and vespers in the Mohawk language,
The vespers were translated and the whole set

1ROg——8

Title

[ Ro- |

ongse onke | ga8ennontagsen.
designs. ] |

Teiotiagi [Montreal]: | tehoristora-
ragon Lane & Bowman. | 1816.

Title verso blank i 1. preface pp. 3-4, text
pp. 5-100, 18°. Prayer book, entirely in the
Mohawk language.

My own copy of this little work and one in
the library of the archbishopric of Quebec
are the only copies, so far as I know, in this
country. In Charles Nodicr’s Description rai-
sonnée d’une jolie collection de livres (No. 16),
Paris, 1844, is found the following:

“This volume, entirely printed in Iroquois, is
preceded by fifteen and followed by three
leaves of an excellent writing, which contain a
very interesting and valuable notice, in French,
of the language, of which the editor regards it
as the first typographic monument. The dedi-
cation [in manuscript, I take it] of this cu-
rious work is addressed to M. le vicomte de
Chateaubriand, dated Sault Saint-Louis, Lower
Canada, and signed: Jos. Marcoux, ptre miss.
My illustrious and beloved colleague, M. de
Chateaubriand, has kindly recorded in five au-
tographic lines, on a separate leaf, the valued
testimonial of kindness with which he has
honored me in making me a gift of this very
rave book, perhaps unigue in Europe.”

Concerning this work the Abbé Cuogq, of
Montreal, writes me as follows:

“At that time [1816], it is true, Mr. Joseph
Marcoux was missionary at St. Regis; in 1819
he exchanged with Mr. Dufresne, who had been
at Sault Saint-Louis since 1812. During that
time Mr. Roupe was at the Lake of the Two
Mountains (1813-1829). The three missionaries
concerted for the composition and publica-
tion of this little volume, of which there
has remained for a long time only a singlo
copy at the Lake [now in the possession of
the compiler of this catalogue], and abso-
Jutely none either at St, Regis or the Sault,

| [Two

114

Marcoux (J.) — Continued.

I was informed by Mr. Marcoux himself that
he had sent to M.de Chateaubriand a copy
of this Kaiatonsera, with some information on
the genius of the Iroquois language.”

Copies seen: Pilling.

[Catechism in the Mohawk Jan-
guage. }

Colophon: Tehoristoraragon Joseph
Hebert | Wisonke. 1523.

11 pp.18°. A fragment, consisting of pp. 9-
11, of the concluding portion of a Roman
Catholic catechism in the Mohawk language.
The heading on p. 9, ‘‘Tontatkentsiokhas,”’
means Confirmation,” literally ‘‘ anointing
the forehead.” The first sentence, *‘ Toni kari-
hoten iontatkentsiokhas ?” reads in English
“What is the meaning of confirmation ?”

Wisonke, ‘‘ At the Plums,” is the Iroquois
name of the village of St. Philippe, near
Caughnawaga, opposite Montreal. These few |
pages, belonging to me, are all I have seen of

this work, nor have I seen any reference to an
edition of this date. They contain apparently
the same matter, in a modified form, as do pp.
37-38 of the edition of 1844, the w’s and g’s in
the earlier edition being changed to 8’s and k’s
in the later.

Concerning this work the Abbé Cuog writes
as follows: ‘‘ Lreturn the leaves of the lroquois
Catechism. They prove evidently that Mr.
Joseph Marcoux, missionary of Sault St. Louis,
had his catechism printed in 1823 at St.
Philippe, a parish not far from Caughnawaga,

where the curé had set up a printing press.
Before receiving the three pages that you have
sent me, I did not even suspect its existence.
I had never heard that the edition of 1842 had
been preceded by another. I had always re-
garded it as the first, and I am very sure
that no traces remain in our missions of this
precious relic of 1823.” |

Copies seen: Pilling. |
[——] Ionteri8aiensta8ka | ne | karisiis- |
ton teieiasontha, | Kahnasakeha. | |
[Cross. ] |

Onontiioke, Poissy. | Tehoristorara- |
kon Olivier-Fulgence. | 1842. |

Pp. 1-29, 16°. Catechism, entirely in the Mo-
hawk language. |

Copies seen: Comte de Charencey, Paris,
France.

The only mention I have seen of a copy of
this work is in Triibner’s 1856 catalogue, No.
674, “Catechism Iroquois,’ where it is priced
2s.6d. The very brief title given there is cop-
ied into Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 85105.

“Onontiio, in Mohawk literally great, grand,

large mountain, was originally applied to
Charles Hault de Montagny, successor to

Champlain, being a translation of his name.
Up to the time of the conquest by England,
the term was applied to the French rulers in
Canada; since then it has been applied to any |

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Marcoux (J.) — Continued.
ruler. The compound Onontiioke means ‘at the
rulers of the French’ or where the French ruler
is—in this case Paris, though the book was pub-
lished at Poissy.”"—Hewitt.

[ ]Iouteri8aienstakea | ne | kari8iios-
ton teieasontha [sic], | Kahna8akeha. |
[ Cross. ] |

Tiohtiaki [Montreal], | Tehoristora-
rakon Louis Perrault. | 1844.

Title reverse approval 11. text pp. 3-39, 24°.
Catechism, entirely in the Mohawk language.

On the verso of tie title is the approval by
the bishop of Montreal, September 12, 1843.
Pp. 31-39 of this edition seem not to have been
reprinted in the subsequent editions. On the
blank preliminary leaves of the copy belonging
to Major Powell have been written three pages
of prayers with the headings Avant le caté-
chisme and Apres le catéchisme.

Copies seen: Piiling, Powell, Trumbull.

[ —-] Ionteri8aienstak8a | ne | kari8iios-
ton teieiasontha, | Kahna8akeha, |
[ Cross. ] |

Tiohtiaki [Montreal], | Tehoristora-
rakou Louis Perrault. | 1854.

Pp. 1-48, 16°. Catechism, prayers, &c. in the
Mohawk language. Issued under the super-
vision of Abbé J. A. Cuog.

Copies seen: Bancroft, Verreau.

[-——| Ionteri8aienstak&8a | ne | kari8iios-
ton teieiasontha, | Kahna8akeha. |

[ Design. ] |

Tiohtiake [Montreal] | Tehoristora-
rakon J. Chapleau et Fils. | 1875.

Outside title: Catéchisme | iroquois. | (Troi-
siéme édition.)

Printed cover, title as above (verso permis-
sion of the bishop to print) 11. text pp. 3-66, 24°,
entirely in the Mohawk language. Revised, cor-
rected, and augmented with stanzas summing
up each chapter by the Abbé Cuoq.

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.

] Ionteriwaienstakwa | ne | kari-
wiioston teieiasontha. | Catéchisme iro-
quois. | (Quatriéme édition. ) |
Tiohtiake [Montreal] | Tehoristora-
rakon J. Chaplean et Fils. | 1883.
Outside title:
triéme édition.

Catéchisme | iroquois | Qua-

Printed cover, title as above (verso permis-
sion to print) 1 1. pp. 8-64, 24°. Contents the
same as the third edition, the letter w being
substituted for the character 8.

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.

[——] Kaiatonsera ionterennaientak8a |
ne teieiasontha | ne taiakosSateten tsi
iakoriSiioston | Kahnasake tiakoshon. |
Tsiatak nihononsentsiake | onk8e on8e

| akoiatonsera, | [Scroll ] |

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Marcoux (J.) — Continued.

Tiohtiak [Montreal]: | tehoristora-
rakon Jolin Lovell. | 1852.

Colophon WKahnagake, 15 Janvier 1852. S.
Tharonhakanere.

Title verso cross with short verse 1 |. text
pp. 3-198, index pp. 199-204, 16°. Prayer book,
entirely in the Mohawk language.

In the only copy seen there are bound at the
end 71 11. of writing paper, on the first of which
and on ll. 68, 69, and 70 are written verses in
Mohawk.

Copies seen: Eames.

For later edition, see Marcoux(J.) and Burtin |

(ONY).

— lonterennaientak8a sohna ne Tha-

ronhiakanere kenha roson Kabna&ake-
ronon ronsanikenha. Ou formulaire de
prieres par feu M. Marcoux, Mission-
naire du Sault St. Louis.

In Cuogq (J. A.), Tsiatak nihononSentsiake,
pp. 295-410, Tiohtiake, 1865, 12°. In the Mo-
hawk language. Signed Sose Tharonhiakanere,
Kahna8gake, 15 janvier 1852.

Extracted, with some omissions and some
additions, from the prayer-book of 1852.

— Lettres | de | feu M. Jos. Marconx,

| missionnaire du Sault, | aux | chefs
iroquois | du | Lacdes deux Montagnes.
| 1848-49. | Nene tesakoiatonnihne ne
ratikoSanenskse | kanesatakehronon ne
Tharonhiakanere- | kenha KahnaSakeh-
ronon ronganikenha. | [Two lines quo-
tation in Mohawk.] |

Tiohtiake [Montreal]: ; Tehoristora- |

rakon John Lovell. | 1869.

Printed cover as above, title as above verso
blank 11. text pp. 3-27, 16°, entirely in the Mo-
hawk language.

Copies seen; Brinley, Brinton, Pilling, Powell,
Trumbull.

At the Brinley sale a copy, No. 5739, brought
$1.

[——] Vie | de | Catherine Tekak8ita |
(Traduction iroquoise.) |

Tiohtiake [Montreal] | Tehoristora-
rakon J. Chapleau et Fils. | 1876.

Outside title as above, no inside title, pp. 1-53,
32°. A translation into Mohawk of a letter by
P. Chollenee printed in the Lettres édifiantes
et curieuses. Prepared for the press by the
Abbé Cuoq.

Copies seen: Brinton, Pilling, Powell.

—— Grammaire Jroquoise | ou | La Lan-
gue Jroquoise | reduite | en Principes
Fixes | Par Moi | Sault Saint Louis |
1828.

Manuscript, in the archives of the Roman
Catholic Church at Caughnawaga, Canada.
Title-page (in the upper right hand corner of

DED

Marcoux (J.) — Continued.

which is “Jos. Marcoux ptre”’) reverse blank
11. 7 blank Il. text pp. 1-157 (reverse of last
page blank), 5 blank ll. followed by table des
matiéres 3 pp. oblong folio.

The manuscript has been well preserved and
is nicely bound. The first page begins with
the preface or introduction, entitled Gram-
maire TIroquoise. The six tribes of Iroquois
are briefly referred to and the page closes with
the statement that ‘‘Cette grammaire sera di-
visée en trois parties, élémens, syntaxe, et idio-
tismes.”

Premiére partie, Blémens, p. 1. In this
are given the number of letters used and
their different sounds. Régles de prononcia-
lion, p. 2. Five rules are given. On the mid-
dle of page 3 begins the chapter Des noms.
Then follow three pages on the noun. At the
end of p. 5 is the paragraph: Du paradigme
k- des noms. Two pages are devoted to the
conjugation of this paradigm. Then follow
two pages of the conjugations in Paradigm a
of the nouns. On p.10 is the chapter heading
Des genresetnombres. Page1l begins achapter
on Nomsdenombre. These are divided into car-
dinal, ordinal, distributive, and multiplicative.
Ist division, Nombres eardinaux—the numer-
als 1-1,060,000. Page 14 begins a paragraph
entitled Observations, followed by Nombres
ordinaux; Nombres distributifs, p. 15; Nom-
bres multiplicatifs, p. 16. The next division
is Des adjectifs, observations, followed by the
divisions: comparatif et superlatif, p. 17. The
eighteenth page begins with Des pronoms.
This contains a full table of the personal pro-
nouns. The following page has a table of
Pronoms possessifs. Page 21 is devoted to
Pronoms indéterminés. Page 22 begins a new
chapter, Du verbe. ‘‘ Le verbe est le mot par
exceilence de lIroquois, puisque dans cette
langue tout est verbe, noms, pronoms, adjec-
tits.’ All of the pages to 108 are filled with
the paradigms of the different conjugations.

Seconde partie, Syntaxe. This is divided
into paragraphs headed: Syntaxe d’accord, p.
109; Tour négatif, p. 110: Tour interrogatif, p.
110; Tour impératif, p. 111. The next division
is: Syntaxe des pronoms, p. 111, followed by
the paragraphs: Que avee les verbes, p. 112;
De, pour avec les verbes, p. 113; Noms d’in-
strument, de cause, de matiére, &c. p. 113;
Régime d’un verbe sur un autre verbe, p. 114;
Des pronoms en, y, p. 114; Adverbes de lieu,
p. 115; Des quantités, p. 115; Des comparai-
sons, p. 118; Des mesures, p. 118; Table des
mesures, monoies, poids, longueur et largeur,
p.119; Liquides, with table, p.120; Tems, with
table, p. 121; Relations de parenté, pp. 121-
128.

Troisiéme partie, Idiotismes. Forty of these
are given, each in numbered paragraphs, ex-
tending from p. 129 to p. 139, Pp. 140-150 are
blank.

A new section, Différences dans les dialectes
iroquois entr’eux et ayec la langue huronne

116

Marcoux (J.) — Continued.

begins on page 151. On p. 153 begins an ap-
pendix: Remarques additionelles et explica-
tions, which closes with p. 157. Reverse of p.
157 blank, followed by 5 blank II. unnumbered ;
then: Table des matiéres, 3 pp. unnumbered.
Under date of Dec. 20, 1886, the Rev. Mr. Main-
ville, pastor at St. Regis, writes me: ‘Several
copies were taken of that wonderful work [the
Dictionary and Grammar], one for Oka, which
was burnt, another for St. Regis, made by the
late Rey. Francis Marcoux. Unfortunately,
one volume of the dictionary and the gram-
mar having been lent to an Indian agent,
they were never returned, under the pretext
that they had been lost, which, being next to
impossible, it is probable they were destroyed
through fanaticism by some other parties, I

took a third copy from the originalitself three |

years ago.”
T have seen a copy of the grammar, as fol-
lows:

—— Grammaire iroquoise.

|

Manuscript, pp. 1-194, 7 unnumbered 11. sm.
4°, incomplete, in the library of Major J. W.
Powell, Washington, D.C. Bound, fairly writ-
ten, and well preserved. There is no title-page,
the text beginning immediately after the head-

ing as aboye. The first page contains a short |

account of the distribution of the dialects of the
Troquois. The grammar proper, ‘1 partie,”
begins on p. 2, which also gives a list of sounds.

The remaining contents, each of the headings

having a number of subheadings, are as fol-
lows: Des noms, pp. 4-19.—Des adjectifs, pp.
20-23.—Des pronoms, pp. 23-28.—Du verbe, pp.
29-137.—Des adverbes, pp. 137-139.—Des prépo-
sitions, pp. 189-140.—Des conjonctions, p. 141.—
Interjections, pp. 141-142.

Seconde partie: Syntaxe, p. 142.—Syntaxe
daccord, p. 143.—Tour négatif, p. 144.—Tour

interrogatif, p. 145.—Tour impératif, p. 146.—_

Des pronoms, p. 146.—Que avec les verbes, p.
147.—Des pronoms en, y, p. 149.—Adverbes de
lieu, p. 149.—Des quantités, p. 150-151.—De,
pour avec les verbes, p. 154-155.—Régime d’un
verbe sur un autre, p. 155.—Des comparaisons,
p. 156.—Des mesures, pp. 157-160.

Troisiéme partie: Idiotismes, p. 164.—De la
transition, p. 176.—Relations de parenté, pp.
177-186.—Vocatifs, p. 187.—Des inflexions fi-
nales: des tems primitifs, p. 188.—D-fférence
entre les dialectes iroquois entr’eux et la lan-
gue huronne, p. 193.—Des verbes passifs, p.
193.—Des verbes déponens, p. 194.—Des verbes
défectifs, p. 195.—Des verbes impersonnels,
pp. 196-197.

Pp. 199-206 contain notes and comments on
the preceding pages.

] Dictionnaire Iroquois. | Iroquois-
Franeais Let Frangais-Iroquois ].

Manuscript, 2 vols. folio, bound, in the Mo-
hawk language; arranged alphabetically; in
the archives of the Catholic Church at Caugh-
nawaga, Canada,

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Marcoux (J.) — Continued.

L

L

[

at

The Iroquois-French portion is dated 1844 and
contains pp.'1-820; the French-Iroquois con-
tains pp. 1-590, each written on both sides. The
last word in the French-Iroquois portion is zélé,
‘‘Soyons zélé pour la gloire de Dieu, Tewata-
skennha rawenniieraarisa | Finis | Ad Majo-
rem Dei gloriam. | J. M.”

] Formules | des annonces & faire du
prone.

Manuscript, pp. 1-282, 4°, in the Mohawk lan-
guage; in the archives of the Catholic Church,
Caughnawaga, Canada. Rewritten and aug-
mented by Pére Burtin; see fourth title below,
Marcoux (J.) and Burtin (N. V.).

] Traduction iroquoise | de la Vie de
N.S. Jésus Christ, par le Pere de Ligny,
8. J.

Manuscript, pp. 1-173, folio, in the archives of

the Roman Catholic Church at Caughnawaga,

Canada. It comprises extracts from the four
evangelists.

|J.M. J. | Instructions | Sur la Doc-
trine Chrétienne &c. | en langue iro-
quoise | 1855 | D’aprés le plan de Mr. P,
I. Henri, curé de Surice.

Manuscript; title verso blank 1 1. text pp.
1-112, written on both sides, 4°. In the ar-
chives of the Roman Catholic Church at the
Indian village of Caughnawaga, Canada. It
was left unfinished.

See Rinfret (A.).

and Burtin (Pere N. V.). Kaiaton-
sera | ionterennaientaksa | ne roson |
Tharonhiakanere kenha, | Oia sonha
tahoroke Tekaronhianeken. | Formu-
laire | de pritres | par feu M. Joseph
Marcoux, | Missionnaire du Sault St.
Louis, | revu et augmenté | par le Rev.
P. Burtin, O. M. TI. ||

Montreal: | J. Chapleau & Fils, In-
primeurs et Relieurs, | 31, Rue Cotté,
sii hela eirAY,

Title verso leave to print 11. preface (signed
N. V. Tekaronhianeken [Burtin]) pp. ii-iv,
text entirely in Mohawk pp. 1-285, index pp,
286-288, 18°.

See Marcoux (J.) for earlier edition.

Copies seen: Brinley, Pilling, Powell.

] Cahier d’annonces | 4 faire |
pour les proénes | (ancienne édition de
M. Marcoux | recopiée et augmentée |
de plusieurs annonces nouvelles).
Caughnawaga | 1878.

Manuscript, pp. 1-268, 41 blank ll. table des
matiéres 4 ll. 4°. See Marcoux (J.) for origi-
nal manuscript (fourth title above).

Pere Joseph Marcoux, born at Quebec, March
15, 1791, was a secular priest of the diocese of
Montreal, having been ordained June 12,1818,
From 1813 to 1819 he was missionary to the Mo.

IROQQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Marcoux (J.)— Continued.
hawks at St. Regis, and from 1819 until his
death, May 29, 1855, to the Mohawks at Sault St.
Louis (Caughnawaga).
In addition to the above manuscripts, Father

Marcoux left translations of the church dis- |

cipline and the pastoral letters of the bishops,
on loose sheets of large size without titles,
and a great number of sermons, written in
Mohawk, whichare still preserved in the church
at Caughnawaga, where he so long ofiiciated.
Marietti (Pietro), editor.
ica | in CCL. lingvas versa | et |
CLXXX. charactervm formis | vel nos-
tratibvs vel peregrinis expressa |
evrante | Petro Marietti | Eqvite Typo-
grapho Pontificio | Socio Administro |
Typographei | S. Consilii de Propa-
ganda Fide | [Printer’s device. ] |
Romae| Anno M.DCUC.LXX[1870].(*)
5p. ll. (half-title, title, and dedication), pp.
xi-xxvii, 1-319, indexes 4 ll. 4°.
versions of the Lord’s prayer in various Ameri-

Oratio Domin-

ican dialects, among them the Mohogice (from |

Hervas?), p. 296.
Title and description furnished by Dr. J. H.
Trumbull, from copy in his possession.
Marshall (Orsamus Holmes). Narrative
of the expedition of the Marquis de
Nonville, against the Senecas, in 1687,
translated from the French, with an
introductory notice and notes. By Or-
samus H. Marshall.

In New York Hist. Soc. Coll. second series,
vol. 2, pp. 149-192, New York, 1848, 8°.

Includes 59 |

Explanation of the map, pp- 186-188, contains —

a list of Seneca names of places, with defini
tions.
Reprinted as follows:

— Narrative | of the Expedition of |
the Marquis de Nonville, | against | the
Senecas, | in | 1687, | translated from
the French, with an introductory no-
tice and notes. | By | Orsamus H. Mar-
shall. |

New York: | Bartlett & Welford, |
No. 7 Astor Houge. | 1848. (Ss
Pp. 1-48, 2 maps, 8°. Title from Mr. Wilber-

force Eames.—Linguistics, pp. 41-43.

The Niagara frontier: | embracin: |

sketches of its early history, | and |

Indian, French and English

Names. | Read before the Buffalo His-

torical Club, | February 27th, 1855, |

by Orsamus H. Marshall. | Printed for

Private Circulation. |
[Joseph Warren & Co., printers, | |

Courier Office, Baffalo.] (1855. ] |

Local |

|

|

EYE:

Marshall (O. H.) —Continned.
Pp. 1-46, 8°.—Geographic names in the Sen-
eca language, pp. 43-46.
Copies seen: Congress, Trumbull.
At the Squier sale a copy, No. 795, brought
$2.37.

| —— The | Niagara frontier. | Embracing

| sketches of its early history, | and |
Indian, French and English Local
Names. | Read before the Buffalo His-
torical Society, | February 27th, 1865,
| By Orsamus H. Marshall. |

Reprinted for private circulation
from the Publications of the | Buffalo
Historical Society. | 1881. (*)

Printed cover, title 11. pp. 3-37, 8°.—Appen-
dix, pp. 34-37, contains ‘‘Seneca names with sig-
nifications,” pp. 35-36, and ‘‘ Early names ap-
plied to the great lakes and rivers, and to some
of the prominent localities on their borders,”
pp. 35-37.

Title from Mr, Wilberforce Eames, from copy
belonging to him.
The | first visit | of | De La Salle |
to the | Senecas, | made in | 1669. |
Read before the Buffalo Historical So-
ciety, March 16, 1874, | By Orsamus H.
Marshall.

[ Buffalo:] Privately printed, [1874.]

Title verso blank 11. pp. 3-45, 8°.—Origin of
the name Seneca, pp. 43-45.

Copies seen: Congress.
Champlain’s expedition
against the Onondagas.

In Magazine of Am. Hist. vol. 1, pp. 1-13, New
York and Chicago, 1877, 4°. (Congress.)

Seneea, Huron, and Onondaga geographic
names throughout.
Issued separately as follows:
Expedition | of the | Sieur de Cham-
plain | against the | Onondagas in 1615}
comprising an inquiry into the route of
the expedition, aud the | location of
the Iroquois fort which was besieged. |
Yommunicated to the New York Histo-
rical Society Oct. 1875, | by | Orsamus
H. Marshall | corresponding member of
the society. |

New York | 1877.

Map 1 1. explanation 11. title verso blank 1
1. text 7 unnumbered 11. sm. 4°.

Copies seen: Congress.

Martin (Joab). See Rand (S. T.).

of 1615

| Massachusetts Historical Society: These words

following atitle or within parentheses after
a note indicate that a copy of the work referred
to was seen by the compiler in the library of
that socicty, Boston, Mass.

118

Mathevet (Pére Jean Claude). Priéres
dela ste famille | ouvrages de M. Mathi-
vette no. 5° | mission du lac | J. P.
Roupe ptre

Manuscript, 611. 4°, in the Mchawk language ;
in the archives of the Roman Catholic church
at Lac des Deux Montagnes (Oka), Canada.

—— [Sermons and instructions in the
Mohawk language. | (@)

Manuscripts in the archives of the Roman
Catholic church at Lac des Deux Montagnes
(Oka),Canada. The following list has been fur-
nished me by Pére Leclaire, formerly mission-
ary at that place:

Sur la guerre,

Les cendres,

Nos devoirs envers Dieu,

Sur les prochains,

Pourquoi sommes-nous en ce monde,

Baptéme et confirmation,

Parole de Dieu,

57¢ ch. du 111 1. de limitation,

Education des enfants,

Ann. de la procession du St. Sacrement,

St. Luc, St. André,

C......deM. Giien,

1" D. de l’avent,

St. Jean l’evangeliste,

Qu’onn’abandonne pasles pauvres, Roniakon-
kowa,

Femme n’aller pas & Montréal,

Toussaint, purgatoire, St. Michel,

Je janvier (de meditatione mortis),

Sur la Ste. V. Marie,

Purification, ivroguerie,

Sur le Pater, sur la priére,

Commandements,

Confession, impuretés,

Amour de Marie &c.,

Passion, Figlise, Ascention,

Pénitence, Avis, Exortation,

Annonce des Rogations,

Avis, Mariage, Ann. de St. Jde.

Vendeurs d'eau de vie, tiré des Sages entre-
tiens,

St. J. B., Péché,

Purgatoire, Toussaint,

Service de Dieu et sery. du monde,

Avis, Salut, Jugement dernier, Avis,

Paresse, Emploi du temps,

Economies de la religion,

Pentecdte, moyen de persévérer,

Jugement dernier, Pricre, Toussaints,

ler D. de Vavent, St. Francois X.,

Concepcion, Diverses petites choses,

L. du salut, Ste. famille, mort,

Différentes autres choses, Circoncision.

“Of his works there has been lost the book
A, containing Trinité, Eucharistie, Procession-
nal, Pentecéte, Croix de Calvaire, Enfer, An-
gelus; also, Cahier C, containing Catéchisme,
Pritres &ec., L’histoire de Vancien testament,
L’/histoire du nouveau testament, and several
psalms, canticles, prayers, &c.”

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Mathevet (J. C.) — Continued.
— [Sermons and instructions in the
Mohawk language, } (©)

Manuscripts in the archives of the Catholice
Church at the Oka mission. List furnished
by the late Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith.

Cendres.

Ivrognerie.

Ann. du caréme.

Jugement particulier.

Péché mortel,

Annonciation.

Annonce de la Sem. Ste.

Paque (2 sermons).

Ascension.

SS. Pierre et Paul.

Dance.

Obéissance aux VY. (2 sermons).

Ditférents avis &c.

Assomption.

Avis du soin des enfants.

De Regia via Ste. Crucis.

Sermon sur la montagne.

Enfer.

Rameaux.

Sem. Ste.

Jugement téméraire.

Procession des Rogations.

Ann. de la Pentecéte.

Dimes.

Paques.

St. Simon et St. Jude,

Noél.

Epiphanie.

Purification.

Sur la passion et sur les afflictions.

Ann. des jours gras et du caréme.

St. Mathias.

St. Fran. X.

Sur un nouveau Noél.

Fidélité dans les petites choses.

Attribuer tout & Dieu &e.

Plusieurs diff. avis &c., orgueil.

“Jean Claude Mathevet, a Sulpician mission-
ary, Whose Indian name was Wakwi, was born
in the diocese of Viviers, in France, in 1717. He
came to Canada in 1740, and was missionary at
Lac des Deux Montagnes from 1746 to 1781,
where he learned the Algonkin and Iroquois
languages. He has left in the former several
manuscript sermons, a catechism (which has
been printed, with corrections, several times
since 1830), and a history of the old and new
testament, which I had printed in 1859-61, and
of which, as the edition is entirely exhausted,
Tam at present preparing a new one. In the
Iroquois he has composed sermons, prayers,
anda grammatical essay. He died in 1781, aged
64 years.”’—Cuoq.

T have seen Mathevet referred to by the In-
dian name of ‘‘‘Laiorhensere;” perhaps that is
his Iroquois and ‘‘Wakwi” his Algonkin
name.

Megapolensis (Johann), jr. Een kort
Ontwerp, | Vande | Mahakvase Indianen

| haer Landt, Tale, Statuere, | Dracht,

IROQUOIAN

Megapolensis (J.)— Continued.
Godes-Dienst | ende Magistrature. |
Aldus beschreven ende nu Kor- | telijek
den 26. Augusti 1644. Opge- | sonden
uyt nieuwe Neder-Lant. | Door Johan-
nem Megapolensem | Juniorem, Predi-
eant | aldaar | Mitsgaders een kort
verhael | van het Leven eude Statuere
der | Staponjers, in Brasial. [Device. ] |

t? Alekmaer, | By Ysbrant Jansz. van
Houten, Boeck- | verkooper ende Stadts-
Drucker, inde | Lange-Straet, inde
Druck-Pars. [1644?] ©)

16 unnumbered 11. (signatures Aze—Bs [Bs])
sm, 8°. On the recto of the eleventh leaf is the
following special title:

‘Een korte beschrijvinge, | Vande | Staponiers
in Brasiel,| Van haer Leven, Doop, Hon- |
welijck, ende wonder | Wercken, | Beschreven
door Gerrit Gerbrantsz. Huick, | Van Hoorn
gevaren voor Stuer- | Man, op’t Schip de Haes.
| Anno 1635. | [Device.] |

t?Alckmaer, | By Ysbrant Jansz van Houten,
Boeck- | verkooper ende Stadts-Drucker, inde

| Lange-Straet, inde Druck-Pars.

A few Mohawk phrases and sentences with
meanings, verso l. 7, verso 1. 8, and recto and
verso 1. 9.

Title and description from F. Vander Hae-
ghen, Librarian of the University of Ghent,
which institution is said to possess the only
known copy.

Reprinted as follows:

Korte ontwerp yan de Mahakuase
Indianen, in Nieuw Nederlandt, haer
landt, stature, dracht, manieren, en
magistraten; beschreven in’t jaer 1644,
Door Johannem Megapolensem, juni-
orem, predikant aldaer.

In Hartgers (J.), Beschrijvinghe van Vir-
ginia, Nieuw Nederlandt, Nieuw Engelandt,

&c., pp. 42-49, Amsterdam, 1651, 4°. (Lenox.)

A short account of the Maquaas In-
dians, in New-Netherland, their coun-
try, stature, dress, customs and magis-
‘trates, written in the year 1644. By
John Megapolensis, Jun. minister there.

In Hazard (E.), Historical collections, vol. 1,
pp. 517-526, Philadelphia, 1792, 4°. (Astor,
Congress, Trumbull.)

— A short sketch of the Mohawk In-

dians in New Netherland, their land,

LANGUAGES. 119

Megapolensis (J.) — Continued.

In New York Hist. Soc. Coll. second series,
vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 137-160, New York, 1857, 8°.
(Boston Atheneum, British Museum, Con-
gress.)

Mohawk pirases, pp. 157-159.

A few copies were issued separately.

Menzies (William). See Sabin (J.).
| Merlet (Lucien). Histoire | des Rela-
tions | des Hurons et des Abnaquis |
du Canada | avee Notre-Dame de
Chartres, | suivi de documents inédits
| sur la Sainte Chemise, | Par M. Lue.
Merlet, | Ancien Eléve des Chartres et
de Pécole @’ Administration. | [Design.] |

Chartres. | Pétrot-Garnier, Libraire,
| Place des Halles, 16 et 17. | 1858.

Printed cover, title 1 1. pp. i-xxiii, 1-78, 11.
12°.—Ouendat Lorétrénon Tesatontarige haon
Gonastaenchouindik &c. pp. 3-4.—Translation
of same: Voeu ala Sainte Vierge, de Ja Nation
des Hurons, en Nouvelle France, énoneé en
Frangais, envoyé au Chapitre de Chartres;
avec un collier ou ceinture de grains de por-
celaine, en 1678, pp. 5-6

See Chaumonot (J. M.); also, Doublet de
Boisthibault (F. J.).

Copies seen: Verreau. :

At the Murphy salea copy, No. 1671, brought

| Minqva:
| Numerals.
Vocabulary.

See Alsop (G.).
Adelung (J.C.) and
Vater (J.S.).
Campanuus (J ).
Donck (A.).

Miscellaneous Pieces [in the Cherokee
language }. j
Colophon: Mission Press, Park Hill.
1844,
No title-page, heading
Cherokee characters,

Copies seen:

Vocabulary.
Words.

only; pp. 1-24, 24°, in

A temperance tract.

3oston Athenw#um, Massachu-
setts Historical Society.

Mitchill (Dr. Samuel L.). Letter from
Dr. Samuel L. Mitchill, of New-York,
to Samuel M. Burnside, esq. correspond-
ing secretary of the American Antiqua-
rian Society.

In American Ant. Soc. Trans. (Archeologia
Americana) vol. 1, pp. 3138-317, Worcester, 1820,
fesee

Two Cherokee songs, with translation, p. 317.

stature, dress, manners, and magis-
trates, written in the year 1644, by
Johannes Megapolensis, junior, minis-
ter there. Revised from the translation
in Hazard’s Historical Collections, with
an introduction and notes, by John
Romeyn Brodhead.

| Mohawk. [Book of prayers in the Mo-
hawk language. ]

Manuscript, 9 portions or fragments of Il. pp.

23-50, 538-63, 1 p. pp. 64-117, 3 Il. sm. 4°, belong-

ing to Dr. W.H. Haynes, of New York City,

into whose hands it came with a portion of the

library of the late Dr. Robertson, bishop of Mis-

120

Mohawk — Continued.

souri. Bound in leather, with metal clasps;

very legibly written, but in a poor state of

preservation; the corners and margins of the

BIBLIOGRAPHY

OF THE

( Mohawk — Continued.

leaves are worn or torn off, some leaves havo |
been torn in two (or into several pieces) and |

the preserved portions sewed together, while
several leaves are represented by detached
portions only, and the whole is much dis-
colored.

Some of the headings (in Mohawk, Latin,
and French) throughout the text are as fol-
lows: Thanks to God, Offertory, Laus Deo,
Prayers to guardian angel, to St. Joseph, for
the clergy, for all men, for the elect, Con-
fiteor, Prayer to the Holy Spirit, Orate fratres,
Confession, Apostles’ creed, Pater Noster, The

day of the Lord and of the elect, Day of the |

angels, St. Joseph’s day, Eucharist, The eruci-
fixion, The day of Mary, Salutaris Maria, In the
name of the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost,
Blessed candles, etc. (accompanied by pen

picture of altar with candles), first 9 fragment- |

ary ll.—'‘ Here is the whole of the Eucharist;
one sings with which,” p. 24—Adoro te, p. 28.—
Sacris solemniis, p.31.—Evening hymn, p. 38.
—Jesus, Mary, and Joseph, p.45.—‘‘ Pray Ged,
my mind,” p. 46.—Decalogue, p. 47.—Hail,
Queen of Heaven, p.57.—Noél—introit, p. 60.
—Song and Conditor alme, p. 79.—Veni Creator,
p. 95.—A considerable portion of the work con-
sists of songs.
Mohawk. [Book of prayers in the Mo-
hawk language. | ©)
Manuscript, 70 11. 4°, in the Convent of the
Sisters of the Congregation at Oka, Canada.
The following description was furnished me by
the late Mrs. Erminnic A. Smith: Intheconvent
there are a number of manuscript copies of re-
ligious books pertaining to the doctrines of the
Roman Catholie Church. These are quarto in
size and contain seventy leaves, which are writ-
ten upon both sides. The questions and an-
swers, the pravers, bible stories, articles of
faith, deadly sins, &c. are written in French,
with the Mohawk translation on the opposite

page. These copies were made by the sisters at |

least one hundred years ago, and some of’ the
penmanship is as fine as a steel engraving.
Page 1 contains a prayer entitled: Priére avant
le catéchisme ; p. 2, Priéres du matin et du soir,
followed by the prayer in French, then Pour Te
matin, Pour le soir, Pause, Acte de contri-
tion; on the opposite page is the translation
of these prayers in Mohawk; p.4 contains the
Confiteor, Pendant la messe, and Offrande de
la messe; p.5 begins with article first of the
faith, followed by the Ave Maria, Credo, and
the following prayers: & St. Michel, A Vance
gardien, 2’ St. Joseph, pour le clergé, pour le
roi, pour les parents, pour les morts; these are
followed by the Angelus, Prions, Sub tuum
praesidium, Acte de
charité.

foy, d’espérance, de

Under the heading Chapelet oceur: Dimanche
et Lundi, pour les morts; Mardi, lange gar-

dien; Mercredi, St. Joseph; Jeudi, le st. sa-
crement; Vendredi, la croix ; Samedi, la Ste.
Vierge.

Page 20 begins with a prayer, which is fol-
lowed by the small catechism, which occupies
twenty pages; then Priéres aprés le caté-
chisme; then the Grand catéchisme, Des sa-
crements, followed by Du baptéme, the ques-
tions and auswers of which fill ten pages,
and by questions and answers upon Expliea-
tion des cérémonies du baptéme, which occupy
three pages. These are followed by: Pra-
tiques, De la confirmation, Actes avant la
confirmation, Actes apres la confirmation, De
Veacharistie, De la communion, Priéres avant
la communion, Le Confiteor, Actes aprés la
communion, De la pénitence, De l’examen,
De la contrition, Du ferme propos, De la®con-
fession, De la satisfaction, Des indulgences,
De la confession générale, De l’extréme one-
tion. P.68 begins: De l'ordre, Du mariage,
Du péché actuel. This is followed by the bible
story tlistoire des trois enfans dans la four-
naise, Pratiques, Du péché véniel, followed by
Histoire des enfans dévorés des ours, Des
péchés capitaux, De Vorgueil, Nabuchodonosor
changé en béte, De l'avarice, De la luxure, De
Venvie, De la gourmandise, Pratiques, De la
colére, De la paresse, Du scandale, De la grace
de Dieu, Des vertus, Vertus théologales, Priére
apres le catéchisme, Fin.

| Mohawk. [Book of rites.]

|

Mohawk.

Manuscript, in blank book, 18 ll. only 64 of
which are filled, sm. 4°, in the library of Major
J.W. Powell, Washington, D.C. A pencilnote
ou the inside of the cover says: ‘‘ This book be-
longs to Chief John 8. Johnson, of the Six Na-
tions Reserve, near Brantford”. The manu-
script was obtained from Chief Smoke Johnson
by the late Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith, at Grand
tiver, Canada, September, 1884. Itis the work
which Mr. Horatio Hale translated and called
the Book of Rites, though it does not contain
this heading in Indian. Another pencil note
on the inside of the cover runs: ‘‘Sent to me
Sept. 19, 1879. H. Hale”. Chief Johnson says
he copied the book from one which is now at
Bay of Quinte. It has been retranslated for
the Bureau of Ethnology by Mrs. Smith, as-
sisted by native Iroquois.

Instruction | pour le jour des
rois. | 1799.

Manuscript, title (as a heading) as above
recto 1.1 verso blank, text 611. written on both
sides, leaf 8 blank, sm. 4°; in the Mohawk lan-
guage; in the library of Major J. W. Powell.
Washington, D.C.

Mohawk. Interprétation du mandement

de Véveque | de Quebec pour des prieres
publiques | du 9 avril 1812.

Manuscript, 11. 8°, belonging to Major J. W.
Powell, Washington, D. C. Appended is the
note: ‘Lu le Dimanche de la Quasimodo Le 2
Avril, 1815." In the Monawk language.

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES. 121

Mohawk. Interprétation dumandement | Mohawk — Continued.

de | Ms" ’Evéque de Québee pour des
actions | de graces publiques.

Manuscript, 1 1. 8°, in the library of Major J.
W. Powell, Washington, D.C.

Mohawk. Petit dictionnaire | de la
langue des Iroquois | de Ja nation
VAgnié.

Manuscript, 82 ll. 16°, in the Bibliothéque
Nationale, Paris, France, where it is entered
under No. 17 in catalogue 327. There is no
title-page, the text being introduced by the
above heading. Intwocolumns, alphabetically
arranged by French words, the Iroquois deti-
nitions, though usually occupying but one line,
sometimes taking two and not infrequently
three. The character 8 is used for the sound of
w. The catalogue of the library ascribes it to
the seventeenth century.

See La Galissonniére (—).

Mohawk. {| viue Jesus} Principes De La
Langue | Iroquoise. | Cette Langue a5
parties | La 1° Des principes | La 24 Des
remarquessurles princi | pes | Lad™? La
table des Relations en | abregé le plus
au long des conjugaisous en abregé au
long | la4™m* vne nomenclature en abregé
| du dictionnaire | La 5™° Les Racines.
| Premiere Partie | Des Principes. |
Chapitre Premier | De Valphabet.

Manuscript of the latter part of the seven-
teenth century, Il. 1-131, unnumbered, 12°,
bound. In the archivesof the Catholic Church
at the mission Lac des Deux Montagnes, Oka,
Canada.

Title recto 1. 1, verso De Jl’alphabet.—
Chapitre 2, Du verbe, rectol. 2.—Second partie,
Des remarques sur la grammaire, recto 1. 13.—
Remarques des dialectes [huron, tsonont8an,
orog8en, onontage, onci&t, agnier], recto 1, 14.—

Des coniugaisons, verso 1. 15.—Remarques sur |

Vordre du dictionaire, recto 1. 17.—LI1. 21-23 and
recto ]. 24 are blank.—Les conjugaisons, verso
1. 24 and recto 1. 25.—LI1. 26-27 are blank.—L. 28
begins Il ya 8 routes etc., verso blank, as is

also 1. 29 and recto of 1. 30.—Premiére conjugai- |
son du paradigme g begins verso of 1. 30, ends |

recto 1. 32, the verso of which is blank, as are
also ll. 33-51.—Racines agnieres, recto 1. 52.—
Paradigme g, verso 1. 52, continuing, with the
exception of occasional blank leaves, to verso
of 1. 65.—The recto of 1. 66 is blank.

On verso of 1. 66is the beginning of a dic-
tionary, the Mohawk in one column, the French
in another; it contains only words beginning

with the letter @ and ends on recto of 1. 62, on |
the verso of which is: Verbes de la seconde |

conjugaison du paradigme g. This occupies
the versos of ll. 68-78, the rectos being blank.—
Verbes relatifs 2°, versos 11. 79-86 ; reetos blank.
—De Vaftirmatif 2°, versos ll. 87-88.—Noms de
la 24 conjug., versol. 9 to verso of 1. 93.—Ver-

bes de la 3™*, verso ll. 94-95.—Relutifs de la 3™2,
verso 1. 96.—Noms de la3™, verso 1.97.—Verbes
de la 4°, verso 1. 98.—Relatifs de la 4™*, verso
1. 99.—Noms de la4™*, verso Ll. 100.—Verbesabso-
lus de la 5™°, verso ll. 101-102.—Relations de la
5™° conjugaison, verso l. 102.—Noms de la 5”,
verso 1. 103.—Paradigme 8 1°, versos Il. 104-105.
—Noms de la 1*, verso 1. 106.—Verbes de la 2,
8*, versos ll. 107-110.—De V’affirmatif de la 2%,
versos ll. 111-112.—Noms de la 2**, versos Il.
113-116.—Verbes de la 3, verso 1. 117.— Verbes
de la 5, Noms de la 5™¢, verso 1. 118.—Nomen-
clature en abrégé, verso J. 119 to verso 1. 120.—
Ll. 121-131 are blank.

The following is probably an incomplete
copy of the above manuscript:

Mohawk. Traité de la grammaire | hi-

rokoise

Manuscript, 23 unnumbered and 11 blank Il.
12°, in the library of J. W. Powell, Washing-
ton, D.C. There is no title-page, the text im-
mediately following the heading, as above.
From the introduction it appears that the work
was not finished, the opening sentence saying:
‘Cette grammaire a cing parties: la premiére
les principes de la langue, la seconde les remar-
ques sur les principes, la troisiéme la table des
relations en abrégé & celles des conjugaisons,
la quatriéme une nomenclature en abrégé du
dictionnaire, la cinquiéme les racines.’”—Pre-
miére partie: Des principes. Chapitre pre-
mier, Del’alphabet et prononciation dés lettres,
recto 1. 1.—Chapitre 2, Du verbe, verso 1. 1.—
Chapitre [3], Du pronom possessif, verso 1. 10.—

Secondo partie: Les remarques sur la gram-
maire, recto 1. 12.—Remarques sur les dialectes,
verso ]. 12.—Les conjugaisons du paradigme g,
verso l. 14 to recto 1. 23.

Mohawk. Vie de Tobie.

Manuscript, 39 pp. folio, in the Mohawk lan-
guage, by 2 Sulpician at the mission of Lac des
Deux Montagnes, Canada; in the archives of
the Roman Catholic Church at Caughnawaga,
Canada.

Mohawk:

Bible, Genesis (pt.). See Brant (J.).

Bible, Genesis (pt.).
Bible, Genesis (pt.).
Bible, Exodus (pt.).
Bible, Psalms (pt.).
Bible, Isaiah.

Bible, New Test. (pt.)
sible, New Test.
Bible, Gospels.
Bible, Matthew (pt.).
sible, Matthew.
Bible, Matthew.

Bible, Matthew (pt.).
Bible, Mark.

Bible, Mark (pt.).
Bible, Luke.

Freeman (B,).

Pyrlxus (J. C.).

Freeman (B.).

Freeman (B.).

Ne Kaghyadongh-
sera.

Pyrleus (J. C.).

Stuart (J.).

Onasakenrat.

rant (J.).

Freeman (B.).

Hill (H. <A.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).

Pyrleus (J. C.).

Brant (J.).

Rand (S. T.).

Ba ASS

122 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Bible, Romaus.

Bible. Corinthians I.
Bible, Corinthians I.
Bibie, Galatians.

Bible, Galatians.

Bible, Ephesians.

Bible, Philippians.
Bible, Colossians.
Bible, Thessalonians
IGE

ible, Timothy I, LI.
Bible, Titus.

Bible, Philemon.
Bible, Hebrews.
Bible, James.

sible, Peter I, II.
Bible, John I, UH, IIT.
Bible, Jude.

sible, Revelation.

Book of

Prayer.

Common

Book of
Prayer.

Common
Book of Common
Prayer.
Book of Common
Prayer.

Hill (H. A.), Hess
(W.), and Wilkes

(J. A.).

Hess (W.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).
Hill (H. A.) and
Wilkes (J. A..).
Hess (W.) and

Wilkes (J. A.).
Hill (H A.), Hess
(W.), and Wilkes
(J. A.). ;
Hill (H. A.), Hess
(W.), and Wilkes
(aA
Hless (W.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).
Hess (W.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).
Hess (W.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).
Fless (W.)
Wilkes (J. A.).
Hess (W.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).
Hess (W.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).
Hess (W.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).
Hill (H. <A.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).
Hill (H. <A.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).
Hill (. A.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).
Hill (H. A.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).
Hill (H. A.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).
Andrews (W.), Bar-
clay (IL.) and Ogil-
vie (J.).

Book.
Clacsse (L.).

Claus (D.).

and |

General discussion.
Geographic names.
Geographic names.
Geographic names.
Grammar.

Gramimatic comments.

Gramimatic comments.
Grammatic comments.
Grammatic comments.

Grammatic treatise.
Grammatic treatise.
Iiymns.

Hymns.

Hymns.

Hymns.

Hymns.

Hymns.

Hymns.

Hymns.

Hymns.

Hymns.

Hymns.

Letter.

Letter.

Lord’s prayer.

Lord’s prayer.
Lord's prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord's prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord's prayer.

Lord's prayer.
Lord's prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord's prayer.
Lord’s praver.
Lord's prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s prayer.
Lord’s prayer.

Mohawk— Continued. | Mohawk — Continued.
Bible, Luke. Hill (H. A.) and | 300k of Common Nelles (A.) and Hill
Wiikes (J. A.). Prayer. (Ji.):
Bible, Luke (pt.). Rand (5. T.). Calendar. Cuogq (J. A.).
Bible, John (pt.). American Bivle So- Catechism. Bruyas (J.).
ciety. Catechism. Huguet (J.).
Bible, John (pt.). Bagster (J.). Catechism. Marcoux (J.).
Bible, John (pt.). Bible Society. Catechism. Ne yeriwanonton-
Bible, John (pt.). British. tha.
Bible, John (pt.). Drake (S. G.). Catechism. Neuville (J. B.).
Bible, John (pt.). Gilbert & Rivington. Catechism. Piquet (F.).
Bible, John. Hill (H. A.) and Dictionary. Bruyas (J.).
Wilkes (J. A.). Dictionary. Cuog (J. A.).
Bible, John. Norton (J.). Dictionary. Marcoux (J.).
Bible, John (pt.). Powliss (J.). Dictionary. Mohawk.
Bible, Acts. Hill (HW. A.), Hess | General discussion. Hough (F. B.).
(W.), and Wilkes General discussion. Mohawk.
(J.A.). Generai discussion. Oronhyatekha.

Shea (J. G.).
Hough (F. B.).
Morgan (L. H.).
Shea (J.G.).
Marcoux (J.).
Adclung (J.C.) and
Vater (J.S.).
Garde (P. P. F.).
Hale (H.).
Wilson (D.).
Cuogq (J. A.).
Pyrleus (J.C.).
Alvis (W.).
Bearfoot (1.).
Burtin (N. V.).
Cuog (J. A.).
Dufresne (N.).
Hill (H.A.).
iXaro ron.
Onasakenrat (J.).
Playter (G. D.).
toupe (J. B.).
Williams (E.).
Brant (J.).
Marcoux (J.).
Adelung (J. ©.) and
Vater (J.S.).
Auer (A.).
Bergholtz (G. F.).
Bergmann (G.).
Bodoni (J. P.).
Chamberlayne (J.).
Frank (J.).
Fritz (J. FF.) and
Schultze (B.).
Fry (F.).
Hough (F. B.).
Jones (E, F.).
Lord’s.
Marcel (J. J.).
Marietta (P.).
Mombert (J. 1.).
No neh.
Perry (W.S.).
Richard (L.).
Shea (J.G.).
Wilson (D.).
Youth's.

Mohawk — Continued.

Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerais.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Prayer book.
Prayer book.
Prayer book.
Prayer book,
Prayer book.

Prayer book.
Prayer book.

Prayer book.
Prayer book.
Prayers.
Prayers.
Prayers.
Primer.
Primer.
Primer.
Primer.
Proper names.
Psalms.
Psalms.
Psalms.
Relationships.
Sachemships.
Sentences.
Sentences.
Sentences.
Sermons.
Sermons.
Sermons.
Sermons.
Sermons.
Sermons.

Sermons.
Sermons.
Sermons.

Sermons.
Sermons.
Sermons.
Sermons.
Sermons.

Text.
Text.
Text.
Text.
Text.

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Alsop (G.).
Balbi (A.).
Cusick (D.).
Edwards (J.).
Hammond (L. M.).
Hawley (—).
Hough (F. B.).
Oronhyatekha.
Parsons (J.).
Rand (8. T. .
Shea (J. G.).
Vallancey (C.).
Vater (J.S.).
Wassenaer (C.).
Weiser (C.).
Wilson (D.).
Brown (J.).
Cuog (J. A.).
Freeman (B.).
Marcoux (F. X.).
Marcoux (F. X.) and
Burtin (N. V.).
Marcoux (J.).
Marcoux
Burtin (N. V.).
Mohawk.
Morning.
Bruyas (J.).
Hill (J.).
Ne neh.
Tontri8aiestak8a,
Cuog (J. A.).
Ne neh.
Primer.
Great.
Bearfoot (1.).
Hill (H. A.).
Williams (E.).
Morgan (L. H.).
Morgan (L. H.).
Brant (J.).
McKenney (T. L.).
Megapolensis (J.).
Bruyas (J.).
Burtin (N. V.).
Dépéret (E.).
Garde (P. P. F.).
Giien (H.).
Guichart de Kersi-
dent (V. H.).
Le Brun (A. T.).
Marcoux (J.).
Marecoux (J.) and
Burtin (N. V.).
Mathevet (J.C.).
Mohawk.
Rinfret (A.).
Roupe (J. IBS):
Terlaye (F. A. M.
de).
Giien (H.).
Hale (i.).
Marcoux (J.).
Mohawk.
Norton (J.).

(J.) and |

Mohawk — Continued.

Text.

Tract.
Tribal names.
Vocabulary.

Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Words.

Words.

Words.

Words.

Words.

Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.

Mombert (J. I.).

123

Terlaye (F. A. M.
de).
Marcoux (J.).
Gatschet (A.3.).
Adelung (J.C.) and
Vater (J.S.).
Balbi (A.).
Barton (B.5S.).
Beauchamp (W. M.).
Domenech (E.).
Elliot (A.).
Ettwein (J.).
Gallatin (A.).
Gatschet (A.S.).
Hale (H.).
House (J.).
Jchan (L. F.).
Jones (Peter).
Laet (J. de).
Latham (R. G.).
Rand (S. T.).
Ruttenber (E. M.).
Schoolcraft (H. R.).
Smith (E. A.).
Jeauchamp(W. M.).
Chamberlain(A. F.).
Cuog (J. A.).
Emerson (E. R.).
Fritz «J. F.) and
Schultze (B.).
Gatschet (A.S.).
Troquois.
Johnson (W.).
Lact (J. de).
Latham (R.G.).
Sparks (J.).
Street (A. B.).

An | authentic his-

tory | of | Lancaster County, | in the |
State of Pennsylvania. | By | J. I. Mom-
bert, D.D. | member of the Historical
Society of Pennsylvania. |

,Lancaster, Pa.: | J. E. Barr & Co. |

1869.

Pp. i-viii, 1-617, 1 1. pp. 1-175, 8°.—Lord’s
prayer in the language of the Six Nations (Mo-
hawk), p. 13.—Indian localities in Lancaster
County, with definitions and remarks, p. 386.

Copies seen: Congress.

Mooney (James). [Dance and drinking

songs and ceremonial addresses in the
Cherokee language. ]

Manuscript, in the library of the Burean of
Ethnology. InCherokee characters, with par-
tial transliteration and English translation;
written in two large blank-books, each paged
1-96, partially filled. The songs and addresses
were put into Cherokee characters by a native
named Ahyutini’ (Swimmer)—a conjurer or
medicine man—under Mr. Mooney’s supervi-
sion, on East Cherokee Reservation, North
Carolina, in the fall of 1887, and Mr. Mooney is
transliterating and translating them.

124

Mooney (J.)— Continued.

— Vocabulary of the Upper Chero-
kee, formerly spoken in northwestern
Georgia and the adjacent parts of Ten-
nessee and North Carolina.

Manuscript, pp. 77-228, 4°,in the library of
the Bureau of Ethnology, being a copy of Pow-
ell’s Introduction to the Study of Indian Lan-
guages, 2d edition, completely filled. Ob-
tained at Washington, D.C., in the spring of
1885, from N. J. Smith (Tsalatihi), chief of the
East Cherokees, and revised on the Qnalla or
East Cherokee Reservation, in North Carolina,
in the fall of 1887. On the blank leaves at the
end of the book are many local names, with
meanings, pertaining to the old Cherokee coun-
try.

Throughout this vocabulary Mr. Mooney has
noted, in pencil, the slight changes in orthog-
graphy required by the Middle and Lower
Cherokee dialects, as a basis for the compila-
tion of a parallel vocabulary of each of these

dialects. These he is now engaged in elaborat-
ing. He was assisted with the middle dialect

by James and David Blythe, on the East Cher-
okee Reservation, North Carolina, in the fall of
1887, and with the lower dialect by Chikilili, an
old man who was the only one of the East
Cherokees speaking this dialect, in November,
1887.

See Cherokee.

Moor (Itcv. Thorowgood). See Another
Tongue.

Morgan (Lewis Henry). Letters on the
Troquois, by Skenandoah, addressed to
Albert Gallatin, LL.D., President New
York Historical Society.

In American Review, vol. 5, pp. 177-190, 242-
257, 447-461; vol. 6, pp. 477-490, 626-633, New
York, 1847, 8°.

Contains a list of the sachemships of the
Iroquois confederacy, vol. 5, pp. 181-182.—Sen-
eca names of animals, vol. 5, p. 186 (foot-note).—
List of Seneca relationships, vol. 5, p. 188.—Ta-
ble exhibiting, in the Seneca dialect, the conju-
gation of the verb geydse, ‘I shoot,” and re-
marks on language, vol. 5, pp. 457-461.

Scattered throughout are a number of Iro-
quois terms, geographic and proper names, &c,

Partly reprinted as follows:

— Letters on the Iroquois by Skenan-
doah: addressed to Albert Gallatin, L.
L. D., President N. York Historical
Society.

In The Olden Time, vol. 2, pp. 68-87, 117-139,
289-307, Pittsburgh, 1848, 8°. (British Museum,
Congress.)

Linguistics, pp. 81, 84, 301-307.

Reprinted in The Olden Time, vol. 2, pp. 68-87,
117-139, 289-307, Cincinnati, 1876, 8°. (Astor.)
—— [List of donations] from Lewis H.

Morgan, of Rochester [to the historical

BIBLIOGRAPHY

OF THE

Morgan (L. H.) —Continued.
and antiquarian collection in the New
York State cabinet of natural history].

In New York University, second ann. rept.
pp. 74-75, 1849, 8°. (Congress.)

List of 49 articles, some of which have their
names given in the Seneca dialect.

Reprinted, with additions (Nos. 1-67), in
Catalogue of the cabinet of natural history of
the State of New York, appendix, pp. 1-6,
Albany, 1853, 8°. Pp. 22-24 of this appendix
contain a further list of articles (Nos. 68-153)
made by the Indians of western New York;
and pp. 25-28, a list of articles (Nos. 154-271)
made by the Indians residing in Canada West,
the name of each article being given in the
Seneca dialect.

— Schedule of articles obtained from
Indians residing in western New-York,
being the product of their own handi-
craft and manufacture, for the New-
York historical and antiquarian collec-
tion, under the direction of Lewis H.
Morgan, of Rochester.

In New York University, third ann. rept. pp.
57-60, Albany, 1850, 8°. (Congress.)

Each article is given its name in the Seneca
language.

Report to the regents of the univer-
sity, upon the articles furnished the
Indian collection: by L. H. Morgan.
December 31, 1849.

In New York University, third ann. rept. pp.
65-97, Albany, 1850, 8°. (Congress.)

List of articles used by Indians, with names
in the Seneca dialect, accompanied by 17 colored
plates of dress, ornaments, &c.

The fabrics of the Iroquois.
In American Quarterly Register, vol. 4, pp.
| 319-343, Wasbington, [1850], 8°. (British Mu-
seuni, Congress, Watkinson.)
Contains names of many articles in the Seneca
dialect.
Reprinted as follows:

Report on the fabrics, inventions,
implements and utensils of the Iro-
quois, made to the regents of the uni-
versity, Jan. 22, 1851, by Lewis H.
Morgan. Illustrative of the collection
annexed to the State cabinet of natural
history, with illustrations. By Richard
H. Pease, Albany.

In New York University, fifth ann. rept. pp.
67-117, Albany, 1852, 8°. ‘Congress.)

List of implements and utensils, with names
in the Seneca dialect, accompanied by 20 colored
plates.

— League | of the | Ho-dé-no-sau-nee,
| or | Iroquois. | By Lewis H. Morgan,
| corresponding member [&c. two

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Morgan (L. H.)—Continued.
lines.] | [T'wo lines quotation. ] | [Pict-
ure. ] |

Rochester: | Sage & brother, pub-
lishers. | New York :— Mark H. New-
man & co. | Boston:—Gould & Lincoln.
| 1851.

Pp. i-xviii, 11. pp. 1-477, map, plates, 8°. This
work was published in two styles, the ordi-
nary edition on plain paper with the plates
uncolored, and a fine edition on tinted paper
and with the plates colored.

125

Morgan (L. H.)—Continued.
In New York University Catalozue, pp.

28, Albany, 1853, 8°. (Congress.)
Gives the name of each article in Seneca.

Dy

“a7

— Laws of descent of the Iroquois. By
Lewis H. Morgan, of Rochester, N.Y.

In American Ass. Adv. Sci. Proc. vol. 11, pp.
132-148, Cambridge, 1858, 8°. (Boston Athe-
neum, British Museum, Congress.)

Names of the several degrees of relationship
recognized among the Iroquois, in the dialect
of the Seneca, p. 137.

Titles -or sachemships of the Lroquois,
founded at the institution of
(English signification in foot-notes), pp. 64-65.

Table exhibiting the scientific [and Seneca]
names of the animals adopted by the Iroquois

as the emblems of their respective tribes, foot- |

note, p. 80.

Terms of relationship among the Ho-dé-no-
sau-nee, in the language of the Senecas, foot-
note, p. 86.

Schedule of Iroquois dances, p. 290.

“Table exhibiting the dialectical variations of
the language of the Iroquois, as illustrated in
their geographical names,” giving the names of
24 geographic features in the State of New York
in the Seneca, Cayuga, Onondaga, Tuscarora,
Oneida, and Mohawk dialects, with English |
signification, folding sheet facing p. 394. |

Book iii, chap. ii. Language of the Iroquois: |
Alphabet; The noun; Adjective; Compari- |
son; Article; Adverb; VPreposition; Species |
of declension; The verb; Fulness of conju-
gation; Formation of sentences; the Lord’s
prayer, pp. 394-411.

Schedule explanatory of the Indian map,
giving English equivalents of Indian
graphic names, pp. 465-474.

Table exhibiting, in the Seneca dialect, the
conjugation of the verb gé-ydse, ‘‘ I shoot,”’ pp.
475-477.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brin-
ton, British Museum, Congress, Eames.

At the Fischer sale a copy, No. 1183, was |
bought by Quaritch for 1s. 6d. The Field copy,
No. 1609, brovght $2.63; the Squier copy, No. |
888, $3.50; the Brinley copy, No. 5429, $4.25 ;
the Pinart copy, No. 646, bought by Quaritch,
1 fr. 50 ¢.; the Murphy copy, No. 1724, half ma-
roon morocco, top edge gilt, $7. Priced by
Quaritch, No. 29987, 12s., and by Clarke, 1886,
No. 6535, $10.

Donations [of Indian articles] from
Lewis H. Morgan.

In New York University Catalogue, pp. 3- 6,
Albany, 1853, 8°. (Congress. )

Seneca names of articles passim.

geo-

— Purchases from Lewis H. Morgan, of
Rochester, of articles manufactured at
special request, by Indians residing in |
western New York and Canada West.

the league

Laws of descent of the Iroquois. By
_ Lewis H. Morgan of Rochester.
| New York. (*)

16 pp. 8°. Title from Field’s Essay, No. 1092.
Perhaps a separate issue of the above.

Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 50665, gives title of
an edition: N. p. n.d. 16 pp. 8°.

{——] Laws of consanguinity, and de-
scent of the Iroquois.
Colophon: Steam Press of A. Strong
| & Co., Rochester, N. Y. [1859.]

No title-page ; pp. 1-12 A letter dated
“Rochester, Monroe County, N. Y. January,
1859,”’ and signed Lewis H. Morgan.

Contains a list (20) of Seneca-Iroquois rela-
tionships, p. 7.

Copies seen: Brinton, Powell.

At the Field sale, No. 1608,a copy brought
$1.12.

[——] Circular in reference to the degrees

of relationship among different nations,

[| Washington. Smithsonian Institu-
tion: 1862. ]

No title-page; pp. 1-33, 8°. Smithsonian In-
stitution miscellaneous collections, No. 138.
Also forms part of vol. 2, Smithsonian Institu-
tion miscellaneous collections.

Contains a list of relationships in the Seneca
language, Date

Copies seen: British Museum, Burean of Eth-
nology, Congress, Pilling, Powell.

L208

A conjectural solution of the origin
of the classificatory system of relation-
ship. By Lewis H. Morgan, of Roches-
ter, New York.

In American Acad. Arts and Sci. Proce. vol.
7, pp. 436-477, Boston and Cambridge, 1868, 8°.
(Boston Atheneum, British Museum, Con-
gress.)

Comparative
tionship of the Seneca Iroquois Indians * *
and of the people of South India, pp. 456-460.

Issued separately as follows:

table of the system of reola-

&

-—- A| conjectural solution | of the |
origin of the classificatory system | of |
relationship. | By | Lewis H. Morgan, |

126

Morgan (L. H.)—Continned.
associate fellow [&c. seven lines. ] |
(From the Proceedings of the American
Academy of Arts and Sciences, | Vol.
VII; February 11, 1868.) |
Cambridge: | Welch, Bigelow, and
company, | printers to the University. |
1868.

Pp. 435-477, 8°.

Copies seen: Astor, Eames, Harvard.
Smithsonian Contributions to Knowl-
edge. | 218 | Systems | of | consanguin-
ity and affinity | of the | human fam-
ily. | By | Lewis H. Morgan. |

Washington City: | published by the
Smithsonian Institution. | 1871.

Title on coveras above, inside title differing
from above 1 |. advertisement p. ili verso blank,
preface pp. v-ix verso blank, contents pp. xi-
xii, text pp. 1-590, 14 plates, 4°. Forms vol. 17
of Smithsonian contributions to knowledge.

Pronominal inflections of the Cherokee and
Seneca-Lroquois, p. 137.—Specializations in the
dual and plural (Cherokee), p.137.—Table of
consanguinity and aflinity of the Seneca-Iro-
quois and Yankton-Dakotas, pp. 167-169.—Com-
parative vocabulary (40 words) of the Minni-
taree and others, including the Cherokee and
Wyandote, p. 183.—Table of relationships (9) in
Seneca, Wyandote, Yankton, Mandan, Kaw,
Otoe, Chocta, and Cherokee, p. 194.—System of
consanguinity and afiinity of the Ganowanian
family, pp. 291-882, includes (lines 1-8, 32, 33)
the following dialects: Seneca, Cayuga, Onon-
daga, Oncida, Mohawk, Tuscarora, Two Mount-
ain Lroquois, Wyandote (all collected by Mr.
Morgan), Cherokee (by C. C. Torrey), and
Mountain Cherokee (by Rev. Evan Jones).

Copiesseen: Astor, British Museum, Bureau of
Ethnology, Congress, Eames, Pilling, Trumbull.

— Ancient society | or | researches in
the lines of human progress | from
savagery, through barbarism | to civ-
ilization | by | Lewis H. Morgan, Lh.
D | Member of the National Academy
of Sciences, Author of ‘* The League
of the Iroquois,” | ‘The American
Beaver and his Works,” ‘Systems of
Consanguinity and | Affinity of the Hu-
man Family,” Ete. | [Pwo lines quota-
tion.] | [Design. ] |

New York | Henry Holt and com-
pany | L877.

Title as above verso copyright 1 1. dedica-
tion verso quotation 1 1. pp. v—xvi, 1-560, 8°.—
List of gentes of the Iroquois and Wyandotes,
p. 153; of the Cherokees, p. 164.

svitish Museum, Bureau of Eth-

nology, Congress.

Priced by Clarke, 1886, No. 6534, $4,

Copies seen:

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Morning.

OF THE

Morgan (L. H.)—Continued.

Some copies with title otherwise as above
have the imprint: London | Macmillan and
Co. | 1877. (British Museum.). There is also
a New York edition of 1878, with imprint other-
wise as above. (Bureau of Ethnology.)

—— Department of the Interior | U. 8S.

Geographical and Geological Survey of
the Rocky Mountain region | J. W.
Powell in Charge | Houses and house-
life | of the | American aborigines | by
Lewis H. Morgan | [Seal] |

Washington | Government Printing
Office | 1881

General title of the series 1 1. title as above 11.
preface, contents, &c. pp. v-xiv, text pp. 1-276,
index pp. 277-281, 4°. Forms vol. 4 of Powell (J.
W.), Contributions to North American ethnol-
ogy.

Table of sachemships of the Iroquois (Mo-
hawk, Oneida, Onondaga, Cayuga, and Seneca
dialects), with translations, pp. 30-31.

Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling, Pow-
ell.

Priced by Clarke, 1686, No. 6541, $6,

—— Aboriginal geographic terms, chiefly

river names,

Manuscript, 7 pp. folio, iu the library of the
Bureau of Ethnology. Includes some Cherokeo
geographic names, with meanings.

Lewis H. Morgan was bornin Aurora, Cayuga
County, New York, November 21, 1818. He
was graduated by Union College, Schenectady,
in the class of 1840. Returning from college to
Aurora, Mr, Morgan joined a secret society
composed of the young menof the village and
known as the Grand Order of the Iroquois.
This had a great -influence upon his future
The order insti-
tuted for sportand amusement, but its organ.
ization was modeled on the governmental
system of the Six Nations; and, chiefly under
Mr. Morgan's direction and Jeadership the ob-
jects of the order were extended, if not
entirely changed, and its purposes improved.
To become better acquainted with the social
polity of the Indians, young Morgan visited
the aborigines remaining in New York, a
mere remnant, but yet retaining, to a great ex-
tent, their ancient laws and customs; and
he went so far as to be adopted as a meinber by
the Senecas. Before the Council of the Order,
in the years 1844, 1845, and 1846, he read
a series of papers on the Iroquois, which,
under the nom de plume of ‘Skenandoah”’
were published as above. Mr. Morgan died in
Rochester, N. Y., December 17, 1881.

career and studies. was

The | Morning and Evening
Prayer. | The Litany, and Church Cate-
chism. | Ne | Orhoengene neoni Yogar-
askhagh | Yondereanayendaghkwa, |
Ne Ene Niyoh Raodeweyena, neoni |

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES. LAK,

Morning—Continued.

Onoghsadogeaghtige Yondadderigh- |
wanondoentha, |

Boston, New-England: | Printed by
Richard and Samuel Draper. 1763.

1p. J. pp. 1-24, 1-18, sm. 4°, in the Mohawk |

language.—The order for morning prayer daily
throughout the year, pp. 1-16.—The litany,

pp. 17-24.—The church catechism, pp. 1-9.— |

Prayers, pp. 10-18.

“Tt may have been printed at the instance of
the Rey. Dr. Eleazer Wheelock, or by the
Boston Commissioners of the (Scotch) Society
for Propagating Christian Knowledge, for the
use of the missionaries and school-masters sent
from New England to the Six Nations.

‘““Wm. Weyman was employed by Sir Wim.
Johnson, in 1762, to print a new edition of the
Mohawk. Prayer-Book, and began the work
early in 1763, under the supervision of the Rey.
Dr. Barclay. Its progress was interrupted by
the death of Dr. Barclay, in 1764, and less than
half the book was printed when Weyman died,
in July, 1768. In the meantime several mis-
sionaries had gone from New England to the
Six Nations; Mr. Cornelius Bennett, a cate-
chist of the Episcopal Church, was teaching
school among the Mohawks in 1764: Mr. C. J.
Smith (accompanied by young Joseph Brant)
and the Rev. Samuel Kirtland went, the same
year, from Lebanon, as missionaries to the same
field—sent by the Boston Commissioners, and
several others were preparing themselves at
Lebanon for this mission. This Prayer-Book
and Catechism was probably printed for the
use of these missionaries and their Indian

Morning—Continued.
scholars. It seems to be a reprint, so far as it
goes, of the first edition (Wm. Bradford, 1715),
omitting the ‘Several Chapters of the Old and
New Testament’; and founded, like that edi-
tion, on the translations made ‘by Mr. Freeman,
a very worthy Calvinist minister.’ ’—Zrum-
bull.

Copies seen: Brinley.

Priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, No. 1940, 30. 3s.
At the Brinley sale, No. 5708, a half-moroeco
copy was bought by Ives for $50.

Miller (Dr. Friedrich). Die Sprachen |
der | schlichthaarigen Rassen | von |
Dr‘. Friedrich Miiller | Professor [&c.
eight lines]. | I. Abtheilung. | Die
Sprachen der australischen, der hyper-
boreischen | und der amerikanischen
Rasse [sie]. |

Wien 1882. | Alfred Holder | KK.
Hof- und Universitiits-Buchhiindler |
Rothenthurmstrasse 15,

Pp. i-x, 1-440, 8°. Forms pt. 1 of vol. 2 of
Grundriss der Sprachwissenschaft, Wien, 1876-—
1882, 2 vols. 8°.—Die Sprache der Irokesen, pp.
206-213.—Die Sprache der Tscherokesen (Tse-
lake), pp. 223-281.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Bureau
of Ethnology, Watkinson.

Murphy (Henry Cruse). See Bartlett
(J: R.).

Myrtle (Minnie), pseud. See Johnson
CARC;).

N,

{Wantel (Abbé A.).] [Review of] Lex-
ique de la langue iroquoise. Par M.
PAbbé Cuoq, prétre de St. Sulpice.

In Les Annales térésiennes, décembre 1882,
pp. 108-114, Montréal [n. d.], 12°. (Pilling.)
Critical notice, with a number of examples.

Reprinted in Cuoqg (J. A.), Lexique de la
langue iroquoise, Additamenta, pp. 227-233,
Montréal, 1882, 8°.

Naphegyi (Gabor). The | Album of |

Language | illustrated by the | Lord’s
Prayer | in | One hundred Languages.

By G. Naphegyi, M.D., A.M. | Member
of the ‘ Sociedad Geografica y Estadis-
tica” of Mexico, | and ‘‘ Mejoras Mate-
riales” of Texoco. |

Lith. & Printed in colors by Edward
Herline, | 630 Chestnut St. Philadel-
phia. | Published | by | J.B. Lippin-
cott | & Co. | Philadelphia.

Printed title: The | Album of Language. |
Illustrated by | The Lord's Prayer | in | One

|
|
|

Naphegyi (G.)—Continned.

Hundred Languages, | with | historical de-
scriptions of the principal languages, inter-
linear translation and | pronunciation of each
prayer,a dissertation on the languages of |
the world, and tables exhibiting all known |
languages, dead and living. | By | G. Naphegyi,
M.D. A.M.| Member of the “Sociedad Geo-
grafica y Estadistica,” of Mexico, and ‘ Mo-
joras Materiales,” of Texoco, of the | Numis-
matic and Antiquarian Society of Philadelphia,
etc. | [Design.] |

Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1869.

Pp. 1-324, 4°.—The Lord’s prayer in the
Cherokee language, p. 295.

Copies seen: Boston Public, British Museum,
Congress.

National Museum: These words following a title
or within parentheses after a note indicate that
a copy of the work referred to was seen by the
compiler in the library of that museum, Wash-
ington, D.C.

Ne aghsenhhadont. See Hill (H. A.)

and Wilkes (J. A.),

128

Ne Hoiwiyosdosheh. See Harris (T. |

Sa)

Ne | kaghyadonghsera | ne | royadado- |
kenghdy | ne | Isaiah. |

New-York: | printed for the American
Bible Society. | D. Fanshaw, Printer. |
1839.

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-243, 18°. |
Book of Isaiah, entirely in the Mohawk lan-
guage.

Copies seen: American Bible Society, British |
Museum, Congress, Eames, Pilling, Powell,
Wisconsin Historical Society.

Priced by Triibner, 1856, No. 682, 2s. 6d. |
The Fischer copy, No. 2589, sold for 1s ; the |
Field copy, No. 1581, for $1.12. Priced by Le- |
clerc, 1878, No. 2353, 30 fr. At the Brinley |
sale an unused copy, No. 5725, brought $1, and |
two other copies 50 cents each.

See Nelles (A. )

Ne kaghyadouhsera.
and Hill (J.).

Ne karoegwea. See Nelles (A.) and Hill
(.)s

Ne karoron.

See Hill (H. A.).

See Sickles (A. W.).
See Hill (H. A.).
See Bearfoot (I.).

See Cusick (J. N.).

Ne ne jinihodiyeren. See Hill (H. A.),
Hess (W.) and Wilkes (J. A.).

See Hill(H. A.) and

Ne karoron.
We karoronh.
We karorouh.

‘Ne kororon.

Ne ne Revelation.
Wilkes (J. A.).

Ne ne shagohyatonni. See Hill(H. A.),
Hess (W.) and Wilkes (J. A.).

Ne ne tekaghyadonghserakehhadont.
See Hill (H. A.) and Wilkes (J. A.).

Ne ne tyotyerenhton. See Hess (W.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).

Ne neh | yonaderihhonnyen ni tha |
ka nyen kehhaka kawen nondaghkonh
| teke nih skarighware | nok royanen
ra ode ren nayengh | d ye ry wennyh,
| roty yadadokenghty, | rodighyadon
ye righ wa nendon th’a | i wak yadon |
Onengh deyogh se raghsenh shik he
rihhon ny en ny=Yayak | niya kaongh-
wenjakeh. Ex ha ho konah, | I sho na
jowa ne, |
New-York, Printed at the Conference
Office | by J. Collord. | 182y
Pp. 1-32, Mohawk
prayer, apostles’ creed, ten commandments, |
and prayers, pp. 20-82.
Copies seen; Q’Callaghan.

32°. primer.— Lord's

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

| Ne tsinihhoweyea-nendaonh.

| Negro.

| Ne’ jaguh’/nigédages’gwathan.

THE

Ne neh | yondaderihhonnyen ni tha |
ka nyen kehhaka rawen nondaghkonh
| teke nih skarighware | nok royaner
ra o de ren nayengh | 0 ye ry wennyh,
| ro ty ya da do kengh ty. | Ro digh-
yadon ye righ wa nendon tha |i wak
yadon | O nengh deyogh se raghsenh
shik he rihhon ny en ny | Yayak niya
kaonghwenjakeh | Ex ha ho konah. |
I sho na jowa ne. |

Belleville: | printed at the “ Intelli-
gencer” oftice, | by Bowell & Moore. |
1851.

Pp. 1-16, 16°. A primer entirely in the Mo-
hawk language with the exception of headings
in English; prepared, [think, bya Roman Catho-
lic missionary. On p. 16 are a few scriptural
sentences and the Lord’s prayer.

Copies seen: Powell.

Ne Orhoengene. See Claesse (L.).

Ne orighwadogenhty. See Hill (H. A.)
and Wilkes (J.A.).

Ne raorihwadogenhti.
and Wilkes (J. A.).

Ne Raorilwadoventi. See Brant (J.).

see Norton (J.).

See Hill (H. A.)

See Hill (H. A.)

We raowenna.

Ne rayadakwe-niyu.
and Wilkes (J. A. ).

Ne royadado. See Brant (J.).

See Hill
(HAL).

Ne tyotyerenhton.
and Wilkes (J. A.).

See

See

Hess (W.)

Ne yakawea. Book of Common
Prayer.

Ne yehohyaton. See Hess (W.) and
Wilkes (J. A.).

Ne | Yeriwanontontha | ne ne | Wes-
leyan Methodists. |

Lynn, Mass,: Newhall and Hathorne,

| 1834.
Pp. 1-12, 16°. Catechism in the Mohawk lan-
guage.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Trumbull,
The negro servant.
No title-page; pp. 1-40, 24°. Entirely in
Cherokee characters, except the above heading.
Copies seen: Congress.
Neh nase tsi shok&8atak8en. See Onasa-

kenrat (J.).

See
Wright (A.).

Nelles (cv. Abraham) and Hill (J.).
The book of | common prayer, | ac-
gording to the use of the | Church of

IROQUOIAN

Nelles (A.) and Hill (J.)— Cont'd.

England, | translated into the Mohawk
language, | compiled from various
translations, revised, corrected, and |
prepared for the press, under the direc-
tion of | the Rev. Abraham Nelles, |
Chief Missionary in the service of tie
Company for the Propagation of the |
Gospel in New England and the parts
adjacent in America. | The Collects,
the Service of Baptism of such as are
of Riper Years, the | Order of Confirma-
tion, the Visitation of the Sick, the
Communion | of the Sick, Thanksgiv-
ing of Women after Child Birth, &e. |

Translated by John Hill, junr., | Ap- |

pear in Mohawk for the first time, in
this Edition of the Prayer Book. |

Hamilton: | Printed at Ruthven’s
Book and Job Office, &c., King Street. |
1842.

Second title: Ne kaghyadouhsera ne | yoede-
reanayeadagwha, | tsiniyouht ne yontstha ne
| skanyadaratiha onouhsadokeaghty, | teka-
weanatenyouh kanyeakehaka kaweanoetagh-
kouh, | watkeanisaaghtouh ne tekaweanaten-
yoehokouh, watkease, skagwada- | gwea, neoni
kaweyeaneatase ne tsiteyeristoghraraktha, |
ne raoteweyeanoeuyaghtshera | ne ratsi. Abra-
ham Neiles, | Rarighwawakhouhtsheragweni-
yoh ne shakonatsteristase ne Tsikeatyogh- |
gwayea ne Tehadirighwarenyatha ne Origh-
wadokeaghty ne Ase | Skanyadaratiha neoni
aktatyeshouh ne America. | Ne Adereanay-
eathokouh, ne Yoedatnekosseraghtha ne Ya-
kaoseragwea, | ne Yoedaderighwahniratstag-
weanitha, Yoedadenadarenawitha ne | Yako-
nouhwaktany, Yoedouhradaghgwha Tyako-
thoewisea, &c.{ Ne tehaweanatenyouh John
Hill. junr., | Nene toetyereaghte waokeatane
ne Kanyeakehakake ne keaiekea Kaghya- |
douhserakouh ne Yoedercanayeadagwha. |

Oghroewakouh: | Tekaristoghrarakouh
Ruthven Tsiteharistoghraraktha ne Kaghya-
douh-sera, &c., Koraghkowah Tsitekanatokea.
| 1842.

English title verso }.1 recto blank, Mo-
hawk title recto 1.2 verso contents (double col-
umns, English and Mohawk), preface in English
pp. v-viii,, text (alternate pages, English on
versos and Mohawk on rectos) pp. 2-432, 8°.

Appended is the following:

Ne | karoegwea | ne ase tekaweana-
tenyouh | tebarighwagwathao-
kouh ne David, | re Kaghsaeany | ne
eayontsthake | enouhsadokeaghtike. |

Hamilton: | Printed at Ruthven’s
Book and Job Office, &c., King Street.
| 1842.

IROQ——_9

| ne

LANGUAGES.

| Neuville (Pére Jean Baptiste).

Newton (J. H.), editor.

129

Nelles (A.) and Hill (J.)— Cont'd.

Title verso blank 1). text pp. 435-456. Part
of the singing psalms and hymns.

“Por the use of the Mohawks and other Ivo-
quois in Canada, another and smaller cdition
[of the Book of Common Prayer] was published
at Hamilton, in 1842. The earlier copies had
become very scarce, and more were greatly
needed. The work was superintended by Rey.
A. Nelles, who had long been chief missionary
among the Mohawks and Tuscaroras, and he
was assisted by John Hill, a Mohawk catechist,
who translated the Collects and some offices
never before printed in Mohawk.

* ‘The additional parts translated, aud
for the first time published in this, were the
Collects, Baptism of Adults, Order of Confirma-
tion, Visitation of the Sick, Thanksgiving of
Women, &c. This book also hasa preface, with
some historical account of the Mohawk Prayer
Book. Ttisa volume of 456 pages, about twenty
of which are hymns.’’—Beauchamp.

Copies seen: Boston Athenwum, Congress,
Eames, Pilling, Powell.

The Field copy, No. 1578, sold for $2; the
Brinley copy, No. 5715, green morocco, un-
used, for $5, and another copy, No. 5716, blue
morocco, for $3.

Rev. Abraham Nelles, archdeacon of Brant,
Ontario, was born at Grimsby, Ont., December
25,1805, and died December 20, 1884. He was
chief missionary of the New England Company
to the Six Nation Indians for 53 years, being
first appointed as assistant missionary in 1829.

Nene karighwiyoston. See Norton (J.).

[ Mo-
hawk catechism. ]

Manuscript, 26 unnumbered leaves, 24°, with-
out title-page, and from which some leaves are
missing at the beginning. Preserved in the
archives of the Catholic Church at Caughna-
waga, Canada.

Wew [The New Testament in the Chero-

kee language.

Park Hill, Mission Press, 1850.] (*)

2 vols. 24°. Title from the Catalogue of
books in the library of the American Bible So-
ciety.

IT am inclined to think this does not mean
the New Testament as an entirety, but those
parts which were printed at that time and sep-
arately paged.

History | of |
Venango County, | Pennsylvania, | and
incidentally of petroleum, | together
with | accounts of the early settlement
and progress of each township, | bor-
ough and village, | with | personal and
biographical sketches of the early set-
tlers, represen- | tative men, family rec-
ords, Ete. | By an able corps of histe-

130

Wewton (J. H.) —Continued.

rians. | With illustrations | Descriptive
of its Scenery, Private Residences, Pub-
lic Buildings, Farm Scenes, Oil | Der-
ricks, Manufactories, etc., from Origi-
nal Sketches. | Edited by | J. H. New-
ton. |

Columbus, Ohio: | published by J.
A. Caldwell. | 1879.

Pp. 1-651, 4°.—‘‘ Chapter 8, Language of the |
Troquois,” pp. 24-25, contains general remarks |

on the language of the Lroquois, a short vocab-

ulary, the Lord’s prayer with interlinear trans: |

lation, and a hymn in Seneca.
Copies seen: Congress.

New York Historical Society. These words fol-

lowing a title or inclosed within parentheses |

after a note indicate that a copy of the work

referred to was seen by the compiler in the |

library of the above society, New York City.

See Le Caron (J.).

Nijk-wenatc-anibic, pseud.
(J.-A.).

Noiwi yus’doshan ne chag:
See Wright (A.).

Nondadyu égi Gainah.
CA)

Nicolas (Pere).
See Cuoq

tohe dys.

[Norton (John).]| Ne raowenna | Teyo-

ninhokarawen | Shakonadonire ne ron
daddegenshon ne ron dadhawakshon |

Rodinonghtsyoni |} Tsiniyoderighwa- |
gennoni ne | Racrighwadogenghte | ne |

ne | Sanctus John. | Address to | the
Six nations; | recommending the | Gos-
pel of Saint John. | By | Teyoninhoka-
rawen, | The Translator.—London. |

London: | Printed by Phillips and
Fardon, George Yard, Lombard Street.
| 1805.

11. pp. ii-vii, ii-vii (double numbers, alter-
nate pages Mohawk and English), 16°.

Copies seen: British Museum,
Trumbull.

Priced in Stevens's Nuggets, No. 267, 10s.
6d. The Murphy copy, half merocco, top gilt,
uncut, No. 1797, sold for $2.75.

Harvard,

[——] Nene | karighwiyoston | tsiniho-
righhoten ne | Saint John. | The | gos-
pel | according to | Saint John, |

London: printed for the | British and
Foreign Bible Society, | By Phillips &
Iardon, George Yard, Lombard Street.
[1805. ]

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-125, 1-125
(double numbers, alternate pages Mohawk and
English) errata verso p, 125, 1 p. Mohawk, verso
blank, 16°.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

See Wright |

THE

| Norton (J.)— Continued.

Copies seen: American Bible Society, Pow-
ell, Trumbull.

The Fischer copy, No. 2590, brought 3s.; the
Vield copy, No. 1582, $5.25. Priced by Leclere,
1878, No. 2354, 30 fr., and by Quaritch, No.
30085, 38. Gd.

| [—-] Nene | karighyoston | tsiniho-
righhoten ne | Saint John. |

| New-York: | printed for the American
Bible Society. | D. Fanshaw, Printer. |
1818.

Second title: The | gospel | according to |
Saint Jobn. | (In the Mohawk Language.) |

New-York: | printed for the American Bible
Society. | D. Fanshaw, Printer. | 1818.

Mohawk title verso]. 1 recto blank, English
title recto 1. 2 verso p. 2 (beginning of text),
text pp. 2-116, 2-116 (double numbers, alternate
Mohawk and English), one page corrigenda
ete. in Mohawk, verso p. 116.

A reprint so accurate that it copies all the
typographic errors of the first edition and re-
produces the page of errata at the end.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Congress,
Eames, Massachusetts Historical Society, Pil-
ling, Powell, Trumbull.

At the Brinley sale, No. 5721,
sold for $1.50 each.
1699*, brought $1.15.

Dufossé’s Americana [1887], No. 24570, titles
an edition New York, 1812, acopy of which he
prices 12 fr. Probably a mistake in date. .

two copies
The Murphy copy, No.

Nottoway :
Numerals.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.

See Wilson (D.).
Gallatin (A.).
Latham (R.G.).

Words. Chamberlain (A. F.).
Words. Latham (R.G.).
Words. Schomburgk (R. H.).

Nouns, Cherokee. See Hewitt (J.N. B.).

| Nova Francia, See Lescarbot (M.).
| Numerals:

Cayuga.
Oayuga.

See Oronhyatekha.
Parsons (J.).
Rand«(S; des):
Vallancey (C.).
Weiser (C.).
Wilson (D.).
Butler (W.).
Haldeman (S.8.).
Alsop (G.).
Wilson (D.).

Cayuga.
Cayuga.
Cayuga.
Cayuga.
Cherokee.
Cherokee.
Hochelaga.
Hochelaga.

Huron. Alsop (G.).
Huron. Lescarbot (M.).
Huron, Shea (J. G.).
ILuron,. Vater (J.S.).
Huron. Wilson (D.).

[roquois. Beauregard (O.).
Haldeman (S.5.).
Alsop (G.).

Alsop (G.).

Troquois.
Mingqua.
Mohawk.

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Numerals—Continued.

Mohawk. Balbi (A.).
Mohawk. Cusick (D.).
Mohawk. Edwards (J.).
Mohawk. Hammond (L. M.).
Mohawk. Hawley (—.
Mohawk. Hough (F. B.).
Mohawk. Oronhyatekha.
Mohawk. Parsons (J.).
Mohawk. Rand (5. T.).
Mohawk. Shea (J. G.).
Mohawk. Vallancey (C.).
Mohawk. Vater (J.S.).
Mohawk. Wassenaer (C.).
Mohawk. Weiser (C.).
Mohawk. Wilson (D.).
Nottoway. Wilson (D.).
Oneida. Oronhyatekha.
Oneida. Parsons (J.).
Oneida. Rand (S. T.).
Oneida. Vallancey (C.).
Oneida. Vater (J.3.).
Oneida. Weiser (C.).
Oneida. Wilson (D.).
Onondaga. Alsop (G.).
O’Callaghan. This word following a title or in-

O'Callaghan (Edmund Burke).

cluded within parentheses after a note indi-
cates that a copy of the work referred to was
seen by the compiler at the sale of books be-
longing to Mr. E. B. O’Callaghan, New York
City, in 1882.

History
of the translation of the Book of Com-
mon Prayer into the Mohawk language.

In Historical Mag. first series, vol. 1, pp.
14-16, Boston and London, 1857, sm. 4°.

In addition to the titles of the several editious
of the Book of Common Prayer, this article in-
cludes the Lord’s prayer in Mohawk. The ar-
ticle is commented upon and additions are
given on pp. 219 and 312 of the same volume.

—— Documents | relative to the | colo-

nial history | ofthe | state of New-York;
| procured in | Holland, England and
France, | by | John Romeyn Brodhead,

Esq., | agent, | under and by virtue of |

an act of the legislature, | [&c. three

lines.] | [Design.] | Published under |

and by virtue of an act [&c. four
lines ] | Edited by | E. B. O’Callaghan,
M. D., LL.D. | With a general intro-
duction by the agent. | Vol. I[-XIV]. |

Albany: | Weed, Parsons and com
pany, printers. | 1856[-1583].

14 vols. 4°.—In vol. 8, pp. 815-817, there is an
article entitled ‘‘The Book of Common Prayer

in Mohawk, and its translators,”’ being an ae- |

count of the various editions, giving Mohawk
titles and the Lord’s Prayer in Mohawk.—The

O’Ferrall (8. A.).
Ogilvie (Icv. John). See Andrews (W.),

| Onasakenrat (Chief Joseph).

131

| NWumerals—Continued.

Onondaga. Jarvis (S. F.).
Onondaga. Oronhyatekha.
Onondaga. Parsons (J.).
Onondaga. Shea (J.G.).
Onondaga. Vallancey (C.).
Onondaga. Wassenaer (C.).
Onondaga. Weiser (C.°.
Onondaga. Wilson (D.).
Seneca. James (E.).
Seneca. Parsons (J.).
Seneca. Vallancey (C.).
Seneca. Weiser (C.).
Seneca. Wilson (D.).
Tuskarora. Cusick (D.).
Tuskarora, Hervas (L.).
Tuskarora. Oronhyatekha.
Tuskarora. Rand (S. T.).
Tuskarora. Smet (P. J.de).
Tuskarora. Wilson (D.).

W yandot. Haldeman (S.58.).
W yandot. Parsons (J.).
Wyandot. Vallancey (C.).
Wyandot. Walker (W.).
Wyandot. Wilson (D.).

O’Callaghan (EF. B.)—Continued.
eleventh volume is a general index to the
preceding ten volumes; under ‘Indian lan-
guage”’ there have been brought together
(pp. 282-281) the different Algonkin, Chero-
kee (4), and Iroquois (about 160) terms occurring
in the work, with their English significations.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenxum, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress, Eames, Massachusetts

Historical Society, Powell, Trumbull, Watkin-

son.

A | list | of editions | of the | Holy

Scriptures | and parts thereof, | printed

in America previous to 1860: | with |

introduction and bibliographical notes.
| By IE. B. O’Callaghan. |

Albany: | Munsell & Rowland. |
1861.

Title as above verso copyright 11. dedication
verso blank 11. pp. v-liv, 5 unnumb. ll. pp. 1-415,
Titles of
sible in various Troquoian lan-

large 8°. Arranged chronologically.
parts of the
guages, especially the Mohawk, appear passim.

Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Congress,
Eames.

See Ferrall (S. A.).

Barclay (H.), and Ogilvie (J.).

The holy
gospels. | Translated from the author-
ized English version | into the Iroquois
Indiau dialect, under the | supervision
of the Montreal auxiliary | to the Brit-
ish and Foreign Bible | Society. |

132

Onasakenrat (J.)— Continued.

Printed by John Lovell & son, for
the British | and Foreign Bible Society.
| Montreal. | 1880.

Second title: Neh | nase tsi shok8atak8en |
ne | Sonk&aianer Iesos-keristos. | ‘T'siniiot tsi

tehoSennatenion oni tsi roiahton | ne Sose Ona-

sakenrat. |

Tri teharistoraraksta ne John Lovell, teio- |
teristorarakon, neh rotikariakon tsi teka- |
ristorarakon ne kaiatonseratokenti | tehonren-
iatha Skaniataratiko8a | oni tiotiake ratitiok-
8aien. | Tiotiake 1850.

Half-title 1 1. English title verso 1. 2 (p. 4)

recto blank, Indian title recto 1.3 (p. 5), text, en- |

tirely in the Mohawk language, pp. 7-324, 16°.
Copies seen: Bible Society, British Museum,

Eames, Pilling, Powell.

Teieriwakwatta, onkwe-onweneha |

tsini ionststa tsi iakot- | kennison oni
| akohnonskonsson, niakoianere. |

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

[our lines quotation.] | Sose Onasa-—

kenrat. |

Montreal: | ‘‘Witness” printing
house, 33 & 35 Bonaventure Street. |
1880

Outside title (with date of 1881), title reverse
blank 1]. text pp. 3-46, 12°... Hymns in the Mo-
hawk language.

Copies seen: Powell.

Onasakenrat was born on his father’s farm,

near Oka, Canada, September 4, 1845. At four. |

teen years of age he was sent to Montreal Col-
lege to be educated for the priesthood, remain-
jing there about four years. He was afterwards
converted to Protestantism and became an evan-
gelical preacher.

was tried for the offence, but was not convicted.
He died suddenly, February 8, 1881, at Caugh-
nawaga.

According to the New York Herald of Feb-
ruary 9, 1881, ‘‘he translated from the English

On June 15, 1877, the Catho- |
lic church at Oka was burned, and Chief Joseph

Onondaga.

the New Testament and Moody and Sankey’s |
Hymns, and at the time of his death was en- |

gaged in translating the remainder of the Bi-

ble into Iroquois.” And from ‘ The Friend,” |

vol. 54, pp. 222, we learn that at the time of his

death ‘he was continuing his literary labor |

and had reached the Epistle to the Hebrews,
on which he was working.”

Oneida:

General discussion. See Oronhyatekha.
Morgan (L. H.).
Hale (H.).
Sickles (A. W.).

Geographic names.
Gram. comments.
Hymns.

Numerals. Oronhyatekha.
Numerals. Parsons (J.).
Numerals. Rand (8S. T.).

Numerals. Vallancey (C.).

Numerals. Vater (J.S.).
Numerals. Weiser (C.).
Numerals. Wilson (D.).

Onondaga.

THE

| Oneida — Continued.

Case.
Jones (Pomroy).
Catlin (G.).

Proper names.
Proper names.
Proper names.

Relationships. Morgan (L. H.).
Remarks. Balbi (A.).
Sachemships. Morgan (L. H.).
Vocabulary. Adelung (J. C.) and

Vater (J.S.).

Vocabulary. Balbi (A.).

Vocabulary. Barton (B.S.).
Vocabulary. Domenech (E.).
Vocabulary. Gatlatin (A.}.
Vocabulary. Investigator.
Vocabulary. Jones (Peter).
Vocabulary. Latham (R.G.).
Vocabulary. Shearman (R. U.).
Vocabulary. Skenando.

. Vocabulary. Smith (KE. A.).
Words. Beauchamp (W. M.).
Words. Jones (Pomroy).
Words. Latham (R. G.).
Words. Street (A. B.).
Words. Warden (D. B.).
Words. Yankiewitch (F.).

{ Book of rites. ]

Manuscript, 8 ll. note paper, dated top of 1.2
‘‘OnondagaCastle, June 2, 1873.”” In thelibrary
of Major J. W. Powell, Washington, D. C.;
obtained by the late Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith
at the Onondaga reservation in New York
State, September, 1884. It was copied by Chief
Le Fort from one written by his father. The
manuscript has been translated by Mr. Horatio
Hale and published in his Iroquois Book of
Rites under the title The Book of the Younger
Nations. It has since been retranslated liter-
ally by Mrs. Smith, aided by J. N. B. Hewitt,
Albert Cusick, and Abram Hill, native Iro-
quois. According to Mrs. Smith, the forms of
expression, adjective endings, ete. are largely
Oneida. .

It contains simply the condoling address, and
no other part of the ceremony.

[ Portion of the installation
ceremonies of a condolence council. |
Manuscript, 16 and fragments of 3 11. folio,
being a portion ofan account book; inthe library
of MajorJ.W. Powell, Washington, D.C. There
isno heading to the text, which looks as though
it might begin in the middle of a sentence. At
the top of both pp. 3 and4 (the pagination
is modern) we read: ‘‘Onondaga Reservation,
June 9, 1861.” ‘* Ne Genesis, Chapt. 3°’ begins
p. 8, and ‘‘Ne Matthew, Chapter 23, 12,” p. 10.
On p.15is the heading “Ne St. Luke, XXvi,
50." “Psalm Chapter xxxiv,” p. 19) “St:
Matthew, Chapter v,” p. 20. P. 21 is headed
“Onondaga Castle, Feb. 1, 1865" and contains
a portion of a lelter in English, unsigned, which
extends to and oceupies a portion of page 22.
P. 23 is headed ‘‘ Onondaga Indian Reserva-
tion, N. Y., March 18,1865" and contains a par-
agraph in English as to cession of lands. P. 24
is headed ‘‘Onondaga Indian Reservation, N.

Onondaga:

Parish (J.).

Parsons (Jamics).

TROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Onondaga — Continued.
Y., June 22, 1865,” and p. 25 ‘‘Onondaga Castle, |
N. Y., November 22, 1866,” both containing
matter in Onondaga. rs

This manuscript was found by the late Mrs.
Erminnie A. Smith among the Onondagas and
is said to have been written by Chief David
Jones. It has been translated in full for the
Bureau of Ethnology by Mrs. Smith, assisted by
J.N. B. Hewitt, Albert Cusick,and Abram Hill,
native, Iroquois. The manuscript contains a
number of questions put to the candidate, his
replies to the same, arésumé of duties of the
newchief to his colleagues and to his people, and
theirduty to him. It contains, also, quotations
from acondoling speech by a large tree man
(Oneida), and forms of repentance of wrong
deeds done by the chiefs. Toa certain extent
Oneida idioms occur to the exclusion of those
of other Iroquois dialects.

Chant. See Bryant (W.C.).
Chant. Great.

Shea (J. G.).

Heckewelder (J. G.
E.) and Dupon-
ceau (P.S.). |

Orouhyatekha.

Marshall (O. H.).

Morgan (L. H.).

Humboldt (K, W.
von).

Gallatin (A.).

Hale (H.).

Jarvis (S. F.).

Cusick (A.).

Dictionary.
General discussion.

General discussion.

Geographic names.
Geographic names.
xyrammar.

Grammatic comments.
Grammatic comments.
Grammatie comments.
Loru’s prayer,

Numerals. Alsop (G.). |
Numerals. Jarvis (S. F.).
Numerals. Oronhyatekha. |
Numerals. Parsons (J.).
Numerals. Shea (J. G.).
Numerals. Vallancey (C.). |
Numerals. Wassenaer (C.). |
Numerals. Weiser (C.). |
Numerals. Wilson (D.). |

Place names.
Proper names.

Beauchamp(W.M.).
Case.

Relationships. Morgan (L.H.). |
Remarks. Balbi (A.), |
Sachemships. Morgan (L. H.).
Text. Onondaga. |
Vocabulary. Adelung (J.C.) and
Vater (J.S.).
Vocabulary. Balbi (A.). |

| Oratio Dominica.

133

| Onondaga — Continued.

Vocabulary. Barton (B.8.).

Vocabulary. 3eauchamp(W. M.).
Vocabulary. Domenech (E.).
Vocabulary. Duponceau (P. &.),
Vocabulary. Gallatin (A.).
Vocabulary. Jones (Peter).
Vocabulary. Latham (R.G.).
Vocabulary. Le Fort (A.).
Vocabulary. Pyrlzus (J.C.).
Vocabulary. Smith (D.).
Vocabulary. Smith (EB, A.).
Words. Beauchamp(W. M.).
Words. Chamberlain(A. F.).
Words. Charencey (H. de).
Words. Gatsechet (A.S.).
Words. Gray(A.) and Trum-
bull (J. H.).
Words. Jarvis (S. F.).
Words. Latham (R.G.),
Words. Lesley (J. P.).
Words. McIntosh (J.).
Words. Schomburgk(R. II.).
Words. Smet (P. J. de).
Words. Smith (D.),
Words. Street (A. B.).
Words. Vater (J.S.).
Orakwanentakon, pseud. See Cuoq (J.
BV) 5

See Bodoni (J. B.).

| Order For Morning and Evening prayer.

See Andrews (W.), Barclay (H.), and
Ogilvie (J.).

Orientalisch- und Occidentalischer
Sprachmeister. See Fritz (J. F.) and
Schultze (B.).

Oronhyatekha. The Mohawk language.
By Oronhyatekha,

In Canadian Inst. Proc. new series, vol. 10,
pp. 182-194, ‘Toronto, 1865, 8°. (Congress.)

Grammatic notices, numerals 1-150, and a
few words of the Mohawk, Oneida, Onondaga,
Cayuga, Tuscarora, and Delaware.

Reprinted with same title in vol. 15 of the
same proceedings, pp. 1-12, Toronto, 1878, 8°.
(Congress.)

Oseragwegon orhonkene. See Davis
(Ss):

Otiogwatokenti Tontaterihonniennita.
See Davis (S.).

le

See Gallatin (A.).

Parker (Ely §8.).
Seneca.

In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Notes on the Iroquois,
pp. 393-400, Albany, 1847, 8°.

Vocabulary of the

Remaias of Japhet: |
being | historical enquiries | into | the

| Parsons (J.) — Continued.

affinity and origin | of | the European
languages. | By James Parsons, M. D.
[ &c. two lines.] | [ Quotation, five
lines. ] |

London, | Printed for the Author: |
And sold by L. Davis and C. Reymers,

fren}

134 m BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Parsons (J.)—Continued.,

in Holbourn; J. Whiston, at | Boyle’s |

Head, B. White, at Horace’s Head,

Fleet Street; and G. Faulkner, at Dub-

lin. MDCCLXVII [1767].

Pp. i-xxxii, 1-419, 4°.—Observations on the
names of the numbers of the American In-
dians (pp. 341-345) contains, on p. 345, the nu-
merals 1-100 and 1000, in various languages,
among them the Mohawks, Oneydoes, Onon-
dagas, Cayugas, Seneckas, and Wanats.

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Wat-
kinson.

Parsons (Gen. Samuel H.). Discoveries

in the westetn country, by General
Parsons.

In American Acad. Arts and Sci. Mem. vol.
2, pt. 2, pp. 119-127, Boston and Cambridge,
1793, 4°.

Short comparative vocabulary (6 words) of |

the Shawanese, Delawares, and Wyandots.

Periodical ;

Cherokee. See Cherokee Advocate.
F a

Cherokee. Cherokee Messenger.
Cherokee. Cherokee Phoenix.

Perry (Dr. William Stevens). The his-
tory | of the | American | Episcopal
Church | 1587-1883 | by | William Ste-
vens Perry, D.D., LL.D. | Bishop of
Iowa | In two volumes | Vol. I| The
planting and growth of the American |
colonial church | 1587-1783[-Vol. If |
The organization and progress of the |
American church | 1783-1883] | Pro-
jected by Clarence F. Jewett. |

Boston | James R. Osgood and com-
pany | 1885

2 vols.: pp. i-xx, 1-665; i-xiii, 1-696, large |
8°.—The Lord’s prayer (from the Mohawk

Prayer-Book) vol. 1, p. 384.—English and In-
dian titles of Claesse’s Mohawk Prayer-Book,
p. 325.—Title-page of the 1769 edition of the
Mohawk Prayer Book, p. 382.

Copies seen: Congress, Dorsey.

Petitot (Pére Emile Fortané Stanislas Jo- |

seph). Enroute) pour lamer glaciale

par | Emile Petitot | Ancien mission-—

naire, Officier ’VAcadémie, Lauréat des
Sociétés de géographie de Paris et de

Londres, | Membre de plusieurs Sociéteés |

savantes. | Ouvrage accompagné de
gravures Vapres les dessius de Vauteur.
| [Two lines quotation. | |

Paris | Letouzey et Ané, éditeurs | 17,

rue du Vieux-Colombier | [1888] | Tous |

droits réservés.

Printed cover as above verso advertisements |

by the publishers Ll. half title reverse list of |
works by the same author 11. frontispiece 11. |
title as above reverse blank 1 1. dedication re-

»

Petitot (E. F.S8. J.)—Continued.
verse errata 11. introduction pp. 1-3, text pp.
5-394, list of engravings 1 p. 12°.—A few
Troquois, Tchippewayan, and other terms and
expressions passim.

Copies seen: Pilling.

_ Phrases, Cherokee. See Hewitt (J.N. B.).

| Picard (Paul). See Wilson (D.).

Pick (Rev. Bernhard). The Bible in the
languages of America. By Rey. B. Pick,
Ph. D., Rochester, N. Y.

i)

In The New-York Evangelist, No. 2518, New
York, June 27, 1878. (Pilling, Powell.)

An article on twenty-four different versions
of portions of the Bible extantin the languages
of America. Mohawk, No.3; Cherokee, No.
13; Seneca, No. 15.

Fora later article by Mr. Pick on the same

| subject, see ‘‘ Addenda” to this catalogue.

_ [Pickering (John).] A | grammar | of
| the | Cherokee language.

| [ Boston, Mission Press, 1830. ]

No title page, heading as above; pp. 9-48

(sigs. 2-6), 8°. I take the date from Ludewig’s
| Literature of American Languages, p. 38, where
it is said : “‘ Only four sheets (pp. 9-40) p:inted;
by the invention of Sequoyah’s new alphabet,

the work was stopped in its further progress.”

Directly beneath the above heading is the

| subordinate one ‘ Alphabet,” the explanation
of which extends to p. 12; then follow: Re-
marks on the alphabet, pp. 12-14 ; Accentuation,
p. 15; The parts of speech (article, noun, pro-
noun, adjective), pp. 15-48.

| Apparently the work breaks off in the mid-
dle of the remarks on the adjective.

The only copy I have seen is that belonging
to myself, picked up ata Paris bookstall; the
only other copy I know of is in the library of
Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.

Indian languages of America.
In Encyclopedia Americana, vol. 6, pp. 581-

600, Philadelphia, 1831, 8°.

Fourteen different verbs in Cherokee to ex-

| press action of washing, p. 589.—Remarks on>
the Cherokee language, with conjugation of the
verb to tie, and the Cherokee alphabet, pp.

597-600. :

Issued separately as follows:

Remarks | on the | Indian languages
| of | North America, | By John Pick-
ering. | From the Encyelopedia Ameri-
cana, volume VI. | Published in 1831.
| Reprinted, 1836.

Printed cover 11. title 11. pp. 581-600, 8°.—
Linguistics as above.

Copies seen: Eames, Massachusetts Histor-
ical Society, Wisconsin Historical Society.

Translated into German and reprinted as
follows:

Ueber | die indianischen Sprachen |
Amerikas. | Aus dem Englischen des
Nordamerikaners | Herrn John Picker-

Pickett (Albert James).

Pilling: This word following a title or

TROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Pickering (J. )— Continued.

ing | iibersetzt | und mit Anmerkungen
begleitet | von | Talvj. [Mrs. 7. A.
Robinson. ] |

Leipzig 1834 | bei Friedr.
Wilh. Vogel.

Title verso blank 1 1. pp. iii-viii, 1-80, 8°. —
Linguistics as above pp. 26, 43-51.—Specimens
from the Wyandot compared with the Chip-
pewa and Sioux, pp. 55-56.—Account of George
Guess and the Cherokee alphabet, pp. 58-72.

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Eames,
Pilling.

At the Fischer sale a half-moroceo copy sold
forls. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2081, 5 fr. ;
by Quaritch, No. 12560, 2s.; by Triibner, 1882,
p. 3, ds. 6d.

— See Edwards (J.).

Christ.

History | of |
Alabama, | and incidentally of | Geor-
gia aud Mississippi, | from the earliest
period | By | Albert James Pickett, |
of Montgomery. | Intwo volumes, | Vol.
I{-I1]. | Third Edition.

Charleston: | Walker and James, |
1851.

2 vols. 12°.—A few terms in Muscogee or |

Creek, Choctaw, Chickasaw, and Cherokee,
with lists of towns, ete. from Bartram
Hawkins, scattered through.

Copies seen: Congress, Boston Atheneum,
Boston Public.

I have seen mention of first edition: Charles-
ton, 1851, 2vols. 12°; and the Menzies catalogue,
No. 1599, gives titie, much like the above, of
“Second edition. Charleston: Walker and
James, 1851,’ which copy, half blue morocco,
gilt top, broaght $14.50.

Picquet (F.). See Piquet (F.).

within
parentheses after a note indicates that a copy
of the work referred to is in the possession of
the compiler ot this catalogue.

Pilling (James Constantine). Words and
phrases in the Wundat or Wyaudot lan-
guage.

Manuscript, 36 ll. folio, in the library of the
Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded in a copy of
the Introduction to the Study of Indian Lan-
guages, first edition, incomplete. Collected
from John Grayeyes, a Wyandot chief, in 188).

|

and |

Platzmann (Julius).

Playter (George D.),

135

Piquet (F.)— Continued.

Title verso blank 1 1. pp. 3--72, 12°. Catechism,
entirely in the Mohawk language.—Prayers,
pp. 63-72.

Copies seen: Brinley, Pilling, Powell, Shea,
Verreau,

Leclerc, 1878, No. 2352, prices a copy 40 fr.

“Francis Piequet was born at Bourg, in
Bresse, on the 6th of December, 1708.
the ecclesiastical state he soon showed great
talents for the pulpit, and, completing his divin-
ity course at St. Sulpice, Paris, joined the con-
gregation. Sent to Canada in 1733, his career,
after a few years spent at Montreal, was that
of an Iroquois missionary. He died at Verjon,
on the 15th of July, 178L.""—Shea.

Entering

Liniges Wenige |
iiber | die Sprache der hier anwesenden
| Irokesen, | entnommen den Verottent-
lichungen | des Abbé Cuog | von | Ju-
lius Platzmann. |

Leipzig. | Gedruckt bei E. Polz. |
1879.

Pp. 1-8, the text beginning on verso of title
leaf (p. 2), 16°. Grammatic remarks, with
examples.

Copies seen: Eames, Powell.

The History of
Methodism in Canada: with an Account
of the Rise and Progress of the Work
of God among the Canadian Indian
Tribes, and occasional Notices of the
Civil Affairs of the Province. By George
D. Playter, of the Wesleyan Confer-
ence,

Toronto: Published for the Author by
1862. @)

Pp. viii, 418, 11. 12°.—A four-line verse of a
hymn in Mohawk, with English translation, p.
224.—A six-line verse of a hymn in the lan-
guage of the Indians of Grape Island, Bay of
Quinte, with English translation.

Title from Mr. Wilberforce Eames.

Anson Green.

Poeiry of the Indians.

In Harper’s Mag. June, 1878, pp. 104-108, New
York, 1878, 8°.

Songs in Chippewa and Cherokee, and the
23d Psalm in Algonquin.

Polk (J. I.), ediior. See Investigator.

Potier (ere Pierre). [Grammar of the

Pinart (A. L.). See Catalogue. Huron language. ]
Pincott (F.). See Lord’s Prayer.
[Piquet (4bbé Frangois).] Ionterizeien-
stag8a ; ne | tsiatag ori8atogenton
ogonha. | [Design.] |
Parisiis. | Ononthioke. | Tehoristora-
ragon I). P. Lefebvre. | 1826.

Manuscript; no title page; contents 11. text
pp. 1-213, 12°. The hand-writing is admirable,
small and compact and perfectly legible, and
the manuscript, bound in leather, is well pre-
served. Obtained by M. 4. Pred’homme, of
Windsor, Ontario, at Detroit, Mich., who has
kindly loaned it to me for description.

136

Potier (P.)— Continued.

The author has written his rules and notes in
Latin, while the equivalents of the Mohawk
examples usually appear in French, though oc-
casionally in Latin. On p.1 appears the head-
ing ‘“ Klementagrammaticw huronice,” and the
principal divisions of the work are as follows:
Index rerum, prel. 1—De litteris, pp. 1-2.—
De verbus, pp. 2-62.—De syntaxi, pp. 63-66.—De
adverbiis, pp. 67-75.—De prapositionibus, pp.
76-78.—Pronomina, &c. pp. 79-81.—Quiedam ad-
verbia, pp. 82-98.—Pp. 99-102 are blank.—Que-
dam substantiva, pp. 103-171. —Pp. 172-174 are
blank.—Miscellanea [consisting of]: Partes
hominis, Parenté, Animaux, &c. pp. 175-194.—
(Census of the] Village huron de L’ile aux bois-
blane en 1747 [and of other villages and bands],
pp. 195-201.—Pp. 202-208 are blank. Varia
{consisting of]: Nations sauvages, Nations po-
licées, Placesaux Francois, Places aux Anglois,
Riviéres, Pointes, &c. pp. 209-213.

M. PreVhomme, in order to set aside any
doubt of the authenticity of the manuscript, has
kindly furnished me a photographie reprodue-
tion of a page of manuscript in Pére Potier’s
handwriting and bearing his signature a num-
ber of times—a Registre des enfans des Francois
Daptisés & la Mission des Hurons de La Pointe
du Montréal, 1762; this is clearly in the same
handwriting as that of the grammar.

In the Historical Magazine, vol. 2, p.198, a
manuscript Huron grammar of 105 pp. [IL 2], by
the Rev. Peter Potier, is described as follows:

“Tt seems based on Chaumonot’s, many
phrases being identical; but much, if not most,
ofitisnew. It is methodical, well arranged, di-
vided into chapters, and, in fact, a work which
no time should be lost in putting into a perma-
nent shape. After the grammar are some

pages not numbered, containing questions for
one learning, a scheme of relationship with the
various possessive adjectives, an abridgment
of the Racines, and, curiously enough, a census
of the Huron village in 1745, with a very val-
uable list of Indian tribes, English and French
towns, etc., with their names in Huron and
French.”

No. indication is given of the whereabouts of
themanuscript thus described, and it is possible
it isthe same as or a copy of that handied by
me,

Racines huronnes, by Rev. P. Potier,
of the Society of Jesus. )

Manuscript, 295 pp. 12°.
author on the 20th of September, 1751.—#is-
torical Magazine, vol. 2, p. 198.

Powell: This word following a title or within pa-

rentheses afler a note indicates that a copy of |

the work referred to was seen by the compiler
in the library of Major J. W. Powell, Washing-
ton, D..¢.

Powell (John Wesley). Wyandotte
government, a short study of tribal so-
ciety, delivered at the Boston meeting

BIBLIOGRAPHY

OF THE

| Powell (J. W.)—Continued.

Association for the
Advancement of Science, August 1,
1880. By Major J. W. Powell.

In Science, vol. 1, No." 17, pp. 205-209, New
York, October 23, 1820.

Contains a schedule presenting the name of
aman and a woman in each gens (16 names)
of the Wyandotte, with English significations.

of the American

— Address by Professor J. W. Powell,

chairman of subsection of anthropol-
ogy. Wyandotte government. <A short
study of tribal society.

In American Ass. Adv. Sci. Proc. vol. 29,
pp. 675-688, Cambridge, 1881, 8°.

Proper names, as above, p. 676.

Issued separately as follows:

— Wyandotte Government — A Short

Study of Tribal Society. | An address |
by J. W. Powell | before the subsec-
tion of anthropology, American Associ-
ation | for the Advancement of Svience.
| Boston Meeting, August, 1880. |

Salem, Mass.: printed at Salem press.
| 1881.

Printed cover as above, title as above verso
blank 1 1. pp. 3-16, 8°.—List of proper names,
p. 4.

Copies seen: Boston Athenwum, Boston Pub-
lic, Congress, Eames, Pilling.

Wyandot government —a_ short
study of tribal society. By J. W.
Powell.

In Anthropological Soc. Wash. Trans. 1880-
1581, pp. 76-92, Washington, 1881, 8°. (Bureau
of Ethnology, Pilling.)

Proper names as above, pp. 77-78.

/—— Wyandot government: ashort study

Completed by the |

\

of tribal society. By J. W. Powell.

In Bureau of Ethnology, First ann. rept.
pp. 07-69, Washington, 1881, 8°.

List of proper names, p. 60.

—— Wyandot government | a short study

| of | tribal society | by | J. W. Powell
| (extracted from the First Annual Re-
port of the Bureau | of Ethnology) |
[ Picture. ] |

Washington | Government Printing
Office | 1881

Printed cover as above, half-title verso blank
1]. pp. 59-69, 8°.—List of proper names, p. 60.

Copies seen: Boston Public, Congress, Pil-
ling, Powell.

Powlis (James). John Chap. II[-VII1].

| Translated into the | Mohawk lan-
) By | James Powlis Sour Springs |
Tuscarora, Aug. | 1876

Manuscript, about 130 pp. 4°, unbound, in
possession of Rey. Silas T. Rand, Hantsport,

guage

TROQUOIAN

Powlis (J.) — Continued.

Nova Scotia. An interlinear English transla.
tion was begun, but is not continuous and ends
toward the close of chapter 7.

Powlis (lrs.—). See Smith (K. A.).

Prayer book:

sion. | (Doc. No. 102.) | Ho. of Reps. |
War Dept. | Preservation and civiliza-
tion of the Indians. | Letter | from | the
Secretary of War, | to the | Chairman
of the Committee on Indian Affairs, |
accompanied by a bill for the | Preser-
vation and Civilization | of the | Indian
tribes within the United States. | Feb-
ruary 21, 1825. | Laid before the House
by the Chairman of the Committee on
Indian Affairs, and ordered to be print-
ed. |

Washington: | printed
Seaton. | 1826.

Title verso blank 11. pp. 3-22, 8°.—Cherokee
alphabet, with explanations, and the word
friend in the same (from a letter from David
Brown dated ‘‘ Willstown, Cherokee Nation,
Sept. 2d, 1825°’), p. 22.

Copies scen: Bureau of Ethnology.

See Indian treaties.

by Gales &

Preston (Capt. William). [Vocabulary
of the Potawatomy, of the Miami, of
the Delaware, and of the Cherokee. }

Manuscript in possession of Col. Jolin Mason
Brown, Louisville, Ky. Recorded in a blank
book 63 by 8 inches in size, probably the orderly
book of the company commanded by Captain
Preston. The date January 29, 1793, appears
on the inside of the cover.

LANGUAGES.

Troquois. See Davis (S.).

Iroquois. Williams (E.).

Mohawk. Brown (J.).

Mohawk. Cuoq (J. A.).

Mohawk. Freeman (B.).

Mohawk. Marcoux (F. X.).

Mohawk. Marcoux (F. X.) and
Burtin (N. V.).

Mohawk. Marcoux (J.).

Mohawk. Marcoux (J.) and |
Burtin (N. V.).

Mohawk. Mohawk.

Mohawk. Morning.

See, also, Book of common prayer.

Prayers:

Cherokee. See Cherokee.

Huron. Brebceuf (J. de).

Huron. Hervas (L.).

Huron. Lalemant (J.).

Iroquois. Davis (S.).

Mohawk. Brnuyas (J.).

Mohawk. Hill (J.).

Mohawk. Ne neh.

Preservation. 19 Congress, | 1** Ses-

Prichard (James Cowles).

137

Preston (W.)—Continued.

The Potawatomy vocabulary covers three
pages and consists of 72 words and phrases, in-
cluding the numerals 1-9. This is followed by
geographical names in the Miami, which cover
one page and give the Indian designation of
the Ohio, Kentucky, Kanawa, and other rivers,
sixteen inall. The following page is occupied
by a similar list in Delaware, one page, and
this is followed by alist of words and phrases in
the Miami, occupying six pages and containing
139 words and phrases.

Following the last mentioned is a vocabulary
of the Shawanee language, with certain re-
marks on pronunciation of the aspirates and
accentuation of syllables. The first page bears
date February 7, 1796, at Greenville. There are
nineteen pages of this vocabulary. The English
words are arranged alphabetically, or approxi-
mately so, followed by the Indian equivalents,
amounting to 481 words and phrases.

Following this Shawanee vocabulary is a
single page of Cherokee vocabulary consisting
of 20 words.

A copy of the manuscript is in the library of

the Bureau of Ethnology.
Researches |
into the | Physical History | of Man-
kind. | By | James Cowles Prichard,
M. D. | Second Edition. | In two vol-
umes. | Vol. I[-IT]. |

London: | Printed for John and Ar-
thur Arch, | Cornhill. | 1826.

2 vols.: pp. i-xxxii, 1-544; 2 p. Il. pp. 1-623;
11 plates, 8°.—Comparative vocabulary of
American and Asiatic languages, vol. 2, pp.
353-354, includes a short vocabulary of the Tus-
caroras and Six Nations.

Copies seen: British Museum.

The first edition, London, 1813, 8° (British
Museum), contains no linguistics. The later
editions lack the Lroquois vocabularies.

Primer. A | primer | For the | use of the

Mohawk children, | To acquire the
Spelling and Reading | of their own:
As well as to got [? ] ac- | quainted with
the English Tongue, | which for that
purpose is p ut on the | opposite Page. |
Waerichwaghsawe iksa | ongoenwa
Tsiwaondad-derigh- | honny Kaghya-
doghsera; Nayondewe- | yestaghk aye-
weanaghnodon ayeghya- | dow Ka-
niyenkehaga Kaweanondahg- | kouh ;
Dyorheas-haga oni tsinihadiwea- | no-
tea. |
Montreal,
plets, | 1781.
Title p. 1, text pp. 2-97, sq.24°. The recto of
the leaf following p.18 is blink, the verso is
numbered J9, and from this point to the end the
rectos are numbered even, the versos odd.—Mo-

Printed at Fleury Mes-

138 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

A

Po RT NE i

For THE

USE or tre MOHAWK CHILDREN,
To aoquire the Spelling and Reading
of their Gwn: As well as to got ac-
quainted. with the englith Tongue,
wh ch fer that purnofe is put on the
oppofite Pave.

WAERIGHWAGHSAWE IKSA
ONGOENWA Tfiwaondad-derigh-
honny Kaghyadoghfera; Nayondcwe-
yeftaghk ayeweanaghnodon ayeghya-
dow Kantyenkehaga Kaweanondagh-
kouh; Dyorheal-haga oni tfinihadiweae
notea.

Monireal, Printed at Fleury Mefplets,
4178S

TROQUOIAN

Primer—Continued.

LANGUAGES.

139

| Proper names:

hawk or Iroqnoisalphabet, p 2.—Englishalpha- |

bet, p. 3.—Easy syllables, p. 4.—Words of one
syllable, p. 5.—Words of two syllables, pp. 6-7.—
Words of three syHables, pp. 8-9.— Words of four
syllables [-eight syllables and over], pp. 10-18.—
A short scripture catechism for children, al-
ternate pages English (odd)

p. 33 blank.—The Church catechism, alternate
English and Mohawk, pp. 33-65, the English
terminating at bottom of p. 63, the Mohawk con-
tinuing from p. 64 to top of p. 65.—‘' Questions
and answers continued from an old manuscript
of the first missionaries to the Mohawk In-

and Mohawk |
(even), pp. 19-32.—-Verso of p.32 and recto of

dians, never printed before,” in Mohawk, pp. |

65-70.—A morning prayer, in Mohawk, pp. 70-
75.—An evening prayer, in Mohawk, pp. 75-
79.—Other prayers, in Mohawk, pp. 80-91.—
Names and order of the books of the Old and
New Testament, pp. 91-93.—The numeral let-
ters and figures in the Mohawk language, pp.
93-97.

A final note in Mohawk is signed ‘‘Sotsitsy- |

éwane.”’

The only known copy is in the British Mu-
seum. Mr. Bullen, in charge of the printed
books, kindly permitted me to make a fac-simile
of the title-page, which appears opposite.

— A| Primer, | for the Use of the |
Mohawk children, | To acquire the

Spelling and Reading of their | own, as

well as to get acquainted with the |
English, Tongue; which for that Pur-
pose is put | on the opposite Page. |
Waerighwaghsawe | Iksaongoenwa |
Tsiwaondad - derighhouny
-doghsera; Nayon- | deweyestaghk aye-
weanaghnodon ayeghyadow Ka- | ni-
yenkehaga Kaweanondaghkouh; Dy-
orheaf-haga | oni tsinihadiweanotea. |

London, | Printed by C. Bueckton,
Great Pultney-Street. | 1786.

Frontispiece 1 1. pp. 1-98 (alternate English
and Mohawk), sq, 24°.

Copies seen; Brinley, British Museum, Har
vard,

The Field copy, No. 1583, sold for $18. At
the Brinley sale a very fine, clean copy, No.

Kaghya- |

5718, sold for $40; another copy, in the original |

binding, No. 5719, for $25. The Murphy copy,
No. 1699'*, brought $19; it cost him $29.50.

Primer :
Cherokee. See Cherokee.
Mohawk, Cuog (J. A.).
Mohawk. Iontri8aiestak8a.
Mohawk. Ne neh.
Mohawk. Primer.
Seneca. White (S.).
Seneca, Wright (A.).

Cayuga. See Case.

Cayuga. Great.
Cherokee. Catalogue.
Cherokee. Catlin (G.).
Cherokee. Indian.
Cherokee. Treaties.
Troquois. Catlin (G.).
Troquois. Treaties.
Mohawk. Great.

Oneida. Case.

Oneida. Catlin (G.).
Oneida. Jones (Pomroy).
Onondaga. Case.

Seneca. Case.

Seneca. Catlin (G..
Seneca. Great.

Seneca. Indian.

Seneca. Jackson (W. H.).
Tuskarora. Case.
Tuskarora. Catlin (G.).
Tuskarora. Great.
Wyandot. Powell (J. W.).
W yandot. Treaties.

Psalm-book:

Mohawk. See Bearfoot (I.).
Mohawk. Hill (H. A.).
Mohawk.. Williams (E.).
Seneca. Sanborn (J. W.).
Seneca. Sanborn (J. W.) and

Turkey (J. P.). °
See, also, Bible.

Pyrleus (fev. JohannChristoph). Affixa

Nominum et Verboruim | Lingure Mac-
quaice | Cum Vocabulario ejusdem
linguee | & Christophoro Pyro, Mis-
sionario, [1745-1751.]

Manuscript; title verso blank 1 1. text pp.
1-178, sm. 4°; in the library of the Pennsylvania
Historical Society, loaned by the Society of
United Brethren of Bethlehem, Pa.
Adjectiva | nominad& | Pronomina |
Linguee Macquaice | Cum non nullis de
Verbis, Adverbis | ac Priepositionibus |
ejusdem Linguie. | Auctore | Rev4
Christoph: Pyrleo | & Missionibus |
Societatis qu:e vocatur | Unitas Fra-
trum. [1745-1751.]

Manuscript; title verso blank 1 1. text pp.
1-105, of which a number are blank, sm. 4°;
temporarily in the library of the Pennsylvania
Historical Society, loaned by the Society of
United Brethren of Bethlehem, Pa.

—— [The first, second, and third chap-

ters of Genesis and first and second

chapters of Matthew in the Mohawk
1745-1751. ]

Manuscript, entirely in Mohawk; 18 pp. sm.
4°; presented to J. W. Jordan, of the Pennsyl-
vania Historical Society, by Mrs. Henry Lu-
chenbach, of Bethlehem, granddaughter of the

language.

140

Pyrieus (J. C.)— Continued.
author, and by Mr. Jordan presented to the
library of the Pennsylvania Historical Society,
Phila.

{[ Mohawk vocables obtained from the
Oneida Chief Shikellimy. 1745-1751. ]

Manuscript, 6 pp. sm. 4°.

— [New Testament words and pas-
sages turned into Iroquois by J. C. Pyr-
leeus. 1745-1751. ]

Manuscript, 41 pp. sm. 4°.
The last two manuscripts are in the library

of the Pennsylvania Historical Society, Phila- |

delphia, presented by J. W. Jordan.

Onondagoische | Waorterverzeich-
niss | von | Christopher Pyrleus |
An OnondagoVocabulary | with phrases
&c. | by Christopher Pyrkeus,
1751. ]

Manuscript belonging to the Moravian mis-
sion at Bethlehem, Pa., and temporarily in pos-
session of the Pennsylvania Historical Society,
Philadelphia. Title as above on inside of cover,
text in Onondaga and German pp. 1-140, of
which the first 32 are in double columns, sm.
4°. Not very distinct and not in first-class
state of preservation.

Probe zu cinem Gesangbuch der Na-

Quaritch (Bernard). <A general | cata-
logue of books, | offered to the public |
at the affixed prices | by | Bernard
Quaritch. |

London: | 15 Piccadilly. | 1880.

Title 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, contents pp- v-x,
catalogue pp. 1-2166, index pp. 2167-2395, 12°.
Includes the parts issued with the numbers
309-330. —‘‘American janguages,”’ pp. 1261-1269,
contains a few Lroquois titles.

Subsequent to the above there have been
printed Nos. 331-369 of the general catalogue
(1880-1886) and various miscellaneous parts
which will, I presume, form part of another

Mohawk vo-
(1876. ]
Eng-

Rand (ev. Silas Tertius).
cabulary, by Silas T. Rand.
Manuscript, about 200 pp. folie, bound.

lish and Mohawk, alphabetically arranged ac- |

cording to the English. The Mohawk equiva-
Jent is lacking in many instances.
this work and others mentioned below,
which he has kindly sent me for examination,
Mr. Rand writes me as follows:

“T spent two months, inthe year 1876, I think
it was, in Tuscarora, Ont., among the Mohawk
Indians, and made the acquisition of a knowl-
edge of their language a special object. I had

[1745-

Concerning |
all of

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

THE

Pyrleus (.J. C.)— Continued.
tionen der Mahikander, Delawares
und etliche Verse in der Sprache der 6
Nationen. 1746. ())
Manuscript, pp. 1-28, sm. 8°.
Title from Mr. A. Glitsch, of the Unitits-
Bibliothek, Herrnhut, Saxony, where the
manuscript is preserved.

“Jno. Christopher Pyrleus, the Mohawk
scholar, was born at Panusa, Voigtland, in 1713.

Studied for the ministry at the University of
Leipsie between 1733 and 1738. Here he be
came attached to the Brethren, visited Herrn-
hut, and accepted an appointment as mission-
ary. Sailed from London in company with
Biittner and Zander, and reached Bethlehem
October 19, 1740. Commenced the study of the
Mohawk at Tulpehocken, in January, 1743,
under Weiser’s direction. The Brethren hay-
ing failed to procure a Mohawk Indian from
Freehold to instruct in that language such of
their number as were set apart for the mission,
Pyrleus undertook this, and on the 4th of Feb-
ruary, 1744, opened his Indian school. In Sep-
tember of 1745 his first translations of hymns
into Mohican appeared. This was the begin-
ning of a collection for the use of the mi sion.
In November of 1751 he sailed for England,
where he labored until 1770. He next went
to Germany, where he died May 28, 1785.”—
Reichel.

QQ.

Quaritch (B.)— Continued.

volume. Of these general parts Nos. 362 and
363 are entitled: ‘Catalogue of the History,
Geography, and of the Philology of America,
Australia”? &¢e. On pp. 3021-3042 (part 363) is
asection headed ‘‘American languages,”’ which
contains a few Iroquois (Huron and Mohawk)
titles.

Copies seen:
Eames.

Bureau of Ethnology, Congress,

Quebec Historical Society: ‘hese words following
a title or in parentheses after a note indicate
that a copy of the work referred to was seen by
the compiler in the library of that society, Que-
bee, Canada.

R.

Rand (S. T.)— Continued.

secured, to assist me, a Mohawk grammar
written in French by a retired French priest of
Montreal. Isoon learned the pronunciation so
well that I could read to them quite fluently
(for L took care to write the words phoneti-
cally), and I wrote out from the mouths of sev-
eral Indians, some of them educated and some
uneducated, long lists of words and grammati-
cal inflections.

“The following winter [ devoted a good deal
of time to Mohawk. TI filled out my big book
from the alphabetical

English dictionary in

Pi re

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Rand (8. 'T.) — Continued.

order, all the words that I surmised I would be |

able to find. Then I entered all those I had
already learned the meaning of. Then, with
the English and Mohawk books betore me, I
hunted. I wrote out a number of chapters in
columns, placing the Mohawk equivalent oppo-
site the English, so that in looking over the
pile I noticed the other day that I had, besides

my big book, two or three little ones, carefully |

bound, and a pile of these unbound papers.”
[Mohawk vocabulary, and words
used in John, Chap. 1. 1876. ]

Manuscript, 38 pp. 4°, unbound; recorded in
a National Copy-Book. The vocabulary, al-
phabetically arranged according to the English,
occupies pp. 1-25. Words usedin John, Chap. 1
(Mohawk and English), pp. 26-38.
— No.2. Mohawk vocabulary, by Silas
T. Rand. [1876.]

Manuscript, about 175 pp. 4°, bound. This
is one of the books mentioned by Mr. Rand in
the above note. It bears the date ‘‘ Tuscarora,

Aug. 8, 1876,” and in arrangement and contents |

is similar to the large folio. The Mohawk vo-
cabulary extends alphabetically from A to §,
and is con.inued in the following:

[Mohawk words, and a translation of
the 9th and 11th chapters of Luke and
of the 9th chapter of Mark, Mohawk
and English in parallel columns, with a
few sentences in Mohawk and English.
1876. ]

Manuscript, about 125 pp. 4°, bound. The
first portion of this book contains the Lord’s
prayer in Mohawk, with interlinear English
translation of the first few words, and a list of
adverbs. Then the Mohawk vocabulary is
taken up at the letter T and continued through
the remaining letters. The remainder of the
book is occupied with the gospel translations,
excepta few pages at the end, which contain
“short sentences in the Mohawk tongue.”’

| The Gospel of | Mark. | Capt.
Brant’s Mohawk translation. [1876.]

Manuscript, 48 pp. 4°, unbound. It extends
only to the fourteenth verse of the third chap.
ter. A discontinuous interlinear English
translation runs throughout. The interlinear
translation is mostly by Mr. Rand, with emen-
dations thereof and fillings in by Joab Martin,
a Mohawk Indian.

—— [Mohawk, Seneca, and Tuscarora
words. 1877. |

Manuscript, 4°, unbound. The Mohawk
portion of this manuscript consists of upwards
of 50 pages, Mohawk and English, and contains
conjuga ion of the verb to see. There are only
a few Seneca words. These are followed by a
list of 6L Tuscarora words, with English sig-
nification, taken down by Mr. Rand from the

141

Rand (8. T.) — Continued.

mouth of an Indian named Johnson, in Tusea-
rora. Some remarks on the ‘‘ Difficulties in
translating into Mohawk” &e. follow.

| Numerals in | Mohawk, Tusca- |
rora, Cayugian | Seneca, & Oneidah |
Mohawk senten- | ces aud a list | of
Mohawk | words.

Manuscript, 16 pp. 4°, unbound. The num-
erals were obtained by Mr. Rand, in 1877, from
James Jemison, of Tuscarora, Ont., who spoke
all these dialects.

Rey. Silas Tertius Rand was born in King’s
County, Nova Scotia, May 18, 1810, of the de-
scendants of immigrants who came over from
New England to occupy the lands of the Aca-
dian French after their expulsion. Owing to
the limited means of his parents, his attendance
at school was irregular, amounting in the whole
to about four years. His study of English
grammar was not begun until he had reached
the age of 22. In April, 1834, he entered the
3aptist Seminary at Wolfville, where he made
some progress in Latin. His stay here was of
short duration, but he pushed forward his
study of Latin and Greek while working at his
trade—that of a stonemason and bricklayer—
devoting all his leisure moments to study. That
same summer he began to preach. He again
attended the Wolfville Academy a few weeks
during this summer (1834), and still again a few
weeks some years subsequently. In the sum-
mer of 1836 he commenced the study of He-
brew, which, together with that of Latin and
Greek, he continued during the following win-
ter at Halifax.

Mr. Rand relates how he was led to the
study of the Micmac, in which he has pub-
lished a large number of works and has a great
many unpublished manuscripts, as follows:
“In the spring of 1845 the Baptists of Nova
Scotia and New Brunswick, with whom I was
connected, sent a missionary to Burmah. This
being the first event of the kind which had oc-
curred in the Maritime Provinces, led toa good
deal of discussion and serious reflection, espe-
cially on the subject of missions. My attention
was directed to the wandering tribes of our own
country, and I resolved to acquire a knowledge
of the Miemac language. I began the study in
the spring of 1846. I got very little help from
books. I had to compose my own grammar
and vocabulary, and I would have given up
the study as a hopeless case had I not come in
contact with a Frenchman who had
brought up among the English and had turned
Indian when he was a wild young sailor, and
who, when I discovered him at Charlottetown,
P. E. Island, spoke English, French, and Mie-

been

mac with equal ease.”

In the year 1846 Mr. Rand took up his resi-
dence with his family at Charlottetown. In the
autumn of 1849 the Miemac Missionary Society
was formed, being formally organized the fol-

142 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Randa (S. T.)—Continned.
lowing year. Mr. Rand engaged to devote his
whole time to the work of the mission. For
about three years he maintained his residence
at Charlottetown, acquiring a more intimate
acquaintance with the Micmac language, into
which hetrans]ated portions of the Bible. ‘he

society, deeming it desirable to found a mis- |

sionary establishment, recommended Mr.
Rand to proceed to the neighborhood of Hants-

port, Nova Scotia, and judge of its eligibility

forthe purpose contemplated. It wassclected,
and thither, in November, 1853, Mr. Rand re-
moved with his family. Until 1865 he was con-
nected with and received a salary from the so-
ciety, but for about twenty years there has
been no organized society, and Mr. Rand has
continued his missionary and linguistic labors
without any regular assistance.

At present (September, 1888) Mr. Rand is en- |

gaged in reading proof of a Micmac dictionary,
which is being published by the Canadian gov-
ernment.

Rasles (Sébastien). Lettre du Pere Sé-_
bastien Rasles, missionnaire dela Com- |

pagnie de Jésus dans la Nouvelle
France. A monsieur son frere. A Nan-
rantsouak ce 12 octobre 1723.

In Lettres édifiantes, vol. 23, pp. 198-307,
Paris, 1738, 12°. (Astor, British Museum.)

Contains, pp. 215-216, the hymn O Salutaris

Hostia in Abenakise, Algonkine, Huronne, and |

Ilinoise.
Reprinted in the various editions of the
Lettres édifiantes as follows:

Vol. 6, p. 165, Paris, 1781, 16°; vol. 4, p. 102,
Lyon, 1819, 8°; vol. 1, p. 669, Paris, 1838, 8°;
Cartas edificantes, vol. 13, pp. 346-347, Madrid,
1756, 4°; Choix des lettres éditiantes, vol. 7, pp.
145-146, Paris, 1809, 8°. =

Also, in the following works:

Allgemeine Historie der Reisen zu Wasser
und Lande, vol. 17, p. 22, Leipzig, 1759, 49.

La Harpe (J. F.), Abrégé de Vhistoire, vol.

14, pp. 398-399, Paris, 1790, 8°, and subsequent |

editions.

Hervas (L.), Saggio pratico, p. 233, Cesena,
1787, sm. 4°.

Heriot (G.), Travels through the Canadas, pp.
578-579, London, 1807, 4°.

Kip (W.1.), Early Jesuit Missions, pp. 29-30,
New York, 1846, 12°, and subsequent editions.

Shea (J. G.), History of the Catholic Mis-
sions, p. 415, New York, 1855, 12°, and subse-
quent editions.

Doublet de Boisthibault (J.), Les v@ux des
Hurons, p. 80, Chartres, 1857, 12°.

Sobron (F.C. y), Los idiomas de la América
Latina, p. 101, Madrid, 1877, 129°.

Receuil d’Observations. See Lausbert

(C. F.).

Reland (Hadrian). Hadriani Relandi |
Dissertationum | Miscellanearvm | Pars
| Prima[-Tertia, et ultima]. | [Vig-
nette. ] |
Trajecti ad Rhenum, | Ex Officina
Guilielmi Broedelet, | Bibliopolae. CI
QIOCCVIL-CIOIOCCVIII] [1706-
1708].
3 vols. 16°.—De lingua Huronum, vol. 3, pp.
219-220.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum.
The Fischer copy, No. 2721, sold for 1s. Qua-
ritch No. 12563, prices a copy 7s. 6d.
Xeprinted, with change of title only, 1713. (*)

Relationships :

| Cayuga. See Morgan (L. H.).
| Cherokee. Jones (E.).
Cherokee. Morgan (L. H.).
Cherokee. Roberts (Rev.).
| Cherokee. Torrey (C.C.).
Mohawk. Morgan (L. H.).
| Oneida. ~ Morgan (L. H.).
Onondaga. Morgan (L. H.).
| Seneca. Hammond (L, M.).
| Seneca. Morgan (L. H.).
Seneca. Turner (O.).
Tuskarora. Morgan (L. H.).
W yandot. Morgan (L. H.).
Remarks :
Cherokee. See American Society.
Cherokee. Balbi (A.).
Cherokee. Bartram (W.).
Hochelaga. Balbi (A.).
Huron. Anderson (J.).
Huron. Balbi (A.).
Oneida. Balbi (A.).
Onondaga. Balbi (A.).
Seneca. American Society.
| Seneca. Balbi (A.).
Seneca. temarks.
Tuskarora. Balbi (A.).
W yandot. 3albi (A.).

Remarks on the Seneca language; with
a vocabulary.

In American Society, first annual report, pp.
62-65, New Haven, 1824, 8°, (Bureau of Eth-
nology, Eames.)

Report. Stateof New York, No. 202. In
Assembly, April 18, 1870. Report of
the committee on Indian affairs in re-
lation to the petitions of the St. Regis
and Onondaga tribes of Indians, as to
their annuities and leases.

In Documents of the assembly of the State
of New York, ninety-third session, 1870, vol-
ume 2, Nos. 181 to 210, inclusive, pp. 1-27, Al-
bany, 1870, 8°. (Congress. )

Sixteen names of places, mostly of Iroquoian
derivation, with English equivalents, pp. 13-14.

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Revelation, The ! Revelation of | John.
| Chapters I-V and XX-XXII. | Trans-
lated into the Cherokee Language. |
[Two lines Cherokee characters. ] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin
Archer, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ] | 1750

Title verso blank 11. text in Cherokee char-
acters pp. 3-28, 24°.

Copies seen: American Bible Society, Dun-
bar.

The Revelation complete is appended to the
General Epistle of Jude.
Richard (Léonard). Manuel des Lan-
gues, | Mortes et vivantes. Contenant
les | Alphabets, la numération, et |
POraison Dominicale, en 190 langues. |
Par L. Richard. | Premiere Edition
1839. |

Se trouve & Paris, | chez M". Mansut
fils, Libraire, | Rue des Mathurins St.

Jacques 17, | et chez V’auteur, Place |
Maubert 19. | Imprimerie Lithographe |

de Petit, rue de Bourgogne n°, 25.

Title reverse blank 1 1. pp. 1-112, 8°.—Oratio

Dominica, Mohogice, p. 50.

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.

Triibner’s catalogue, 1856, No. 50, prices a
copy 10s. 6d.
Rinfret (Antoine).
hawk language. ]

Manuscripts, quarto in size, preserved in the
archives of the Roman Catholic Church at the
village of Caughnawaga, Canada. They are
unbound, nicely written, and for the most part
wellpreserved. Thetitleis usually followed by

[Sermons in the Mo- |

the date or dates at which the sermon was deliy- |

ered.

The following is a list of these sermons |

arranged according to the date of the first de- |

livery:

Pour la féte de St. Laurent, préché en 1789.
6 lL.

Pour le jour de l’ascension. 1799, 1810. 12 pp.

Instruction pour le jour de la pentecoste,
1799, 1810, 14 pp.

Discours sur la nativité de Notre Seigneur.
1799, 1809. 711.

Pour la iéte de St. Frangois Xavier—Sur les
fétes de patrons. 1799, 1811. 711.

Pour le jour de la féte-Dieu. 1799, 1812. 11
pp.

Instruction pour le jour des rois. 1799. 611.

Premiére instruction sur le premier com.
mandement de Dieu. 1799, 1809. 611.

Seconde instruction sur le premier comman-
dement. 1799, 1800. 7 ll.

4° dimanche du caréme—Sur le devoir pascal.
1799, 1808. 14 pp.

4° dimanche aprés la pentecéte—Sur l'em-
pressement a entendre la parole de Dieu, 1799;
préché a St. Regis en 1807. 7 ll.

143

Rinfret (A.)—Continued.

Discours sur la féte de lT'ascension, 1800;
préché a St. Regis en 1807. 7 IL.

Instruction pour le jour de l’annonciation de
la Ste. Vierge. 1800,1811. 71.

Pour la féte de St. Joseph. 1800. 7 11.

Instruction pour le jour dela nativité de Notre
Seigneur. 1800, 1808. 7 ll.

Discours suv la passion de Notre S. Jésus
Christ. 181, 1811. 29 pp.

Pour la féte de St. Frangois Xavier.
cembre, 1801, 1813. 17 pp.

Discours sur la passion de Notre Seigneur
Jésus Christ. 1802-1820. 26 pp.

6° dimanche aprés la pentecote—Sur l’yvro-
gnerie au Sault, 1802; préché & St. Regis en
1807. 1111.

Le 18™° dim. aprés la Pent.—Paresse dans les
exercices spirituels. 1803, 1818. 8 ll.

Sermon pour le jour de la pentecéte. 1803.
1816—6 juin, il tomba de la nueige pendant 7 ou
8 heures. 5 Il. 4°.

St. Pierre. 1803. 8 pp.

Instruction pour le jour de la féte-Dieu —Sur
Pépitre du jour et les motifs de la profession ;
préché a St. Regis en 1807. 811.

3 dé-

Instruction pour le 8° dimanche aprés la pen-
tecéte—Sur les paroles redde rationem villica-
tionis tue—Sur le jugement particulier ; préché
& St. Regis en 1807. Au Sault 1810. 911.

Premier dimanche apres la Pentecéte; préché
a St. Regis en 1807. 15 pp.

Onziéme dimanche aprés la Pentecéte—Sur la
surdité spirituelle, xiv dimanche; préché a St.
Regis 1807; 1809 au Sault. 8 1.

Discours sur la féte de St. Frangois Xavier.
1808. 9 Il.

Instruction sur le troisieme commandement.
1803, 1809. 6 Il.

Le dimanche de lavent—Sur les mceurs des
chréticns. 1808. 9 pp.

Pour le second dimanche aprés Paque—
Sur le nom de chrétien. 1808. 4 Il.

Instruction sur la priére. 1808. 13 pp.

Premier dimanche de l’Avent—Discours sur
le jugement dernier. 1808. 611.

Second dimanche de l Avent—-Emprisonne-
ment de St. Jean Baptiste et la cause de sa
mort. 1808. 9]. .

3° dimanche du caréme. 1808. 14 pp.

4° dimanche de lAvent—Sur la fréquente
communion. 1808, 18 pp.

4° dimanche de l’Avent—Sur la pénitence.
1808, 1809. 12 pp.

18° dimanche aprés la Peatecéte—Suar la pa-
1808. 8 ll.
19° dimanche aprés la Pentecéte—Instruc-
1808—2 fois.

resse dans les exercices spirituels.

tion sur le petit nombre des élus.
TAs

24° dimanche aprés la Pentecdte.
novembre. 8 ll.

Devoir des enfans envers leurs parens.
Anne. 1809. 51i.

Discours sur la féte de la purification de la
Ste. Vierge. 1809, 1811. 7 ll.

1808—20

Sto.

144 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Rinfret (A.) — Continued. Rinfret (A.) — Continued.

Discours pour le jour de Paque—Sur la fausse
résurrection des pécheurs. 1809. 6 11.

Instruction pour ie jour de la féte de St.
Jean Baptiste. 1809. 18 pp.

Instruction pour le jour des Rameanx. 1809. |
18l0. 71.

Tnstruction préliminaire sur les commande-
ments de Dieu. 1809. 611.

Instruction sur le second commandement.
1809. 611.

Instruction sur le cinquiéme commandement.
1809. 81. |

Instruction sur le 8° commandement. 1809.
611. |
Instruction 4™° dimanche du Caréme. 1809. |
Vi, pp. |

Pour la féte de la Ste. Famille. 1809. 611.

Pour le jeudi saint. 1809. 14 pp.

Seconde instruction sur le quatri¢éme com- |
mandement—Devoir des enfans envers leurs
parens. 1809. 61).

Sur la cérémonie des cendres. 1809. 5 I.

4° dimanche aprés la Pentecéte—Sur les pa-
roles dolebat de naviculd turbas, s'attacher A
son village. 1809. 911.

geme dimanche apres la Pentecote—Sur lVabus
qu’on fait des graces. 1809. 611.

21° dimanche apres la Pentecéte—De la ven-
geanee. Décembre 1809.

Discours sur la féte de la purification de la
Ste. Vierge, communément appellée la Chande-
leur. 1810. 13 pp.

Instruction pour le jour de la féte de Ste.
Anne—Sur l'éducation des enfans. 1810, l4pp. |
Iustruction pour le jour de St. Francois Xa-

vier. 1810. 711.

Instruction pour le 3° dimanche aprés Pa-
que—Sur la féte de la Ste. Famille. 1810. 8 11.

Instruction sur le dimanche aprés la Pente-

eéte—Plusicurs sortes de personnes propha-
nents la maison de Dieu. 1810. 9 1),
Premier dimanche de l Avent—Discours sur |
le jugement dernier; en 1810, préché. 7 IL.
Second dimanche aprés Paqae—Sur lauto-

rité et le caractere des pasteurs. 1810. 15 pp.

Instruction pour le dimanche quatriéme |
aprés la Pentecéte. 1810.

Des ténébres et de l'état de péché dans une
Ame. 1810.

4° dimanche aprés Paque. 1810.

Du désir du ciel; préché en 1810. 16 pp.

Instruction pour le jour de la Pentecéte.
1811. 12 pp

2° dimanche aprés la Pentecéte. 1811. 12 pp. |

19° dimanche aprés la Pentecéte—Sur l’épi-
tre du jour. 1811—27 octobre. 7 ll.

20° dimanche aprés Ja Pentecéte—Sur Vépi- |
tre du jour, 1811. 611

21° dimanche aprés la Pentecéte—Sur Vépi- |
tre du jour. 1811. 71.

22" dimanche aprés la Pentecéte—Sur nos
1Stls 16 11

22° dimanche aprés la Pentecéte—Sur lépi-
tre du jour. 1811. 611.

devoirs envers nos souverains.

23° dimanche aprés la Pentecédte—Sur l'épi-
tre du jour. 1811. 611.

Instruction pour le jour de la nativité de NX.
S. 1811, 1812. 811.

Instruction pour le jour de l’ascension.
16 pp.

Instruction pour le second dimanche aprés

1811,

Paque. 1811. 18 pp.
Instruction pour le second dimanche de
YAvent. 1811. 14 pp.

Instruction pour le quatriéme dimanche de
lV Avent—Surlépitre et ’évangile. 1811. 16 pp.

Instruction sur les rogations. 1811. 16 pp.

Explication de Ja semaine sainte, et du di-
1812. 811.

Instruction sur Vépitre du 22™° dimanche
apres la Pentecote—aux Phil. i, v. 1, &e. 13
octobre 1812. 511.

Instruction pour la féte du St. Nom de Jé-
sus. 1812. 811.

Instruction poar la féte de St. Simon et St.
Jude. 1812. 71.

Instruction pour le dimanche du caréme,
1812. 18 pp.

Instruction pour le jour de la féte de Saint
Laurent. 1812. 1411

Instruction pour le jour de la féte de St. Tho-
1812, 1823. 811.

Instruction pour le jour de l’Epiphanie.
1812. 811.

Instruction pour le jour de Paque—Sur l’épi-
tre. 1812. 711. ‘

Instruction pour le premier dimanche du
Caréme. 1812. 15 pp.

3me dimanche apres la Pentecdte, 1812—Sur
la conduite quwil faut tenir & Pégard des mé-
chans. 911.

Dernier jour de la neuvaine de St. Francois
Xavier—Discours sur la rechute. 1813. 8 Il.

Discours sur Vannonciation de la Ste, Vierge.
1813. 611.

Instruction pour le dimanche des Rameaux—
Sur la semaine sainte. 1813. 811

Instruction pour ie jour de la féte Dicu.
i813. 14 pp.

Instruction pour le jour de la féte de la Ste,
Famille, 3° dimanche aprés Paque. 1813. 8 Il.

Instruction pour le jour de la féte de St.
25 juillet 1813. 12 11.

Instruction pour le jour de la féte de St.
Pierre. 1813. 16 pp.

Instruction pour le jour de la pentecote—
Sur le mystére du jour. 1813. 711.

Instruction pour le jour de Paque—Sur la
1813. 71).
1813. 15

manche des Rameaux.

mas.

Jacques.

résurrection de Jésus Christ.
Instruction pour le jour des rois.
pp:
Instruction pour le 17° dimanche aprés la
Pentecéote—De Vamour du prochain, 1813.
Instruction sur ces paroles: omnis arbor que
non facit fructum bonum, exidetur et in ignenr
mittetur. St. Matth., c. 7—1813. 711.
Instruction pour le jour de la féte de las-

cension. 1813. 13 pp.

TROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Rinfret (A.) — Continued.
Instruction pour le jour de Ja féte de la dé-
dicace des églises. 1813. 15 pp.

Instruction sur ’espérance chrétienne. 1813.
18 pp.

Instruction sur la priére—nécessité de la
priére, 1813. 5° dimanche aprés Paque. 1813.
16 pp.

Instruction sur la féte du St. Nom de Jésus.
‘1813. 811.

Instruction sur l’épitre, et Vévangile du jeudi
aprés les cendres. 1813. 15 pp.
4¢ dimanche du Caréme—Instruction sur le

devoir pascal. 1813. 13 pp.
Conception. 1819. 411.
Pour la dédicace. 1819. 17 pp.

Considérations sur la féte de ’assomption de
la Sainte Vierge. 51l.

Evangile du 3" dimanche aprés la Pente-
céte—Conduite quwil faut tenir & Végard des
méchants. 7 Il.

Instruction pour le dimanche dans l’octave
de Ja féte-Dieu. 911.

Instruction pour le dimanche qui précéde
VEpiphanie. 16 pp.

Instruction pour le jour de lascension. 511.

Instruction sur la nativité de Notre Seigneur.
6 l.

Le dimanche du Caréme. 17 pp.

Pour le troisiéme dimanche duCaréme. 7 pp.

Vendredi saint—Discours sur la passion de
N.S.J.C. 27 pp.

7 dimanche aprés la Pentecdte—Neécessité
des bonnes-ceuvres. 8 Il.

18° dimanche apres la Pentecéte—Du bon
usage des maladies. 9 ll.

23° dimanche aprés la Pentecéte—De la rai-
llerie. 811.

Sermon pour le jour de la Ste. Famille. 5 11.

13° dimanche apres la Pentecéte—In-
struction sur Vépitre du jour. 13811.
Kamakaroton,

Manuscript, 8 .sm.4°. Sermon in the Mo-
hawk language, in the library of J. W. Powell,
Washington, D.C. The first leaf has heading
as above, remainder blank, as is also the verso
of the eighth leaf.

Pour le st. jour de paques | sur le
mystere du jour | [Two lines Mohawk. }

Manuscript in the Mohawk language, in the
library of the compiler of this catalogue.
verso blank 1]. 7 other leaves, the last one
being blank. In the right upper corner of the
title-page appear the dates 1799, 1800, and 1810,
evidently dates of delivery of the sermon.
French equivalents of Mohawk words are in-
terlined here and there.

Under date of Dee. 29, 1886, Rev. M. Main-
ville, pastor of St. Regis, writes me as follows:

“The manuscripts pow in my possession, be-
sides those you know of, are chiefly sermons on
dogmas and morals, composed by several mis-
sionavies—Rinfret, Roupe, Jos. Marcoux, and
MecDonell—in all probably 200, on separate

IROQ—-10

Title |

145

Rinfret (A.)— Continued.
sheets of paper or in small copy-books and
without any common title. Lam copying them
to form out of them one or two volumes of
about 900 pp. in all, to save them from destruc-
tion, some of them being very old, I have also
prayers written by Rev. Fr. Gordon, a Jesuit,
towards the middle of the last century. It is
probable that of these some at least are merely
\ copies.”

Antoine Rinfret was born at Quebec, June
18, 1756; ordained November 11, 1781; at Sault
St. Louis (Caughnawaga), 1796-1802; at St. Re-
gis, 1896; died at Lachine, March 9, 1814.—
Shea.

Roberts ( fev.)

kee language.

In American Soc. first ann. rept. pp. 58, 59,

| New Haven, 1824, 8°. (Bureau of Ethnology,
Eames.)

Remarks on the Chero-

Rockwood (fev. Gilbert). See Chew
(W.).

Ronwennenni nok ronwathitharani. See
Williams (E.).

Ross (Daniel H.), editor.

| Advocate.

Ross (William P.), edi/or.
kee Advocate.

Roupe (Pére Jean Baptiste).
fen langue Mohawk].

Manuscript, 54 unnumbered IL. 4°. A few of

the hymns are set to music. In the archives of
the Roman Catholic church at Caughnawaga,
Canada.

Roupe No® | § 1 Espérance | § 2°"4

Priére | § 3° Qualité de Ja Priére | § 4°

Oraison Dominicale |
Manuscript, in the Mohawk language, in the

archives of the Roman Catholie church at the

| Mission of Lac des Deux Montagnes, Canada.
Title reverse blank 11. Delespérance recto

]. 2 to recto 1. 5, verso of latter blank. De

la priére recto 1. 6 to verso 1.9. De la priére

(suite) recto 1, 10 to recto 1. 13, verso of 13 blank.

At this point there begins a pagination, the

recto of 1.14 being p.1; this pagination contin-

ues to p. 67, followed by 6 unnumbered II. in the

same handwriting and on the same subject;

these pages and leaves are taken up with an

See Cherokee

See Chero-

Cantiques

explanation of the Lord’s prayer, each phrase
being given in French, followed by the ex-
planation in Mohawk. ‘The manuscript is
neatly written and well preserved.

See Marcoux (J.); also Rinfret (A.).

“J. B. Roupe was bornat Montreal in 1782; he
was statioved at St. Regis from 1807 to 1813, and
then having entered the society of St. Sulpice,
was sent by the superior to the Lac des Deux
Montagnes, where he remained as missionary
tothe Iroquois until 1829. He died at Montreal
in 1854. He has composed some songs and a
large number of sermons.”’— Cwoq.

146

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Riidiger (Johann Christoph). Numerals | Ruttenber (Edward Manning). History

(1-10) of the Indians of Canada.
In Grundriss einer Geschichte der mensch-
lichen Sprache, Thl. 1, p. 128, Leipzig, 1782. (*)

Title from Turner in Ludewig, p. 215.
Rupp (Isaac Daniel). History | of the |
counties | of | Berks and Lebanon: |
containing a brief account of the In-

dians | who inhabited this region of

country, and the numerous murders by
| them; notices of the first Swedish,
Welsh, French, German, Irish, | and

English settlers, giving the names of |

nearly five thousand | of them, bio-
graphical sketches, topographical de-

scriptions | of every township, and of

the principal towns | and villages; the
religious history, with ; much useful sta-
tistical information; | notices of the

press & education, Embellished by sev- |

eral appropriate engravings. | Compiled
from Authentic Sources | by I. Daniel
Rupp, | Author of He Pasa Ekklesia,
etc., ete. |

Published and sold | by G. Hills, pro-
prietor; | Lancaster, Pa. | 1844.

Pp. 1-512, 8°.—Specimen of the Indian lan-
guage of Pennsylvania (from Penn), pp. 18-19.—
Specimen of the Delaware language (from
Dencke), p.19.—Lord’s prayer in the language
of the Iroquois or Six Nations, p. 19.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Wat-
kinson.

; of the | Indian Tribes of Hudson’s
River; | their | origin, manners and
customs; tribal | and sub-tribal organi-
zations; | wars, treaties, etc., ete. | By
E. M. Ruttenber, | Author of the His-
tory of Newburgh. | [Five lines quota-
tion. ] | [ Design. ] |

Albany, N. Y.: | J. Munsell, 82 State
street. | 1872.

Title verso copyright 11. preface pp. ili-v, text
pp. 7-399, verso p. 399 errata, index pp. 401-415,
8°.—Appendix II, Language (pp. 333-360), con-
tains a general account, with specimens, of the
several Algonkin dialects; a grammar of the
Algonkin language (from Schoolcraft); and, on
page 360, a comparative vocabulary of 24 words
(from Schoolcraft and Gallatin) of the Old Al-
gonquin, Long Island, Massachusetts, Mahican,
Delaware, Minsi, Shawanoes, Chippeway, and
Mohawk.—A ppendix III, Geographical nomen-
clature and traditions (pp. 361-899), contains ex-
planations of the Indian names of places in the
vicinity of the Hudson River and includes a
number of Iroquois names.

This work was published in two styles, one on
ordinary paper without plates, and a fine edi-
tion on tinted paper, with plates.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress, Eames, Geological Sur-
vey, Trumbull.

The Field copy, No. 2030, sold for $3.75; the
Murphy copy, No. 2182, fer $2.25. Clarke, 1886,
No. 6602, prices it $3.50.

S.

| Sabin (J.)—Continued.
— Catalogue | of the | Library of E. G.

Sabin (Joseph). A | dictionary | of |
Books relating to America, | from its

discovery to the present time. | By
Joseph Sabin. | Volume I[-XVII]. |
[Three lines quotation, ] |

New-York: | Joseph Sabin, 84 Nassau
street. | 1868-188 ].

17 vols. 8°, still in course of publication and

including thus far entries to ‘‘ Ross.’ Con-
tains titles of many works in the Iroquois dia-
Now edited by Mr. Wilberforce Eames.
Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Powell.
—— Catalogue | of the | Books Manu-
scripts and Engravings | belonging to
| William Menzies | of | New York |
prepared by Joseph Sabin | (Design. ] |
New York | 1875
Title as above verso printer 1 1. pp. iii-xviii,
11. pp. 1-471, 2 pp. 8°. —Contains titles of works
in various Iroquois dialects.

lects.

Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Hames

Squier, | Edited by Joseph Sabin. | [ De-
vice.] | To be Sold by Auction, | On
Monday, April 24th, 1876, and following
days, | By Bangs, Merwin & Co. | No.
656 Broadway, New York. |

New York: | CharlesC. Shelley, Prin-
ter, 68 Barclay and 227 Greenwich
Streets | 1876.

Title as above verso blank 11. notice 11. pp.
1-277, 8°.—Titles of works in the Iroquois dia-
lects passim.

Copies seen: Eames, Pilling.

See Field (T. W.).

Sachemships:

Cayuga.
Mohawk.

See Morgan (L. H.).
Morgan (L. H.).

Oneida. Morgan (L. H.).
Onondaga. Morgan (L. H.).
Seneca. Morgan (L. H.).

TROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Sagard (/rére Gabriel). Le grand | voy-
age dv pays | des Hurons, situé en L’A-
| merique uers la mer douce | ez der-
nieres confins de | lanounelle France |
Ou il est traicte de tout | ce qui est du
pays & du | gounernement des Sau-
uages | Auec un Dictionnaire | de la
Langue huronne | Par Fr. Gabriel
Sagard | Recollect de S*. Francois | de
la prouince St. Denis |

A. Paris Chez Deny’s | Moreau rne St
Tacques a’ | La Salamandre 1632

Second title: Le grand voyage | dv pays des
Hvrons, | situé en !Amerique vers la Mer |
douce, és derniers confins | de la nouuelle
France, | dite Canada. | Ot. il est amplement
traité de tout ce qui est du pays, des | meurs
& du naturel des Sauuages, de leur gouuerne-
ment | & facons de faire, tant dedans leurs
pays, qu’allans en voya- | ges: De leur foy &
croyance; De leurs conseils & guerres, & | de
quel genre de tourmens ils font mourir leurs
prisonniers. | Comme ils se marient & esleuent
leurs enfans: De leurs Me-| decins, & des
remedes dont ils vsent 4 leurs maladies: De |
leurs dances & chansons: De la chasse, de la
pesche, & des | oyseaux & animaux terrestres
& aquatiques quils ont.
pays: Comme ils cultiuent les terres, & ac-
com- | modent leur Menestre. De leur deitil,
pleurs & lamenta- | tions, & comme ils enseue-
lissent & enterrent leurs morts. | Auec vn Dic-
tionaire de la langue Huronne, pour Ja com-
modi- | té de ceux qui ont & voyager dans le
pays, & n’ont | l’intelligence d’icelle langue. |
Par F. Gabriel Sagard Theodat, Recollet de |
S. Francois, de la Prouince de S. Denys en
France. | [Scroll.]

A Paris, | Chez Denys Moreav, rué S. Iac-
ques, a | la Salamandre d’Argent. | M. DC.
XXXII [1632]. | Auee Priuilege du Roy.

Engraved title reverse blank 11. printed title
reverse blank 11.
illystre, genereux & puissant Prince Henry 2
ll. Av lectevr3ll. Table des chapitres 3 pp.
Privilege dv roy 2 pp. Approbation des peres
de ordre 1 p.—in all 12 p. ll. Voyage dv pays
pp. 1-380, 16°.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Brown,
Harvard, Lenox, Shea.

An imperfect copy, wanting pp. 150-178, was
priced in Stevens’s Nuggets, No, 2424, 31. 3s.
Leclerc, 1878, No. 786, prices a well preserved
copy, with engraved title replaced by fac-simile
of that of new edition, 300 fr. At the Brin-
ley sale a very large and fine copy, No. 143,
brought $57.50. The Murphy copy, No. 2193,
dark-blue morocco, gilt edges, sold for $170, a
note stating
alogue for 1878, 427. Quaritch, No. 30012,
prices a fine copy in crimson morocco extra,
gilt edges, 361.

Appended, with its own title, and often found
separately, is:

Des | richesses du |

Av roy des roys 2 ll. A tres- |

‘**Priced in Ellis & White's cat- |

147

| Sagard (G.)— Continued.

Dictionaire | dela langve Hvronne, |
Necessaire & ceux qui n’ont Vintelli-
gence Micelle, | & ont a traiter auec les
Sauuages du pays. | Par Fr. Gabriel
Sagard, Recollet de | 8S. Frangois, de la
Prouince de 8. Denys. | [ Vignette. ] |

A Paris, | Chez Denys Moreav, rué S.
Jacques, & la | Salamandre d’Argent. |
M. DC. XXXII [1632]. | Auec Priuilege
du Roy.

Title verso blank 1 1. preliminary remarks
pp. 3-12, Les mots frangois tournez en Huron
(double columns, alphabetically arranged ae-
cording to the Huron words), 66 unnumbered
ll. Table des choses 13 unnumbered pp. 16°.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Brown,
Harvard, Lenox, Shea.

The Field copy, No. 2045, sold for $11; the
Murphy copy, No. 2194, red morocco, gilt
edges, for 50 cents [sic] (probably $50), a note
stating ‘‘ Marked 11/. in a recent London cat-
alogue.”

— Le grand voyage | du | pays des

Hurons | Situé en VAmérique vers la
Mer | douce, és derniers confins | de la |
Nouvelle France | dite | Canada | avee
un dictionnaire de la langue Huronne |
par | F. Gabriel Sagard Theodat | Re-
collet de S. Frangois, de la province de
8. Denys en France | Nouvelle édition |
publiée par M. Emile Chevalier |

Paris | Librairie Tross | 5, rue Nenve-
des-Petits Champs | 1865.

Half title 11. title reverse blank 11. adver-
tisement 2 ll. fac-simile of original engraved
title-page reverse blank 11. fac-simile of origi-
nal printed title-page reverse blank11, Av roy
des roys pp. v-vii, dedication pp. ix-xi, Au
lectevr pp. Xlli-xvii, contents pp. xix-xxi,
Privilege dv roy pp. xxii-xxiv, approbation
pp- XXlv-xxv, text pp. 1-268, 8°.

Appended is the following :

—— Dictionaire | de la|langve Hvronne |

necessaire a cevx qui n’ont Vintelli-
gence | Wicelle, et ont a traiter avec |
les savvages dv pays | par Fr. Gabriel
Sagard | Recollet de 8S. Frangois, de la
Prouince de 8, Denys. | [Vignette. ] |

A Paris, | Chez Denys Moreay, rué S.
Tacques, | &la Salamandre dArgent. |
M. DC. XXXII [1632]. | Auec Priuilege
du Roy.

Title verso blank 1 1, introductory remarks
pp. 38-12, the dictionary 66 unnumbered leaves,
index 7 ll. approbation 11. 8°.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Con-
gress, Shea, Trumbull, Watkinson.

148

Sagard (G.)— Continued.

The Andrade copy, large Holland paper, No.
1987, sold for 5 Thir. 20 Ngr. At the Fischer sale,
No. 2194, a copy, together with a copy of the
same author’s Histoire, Paris, 1866, brought 21.
2s.; another copy, No. 2749, brought 17s. 6d.
At the Field sale, No. 2046, it sold for $2.63.
Leclerc, 1878, No. 787, prices a copy 20 fr. At
the Brinley sale, No. 144,an uncut, large-paper
copy, together with the Histoire, Paris, 1866,

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

THE

| Sagard (G.)— Continued.

sold for $33. Priced by Labitte, 1883, large Hol- |

land paper, 24 fr.

— Histoire | dv Canada | et | voyages
qve les freres | Mineurs Recollects y ont
faicts pour| la conuersion des Inti-
delles, | Divisez en qvatre livres. | Ou
est amplement traicté des choses prin-
cipales ar- | riuées dans le pays depuis
Van 1615 insques a la pri- | se qui ena
esté faicte par les Anglois. Des biens
& | commoditez qu’on en peut esperer,
Des meeurs, | ceremonies, creance, loix,

& coustumes merueil- | leuses de ses

habitans. Dela conuersion & baptes- |
me de plusieurs, & des moyeés necessai-
res pour les | amener a la cognoissance
de Dieu. L’entretien or- | dinaire de
nos Mariniers, & autres particularitez |
que se reimarquent en la suite de Vhis-
toire. | Fait & composé par le F. Gabriel
Sagard, | Theodat, Mineur Recollect de
la Prouince de Paris. | [Vignette. ] |

A Paris, | Chez Clavde Sonnivs, rué
8. Iacques, & l’Escu de | Basle, & au
Compas Wor. | M. DC XXXVI [1636]. |
Auee Primlege & Approbation.

Title verso blank 11, pp. 3-28, text pp. 1-1005
and 5 ll. tables ete. 18 ll. music 3 ll. recto of the
first and verso of the third blank, 16°,—Huron
songs, pp. 310-318. Sometimes the 3 ll. of music
are bound between pp. 312-313.

Copies seen: British Museum, Brown, Lenox.

Quaritch, October, 1886, No, 102, titles a copy
and says: ‘* Only two copies are known besides
this containing the four pages at the end which
give the native words and the music of a Huron
song and a Souriquois hymn.” All the copies
seen by me contain them.

In Leclere’s Supplement, No. 2947, a red mo-
rocco, well-preserved copy, with the music and
the last two leaves of the table carefully re-
produced by M. Pilinski, is priced 1,200 fr.
Quaritch, No. 30018, prices a red-morocco, extra
copy 631. A says: ‘‘Of the excessive
rarity of this book an idea may be formed from
the fact that the late Mr. Edwin Tross sought
many years for a copy before he could succeed,
so as to add a reprint of the Histoire to his re-
print of the Voyage.

note

In the preface he states :
‘On «a offert, durant des années, 1,200 fr. dun

— Dictionnaire

Sahonwadi (Paulus).

exemplaire de l Histoire, sans pouvoir s’en pro-
curer un seul,’”? Dufossé, 1887, No, 24936, prices
a ‘very complete copy, with the 4 ll. of music,”
1,200 fr.

—— Histoire | du Canada | et voyages-—

que les freres mineurs Recollects y ont
faicts | pour la conversion des infidéles
| depuis ’an 1615 | par | Gabriel Sagard
Theodat | avec un dictionnaire de la
langue Huronne | Nouvelle édition |
publiée par M. Edwin Tross, | Premier
[-Quatriéme] volume, |

Paris | Librairie Tross | 5, rae Neuve-
des-Petits-Champs, 5. | 1866

4vols: 12 p.1l. pp.i-lxiv, 1-272; 23 p.1l. pp.
273-542; 2 p. Ll. pp. 543-825 ; 42 p. lL pp. 827-922,
23 11. 8°.—Huron songs, vol. 2, pp. 291-292.—
Musique pour Vvhistoire du Canada, being
the accompanying music to the above songs,
occupies the four unnumbered pages following
p. 542 of the same volume.

The Dictionaire de la langve hvronne is
given at the end of the fourth volume, being a
reprint, page for page, of that in the 1865 re-
print of Le grand voyage. The dictionary is
also issued separately as below.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzum, Con-
gress, Shea.

At the Andrade sale a large Holland paper
copy, No. 1986, sold for 11 Tilr. At the Fischer
sale, No. 1540, Quaritch bought 8 vols., half:
morocco, for 10. 15s, and (No. 2193) vols.1 and
2, together with the Voyage, for 20. 2s.; also,
another copy, No. 2748, for 11.2s. The Field
copy, unent, No, 2047, sold for $14. Leclere,
1878, No. 788, prices it £0 fr., and Labitte, 1883,
large Holland paper, 48 fr. The Murphy copy,
No. 3093, sold for 50 cents. Quaritch, No. 30014,
prices a copy, large Holland paper, half green
morocco, gilt top, uncut, 42.

dela langue Huronne

| par | Gabriel Sagard Theodat | Re-
collet de S. Francois de la Province de
8S. Denys | en France. | Réimpression
figurée | de Pédition rarissime de 1632,
| Tirage & part a 66 exemplaires. |

Paris | Librairie Tross | 1865

Title verso blank 1 1. fac-simile of title of
original edition reverse blank 1 1. pp. 3-12, 66
unnumbered li. large 8°.

Copies seen: Brinton, Maisonneuve, Powell,
Shea.

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2263, 15 fr. Qua-
ritch, No. 12586, prices a sewed copy 12s. and one
in boards 15s. Triibner, 1882, p. 83, prices it 13s.
Quaritch, No. 30080, again prices a copy GTS
and Clarke, 1886, No. 6749, prices a sewed, un-
eut copy $3.50.

See Claus (D.).

IROQUOIAN

Sanborn (John Wentworth). Legends,
customs | and j{ social life | of the |

Seneca Indians, | of | western New |

York, | by | John Wentworth Sanborn,

| (‘¢ O-yo-ga-weh,’’) | (Clear sky.) |

Horton & Deming, ‘ Enterprise”
print, | Gowanda, New York. | 1878.

Printed cover as above, title slightly different
reverse copyright 1 1. dedication and introduc-
tion 2 ll. text pp. 7-76, 8°.—One stanza of a
hymn in the Seneca, p. 39.—The Seneca lan-
guage, pp.68-73, includes remarks on the alpha-
bet, pronunciation, inflection, numerals, &c.,
the Lord’s prayer in Seneca with English inter-
linear, and conjugation of the Seneca verb ga-ta-
i-neh, I go.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British
Museum, Congress, Eames, Harvard, Pilling,
Powell, Trumbull.

The psalms and many new hymns
from the Methodist Episcopal Hymnal,
translated into the Seneca tongue.
Publisbed by John Wentworth San-
born, Perry, N. Y. [1880 ?]
200 pp. 16°.

LANGUAGES

|
|

|

Title from the Bibliography of |

the alumni and faculty of Wesleyan Univer- |

sity, by G. Brown Goode and Newton P. Scud-
der.

A new edition is in preparation. The title-
page, a copy of which has been sent me by Mr.
Sanborn, is as follows:

[

Language | together with | A Few of
the Psalns of David. |

1e84: | John Wentworth Sanborn, |
O yo ga weh, (Clear-Sky) | Batavia,
INeSYG

Title reverse notice 1 1. preface verso key
1 1. text (entirely in Seneca except English
headings) pp. 5-?, 24°.

Under date of May, 1884, Mr. Sanborn wrote
me: ‘‘Isend you advance sheets [pp. 1-36] of
my new Indian hymn book as far as it is pet in
book shape. Ihave issued many hymns hereto-
fore in leaflets and small collections. Tam now
putting them all in this one volume.” And
under date of Oct. 20, 1886, as follows: ‘‘ Lhave
not had the opportunity to finish the Seneca
hymu book. Eighty pages are printed; the
material for the entire work is in shape for type

setting, and all preliminary arrangements are |

made. I hope ina few months to present you
with the completed work.”

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
and Turkey (J.P.). Seneca + In-
dian + hymns | Translated by John
W. Sanborn and Joseph P. Turkey.
[1881 ?]

No title-page, heading as above; 1 sheet of 4
unnumbered pages, containing four familiar

] Hymnal | in the | Seneca Indian

149

Sanborn (J. W.)—Continued.
English hymns translated into Seneca, each
with English heading.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
My own copy differs somewhat from the above;
the heading is in different type and the second
line is omitted; the tail-piece in the copy des-
eribed is alyre lying across a music book; in
mine the lyre is erect and beneath it is a para-
graph to the effect that the leaflets are for
gratuitous distribution among the Senccas.
A | Collection Of | Psalms: also
Many New Hymns | from | The +
Methodist +- Episcopal -+- Chureh +
Hymnal, | Translated into | the Seneca
tongue | By John W. Sanborn and
Joseph P. Turkey. |

Batavia, N. Y. | John Wentworth
Sanborn, | 1833.

16°. I have seen only the title-page; this
was furnished me by Mr.Sanborn, Aug. 3 ,
1883, accompanied by the following note :

“Tsend inclosed a copy of the title-page of
my Indian hymn book. It is te be printed
from plates, and will soon be in readiness. I
am not now able to furnish more than the title-
page, as several additions are to be made, and
they are not quite completed ; for instance, on
page iv—counting the title-page as i—I shall
give a complete list of Seneca characters,
together with directions for pronouncing
them, &c.”’

Perhaps this is to be an enlarged and revised
edition of the Hymnal of 1880, titled above.

Satterlee (Walter). See Herman (R.
L.) and Satterlee (W.).

Say (Thomas). [Vocabularies of Indian
languages. |

In James (E.), Account of an expedition &c.
vol. 2, pp. Ixxx-lxxxv, Philadelphia, 1823, 8°.

Chel-a-kee, or Clierokee language, pp. lxx-

?

Ixxviii.

This vocabulary does not appear in the Lon-
don edition, 1823, 3 vols. 8°. (Boston Ath-
enwum.)

Sayce (Archibald Henry). The | princi-
ples of comparative | philology. | By |
A. H. Sayce, | fellow and tutor of
Queen’s College, Oxford. |

London: | Triibner & Co., 57 & 53
Ludgate Hill. | 1874. | (All rights re-
served. ) )

Half-title 11. title 11. dedication 11. preface
pp. vii-xiv, contents 1 1. text pp. 1-381, 12°.
Title from Mr. Wilberforce Eames.

Thirteen different Cherokee verbs to denote
particular kinds of ‘‘ washing” (from Picker-
ing), foot-note p.79.—Cherokee terms, p. 264.

—~— The | principles of comparative |
philology. | By | A. H. Sayce, | fellow
and tutor of Queen’s College, Oxford ; |

150

Sayce (A. H. eer
[&c. four lines]. | Second Edition,
vised and earned |
London: | Triibner & Co., Ludgate
Hill. | 1875. | (All rights reserved. )
Title 11. dedication 11. pp. v-xxxii, 1-416, 8°.—
Linguistics as above.
Copies seen: Congress.
A third edition, ‘‘revised and enlarged,”’ is
dated 1885. (*)

Re-

Scherer (Johann Benedict). Recherches

| Historiques | et Géographiques | sur |

| le Nouveau-Monde. | Par Jean-Benoit
Scherer, Pensionnaire du Roi; | Em-
ployé aux affaires étrangeres ; Membre
de plusieurs | Académies & Sociétés
littéraires ; ci-devant Juriscon- | sulte
du Collége Impérial de Justice & Saint-
Pétersbourg, | pour les affaires de la
Livonie, d@’Esthonie & de Finlande. |
[Design ] |

A Paris, | Chez Brunet, Libraire, rue
des Kerivains. | M. DCC. LX XVII
[1777].

Pp. i-xii, 2 ll. pp. 1-352, map, plates, 8°. —Essai
sur les rapports des mots entre les Jangues du
Nouveau - Monde & celles de l'Ancien, par
Court de Gebelin (A. de),
primitif, pp. 302-345, contains (pp. 313-319),
Langue du Canada, including vocabularies
from Vincent, Lafitau, Sagard, and Lahontan.

lVauteur

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenzeum, Con-
gress.
Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2087, 20 fr.

Quaritch bought a copy at the Ramirez sale,
No. 772, for 3s. 6d.
Schomburgek (Sir Robert H.). Contri-

butions to the Philological Ethnogra-
phy of South America. By Sir R. H.
Schomburek.

In Philological Soc. [of London] Proc.
3, pp. 228-237, London, 1848, $°.

Affinity of words in the Guinau with other
languages and dialects in America, pp. 236-
237, contains, among others, examples in Wyan-
dot, Cherokee, Tuscarora, Nottoway, and Onon-
daga.

Schoolcraft (Henry Rowe), Commeuts,
philological and historical, on the ab-
original names and geographical ter-
minology, of the State of New York.
Part first: Valley of the Hudson, Ina
report from the committee on Indian
names &c. [H. R. Schoolcraft,
man |.

In New York Hist. Soc. Proc. for 1844, pp. 77-
115, New York, 1845, 8°.

Iroquois and Algonkin names of geographic

vol.

ehair-

(Congress, Powell.)

features, passim.

Issued separately, also, as follows :

-—— Report of Mr.

du Monde |

—— Notes on the Iroquois:

BIBLIOGRATHY OF THE

Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued.

Report | of | the aboriginal names |
and | geographical terminology | of the
| state of New York. | Part I.—Valley
of the Hudson. | Made to the New York
Historical Society—by the committee
appointed to | prepare a map, ete., and
read at the stated meeting of the | so-
ciety, February, 1844. | By Henry R.
Schooleraft. | Published from the
ciety’s proceedings for 1844. |

New York: | printed for the society.
| 1845.

Printed cover with half-title, title as above
verso blank 1 1.cireular verso blank 11. text
pp. 5-43, 8°.

Copies scen:

SO-

Boston Atheneum, Massachu-

setts Historical Society, Powell.

The Field copy, No. 2083, brought $1.25.
Schoolcraft, to the
Secretary of State [of New York ], trans-
mitting the census returns in relation
to the Indians [of the State of New

York]. State of New York: Senate
Document No. 24. Jan. 22, 1846.

Pp. 1-285, 11.89. The Report on the census
of the Iroquois occupies pp. 3-20 and is fol-
lowed by a supplementary report of Henry
R. Schooleraft to the secretary of state: An-
tiquities, history, ethnology, pp. 21-285, which
contains the following:

Chew (W.), Vocabulary of the Muscarorn [850
words], pp. 251-288.

Blliot (A.), Vocabulary of the Mohawk [220
words |, pp. 264-270.

Vocabulary of the Cayuga [320 words],
pp. 271-277.

Shearman (R. U.), Vocabulary of the Oneida
[101 words], pp. 278-281.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Congress.

At the Field sale, a half-morocco, uncut
copy, No. 2082, sold for $5.

Reprinted with change of title:

| or, contri-
butions to the | statisties, aboriginal
history, antiquities and general eth-
nology | of | Western New-York. | By
Henry R. Schoolcraft, | Hon. Mem.
[&e. seven lines]. |

New-York: | Bartlett & Welford, |
Astor house. | 1846.

Pp. i-vii, 1-285, 1 1. 8°.
document.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress, Eames, Massachusetts
llistorical Society, Shea, Wisconsin Historical
Society.

Sold at the Squier sale, No. 1215, for #1.
Priced by Clarke, 1886, No. 6609, $3.

Enlarged and reprinted as follows:

Contents as in senate

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued.

— Notes | on | the Iroquois; | or con-
tributions to | American history, anti-
quities, | and | general ethnology. | By
Henry R. Schooleraft, | Hon. Memb.
L&e. eight lines]. |

Albany: | Erastus H. Pease & co.,
82 State street. | 1847.

Title 1 1. preface, contents, &c. pp. iii-xiv, list
of illustrations 1 1. text pp. 1-498, 18°.—Com-
ments on the Cherokee language, with examples
showing Mohawk aflinities, pp. 158-160.—Struct-
ure of the class of American languages; com-
parative vocabulary of the Iroquois and its

cognate the Wyandot (pp. 382-400) includes on |

pp. 393-400 the following vocabularies of about
250 words each: Mohawk (from A. Elliot),
Oneida (from Schooleraft and Shearman), Ouon-
daga (from Schoolcraft and Gallatin), Cayuga
(from Elliot), Seneca (from Schooleraft, Ely 5.
Parker, and Gallatin), Tuscarora (from Chew),
and Wyandot (from Johnston in Am. Ant. Soc.
Trans.).—Brief cousments on the Seneca lan-
- guage, p. 456.—A few phrases in Tuscarora
(from Chew), p. 487.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Powell, Trumbull.

The Fischer copy, No. 2771, brought 13s.; the
Field copy, No. 2079, $1.63; the Menzies copy,
No. 1764, ‘‘half blue morocco, gilt top, uncut,”

$5.25; the Squier copy, No. 1216, $2; the Brin-

ley copy, No. 5443, $2; the Pinart copy, No. 831,
12 fr.; and the Murphy copy, half morocco, top
gilt, No. 2225, $3.
[——] A | bibliographical catalogue |
of | books, translations of the script-
ures, | and other publications in the |
Indian tongues | of the | United States,
| with | brief critical notices. |
Washington: | C. Alexander, prin-
ter. | 1849.

Half title reverse prefatory 11. title asabove |

reverse synopsis 11. text pp. 5-28, 8°.—Books
and translations in the several dialects of the
Iroquois (Mohawk, Oneida, Seneca), pp. 5-8;
in the Cherokee, pp. 19-21.
Copies seen: Congress, Pilling, Powell.
Priced by Triibner, 1856, 3s. €d. At the
Field sale a copy, No. 2071, brought $1.63; at

the Brinley sale, No. 5630, a half-morocco, auto- |

graph copy brought $5.

Reprinted, with additions, &c., as follows:
— Literature of the Indian languages.
A bibliographical catalogue of books,
translations of the scriptures, and other
publications in the Indian tongues of
the United States, with brief critical
notices.

In Schoolcraft (H.R.), Indian tribes, vol. 4,
pp. 523-551, Philadelphia, 1854, 4°.

Linguistics as above, pp. 542-544.

| Schultze (Benjamin).

Seaver (James I. ).

151

Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued.

Henry Rowo Schoolcraft was born in Wa-
tervliet, N. Y¥., March 29, 1793. He entered
Union College in 1807, made his first expedition
to the Mississippi River in 1817, and several
others afterwards. In 1822 he was appointed
agent for Indian affairs on the northwestern
frontier, where he married a granddaughter of
Wabojeeg, an Indian war chief, and resided in
that country until 1841. About 1830, while a
member of the territorial legislature of Michi-
gan, he introduced the system, which was to
some extent adopted, of furming local names
In 1847 Congress
directed him to procure statistics and other in-

from the Indian language.

formation respecting the history, condition,
and prospects of the Indian tribes of the
United States. He resided many years among
the Indians and zealously improved his oppor-
tunities for studying their habits, customs,
and languages. He died in Washington, D.C.,
Dec. 10, 1864.
See Pritz (J. F.)
and Schultze (B.).
A narrative | of the
life of | Mrs. Mary Jemison, | who was
taken by the Indians, | in the year 1755,
| When only about twelve years of age,
and has continued | to reside amongst
them to the present time. | Containing
an account of the | murder of her father
anid his family; | her sufferings; | her
marriage to two Indians; | her troubles
with her children; | Barbarities of the
Indians in the French and Revolution-
ary Wars; | the life of her last husband;
| And many Historical Facts never be-
fore published. | Carefully taken from
her own words, | Nov. 29th, 1823. | To
which is added, | an appendix, | Con-
taining an Account of the Tragedy at
the Devil’s | Hole, in 1763, and of Sul-
livan’s Expedition; the Tradi- | tions,
Manners, Customs, &c., of the Indians,
as believed | and practised at the pres-
ent day, and since Mrs. | Jemison’s
captivity; together with some Anec-
dotes, | and other entertaining Matter,
| By James E, Seaver. |

Howden: | printed for R. Parkin:
| sold by T. Tegg, 73, Cheapside, Lon-
don; | Wilson and Sons, York; J. Noble,
Hull; W. Walker, | Otley; and by
every other bookseller. | 1826.

Tille 11. preface &e. pp. iii-xiii, text pp.
14-180, 16°.—Seneca and Algonkin names, with

signification, passim.

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.

At the Field sale a copy, No. 2091, brought
$2.50.

152

Seaver (J. E.)—Continued.

— Deh-he-wa-mis: | or | a narrative of
the life of | Mary Jemison: | otherwise
called | the white woman, | who was
taken captive by the Indians in
MDCCLYV: and | who continued with
them seventy-eight years. | Containing
an account of the murder of | her father
and his family; her | marriages and
sufferings; | Indian barbarities, cus-
toms and traditions. | Carefully taken
from her own words. | By James E.
Seaver. | Also | the life of Hiokatoo,
and Ebenezer Allen; a sketch | of Gen-
eral Sullivan’s campaign; tragedy of
the | ‘‘Devils Hole,” etc. | The whole
revised, corrected and enlarged: with |
descriptive and historical sketches of
the Six Nations, the Genesee country,
aud other | interesting facts connected
with | the narrative: | by Ebenezer
Mix. | Second edition. |

Batavia, N.Y. | Published by William
Seaver and son, | 1842.

Pp. i-xii, 13-192, 16°.—Linguistics as above.

Copies seen: Congress.

Third edition: Batavia, 1844, 16°. (*)

— Deh-he-wa-mis:
the life of | Mary Jemison: | otherwise
called | the White Woman, | who was
taken captive by the Indians in
MDCCLY; | and who continued with
them seventy-eight | years. Contain-
ing an account of the | murder of her
father and his family; | her marriages
and sufferings; | Indian barbarities,
customs and | traditions. | Carefully
taken from her own words. | By James
E. Seaver. | Also | the life of Hiokatoo
and Ebenezer Allen; and | Historical
Sketches of the Six Nations, the | Ge-
nesee Country, and other interesting |
facts connected with the narrative: |
By Ebenezer Mix. |

Devon, | Published by 8S. Thorne,
Prospect-Place, Shebbear. | London, |
W. Tegg, 73, Cheapside. | 1847.

Pp. i-xii, 13-184, 18°.—Linguistics as above.

Copies seen: British Museum.

At the Menzies sale a ‘‘half red morocco,
gilt top, uncut” copy, No. 1784, sold for $5.75.
Life | of | Mary Jemison: | Deh-he
wii-mis. | By James E. Seaver, | Fourth
edition, | with geographical and ex-
planatory notes |

or | a narrative of |

BIBLIOGRAPHY

OF THE
Seaver (J. E.)—Continued.
New York and Auburn: | Miller,
Orton & Mulligan. | Rochester: D. M.
Dewey. | 1856.
Pp. 1-312, 12°.—Indian geographic names in
the State of New York (from Morgan), pp.
300-312.
Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum, Brit-
ish Museum, Cougress, Watkinson.
At the Field sale a copy, No. 2092, brought
$2.50; at the Menzies sale, No. 1785, ‘‘ half blue
morocco, gilt top, uncut, $3.
Life | of | Mary Jemison: | Deh-he-
wii-mis. | By James E. Seaver. | Fourth
edition, with geographical and ex-
planatory notes |

New York: | C. M. Saxton, Barker &
Co., | No. 25 Park Row. | 1860. (9)

Pp. 1-312, 12°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. —
Indian geographic names (from Morgan), pp.
300-312,

Life | of | Mary Jemison: | Deh-he-
wii-mis. | By James E. Seaver. | Fifth
edition, with appendix. |

Buffalo, N.Y.: | printing house of
Matthews & Warren, | Office of the
‘‘ Buffalo Commercial Advertiser.” |
1877. @)

2 p. ll. pp. 7-803, 9 plates, 12°. Title fur-
nished by Mr. W. Kames.—Indian geographic
names (from Morgan), pp. 291-303.

Select passages | from the Holy Script-
ures. | The Creation, and the fall of
man. | Genesis I-III.

No title-page, heading as above; pp. 1-24,
24°, in Cherokee characters.— Contains also the
ten commandments, the birth of Jesus Christ;
parable of the prodigal son, the rich man and
Lazarus, the pharisee and publican, the Lord’s
supper. .

The Missionary Herald, July, 1836, gives this
tract the date 1836; Sabin’s Dictionary, No.
12475, says 1844—perhaps another edition.

Copies seen: American Board of Commission -
ers, Astor, British Museum, Congress, Dunbar,
Massachusetts Historical Society, Shea.

Seneca. Dictionnaire Tsonnontuan par
les RR. PP. Jésnites.
Manuscript, 30 unnumbered ll. 12°, in the

Seneca dialect of the Iroquois; in the archives
of the Catholic Church at Canghnawaga, Can-
ada.
Seneca. [English-Seneca spelling book.
London, 1818. ] (Gs)
Referred to by Gallatin in his Synopsis of
Indian tribes in American Ant. Soc. Trans. vol.
2, pp. 171-174. He probably refers to the work
titled herein under Short vocabulary.

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES. 153

Seneca. Hymnin the Seneca language. | Seneca— Continued.
Manuscript, in possession of Rev. Silas T.
Rand, Hantsport, Nova Scotia, forming pp.

Sanborn (J. W.) and
Turkey (J. P.).

Psalm-book.

239-240 of a bound book containing miscellane- telationships. Hammond (L. M.).
ous linguistic material. The hymn is set to Relationships. Morgan (L. H.).
music composed by Edward Pierce, leader of the telationships. Turner (0.).
Seneca brass band at the Alleghany Reserva- Remarks. American Society.

tion, N. Y. |
The Bureau of Ethnology has a copy of the |

Remarks.
Sachemships.

Balbi (A.).
Morgan (L. H.)

hymn. Sentences. Gallatin (A.).
Seneca : Spelling book. Hyde (J.B.).
Animal names See Morgan (L. H.). Spelling book. Seneca.
Bible, Gospels. Wright (A.). | Spelling book. Wright (A.).
Bible, Matthew. Harris (T.S.). Texts. Wright (A.).
Bible, Matthew. Wright (A.). Tract. Harris (T. S.) and
Bible, Mark. Wright (A.). | Young (J.).
Bible, Luke. Harris (T.8). | Tract. Hyde (J. B.).
Bible, Luke. Wright (A.). Tract. Temperance.
Bible, John (pt.). American Bible Soc. | Tract. Wright (A.).
Bible, John (pt.). Bagster (J.). Vocabulary. Adelung (J.C.) and
Bible, John (pt.). 3ible Society. Vater (J.S.).
Bible, John (pt.). Hyde (J. B.). Vocabulary. American Society.
Conjugation. Grasserie (R. de la). Vocabulary. Balbi (A.).
Dictionary. Seneca. Vocabulary. Barton (B.5.).
Examples. Grasserie (R. deia). | Vocabulary. Chamberlain (A, F.).
General discussion. Sanborn (J. W.). | Vocabulary. Gallatin (A.).
General discussion. Schooleraft (H.R.). | Vocabulary. Investigator.
Geographic names. Jones (Pomroy.). | Vocabulary. Jackson (H.).
Geographic names. Marshall (O. H.). Vocabulary. Jones (Peter).
Geographic names. Morgan (L. H.). | Vocabulary. Latham (R. G.).
Grammatic comments. Hale (H.). Vocabulary. Parker (E.S.).
Grammatic comments. Morgan (L. H.). Vocabulary. Rand (S. T.).
Grammatic treatise. Analysis. Vocabulary. Remarks.
Grammatic treatise. Short. | Vocabulary. Short.
Hymn-book. Harris (T.S.). | Vocabulary. Smith (E. A.).
Hymn-book. Hyde (J. B.). Words. Alden (T.).
Hymn-book. Sanborn (J. W.). Words. Buschmann (J. C.
Hymn-book. Sanborn (J. W.) and E.).
Turkey (J. P.). Words. Chamberlain (A. F.),
Hymn-book. Thayer (W.A.). Words. Latham (R.G.).
Hymn-book. Wright (A.). | Words. Morgan (L. H.).
Hymn-book. Young (J.). | Words. Seaver (J. E.).
Hymus. Alden (T.). Words. Street (A. B.).
Hymns. Newton (J. H.). Words. Vater (J.S.).
Hymns. Seneca. Words. Warden (D. B.).
Laws. Wright (A.). Words. Yankiewitch (F.).
Legend. Gatschet (A.8.). Sentences:
ed prayer. eee (GF). Cherokee. See Gallatin (A.).
ord’s prayer. yde (J. B.). Cherokee. Hewitt (J. N. B.).
mora prayer. Sanborn (J. Wi): | Cherokee. eek (S. a
Hordis prayer. Shea GJ. G.). | Mohawk. Brant (J.).
Lord’s prayer. Youths. | Mohawk. McKenney (T.L.).
cee aoe Gar | Mohawk. Megapolensis (J.).
Numerals. arsons (J.). Seneca. Gallatin (A.).
Numerals. Wallan ey: (Ca) Wyandot. Slight (B.).
ee he ae | Sermon. Sermon [and Story of David
Dane. White (S.). Rouge] | by the Rey. A. Dickinson.
Primer. Wright ‘A.). No title-page, heading as above; pp. 1-24,

Proper names. Case. 24°, in Cherokee characters.—Sermon, pp. 1-
Proper names. Catlin (G.). 17.—Story of David Rouge, pp. 18-24.

Proper names. Great. Copies seen: Boston Athenwum.

Proper names. Indian, Sermons :

Proper names. Jackson (W.H.). Mohawk. Bruyas (J.).
Psalm-book. Sanborn (J. W.). Mohawk. Burtin (N. V.).

154

Sermons—Continued.

Mohawk. Dépéret (E ).
Mohawk. Garde (P. P. F.).
Mohawk. Gien (H.).
Mohawk. Guichart de Kersi-
dent (V.H.).
Mohawk. Le Brun (A. T.).
Mohawk. Marcoux (J.).
Mohawk. Mareconux (J.) and
Burtin (N. V.).
Mohawk. Mathevet (J. C.).
Mohawk. Mohawk.
Mohawk. Rinfret (A.).
Mohawk. Roupe (J. B.).
Mohawk. Terlaye(F. A. M.de).

Shea: This word following a title or within pa-
rentheses after a note indicates that a copy
of the work referred to was seen by the com-
pier im the library of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth,
N.J.

Shea (John Gilmary). History | of the
| Catholic Missions | among the | In-
dian tribes of the United States, | 1529-

BIBLIOGRAPHY

OF THE

| Shea (J. G.)—Continued.

|

1854. | By John Gilmary Shea. | Author

[&c. three lines]. | [Design. ] |

New York: | Edward Dunigan &
Brother, | 151 Fulton-Street,
Broadway. | 1855.

near

Engraved title, pp. 1-514, 12°.—Lord’s prayer
in Huron (from Brebeeuf), p. 164; in Mohawk
(from Claesse), p. 210; in Seneca (from Morgan),
p. 290; in Caughnawaga (from Jos. Marcoux), p.

345.—Two lines of the litany of Loretto, from a |

very old manuscript, and the corresponding
lines from Marcoux (to illustrate the changes
the Caughnawaga dialect has undergone), p.
345.—O Salutaris Hostia (from Rasle), p. 415.

Copies seen: Astor, British Myseum, Con-
gress, Trumbull.

At the Field sale a copy, No. 2112*, sold for
$2.25; at the Murphy sale, No. 2264, for $3.25.
Geschichte | der | katolischen Mis-
sionen | unter den | Indianer-Stiimmen
der Vereinigten Staaten. | 1529-1860. |
von | John Gilmary Shea, | Verfasser
[d&c. two lines]. | Aus dem Englischen
iibersetzt | von | J. Roth. | Sr. Heilig-
keit Papst Pius IX gewidmet. | Mit 6
Stahlstichen. |

Wiirzburg. | Verlag von C, Etlinger.
[ 1858. ] (2)

Pp. 1-668, 12°. Title from the author.

-— History | of the | Catholic missions |
among the | Indian tribes of the United
States, | 1529-1854. | By John Gilmary
Shea, | author of [&c. three lines]. |
[ Design. ] |

New York: | 'T. W. Strong, | Late Ed-
ward Dunigan & brother, | Catholic

publishing
[1870.]

Frontispiece, engraved title verso blank 11.
printed title as above verso copyright 11. dedi-
cation verso blank 11. contents pp. 5-13, preface
pp. 15-17, text pp. 19-495, appendix pp. 497-506,
index pp. 507-514, 8°. Linguistic contents as in
edition of 1855.

Copies seen: Congress, Powell.

Priced by Clarke, 1886, No. 6620, $2.

house, | 599 Broadway.

— The identity of the Andastes, Min-

quas, Susquehannas, and Conestogues.
By John Gilmary Shea.

In Historical Mag. first series, vol. 2, pp. 294-
296, New York and London, 1858, sm. 4°.

Contains a few remarks on language.
Of what nation were the inhabitants
of Stadacona and Hochelaga at the
time of Cartier’s voyage ?

In Historical Mag.
145, New York, 1865,

Numerals 1-10 from Cartier compared with
the Huron (from Sagard), Onondaga, Caugh-
nawaga, Chippeway, Micmac, Malechite, and
Penobscot; also, a few words from Cartier and
Sagard.
Indian names [of geographic feat-
ures, in the Mohawk language].

In Historical Mag. first series, vol. 10, p. 58,
Morrisania, 1866, sm. 4°.

A list of about a dozen names of places,
mostly in northern New York.
Languages of the American Indians.

In American Cyclopedia, vol. 1, pp. 407-414,
New York, 1873, 8°.

Contains grammatical examples of a number
of American languages, among them the Iro-
quois and Cherokee.

first serics, vol. 9, pp. 144-
sm. 4°.

, editor. A | French-Onondaga | dic-
tionary, | from a manuscript of the
seventeenth | century. | By | John Gil-
mary Shea, | member of the New York,
Massachusetts, Maryland, Wisconsin, |
Michigan historical and New England
historic- | genealogical societies. |

New York: | Cramoisy press. | 1860.

Second title: Dictionnaire | frangois-onon-
tagué, | édité | @aprés un manuscrit du 17°
siecle | par Jean-Marie Shea. | [Design.] |

Nonvelle York:[{a Ja presse Cramoisy. |
1859.

Half-title 1 1. English title 11. preface pp. vii-
viii, French title 1 1. text pp. 3-103, 8°. Forms
vol.1 of Shea’s Library of American Linguis-
tics.—Supplément grammatical, pp. 3-8.—Dic-
tionnaire, with meanings and examples in
French, alphabetically arranged according to
French words, pp. 9-103.

“The original manuscript of the present vol-
ume is preserved in the Mazarin Library at

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Shea (J. G.) — Continued.

‘

Paris, and is supposed to be of the close of the |

seventeenth century. It is apparently the
work of one of the Jesuit Fathers whose mis.
sions in New York extended from the middle
of the seventeenth to the close of the first dec-
ade in the succeeding century.” —Preface.

Copies seen: *Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Eames, Powell, Trumbull.

Pricsd by Leclere, 1878, No. 2369, 25 fr. The
Brinley copy, No. 5741, sold for $2. Priced by
Triibner, 1882, p. 112, 18s. A copy sold at the
Pinart sale, No. 305, for 5 fr.
Shearman (Richard Updike).
lary of the Oneida.

In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Report to the secre-
tary of state, New York, pp. 279-281, New York,
1815, 8°.

The vocabulary contains 101 words.

Schooleraft’s report was also issued with the
title: Notes on the Iroquois, New York, 1846;
8°, the vocabulary appearing on the pages
above mentioned. This work was subsequently

re-issued, enlarged: Notes on the Iroquois,
Albany, 1847, 8°, the vocabulary occupying pp.
393-400.
Short. A | short vocabulary | in the |
Language | of the | Seneca nation, |
and in | English. | Ung-eish-neut teu-
au-geh neh-huh yoh-weh-neut-dah |
IEing-lish. |

London: | printed by W. & 8S. Graves,
66, Cheapside. | 1818.

Title verso blank 1 1. pp. iii-v, 6-36, 8°.—
Introduction, pp. iii-iv.—Rules for pronuncia-
tion, pp. iv-v.—Primer lessons, pp.6-12.—Nouns
or names, pp. 13-22.—Pronouns, p. 23.—Ad-
nouns, words for qualities, pp. 24-27.—Verbs,
pp. 28-32.—Adverbs, pp. 33-34.—Connectives,.
p. 34.—Interjections, p.35. On verso of p.35is
this note: “Shortly to be published, Phrases
and religious lessons in the language of the
Teu-att-geh, or Seneca nation; and in English.”

Copies seen: Eames, Powell.

The Murphy copy, No. 2247, sold for $3.25.
Sickles (Abraham W.). Ne | karoron ne
teyerihwahkwatha | igen ne enyontste
| ne yagorihwiyohston igen | kanyen-
gehaga kawennondahkon | oni | skay-
estonh dohka | nikarennage | ne |
Oneniodeaka kawennondahkon | teha-
wenrate nyon | shonyowane., |

Toronto: | published by the Wesleyan
missionary society, | at the Wesleyan
book room, | King street. | 1855.

Second title: A | collection of | hymns, | in
the | Oneida language, | for | the use of native
christians, | translated | by Rev. A. W.
Sickles, | Wesleyan missionary. |

Toronto: | published by the Wesleyan mis-
sionary society, | at the Wesleyan book room, |
King street. | 1855.

Voeabu-

Sickles (A. W.)

Simms (Jeptha Root).

Singing book, Cherokee.

Skenando.

Skenando ah, pseud.

Smet (Pere Pierre Jean de),

155

Continued.

Oneida title verso 1. 1 recto blank, English
title recto 1. 2 verso J. Donogh, printer, intro-
duction verso blank 11. half title p. 1, text
(alternate pages English ané Oneida—English
on versos, Oneida on rectos) pp. 2-85, in Oneida
alone pp. 86-235, index in Oneida pp. 236-241,
index in English pp. 241-245, 16°.

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.

Mr. Sickles belonged to the Oneida Indian
tribe, of whom he was the head chief. He
was born in 1810, joined the Methodist Episco-
pal Church in the United States, and went with
his people into Canadain 1841. He was killed
May 23, 1884, by a fall down a stairway in Lon-
don.

Indian names
[in the Mohawk Valley ].

In Historical Mag. third series, vol. 1, pp.
120-121, Morrisania, N. Y. 1872-73, sm. 49.

Gives the meaning of a number of Iroquois
names of geographic features.

See Cherokee.

Vocabulary of the Oneida
language. By Young Skenando, Oneida
Castle.

In Schooleraft (H. R.), Indian Tribes, vol. 2
pp. 482-493, Philadelphia, 1852, 4°.

Contains about 250 words.

teprinted in Ulrici (K.), Die Indianer Nord

Amerikas, p. 39, Dresden, 1867, 8°. (Wisconsin

Historical Society.)

See Morgan (L.
LS):

Slight (Benjamin). Indian researches ;
or, | facts concerning | the North Ameri-
can Indians; | ineluding | notices of
their present state of | improvement, |
in their social, civil, and religious con-
dition; | with | hints for their future
advancement. | By Benjamin Slight. |

Montreal; | printed for the author,
by J. E. L. Miller. | 1844.

Pp. i-xii, 13-179, 12°.—Chapter iv, Language,
containing general remarks on the Indian lan-
guages, pp. 28-35.—A number of words and
phrases in Chippewa and Wyandot, and two
verses in Wyandot with Euglish translation,
pp. 170-174.

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress,

Shea, Trumbull, Wisconsin Historical Society.
At the Field sale a copy, No. 2155, brought

$2.25.

Missions de

VPOrégon | et Voyages | aux Montagnes
tocheuses

aux sources | de la Colom-
bie, de Athabasca et du Saseatshawin,
en 1845-46. | [Picture entitled:] Marie
Quillax dans la bataille contre les Cor-
beaux, (Aoftt 1846) | Pag. 217. | Par le

156

Smet (P. J. de) — Continued.

Pere P. J. de Smet, | de la Société de |

Jésus. |
Gand, | impr. & lith. de V*. Vander

Schelden, | éditeur. [1848. ]
2p. ll. pp.i-ix, 9-389, map, 16°.—Vocabulary

of the Tuskarora, p. 358.—Numerals 1-10 of the

Tuskarora, p.359.—Table comparative &c. pp.

373-377, includes a few words of Onondaga,

Tuskarora, and Cherokee.

Copies seen: Bancroft, Congress, Shea.
The edition in English: Oregon Missions, New

York, 1847, 16°, does not include these linguistics.
Field’s Essay, No. 1425, titles an edition in

French: Paris, 1848, 12°. At the Field sale, a

copy, No. 2158, brought $3.25.

The | Linton | Albvm. | By] P. 8.
[sic] De Smet | 8. J.

Manuscript; embellished cover with title as
above, no inside title, pp. 1-84, 4°. Pen and
water-color sketches on pp. 1, 3, 15, 33, 55, 61, and
65.—Lord’s prayer in Lroquois, p. 80.

This manuscript is a copy and is owned by
Col. John Mason Brown, of Louisville, Ky., who
gives me its history as follows: ‘‘ Dr. Linton, of
Saint Louis, was an ardent Catholic and warm
personal friend of Father De Smet. The old
father collected a number of pious diaries, mem-
oranda, and legends for the amusement and edi-
fication of Dr. Linton. Ihad seen this collec-
tion years ago, and about three years since I
succeeded in getting hold of it for the purpose
of copying it. It was then in the possession of
Rev. Father Meyer, S. J., who was at the Jesuit
College in Saint Louis. There was a great deal
of matter not illustrative of Indian tradition,
custom, or language, and in having the copy
made I caused this (as I considered it) irrele-
vant matter to be omitted.”

Smith (A. G.). See Smith (E. A.).
Smith (De Cost).
daga dialect.

Manuscript, in possession of its compiler,
New YorkCity. A copy isin the library of the
Bureau of Ethnology. <A words and
phrases only, collected at the Onondaga Reser-
vation, N. Y., October, 1882.

Smith ( Mrs. Erminnie Adelie). The lan-
guages of the Iroquois. By Mrs. E. A.
Smith.

In Science, vol. 1, No. 11, pp. 187-138, New
York, September 11, 1880, 4°.

General remarks and a few words “ borrowed
from the English.”

Words of the Onon-

few

—— Myths of the Iroquois.
In Bureau of Ethnology, second ann. rept.
pp. 47-116, Washington, 1883, imp. 8°.
A list of terms relating to sorcery in Tusea-
rora, pp. 68-69.—Iroquois songs, with transla-
tion, pp. 92-93, 110.

Issued separately as follows:

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

THE

Smith (FE. A.) —Continued.

— Myths of the Iroquois | by | Erminnie
A. Smith | (Extract from the Second
Annual Report of the Bureau of Eth-
nology) | [Design] |

Washington | Government Printing
Office | 1883 :

Printed cover as aboye,
blank 11. pp. 49-116, 8°.

Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Pilling,

Powell.

Studies in the Iroquois concerning

the verb to be and its substitutes. By

Mrs. Ermiunie A. Smith, of Jersey City,

N.J. (Abstract. )

In American Ass. Ady. Sci. Proc. vol. 32, pp.
399-402, Salem, 1884, 8°.

Contains, besides quotations from Powell,
Riggs, Cnog, Marcoux, and Lacombe concern-
ing the existence of the verb to be in Indian
languages, 16 different methods of expressing
that verb in Iroquois, a table containing mainly
adjectives which in their conjugations are said
to include the verb to be, and some tense end-
ings of this verb.

half-title reverse

— Accidents or mode signs of verbs in
the Iroquois dialects. By Mrs. Erminnie
A.Smith of Jersey City, N. J. (Ab-
stract.)

In American A&s. Adv. Sci. Proc. vol. 32, pp.
402-403, Salem, 1884, 8°.

Explains how movement (mode and tense
signs), reduplication, &c. are represented in
Troquois.

| — The customs and the language of the

Iroquois. By Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith.

In Anthropological Inst. Gt. Brit. and Ire-
land, Jour. vol. 14, pp. 244-253, London, [1885],
So.

[roquois nouns, with both denotative and
connotative meanings, pp. 245-247.—A short
study of Iroquois pronouns, with examples, pp.
247-253.—Some examples of conjugation of
what have been regarded as impersonal [Iro-
quois] verbs, pp. 250-251.

—— Disputed points concerning Iroquois
pronouns. By Mrs. Erminnie A. Sinith.
In American Ass. Adv. Sci. Proc. vol. 33, pp.
605-609, Salem, 1885, 8°.
The significance of flora to the Iro-
quois. By Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith.

In American Ass. Ady. Sci. Proe. vol. 34, pp.
404-411, Salem, 1886, 8°.

Names of plants in the different Iroquois
dialects, but mainly from the ‘Tuscarora.

— [ Words, phrases, and sentences in the
Tuscarora language. }
Manuscript, pp. 1-104, 8 IL 4°, recorded in a
copy of Powell’s Introduction to the Study of
Indian Languages, first edition, most of the

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Smith (E. A.) — Continued.

schedules of which are completely filled. The |
8 ll. at the end contain ‘‘ Grammatical construc-
tion.’ Collected at the Tuscarora Reservation,
Lewiston, N. Y., with the assistance of Mr.
J. N. B. Hewitt, a member of the tribe, during
1879-80.

—— [ Words, phrases, and sentences in the
Onondaga language. |

Manuscript, pp. 1-104, 9 ll. 4°, recorded in a
copy of Powell’s Introduction to the Study of
Indian Languages, first edition, most of the
schedules being completely filled. The 911. at |
tke end contain ‘Grammatical construction.” |
Coilected at the Onondaga Reservation, Onon-
daga Co., N. Y., during the summers of 1880 and
1881, with the assistance of Mr. Albert Cusick,
a half-breed Onondaga.

— [ Words, phrases, and sentences in the
Seneca language. ]

Manuscript, pp. 1-104, 7 ll. 4°, recorded in a
copy of the first edition of Powell’s Introduc-
tion to the Study of Indian Languages, the |
schedules of which are completely filled. The
7 ll. at the end contain “‘ Grammatical construc-
tion.’’ Collected at the Seneca Reservation, Cat-
taraugus Co., N. Y., during 1880-’81, with the
assistance of William Jemison and Nathaniel

Strong, jr., both half-breed Senecas.

Each of the three foregoing manuscripts has
been transcribed into a copy of the second
edition of the Introduction to the Study of In-
dian Languages, each occupying pp. 77-228 of
that work, and some additions have been made.

—— [ Words, phrases, and sentences in the
Oneida language. }

Manuscript, pp. 77-228, 5 11.4°, recorded ina
copy of Powell’s Introduction to the Study of
Indian Languages, second edition, the sched-
ules of which are nearly all completely filled.
The 5 ll. at the end contain the Lord's prayer,
verbalconjugations, &c. Collected during 1884,
at Oneida, N. Y., with the assistance of Rev.
Thomas Cornelius, a half-breed, who was pas-
tor of the Indian church at that place.

— [{Words, phrases, and sentences in
the Mohawk language. ]

Manuscript, pp. 77-228, 4 ll. 4°, recorded in
a copy of the second edition of Powell's Intro-
duction to the Study of Indian Languages, the
schedules therein being nearly all completely
filled. The 41]. at the end contain verbal con-
jugations. Collected at the Grand River
Reservation, Canada, during 1880, assisted by
Mrs. Powlis, a half-breed, and during 1884,
with the assistance of Chief A. G. Smith, also
a half-breed.

The two manuscripts last
copiesonly, made by Mr. J. N. B. Hewitt; the
originals, which were recorded in copies of the
first edition of the Introduction, have been lost,

described are

Smith. (N. J.).

Smithsonian Institution.

157

Smith (E. A.) — Continued.
— [Words, phrases, and sentences in

the Cayuga language. ]

Manuscript, pp. 77-228, 2 ll. 4°, recorded in
a copy of the second edition of Powell’s Intro-
duction to the Study of Indian Languages ; most
of the schedules therein are at least partly
filled. Collected at the Grand River Reserva-
tion, Canada, during 1884, with the assistance
of James Jemison, a half-breed.

—— [English-Tuscarora dictionary. ]

Manuscript, 2 vols. folio. The first volume
contains 46 ll. and includes A-Glass; the sec-
ond, 78 ll. includes Glisten-Zealous—over 4,900
wordsinall. It was compiled during the years
1880 to 1882, with the assistance of Mr. J. N. B.
Hewitt.

A copy of this manuscript, with some adai-
tions, running the entries to over 5,000, has been
made on slips for ease of arrangement.

—— [Grammatical sketch of the Tus-

earora language. |

Manuscript, 250 unnumbered ll. folio, pre-
pared during the years 1882 to 1884, with the as-
sistance of Mr. J. N. B. Hewitt. A rough draft,
remaining unfinished at Mrs. Smith’s death.

Erminnie Adelle Smith was born in Mar-
cellus, N. Y., April 26, 1836, and died in Jersey
City, N. J., June 9, 1886. Her maiden name
was Platt. She was educated at Mrs. Willard’s
seminary in Troy, N. Y., and in 1855 married
Simeon H. Smith, of Jersey City, N.J., which
place was thenceforth her home. From child-
hood she devoted herself to the study of
geology, both theoretically and practically,
and as a result of her work had made one of
the largest private collections in the country.
She spent four years in Europe with her sons
studying science and language, during which
period she was graduated at the School of
Mines, Freiberg, Saxony, and after her return
gave frequent courses of lectures in parlors,
and for charitable objects, on scientific and
other subjects.

The material above described was collected
by Mrs. Smith during the years 1879 to 1884,
while in the employ of the Bureau of Ethnology,
and it was the intention of the Bureau to in-
During
most of her work she had the assistance of Mr.
J. N. B. Hewitt, an educated member of the
Tuscarora tribe, who is now engaged in com-
Throughout all
these manuscripts, which are in the library of

clude it in its series of publications.

pleting her unfinished work.

the Bureau of Ethnology, the Bureau alphabet,
with a few modifications, has been used.

See Gatschet (A. S.).

These words following
a title or included within parentheses after a
note indieate that a copy of the work referred
to was seen by the compiler in the library of
that institution, Washington, D. C.

158

Songs:
Cherokee.
Cherokee.
Cherokee.

See Baker (7.).
Cherokee.

Satterlee (W.).

Cherokee. Mitehill (8. L.).
Cherokee. Poetry.

Huron. Sagard (G.).
Iroquois. Baker (T.).
Troquois. Pyrleus (J. C.).
Troquois. Smith (i. A.).

[Sparks (Jared).] [Review of] Journal
of a tour around Hawaii, the largest
of the Sandwich Islands. By a deputa-
tion from the mission in those islands.

In North American Review, vol. 22, pp. 334-
364, Boston, 1826, 8°.

Contains, in a note on pp. 359-360, a few
specimens of Mohawk and New England Indian
words.

Spelling book:

Cherokee. See Buttrick (D.8.) and
Brown (D.).
Cherokee. Wottord (J. D.).
Troquois. Williams (E.).
Seneca. Hyde (J. B.).
Seneca. Seneca.
Seneca. Wright (A.).
Tuskarora. Crane (J.C.).

Spencer (/tev. Elihu). [Letter on the
language of the Five Nations. ]

In Smith (W.), History of the Province of
New York, pp. 39-40, London, 1757, 4°,

General remarks and the Lord’s prayer in
the language of the Five Nations.

Leprinted in the various editions of Smith’s
History; also in Barber (J. W.), History and
antiquities of New England, New York, and
New Jersey, pp. 90-91, Worcester, 1841, 8° (Con-
gress, British Museum), and subsequent edi-
tions. The Lord’s prayer reprinted in Valen-
tine (D. T.), History of the City of New York,
p.17, New York, 1853, 8°. (Congress, Eames.)

“Rey. Elihu Spencer was born at East Had-
dam, Conn., Feb. 12, 1721. He graduated at
Yale College in 1746, and commencd the study
of the Indian language, with the intention of
undertaking a mission among the Six Nations.
It is particularly recorded of him that he formed
a largeand accurate vocabulary of the language
of the Oneida tribe, which was deemed of great
value. He spent some months in actual mis-

sionary labor in the western part of the Proy-
ince of New York, and was ordained to the
work of the ministry in 1748. He did not con-
tinue in the Indian mission, however, but re-
moved to New Jersey in 1750. He died at
Trenton, N. J., Dec, 27, 1784, in the 64th year of
his age.”’—Sprague.

; ay care Re as
Squier (Ephraim George).

Co:

See Sabin

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

Hermann (R.L.) and |

THE

| Stevens (Henry). Historical nuggets |
[Design] | Bibliotheca Americana or a
| descriptive account of my | collee-
| tion of rare | books relating | to Amer-
ica | [Design] | Henry Stevens GMB
FSA | [Two lines quotation] |

London | printed by Whittingham
and Wilkins | Tooks court Chancery
lane | MDCCCLXII [1862]

2 vols.: Half title verso blank 1 1. title verso
blank 1 1. pp. v-xii, 1-436; half title verso blank
1L. title verso blank 1 1. pp. 437-805, 12°.—'Titles
of works containing Iroquois linguistic ma-

terial passim.
Copics seen: Congress, Pilling.

Stickney (B.F.).
| andots.
Manuscript, 2311. folio, in possession of Dr, J.
G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J. It contains a vo-
cabulary and grammatic notices.

Strale (Frederick A.). The Lord’s Prayer.
Matt. Ch. VI. vv 9-13 | In upwards of
Fifty different Languages, arranged
mostly geographically according | to
Fr.& Adelung’s View.

New York Sept." 1841. Compiled by
F, A. Strale. | Lith. of Endicott 22
John Street.

Broadside, 25} by 193 inches. Contains among
others the Lord’s prayer in Cherokee.

Language of the Wy-

Copies seen: Powell.
| Street (Alfred billings). Frontenac: | or
| The Atotarho of the Iroquois. | A met-
rical romance | by Alfred B. Street. |
From Bentley’s London Edition. |

New York: | Baker and Scribner, |
145 Nassau street and 36 Park row. |
1849.

Half title 11. frontispiece 11. title 1 1. pp. v-
xii, 1-824, 6°.

Foot-notes passim and the ‘‘ Notes”? on pp-
281-324 give meanings of many Lroquois terms,

mostly Onondahgah, but also a few Huron,
Seneca, Cayuga, Oneida, and Mohawk.
Copies seen: Congress.

Strong (Nathaniel), jr.
A.).

Stuart (Rev. John). [New Testament in
the Mohawk language. | (a)
“The Rev. John Stuart was born at Harris-
burg, Pa., Feb. 24, 1740, and died at Kings-
ton, U.C., Aug. 15,1811. He was ordained in
England, returned to Philadelphia about 1770,
and for seven years officiated as a missionary
among the Indians of the Mobawk Valley. For
them he mide a translation of the New Testa-

See Smith (kh.

ment into the Mohawk language.”’—Drake.

IROQUOIAN

Stuart (J.)— Continued.
According to Rev. Wm. Beauchamp in the
Church Eclectic, vol. 9, p. 432, Utica, 1881, Mr.

LANGUAGES. 159

| Swiss — Continued.

Stuart was largely instrumental in the prepa- |

ration of the Book of Common Prayer in Mo-
hawk, London, 1787.

— See Book of Common Prayer.

Sunalei Akvlvgi. See Wofford (J.D.).
Susquehanna. See Minqua.
Swimmer. See Cherokee.

— See Mooney (J.).

Swiss. The Swiss peasant. | By Rev.
Cesar Malan, of Geneva. | [Two lines
Cherokee characters. ] | The one thing
needful. | [One line Cherokee charac-
ters. | |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: | Edwin
Archer, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ] | 1848.

dhe

Taiorhensere, pseud. See Mathevet (J.
Ge).

Tehoronhiatte, pseud. See Marcoux
(EEX)

Teieriwakwatta onkwe-onweneha. See
Onasakenrat (J.).

Temperance Song for the Fourth.
[and] Temperance Song,

1 sheet, 4°; in two columns, in the Seneca lan-
guage.

Copies seen: American Board of Commission-
ers.

Terlaye (Pere Frangois Auguste Magon
de). [Sacred history: in the Mohawk
language. ]

Manuscript, without title-page, pp. 1-568,
folio, in the archives of the Roman Catholic
church at Caughnawaga, Canada.

[Histoire du peuple de Dieu.] — (*)
Manuscript, 2 vols. 600 and 541 pp. 4°, in the
Mohawk language; in the archives of the Cath-
olic church at the Mission of Lac des Deux
Montagnes, Canada. The work is not divided
into chapters, but is written continuously. It
is beautifully written and weil preserved. The
following notice appears at the beginning of the
first volume:

“Avis de l'annotateur. Le présent ouvrage
a été composé par M. Vabbé Francois Auguste
Magon de Terlaye, missionnaire d’abord a Soe-
katsi, 1754-1760, et ensuite au Lac des Deux
Montagnes jusqu’a sa mort, arrivée le 17 mai
1777.

“TL’auteur a suivi en l’abrégeant le P. Ber-
ruyer, et quoique, dans sa traduction, ila évité

Title p. 1, text pp. 2-24, 24°, in Cherokee char-
acters. The first article occupies pp. 2-16; the
second, pp. 16-24.

Copies seen: American Board of Commission-
ers, Powell, Shea.

| Sylvester (Nathaniel Bartlett). Histo-

rical sketches |of Northern New York |
and the | Adirondack wilderness: | in-
cluding | traditions of the Indians,
early explorers, | pioneer settlers, her-
mit hunters, &c. | By | Nathaniel Bart-
lett Sylvester, | of the Troy bar. |
[ Quotation, ten lines. ] |

Troy, N.Y.: | William H. Young. |
1877.

3 p. ll. pp. ili-viii, 9-316, 8°.—Indian names of
the several nations of the league (from Morgan),
p. 19.—Numerous Indian names of places, with
significations, passim.

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.

| Terlaye (I. A. M. de)—Continued.

les défauts si justement reprochés au célébre
Jesuite, son ouvrage laisse toutetois beaucoup a
désirer et aurait besoin d’étre entiérement re-
fondu, avant d’étre mis 2 la lumiére.

“Certains traits, par exemple, l’admirable
chasteté du Patriarche Joseph qui aurait pu et
du étre racontée dans tous les détails marques
dans la St* Keriture, sont & peine indiqués,
tandis que d’autres, qui auraient dtiétre écartés
enti¢ren ent, se trouvent rapportés dans leurs
plus menues circonstances. II parait bien que
le traducteur a vu aprés coup.

“M. J.C. Mathevet a été plus heureux dans
la petite bible algonquine. Il s'est attaché
uniquement aux traits principaux de |’ Histoire
Sainte; les aracontés dans un style irréprocha-
ble et lesaaccompagnés des réflections les plus

judicieuses. Ainsi a-t-on cru devoir la faire

imprimer. La 1 partie, contenant l'historique
de l’ Ancien Testament, a paru en 1859 et la 24,
renfermant la concordance des Evangélistes,
avec un court précis des Actes des Apotres, en
1861.

“En revenant a M. de Terlaye nousajouterons
qu’une copie de son ouvrage, tout entiére de sa
propre main, a été donnée dans les derniéres
années & la Mission du Sault St Louis. I] man-
quait a celle-ci les 40 premiéres pages égarées
depuis la mort de auteur, on ne sait comment;
nous les avons transcrites de la 1'¢ copie en les
accompagnant de diverses notes, qui, nous espé-
rons, pourront étre de quelque utilité aux nou-
veauXx missionnaires.”’

—— Sermons | de | M. Ang. Magon de

Terlaye. G4
Manuscript, in quarto, preserved in the ar-
chives of the Catholic church at the mission at

160

Terlaye (I. A. M. de)—Continued.

Lac des Deux Montagnes, Canada. It is a
bound volume, containing the following sermons
in the Mohawk language, each paged sepa-
rately :

Sur le pater, 75 pp.—Second sermon, 8 pp.—
Third sermon, 18 pp.—Thi:d sermon, dated
1782, 42 pp.— Fifth sermon, 13 pp.—Sixth ser-
mon, 18 pp.—Sermon sur la priére traduit de
mon sermon francais et fini le 10 fév. 1769, 19
pp-—The next bears the dates 1776, 1814,
1830, and contains 7 pp.—No. 13, dated 1774,
1779, 5 pp.—1776, 13 pp., followed by one of 11
pp. and another of 10 pp.—No. 17, Immaculéo
Conception, 1778, 1779, 1813, 7 pp. followed by
one of 8 pp.—No. 19, 7 pp.—No. 20, 7 pp. —Ser-
mon sur l’assomption traduit de mon sujet
@Moraison francais, fini le avril 1769, 9 pp.—
No. 22,15 pp.—No. 23, 8 pp.—No. 24, 8 pp.—

No, 25, 8 pp.—No. 27, 8 pp.—No. 28, 6 pp.—
No. 29, 12 pp.—No. 30, 9 pp.—No. 31, 6 pp.—
No. 34, 8 pp.—No. 35, 8 pp.—No. 36, 7 pp.

Sermons et Instructions Iroquois, par
M. Magon de Terlaye, Ancien Missio-
naire du Lac des Deux Montagnes. (*)

Manuscript, in quarto, in the archives of the
Catholie church at the above mission, consist-
ing of the following subjects :

Pater.

Priére.

Suite du pater.

Cananéan.

Passion (3 discours).

Resurrection (3 discours).

Ascension (3 discours).

St. Sacrement.

Sur la priere.

Dans loctave du St. Sacrement.

Immaculée Conception (2 discours).

Compassion de la Ste. V.

Assomption (2 discours).

Nativité de la Ste. V.

Exalt. de la Ste X.

Annonciation (2 discours).

Presentation de la Ste V.

Purification (3 discours).

Trinité.

Pentecote.

Ascension,

Dispersion des apotres.

Dédicace (2 discours).

St. Jean B.

St. Pierre.

Toussaints (2 discours).

St. Louis.

St. Laurent.

Impureteé.

Noél.

Médisance (2 discours).

Seandale.

Jugement téméraire.

Colére.

Parole de Dieu.

Coleére.

Orgueil,

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

Teyoninhokarawen.

Teza (Emilio).

THE

Terlaye (I. A. M. de)—Continued.

Enfant prodigue.

La pécheresse,

Pénitence (4 discours).

Souffrance.

Amour de Dieu.

Aumone.

Aversion pour le monde.

Pardon dos injures.

Mort des pécheurs.

Mort des justes.

Mort (2 discours).

Mépris du monde.

Jugement dernier.

Enter.

Sur la conscience.

Ciel.

Pensés du ciel.

Chant de Véglise.

Parole de Dieu.

Amour de Dieu.

Amour du prochain.

Etat du pécheur.

Formal du prone.

The tities and descriptions of the above man-
uscripts by Terlaye, except the first, were fur-
nished by the late Mrs. Erminuie A. Smith, who
saw them during the fall of 1882 while prose-
cuting linguistic studies at the mission.

Pére I’. A.M.de Terlaye, priest of St. Sulpice,
was born at St. Malo, in France, July 24, 1724,
came to Canada September 15, 1754, and was
ordained priest May 24,1755. From 1754 to 1760
be was a missionary at La Galette, and from
the latter date until his death, May 17, 1777, at
Lae des Deux Montagnes, where he is buried.
Tn addition to the above, he has, according to
Cuoq, written on the conjugation of the Mo-
hawk verbs and made a literal- translation of
the Mohawk catechisin.

Wext:

See Doctrines.
Moouey (J.).

Cherokee.
Cherokee.

Cherokee. Worcester (S. A.).
Iroquois. Williams (.).
Mohawk. Giien (H.).
Mohawk. Hales @He):
Mohawk. Marcoux (J.).
Mohawk. Mohawk.
Mohawk. Norton (J.).
Mohawk. Terlaye (IF. A. M. de).
Onondaga. Onondaga.
Sencea. Wright (A.).
Teyeriwakowaia. See Alvis (W.).

See Norton (J.).
Sagei inediti di lingue
americane appunti bibliografie: di kK.
Teza.

In Universita ‘Toscane, Annali, vol. 10, part
1, pp. 117-143, Pisa, 1868, 4°.

From a manuscript of the Cardinal Mezzo-
fanti, mainly devoted to South American lan-
guages. <A brief discussion and a few examples
of Algonkin and Iroquois, pp. 118-120.

IROQUOIAN

Teza (E.)—Continued.

Issued separately, with an appendix, as fol-
lows:
Saggi inediti | di | lingue ameri-
cane | appunti bibliografici | di | E. Te-
za |

In Pisa | dalla tipografia Nistri | Pre-

miata all’ Esposiz. Univ. di Parigi del

1867 | MDCCCLXVIII [1868]

Printed cover, half-title 1]. title 1]. pp. 5-91,
11. 8°. Only 70 copies printed ‘‘e non sono in
commercio.’’—Linguistics as above, pp. 14-22.

Copies seen: British Museum, Eames, Pow-
ell, Trumbull. :

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2091, 25 fr.

Tharonhiakanere, pseud. See Marcoux
Gey
Thayer (fev. William A.). [Coilection of
hymns in the Seneca language. } (C3)
‘Two small collections of hymns in the Sen-
eca language have recently been published:
one by the Rey. T.S. Harris, missionary at Sen-
eca, and the other by Mr. Thayer, the teacher |
at Cattaraugus, aided by interpreters.” —Mis-
sionary Herald for 1829, vol. 25, p. 365.

Thomas (fev. Cornelius). See Smith |
(i. A.).
Torrey (lev. C. C.). Terms of relation-
ship of the Cherokee, (Tsalokee,) col-
lected by Rev. C. C. Torrey, mission-
ary, Park Hill, Tahlequah, Cherokee
Nation.

In Morgan (L. H.), Systems of consanguin-
ity and affinity of the human family, pp. 293-
382 (lines 32), Washington, 1871, 4°.

pbract,:
Cherokee. See Bob.
Cherokee. Boudinot (£.).
Cherokee. — . Cherokee.
Cherokee. Dairyman.
Cherokee. Evil.
Cherokee. Hitehcock (A.).
Cherokee. Miscellaneous.
Cherokee. Negro.
Cherokee. Select.
Cherokee. Sermon.
Cherokee. Swiss.
Cherokee. Treatise.
Troquois. Another Tongue.
Troquois. Williams (£.).
Mohawk. Marcoux (J.),
Seneca. Harris’. (I. -S:)) and
Young (J.).
Seneca. Hyde (J. B.).
Seneca. Temperance.
Seneca. Wright (A.).

Treaties | between the | United States
of America | and the several | Indian
tribes, | from 1778 to 1837: | with | a |
copious table of contents | Compiled

IROQ: 11

|

LANGUAGES. 161

Treaties—Continued.
and printed by the direction, and under
thesupervision, | of the | Commissioner
of Indian Affairs. |
Washington, D. C. | published by

sangtree and O’Sullivan. | 1837,

Title verso blank 11. pp. v-Ixxxiii, 1-699,
8°,

Copies seen: British Museum, Bureau of Eth-
nology, Congress.

Issued, also, with title as follows:

Treaties | between the | United States
of America, | and the several | Indian
Tribes, | from 1778 to 1837: | with | a
copious table of contents. | New Edi-
tion, | carefully compared with the
originals in the Department of State. |
Compiled and printed by the direction,
and under the supervision, | of ‘the |
Commissioner of Indian Affairs. |

Washington, D. C. | Published by
Langtree and O’Sullivan. | 1837,

Title 11. preface 11. contents pp. v-lxxxiii,
text pp. 1-699, 8°. Contains names of Indian
chiefs, with English signification, of the Cher-
okee, pp. 10-11, 37-88, 40, 123, 125, 136; of the
Six Nations, pp. 21-22, 51-52; of the Wyandot,
pp. 156, 175.

Copies seen: Powell.

See, also, Indian Treaties.

Treatise. A treatise on marriage.

[Park Hill: 1843 ? ]

No title-page, heading as above; pp. 1-20, 249;
in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Congress.
Trevezant (James), See Gallatin (A.).
Tribal names:

Troquois. See Henderson (J. G.).
Mohawk. Gatschet (A.S.).
Tribner (Nicolas). SeeLudewig(H. E.).
Triibner & Co. A catalogue | of | an
extensive collection | of | valuable new
and second-hand books, | English and
foreign, | in | antiquities, architecture,
books of prints, history, | natural his-
tory, and every other branch of ancient
| and ‘modern literature,but more par-
ticularly rich in | books on languages,
on bibliography and on | North and
South America. | On sale at the low
prices aftixed | by | Triibner & co., |

60, Paternoster Row, London.

Colophon: Printed by F. A. Brock-
haus, Leipzig. [1856. ]

Printed cover as above, pp. 1-159, 8°.—‘' Lin-
guistics,”’ pp. 32-86, contains titles of a few Iro-
quoian works.

Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology.

162

Triibner & Co.— Continued.
— A | catalogue | of | dictionaries and

grammars | of the | Principal Languages
and Dialects | of the World. | For sale
by | Triibner & co. |

London: | Triibner & co., 8
Paternoster row. | 1872.

Printed cover as above, title as above verso
printers 1 1. notice reverse blank 1 1. text pp.
1-64, 2 11. 8°.—Contains a few titles of Iroquoian
works. ‘

Copies seen: Pilling.

& 60

-— Triibner’s | catalogue | of | dietion-

aries and grammars | of the | Principal
Languages and Dialects of the World. |
Second edition, | considerably enlarged
and revised, with an alphabetical in-
dex. | A guide for studerts and book-
sellers. | [Monogram. ] |

London: | Triibner & co., 57 and 59,
Ludgate hill. | 1882,

Title as above 11. pp. iii-viii, 1-170, 8°.—Con.
tains a few titles of Iroquoian works.

Copies seen: Eames, Pilling.

Trumbull: This word following a title or within

Trumbull (Dr. J. Hammond).

L

—— See Gray (A.) and Trumbull (J. H.).
Tsiatak

parentheses after a note indicates that a copy
of the work referred to was seen by the com-
piler in the library of Dr. J. Hammond Trum-
bull, Hartford, Conn.

Indian
languages of America,

In Johnson’s New Universal Cyclopedia, vol.
2, pp. 1155-1161, New York, 1877, 8°.

A general discussion of the subject, including
examples from several Algonkin dialects, the
Dakota, and incidental mention of the Iroquois
and Cherokee.

] Catalogue | of the | American Li-
brary | of the late | Mr. George Brin-
ley, | of Hartford, Conn. | Part I. |
America in general | New France
Canada ete. | the British Colonies to
1776 | New England | [-Part IV. |
Psalms and hymns musie science and
arts | &c. ten lines. ] |

Hartford | Press of the Case Lock-
wood & Brainard Company | 1878
[-1886 ]

4 parts, 8°. Compiled by Dr. J. WH. Trumbull.
The fifth and last part is in preparation.

Works in the Iroquois language, pt. 3, pp. 134-
139.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

| Turner (William Wadden).

OF THE

.

Turkey (Joseph P.). See Sanborn (J.W.)

and Turkey (J. P.).

—— See Wright (A.).
Turner (O.).

Pioneer history | of the |

Holland purchase | of | western New
York: | embracing | some account of
the ancient remains; | a brief history
of | our immediate predecessors, the
confederated Iroquois, their system | of
government, wars, etc.—A synopsis of
colonial history: | some notices of the
border wars of the revolution: | and a
history of | pioneer settlement | under
the auspices of the Holland company ; |
including | reminiscences of the war of
1812; | the origin, progress and comple-
tion of the | Erie canal, | etc. ete. ete. |

3y O. Turner. |

Buffalo: | published by Jewett,
Thomas & co.: | Geo. H. Derby & co. |
1850.

Frontispiece, title reverse copyright &c.11.
dedication reverse blank 1]. pp.v-xvi, 7-670, 8°.—
Names of the several degrees of relationship-
recognized among the Hodénosaunee, in the
language of the Seneca (13 words), p. 56, foot-
note.

Copies seen: Congress.

See Lude-
wig (H. E.).

Tuskarora:

See Hewitt (J. N. B.).
Smith (. A.).

Dictionary.
Dictionary.

Copies seen: Eames, Pilling.

nihonon8entsiake. See Cuog |

(Joel):

|
Tsvlvki Sqelvely. See Buttrick(D.S8.) |

and Brown (D.).

General discussion. Oronhbyatekha,
Geographic names. Morgan (L. H.).
Grammatic comments. Hale (H.).

Grammatic treatise.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Proper names,
Proper names.
Proper names.
Relationships.
Remarks.
Spelling book.
Vocabulary.

Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.

Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.

Smith (E. A.).
Cusick (D.).
Hervas (L.).
Oronhyatekha.
Rand (S. T.).
Smet (P. J. de).
Wilson (D.).
Case.

Catlin (G.).
Great.

Morgan (L. H.).
Balbi (A.).

Crane (J.C.). 4
Adelung (J. C.) and
Vater (J.S.).

Balbi (A.).
Sarton (B.S.).
Brickell (J.).
Catlin (G.).
Chew (W.).
Delafield (J.)
Lakey (J.).
Domenech (E.).
Gallatin (A.).
Jones (Peter).
Latham (R. G.).

and

IROQUOIAN

Tuskarora— Continued.

Lawson (J.).
Prichard (J.C.).
Rand (S. T.).

Voeabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.

Vocabulary. Smith (E. A.).
Vocabulary. Smet (P. J. de).
Words. Beauchamp (W.M.).
Words. Chamberlain (A.F.).
Words. Frost (J.).

Words. Hewitt (J. N. B.).

Uméry (J.).
dans les idiomes de tous les peuples.

In Revue Orientale et Américaine, vol. 8, pp.
335-338, Paris, 1863, 8°.

Vail (Eugene A.). Notice | sur | les In-

diens | de ?Amérique du nord, | ornée |

de quatre portraits coloriés, dessinés
@aprés | nature, et dune carte, | par |
Eugene A. Vail, | Citoyen des Etats-
Unis @Amérique, membre de plusieurs
sociétés savantes. |

Paris, | Arthus Bertrand, éditeur, |
libraire de la Société de Géographie et

de la Société Royale des Antiquaires du |

nord, | rue Hautefeuille, 23. | 1840.
Pp. 1-246, maps, plates, 89.—Des langues in-

diennes, pp. 40-58, contains the Lord’s prayer

in Cherokee.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenwum, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress, Eames, Harvard, Shea,
Watkinson.

At the Fisher sale Quaritch bought a copy,
7s.6d.; at the Field sale, No. 2416, it brought
$1.25; at the Squier sale, No. 1456, $1.62; at the
Brinley sale, No. 5469, $2.50; at the Pinart sale,
No. 916, 1 fr. 50¢. Priced by Quaritch, No. 30031,
6s.

Vallancey (Charles), editor. Collectanea
| de | Rebus Hibernicis. | [Vol. I-V.]
| Published from | original manu-

scripts, | by | Lieut. Col. Charles Val-

lancey, | Soc. Antiq. Hib. Soe. |

Dublin: | Printed by R. Marchbank,
Castle-street, | printer to the Antiqua-
rian Society. | [M, DCC, LXXIV-M,
DCC, XC (1774-1790). ]

5 vols. vols. 3 and 4 having 2 parts each, 8°.
Title from vol. 2, the copy of vol. 1 seen having
no general title. The earlier date is taken from
the title-page of article No. I of vol. 1.—Table

LANGUAGES.

U.

v.

163

' Tuskarora— Continued.

Words. Latham (R.G.).
Words. Lesley (J. P.).
Words. McIntosh (J.).
Words. Schomburgk (R‘H.).
Words. Smet (P.J. de).
Words. Smith (E. A.).
Words. Uméry (J.).

Words. Vater (J.S.).
Words. Warden (D. B.).

Sur Videntité du mot mére | Uméry (J.)—Continued.

Contains the word for mother in Huron and
Tuscarora.

| Vann (James §.), editor. See Cherokee

No. 1702, for 1s.; another copy, No. 2871, sold for |

III, names of numbers of some of the Indians |
of America, contains numerals 1-1000 of the |

Mohawks, Oneydoes, Onandagas, Cayugas,

Seneckas, Wanats, Shawanese, Delawares, Ca-

ribbeans, and Galibis or Cayennes, vol. 3, p. 577.
Copies seen: Congress.

Vater (Dr. Johann Severin).

Advocate.

Untersu-
chungen | iiber | Amerika’s Bevélke-
rung | aus dem | alten Kontinente |
dem | Herrn Kammerherrn | Alexander
von Humboldt | gewidmet | von | Jo-
hann Severin Vater | Professor und
Bibliothekar. |

Leipzig, | bei Friedrich Christian
Wilhelm Vogel. | 1810.

Pp. i-xii, 1-212, 12°.—A. few words in the
Tuscarora, Onondago, Seneca, Cheerakee, pp.
47-55; Huron, p.174; Huron, Wyandot, Cnon-
dago, pp. 195-203.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Harvard, Watkinson.

At the Fischer sale, No. 2879, a copy was
bought by Quaritch for 1s. 6d.

—— Linguarum totius orbis | Index |

alphabeticus, | quarum | Graminaticae,
Lexica, | collectiones vocabuiorum |
recensentur, | patria significatur, his-
toria adumbratur | a | Joanne Severino
Jatero, | Theol. Doct. et Profess. Biblio-
theeario Reg., Ord. | S. Wladimiri
equite. |

Berolini | In officina libraria Fr.
Nicolai. | MDCCCXYV [1815].

Second title: Litteratur | der | Grammatiken,
Lexica | und | Wortersammlungen | aller
Sprachen der Erde | nach | alphabetischer Ord-
nung der Sprachen, | mit einer | gedringten
Uebersicht | des Vaterlandes, der Schicksate |
und Verwandtschaft derselben | von | Dr.
Johann Severin Vater, | Professor und Bibli-
othekar zu Koénigsberg des S. Wladimir- | Or-
dens Ritter. |

3erlin | in der Nicolaischen Buchhandlung.
| 1815,

164

Vater (J.S.)— Continued.

Latin title verso 1. 1, German title recto 1. 2
verso blank, dedications 2 ll. preface pp. i-iv,
half-title 11. text pp. 3-259, 8°. Alphabetically
arranged by families, double columns, German
and Latin.—Notices of works in Cayuga, p. 40;
Cheerake, p. 42; Cochnewagoes, p. 50; Iroke-
sen, pp. 104-105; Mohawk, p.155; Tuscarora,
p. 246.

Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology.

A later edition in German as follows:

—— Litteratur | der | Grammatiken, Lex-
ika | und | Woértersammlungen | aller

Sprachen der Erde | von | Johann Se- | — Les langues américaines.

verin Vater. | Zweite, v6llig umgear- |
2 c=] oD

beitete Ausgabe | von | B. Jiilg. |

Berlin, 1847. | In der Nicolaischen
Buchhandlung.

Pp. i-xii, 1-592, 2 ll. 8°; arranged alphabeti-
cally by languages, with family and author in-
dexes.—List of worksin Hochelaga, pp.'168, 494;
Huron, pp. 173, 495; Kayugas, pp. 201, 503;
Mohawk, pp. 255, 520; Myncquesar (‘‘ Mohawk-

Stamme’’), p. 261; Oneida and Onondaga, pp. |
ga, py

268, 528; Tuscarora, pp. 422-423.
Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Harvard.

Atthe Fischer sale, a copy, No. 1710, sold |

for Is.
Proben { Deutscher | Volks-Mundar-
ten, | Dr. Seetzen’s linguistischer Nach-
lass, | und andere | Sprach-Forschungen
und Samimlungen, | besonders iiber |
Ostindien, | herausgegeben | von | Dr.
Johann Severin Vater. |

Leipzig, 1816. | Bei Gerhard Fleischer
dem Jiingern.

Pp. i-xiv, 1-882, 211. 8°.—Worter der Myn-
quessar (387 words, and numerals 1-104 in Mo-
hawk, Oneida, and Huron), pp. 381-382.

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- |

gress, Watkinson.

See Adelung (J.C.) and Vater(J.S.).

Verreau: This word following a title or included

within parentheses following a note indicates
that a copy of the work referred to was seen in
the library of Abbé H. A. Verreau, principal
of the Jacques Cartier School, Montreal, Can-
ada.

Vie de Catherine TekakSita. See Mar-
coux (J.).
Vinson (Elie Honoré Julien). La langue
basque et les langues américaines.

In Congrés Int. des Américanistes, Compte-

rendu, first session, vol. 2, pp. 46-80, Nancy et
Paris, 1875, 8°.

Analyse sommaire du basque et des langues |
s . . , ¢ 7 |
américaines en général (pp. 60-74) includes a

comparative vocabulary of the Lénapé, Algon-
quin, Cri, Iroquois, and Basque, pp. 70-73.
Issued separately as follows;

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Vinson (E. H. J.)—Continued.
Le Basque | et les | Langues Améri-
caines | Etude Comparative | Lue au
Congres des Américanistes | a Nancy |
le 23 Juillet 1875 | par | Julien Vinson |
Correspondant de ’Académie de Sta-
nislas { [Vignette] |

Paris | Maisonneuve et Ci, Libraires-
Kditeurs | 15, Quai Voltaire, 15 |
M DCCC LXXVI [1876]

Pp. 1-39, §°.—Comparative vocabulary, p. 32.
Copies seen: Astor.

In Hovelacque (A.) and Vinson (E£. H. J.),
Etudes de linguistique et d’ethnographie, pp.
143-160, Paris, 1878, 16°. (Bureau of Ethnol-
oxy.) Extracted from the République frangaise
of April 2, 1875.

Contains general remarks on the Algonkin,
Troquois, and Greenland languages, on the
Algonkin and Iroquois alphabets, grammatic
forms, syntax, and numerals.

Vocabulary:

Cayuga. See Adelung (J. C.) and
Vater (J.5S.).
Cayuga. Balbi (A.).
Cayuga. Barton (B.S.).
Cayuga. Domenech (E.).
Cayuga. Elliot (A.).
Cayuga. Gallatin (A.).
Cayuga. Investigator.
Cayuga. Jones (Peter).
Cayuga. Latham (R.G.).
Cayuga. Smith (EK. A.).
Cherokee. Adelung (J. C.) and
Vater (J.S.).
Cherokee. American Society.
Cherokee. Balbi (A.).
Cherokee. Barton (B.58.).
Cherokee. Bringier (L.).
Cherokee. Campbell (Judge —).
Cherokee. Castiglioni (L.).
Cherokee. Cherokee.
Cherokee. Domenech (E.).
Cherokee. Gallatin (A.).
Cherokee. Gatschet (A.S.).
Cherokee. Hawkins (B.).
Cherokee. Haywood (J.).
Cherokee. Hester (J. G.).
Cherokee. Jones (J. B.).
Cherokee. Latham (R. G.).
Cherokee. Mooney (J.).
Cherokee. Morgan (L. H.).
Cherokee. O'Callaghan (E. B.).
Cherokee. Preston (W.).
Cherokee. Say (T.).
Cherokee. Sayce (A. H.).
Cherokee. Schoolcraft (IH. R.).
Hochelaga. Adelung (J. C.) and
Vater (J.S.).
Hochelaga. Cartier (J.).
Hochelaga. Gallatin (A.).
Hochelaga. Hale (H.).

Hochelaga. Laet (J. de),

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES. 165

Vocabulary — Continued. | Vocabulary — Continued.

Hochelaga. Wilson (D.). Onondaga. Balbi (A.).
Huron. Balbi (A.). : Onondaga. Barton (B.S.).
Huron. Cartier (J.). Onondaga. Beauchamp (W. M.).
Huron. Gallatin (A.). Onondaga. Domenech (E.).
Huron. Gilij (F.5.). Onondaga. Duponceau (P.8.).
Huron. Gladstone (T. H.). Onondaga. Gallatin (A.).
Huron. House (J.). Onondaga. Jones (Peter).
Huron. Laet (J. de). Onondaga. Latham (R.G.).
Huron. Potier (P.). Onondaga. Le Fort (A.).
Troquois. Adam (L.). Onondaga. Pyrleus (J.C.).
Troquois. Adelung (J. C.) and Onondaga. Smith (D.).

Vater (J.S.). ; - Onondaga, Smith (E. A.).
Troquois. Besson (J.P. D.). Seneca. Adelung (J.C.) and
Iroquois. Campbell (J.). Vater (J.S.).
Troquois. Hathaway (B.). | Seneca. American Society.
Troquois. House (J.). Seneca. Balbi (A.).
Troquois. Johnson (A. C.). Seneca. Barton (B.3.).
Iroquois. Long (J.). Seneca. Chamberlain (A. F.).
Troquois. Loskiel (G. H.). Seneca. Gallatin (A.).
Iroquois. Macauley (J.). _ Seneca. Investigator.
Troquois. O'Callaghan (E. B.). Seneca. : Jackson (H.).
Troquois. Prichard (J. C.). Seneea. Jones (Peter).
Troquois. Schooleraft (H. S.). Seneca. Latham (R. G.)
Troquois. Vinson (B. H. J.). Seneca. Parker (E.S.).
Troquois. Vocabulary. Seneca. Rand (S. T.).
Minqua. Adelung (J. C.) and Seneca. Remarks.

Vater (J.S.). Seneca. Short.
Minqua. Campanius (J.). Seneca. Smith (E. A.).
Mohawk. Adelung (J. C.) ana | Tuskarora. Adelung (J.C.) and

Vater (J.58.). | Vater (J.S.).
Mohawk. Balbi (A.). Tuskarora. Balbi (A.).
Mohawk. Barton (B.8.). Tuskarora. Barton (B.S.).
Mohawk. Beauchamp (W. M.). | Tuskarora. Brickell (J.).
Mohawk. Domenech (E.). Tuskarora. Catlin (G.).
Mohawk. Elliot (A.). Tuskarora. Chew (W.).
Mohawk. Ettwein (J.). Tuskarora. Delafield (J.) and
Mohawk. Gallatin (A.). Lakey (J.).
Mohawk. Gatschet (A.5.). | Tuskarora. Domenech (E.).
Mohawk. Hale (H.). | Tuskarora. Gallatin (A.).
Mohawk. House (J.). Tuskarora. Jones (Peter).
Mohawk. Jéhan (L. F.). Tuskarora. Latham (R. G.).
Mohawk. Jones (Peter). | Tuskarora. Lawson (J.).
Mohawk. Laet (J. de). | Tuskarora. Prichard (J.'C.).
Mohawk. Latham (R. G.). Tuskarora. Rand (S. T.).
Mohawk. rand (S. T.). Tuskarora. Smet (P.J. de).
Mohawk. Ruttenber (E. M.). Tuskarora. Smith (E. A.).
Mohawk. Schooleraft (H. R.). Wyandot. Adelung (J.C.) and
Mohawk. Smith (E. A.). Vater (J.S8.).
Nottoway. Gallatin (A.). | Wyandot. Assall (F. W.).
Nottoway. Latham (R. G.). Wyandot. Balbi (A.).
Oneida. Adelung (J. C.) and | Wyandot. 3arton (B.S.).

Vater (J.S.). | Wvandot. Campbell (J.).
Oneida. Balbi (A.). W yandot. Hale (H.).
Oneida. Barton (B.58.). Wyandot, Johnston (J.).
Oneida. Campanius Holm W vandot. Latham (R. G.).

(A) W yandot. Morgan (L. H.).

Oneida. Domenech (E.). Wyandot. Parsons (S. H.).
Oneida. Gallatin (A.). Wyandot. Pilling (J.C.).
Oneida. Investigator. W yandot. Schoolcraft (H. R.).
Oneida. Jones (Peter). W yandot. Stickney (B. F.).
Oneida. Latham (R. G.). Wyandot. Wilson (D.).
Oneida. Shearman (R. U.). { Wyandot. Wyandot.
aca Se ae Vocabulary of the Iroquois.

Onondaga. Adelung (J.C.) and In Historical Mag. first series, vol. 10, p. 115,
Vater (J.5S.). Boston, 1866, 8°.

166

Wakwi. Sce Mathevet (J.C.).

Walker (William). Numerals of the
Wyandot.

In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 2,
pp. 218-220, Philadelphia, 1852, 4°.

Seventy-five numbers with English signifi-
cations.

Warden (David Baillie). Recherches |
sur les | antiquités de VAmérique |
Septentrionale, | par D. B. Warden, |
membre correspondant de PAcadémie
des sciences de I’Institut | royal, etc.,
ete. | (Ouvrage extrait du 2° volume
des Mémoires de la dite Société. ) |

Paris, | Everat, imprimeur-libraire,

| rue du Cadran, No. 16. | 1827.

Title verso blank 11. text pp. 3-144, 49°.—Pré-
tendue affinité des langues indiennes avec
celles de divers peuples, pp. 112-120, includes a
few words in Huron, Cherokee, Seneca, Tusca-
rora, and Oneida.

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.

— Recherches sur les antiquités des
Etats-Unis de VAmérique Septentri-
onale, par M. Warden,

In Société de Géog. Receuil de voyages et
de mémoires, vol. 2, pp. 372-509, Paris, 1835 4°.

Prétendue afiinité des languesindiennes &c.,
pp. 481-489.

Recherches | sur | les antiquités |

de Amérique du Nord | et de | ?Améri-

que du Sud, ]et sur | la Population
primitive | de ces deux continents, |
par | M. Warden, | Ancien Consul-Gé-
néral [&c. three lines.] | [ Design. ] |
Paris, | Imprimerie et Fonderie nor-
males de Jules Didot V’ainé, | Boule-

vart d’Enfer, No. 4. | 1834,

Pp. 1-224, folio. Forms deuxiéme partie,
deuxiéme division, tome second, Antiquités

américaines, Paris, 1834, 2 vols. folio.—Brief

discussion of the Cherokee alphabet, p. 180.
Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, British Mu-
seum.

Wassenaer (Claes). Historisch verhael
| alder ghedenck-weerdichste geschic-
denissén, | die hier en daer in Europa,
als in Duijtsch-lant, Vranckrijek, |
Enghelant, Spaengien, Hungarijen,
Polen, Seven-berghen, Walla- | chien,
Moldavien, Turckijen en Neder-lant,
ran den beginne | des jaers 1621: tot
den Herfst toe, [-tot Octobri, des jaers
1632] voorgevallen syn. | door Doct.
Claes Wassenaer. | 1622[-1635]. |
t? Amstelredam | Bij Jan Evertss.
Cloppenburgh op’t Water.

Weiser (Conrad).

White (Seneca).

Wilkes (John A.), jr.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Wassenaer (C.)—-Continued.

21 parts in 5 vols. 4°.—Numerals 1-10 in the
Indian [Mohawk and Onondaga] language, pt.
6, 1. 147.

Copies seen: British Museum, Lenox.

There are two different editions of the first
five parts in the Lenox Library, but with the
same engraved titles.

Description and First Settlement of
New Netherland.

In O'Callaghan (E. B.), The documentary
history of the State of New-York, vol. 3, pp.
27-48, Albany, 1850, 8°,

Numerals 1-10in Mohawk and Onondago, p.
33.

Reprinted in O'Callaghan (KE. B.), The
documentary history of the State of New-
York, vol. 3, pp. 19-31, Albany, 1850, 49°.

Linguistics, p. 22.

Watkinson: This word following a title or within

parentheses after a note indicates that a copy
of the work referred to was seen by the com-
piler in the Watkinson library, Hartford,
Conn.

Table of the names of
numbers of several Indian nations.

In Gentleman’s magazine, vol. 26, p. 386,
London, [1756], 8°. (Congress.)

Numerals 1-1000 of the old Five united Na-
tions (the Mohawk in one column, the Oneiders,
Onontagers, Cayiukers, and Sinickers in a
second), the Delawares, Shawanose, and Wa-
nats.

Wheelock (lev. Eleazer). See Morning

and Evening Prayer.
By Seneca White. |
nis hr nea nent. | ho yot duh. | do shoo
wa. | yi nah wrs ken. wrs. skra. wen
nis- | ht da. da ku. skr a. noh da wen
nyer- | a. seh ne use has hen. scot skr
a. |

Printed by Henry L. Ball. | Buffalo,
Ne Ys. |ssu:

Title as above, pp. 2-? 16°. The only copy I
have seen is that belonging to myself, which is
defective, consisting of the first six pages only,
nor have I seen any reference tothe work. The
word ‘‘ken.’’ in the fifth line of the title and the
word ‘‘hen .”’ in the seventh line were printed
witha fourth letter, bit this additional letter has
been erased. Page 2 contains the alphabet (as
in English, except the letters b, f, p, v, 2), fol-
lowed by combinations of letters into syNables
and words of the Seneca language.

Copies seen: Pilling.

See Hess (W.)
and Wiikes (J. A.).

— See Hill (H. A.), Hess (W.), and

Wilkes (J. A.).

IROQGUOIAN LANGUAGES. 167

Wilkes (J. A.) —Continued. Williams (E.)— Continued.

John A. Wilkes, jr., was born in Birming-
ham, England, February 15, 1807. He came
with his parents to Canada in 1820, and in June,
1823, was at the Grand River Ferry (now Brant-
ford). He learned the Mohawk language so as
to speak it well and to read and write it even
better. He died on the 24th of September,
1836.

Wilkins (David). See Chamberlayne
(J.) and Wilkins (D.).

Williams (Rev. Eleazer). Gaiatonsera |
ionteweienstakwa, | ongwe onwe |
gawennontakon. | ‘ Iakonikonrowan-
hastha ne waheienterhane ne gaiaton-
sera.” | A | spelling-book, | inthe |
language | of the seven Iroquois na-
tions. | By Eleazer Williams. |

Plattsburgh: | Printed by F.C. Pow-
ell. | 1813.

Title verso blank 11. preface (signed Etsien-
tha, June 16th, 1813, R. Owarenhiiaki) p. 8,
text pp. 4-24, 16°.

Copies seen: American Antiquarian Society,
Boston Public, Massachusetts Historical So-
ciety, Pilling, Powell, Wisconsin Historical
Society.
Gaiatonsera | ionteweienstagwa |
ongwe onwe | gawennontakon. | [One
line quotation.] | A | spelling book, |
inthe | language | ofthe Seven Iroquois
Nations. | By Eleazer Williauns. |

Utica: | Nonwe natekaristorarakon,

| ue tehoristorarakon ne | William

Williams. | 1820.

Pp. 1-108, 16°.—Alphabet, pp. 5-6 —Words
of one syllable, pp. 7-9.—Lessons I-XI, pp.
9-42.—Prayers, pp. 43-102.—Hymns, pp. 102-
108.

Copies seen: New York Historical Society,
Wisconsin Historical Society.

—— Good news to the Iroquois nation. |
A | tract, | on | man’s primitive recti-
tude, hisfall, and his | recovery through
Jesus Christ. | By Eleazer Williams. |
[Two lines quotation. ] |

Burlington, Vt. | Printed by Samuel
Mills. | January, 1813.

Caption, p.3: TKarihwiio wahotirihotase | ne
| Irokwe naho nonhwentsoten. | Ne Watrori
tsinironnhotenne ne rongwe areko tsihorihwa-
neren, oni tsinaho | iatawen tsiwaharihwane-
rake, oni ne Jesos Geristos tsiwahoiataknnha :
| iken | Saharihwaseronni ne Roniha Raho- |
janerensera, | Skanentgraksenge, | Tegaristar-
agon Samuel Mills. | January, 1813. |

Title verso blank 11. text pp. 3-12, 16°, in the
Troquois language.

Copies seen: American Antiquarian Society,
British Museum, Congress, Powell, Trumbull,
Wisconsin Historical Society.

The Brinley copy, No. 5720, half-morocco,
gilt top, uncut, brought $14.

—— lontatretsiarontha, | ne agwegon |

ahonwanigonrarake, | ne raonha ne |
sopgwaswens. | [Two lines quotation. ]
| A caution | against our | common en-
emy. | Translated, at the request of the
Albany Reli- | gious Tract Society, | by
Eleazer Williams. | [One line quota-
tion. ] |

Albany: | Printed for the Albany
Religious Tract Society, | by Churchill
& Abbey, | No. 95, State-street, five
doors east of the Episcopal Church. |
1815.
Pp. 1-12, 12°, in the Iroquois language.
Copies seen: Boston Public.

fonwennenni | nok | ronwathitha-
rani; | nonentotehaga nahononwentsi-
oten, ne | ratitsihenstatsi ; | ethone Sep-
tember 21, 1810. | Ne Rotati, | ne Samuel
Blatchford, D.D. | Ratsihenstatsi Ga-
nataseke. |

Sganetati, | Nonwe tet-garistorara-
gon; ne ronatennhaon ne Tehatiriware-
| niatha Noriwatokenti, ne tehotiris-
toraragon | ne Churchill nok Abbey. |
1815.

Second title: An | address, | delivered to the |
Oneida Indians, | September 24, 1810. | By Sam-
uel Blatehford, D.D.| Translated, at the Ré-
quest of the Board of Direc-| tors of the
Northern Missionary Society, | by Eleazer
Williams. |

Albany: | printed for the Northern Mission-
ary Society, | by Churchill & Abbey, | No. 95,
State-street, five doors east of the Episcopal
Church. | 1815.

Oneida title recto 1.1 English title verso
1.1, text entirely in the Oneida language pp.
3-16. 12°.

Copies seen: American Antiquarian Society,
Powell.

—— Prayers | for families, j and for | par-

ticular persons, | selected from the
Book of common prayer, | (Translated
into the Language of the Six | Nations
of Indians.) | By Eleazer Williams. |
Catechist, lay-reader and schoolmas-
ter |

Albany: | printed by G. J. Loomis &
co. | Corner of State & Lodge-streets,
opposite | the Episcopal Chureh., | 1816.

168

‘Williams (E.) —Continued.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Williams (i.)—- Continued.

Printed cover as above, no inside title, text
pp. 1-16, 8°, entirely in the Mohawk language.

Copies seen: Eames, Powell.

Priced by Clarke, 1836, No. 6780, 75 cents.
The book of | common prayer, | ac-
cording to the use of the | Protestant
Episcopal Church | in the | United
States of America. | Translated into the
Mohawk or Iroquois language, by the

request | of the domestic committee of

the board of missions of | the Protest-
ant Episcopal Church, | by the | Rev.
Eleazer Williams, V. D. M. | Revised
edition of his former translation. |

New York: | Protestant Episcopal
Tract Society. | Depository No, 20 John
street. | 1853.

Title verso blank 1 1. text (entirely in Mo-
hawk, except the headings, which are some-
times in English), pp. 3-108, 16°.—Order for
morning prayer, pp. 3-32.—Order for evening
prayer, pp. 33-55.—Litany, pp. 56-70.—Psalms
of David, pp. 71-83.—Catechism, pp. 84-98.—
Family prayers, pp. 99-108.

Copies seen: Brinley, Powell.

At the Brinley sale two copies, No. 5717,
black, embossed morocco, red edges, unused,
sold for $3 each. The Murphy copy, No. 2730,
brought 50 cents,

— The book of | common prayer, | ac-
cording to the uss of the | Protestant
Episcopal Church | in the | United
States of America. | Translated into the
Mohawk or Iroquois language, by the

request | of the domestic committee of

the board of missions of | the Protest-
ant Episcopal Church, | by the | Rey.
Eleazer Williams, V. D. M. | Revised
edition of his former translation. |

New York: | H. B. Durand, 11 Bible
House. | 1867.

‘Vitle verso blank 1 1. text (entirely in Mo-
hawk, except a few English headings) pp. 3-101,
16°. The prayers for the Queen’s majesty, and
for the Royal family, and a number of the
English headings are omitted from this edition.

Copies seen: British Museum.

-— The book of | common prayer, | ac-
cording to the use of the | Protestant
piscopal Church | in the | United
States of America. | Translated into the
Mohawk or Iroquois language, by | the
Rev. £leazer Williams, V. D. M. | Sec-
ond edition. | Published for the Indian
commission | of the | Protestant Epis-
copal Church, |

New-York: | T. Whittaker, 2 Bible
House. | 1875,

Title verso blank 1 1. text (entirely in Mo.
hawk, except a few English headings) pp. 3-
101, 16°.

Copies seen: Powell.

“In the United States, Eleazer Williams,
while a catechist at Oneida Castle, N. Y., un-
dertook te revise the former Indian Prayer
Book, under the advice of Bishop Hobart, who
called for offerings for this proposed work in
1815. It was not published, however, until
1837, and then appeared as the compilation of
Solomon Davis, Mr. Wiiliams’ successor. It
was a small, plain book, and copies of it aro
still found among the New York Indians. Rey.
Mr. Williams’ own retranslation, a later work,
was published about 1853, under direction of
sishop Wainwright, and the second [sic] edi-
tion, published in 1875, willserve to illustrate
all.

“Tt differs so much from the others, that at
first sight it seems as hard to finda likeness as
to connect old English with modern. Compare,
for instance, the first clause of the Lord’s
Prayer already given. After a while, however,
old words are recognized with changed faces.
In some of the hymns and anthems, taken di-
rectly from the earlier books, g and d reappear,
but in most of them, as in the service itself,
Mr, Williams’ French tastes have quite altered
spelling and pronunciation. If the question of

the “Lost Dauphin” were now discussed, it

might have some support from this book.

“In this New York edition English does
not appear, except on the title-page; and ail
the oflices translated occupy but 100 pages,
with 38 pages of hymns added. In no edition
is the English given with the hymns, which are
often very sweetly sung in the various Indian
villages in New York and Canada, This Prayer
Book, published by our Indian Commission,
contains the Morning and Evening Prayer,
with the Litany complete, eight Psalms for the
morning and evening of the first day of the
month, ‘the Catechism, and the Family Pray-
ers. If does not compare favorably with the
larger Canada edition [see Nelles (A.) and Hill
(J.)], and has not the educational use belong-
ing to the printing of both languages.

“Ttissaid tobe inthe Mohawk language, but
this must be understood with some reservation.
Although Mr. Williams was brought up as a
Mohawk, he labored mainly for the Oneidas,
and this book was prepared for their use. ‘The
two dialects closely resemble each other, while
differing from those of the remaining nations,
and here scems an attempt to mingle the two,
and even to modify the language. Many words
are alike in these two dialects, and others dif-
fer mainly in the gutturalsounds. Others, still,
differ greatly, but are well understood, because
generally descriptive.

“An experienced missionary tells the writer
that ‘our Prayer Book is the Canada one,
modified by using the Oneida dialect wherever

possible. The Prayer Book and Scripture

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Williams (E.)— Continued.

translations appear to be done without regard
to the rules of grammar, and ..re not well done.
T and d,g and k, yand i, are often used the

one for theother. The Canada book retains the |
guttural sounds of the old Indians ; our book is

Frenchified as much as possible; but both,
where alike, are the same language, except,
perhaps, here and there a word. The transla-
tors have made both books more difficult than
they need to be, through ignorance of both
English and Indian.’ "—Beauchamp.
See Davis (S.). :
— Selections | from the | psalms and
hymns, | according to the use of the |
Protestant Episcopal Church | in the |
United States of America. | Trans-
lated into the Mohawk or Iroquois lan-
guage, by the request | of the Domestic
committee of the board of missions of
| the Protestant Episcopal Church, |
by the | Rev. Eleazer Williams, V. D.
M. | Revised edition ot his former trans-
lation. |
New York: | Protestant Episcopal
Tract Society. | Depository No. 20 John
street. | 1853.
Title verso blank 11. text, entirely in Mo-
hawk, pp. 3-67, 16°.
Copies seen: Brinley, Massachusetts Histor-
ical Society, Powell.
Selections | from the | psalms and
hymns, | according to the use of the |
Protestant Episcopal Church | in the
| United States of America. | Trans-
lated into the Mohawk or Iroquois lan-
guage, by the request | of the Domes-
tic committee of the board of missions
of | the Protestant Episcopal Church, |
by the ] Rev. Eleazer Williams, V. D.
M. | Revised edition of his former trans-
lation. |
New York: | H.B. Durand, 11 Bible
House. | 1867.
Title verso blank 1 1. text, entirely in Mo-
hawk, pp. 3-38, 16°.
Copies seen: British Museum.
— Selections | from the | psalms and
hymns, | cording [sic] to the use of the |
Protestant Episcopal Church | in the |
United States of America. | Translated
into the [M]Johawk or Iroquois lan-
guage, by | the Rev. Eleazer Williams,
V. D. M. | Second edition. | Published
for the Indian Commission | of the |
Protestant Episcopal Church. |
New-York: | T. Whittaker, 2, Bible
House. | 1875.

169

| Williams (E.)— Continued.

Wilson (Daniel).

Wofford (J. D.).

Title verso blank 1 1. text entirely in Mo-
hawk pp. 3-38, 16°.

Copies seen: Powell, Trumbull.

‘‘This translation is made by the noted In-
dian missionary, son of a chief of the Caughna-
waga tribe, and a descendant of one of the
daughters of the Rey. John Williams of Deer- ~
field, who had been carried away into captivity
with her father, and became the wife of an In-
dian who assumed her name. The missionary
Williams became famous from a claim made for
him by Mr. Hanson, that he was the son of the
unfortunate Louis XVI, who was believed to
have perished under the cruel treatment of
Simon the Jacobin shoemaker. Many extraor-
dinary coincidences were educed in favor of
this hypothesis by Mr. Hanson, and subse-
quently by the Rev. Dr. Vinton.” —Field.

The Huron-Iroquois
of Canada, a typical race of American
aborigines. By Daniel Wilson, LL. D.,
IF. R. 8. E., president of the University
College, Toronto.

In Royal Soe. of Canada, Proc. and Trans.
1884, vol. 2, section 2 of Trans. pp. 55-106, Mont-
real, 1885, 4°. (Bureau of Ethnology.)

The linguistic portion of this paper is based
upon material furnished by Mr. Horatio Hale
and upon extracts fvom his writings, including
specifically ‘‘a comparative vocabulary of
words in the language of Hochelaga and Canada
as given by Cartier, and the corresponding
words in the language of the Wyandot In-
dians.” Theremaining linguistic contents are
as follows:

Comparative tables of numerals (1-20, 30, 100,
1000) in Hochelaga (from Cartier), Huron of
Lorette (supplied the author by M. Paul
Picard), Wyandotte (from Gallatin), Mohawk,
Oneida, Onondaga, Cayuga, Seneca, Tuscarora-
Nottoway, Tutelo, Basque, pp. 92-9£.—Declen-
sion of Mohawk pronouns and conjugations of
Mohawk verbs, pp. 95-99.—Lord’s prayer in
Huron (from Chaumonot), with interlinear
translation, p. 101.—Numerals 1-10, 20, 100, in
Mohawk (2), furnished the author by J. A.
Dorion, an educated Iroquois, p. 103.—The
Lord’s prayer from the Iroquois gospels (Oka
Iroquois version), p. 103.—The Lord’s prayer in
Mohawk (from the Mohawk Prayer Book), p.
104.—Many words, sentences, and remarks
throughout, in Mohawk, Huron, Oneida,
Cayuga, Tuscarora, Wyandot, ete.

Issued separately, also, without title-page or
(Powell.)

repagination.

Wisconsin Iistorical Society: These words fol-

lowing a title or within parentheses after a
note indicate that a copy of the work referred
to was seen by the compiler in the library of
that society, Madison, Wis.

Sunalei | Akvlvgi
No’gwisi | Alikalvvsga Zylvgi Gesvi. |

[One line quotation.] | The | American

G0)

Wofford (J. D.) — Continued.
sunday school | spelling book; | trans-
lated into the | Cherokee language. |
3y J. D. Wofford, | one of the students
at the Valley Towns’ school. |

New-York : | published for the benetit
of those who cannot | acquire the n-
glish language. | Gray & Bunee, print-
ers. | 1824.

Pp. 1-52, 16°,.—Hymns, pp. 48-52. Printed
prior to the invention of the Cherokee charac-
ters.

Copies seen: American Tract Society. |
See Cherokee Advocate. |
See Gatschet (A. |

—— translator.

Wolfe (Richard M.).
5

Wood (J.). See Gallatin (A.).

Worcester (tev. Samuel Austin). [J*irst
five verses of Genesis in the Cherokee
language. |

In Missionary Herald, vol. 23, p. 382, Boston
[1828], 8°.

These verses, which appeared in the number
of the Herald for December, 1827, constitute
probably the first actual printing in the Chero-
kee characters of Guess. Sce Cherokee Phoenix.

[——] Cherokee alphabet.

In Missionary Herald, vol. 24, pp. 162--163,
Boston, [1828], 8°.

Gives the characters, systematic arrange-
ment, sounds of the syllabary, &c.

[——] Invention of the Cherokee alpha-
bet.

In Missionary Herald, vol. 24, pp. 330-332,

3oston, [L825], 8°.

—— Answers to grammatical queries
[Cherokees]. By Rey. 8. A. Worces-
ter, missionary to the Cherokees.

In American Ant. Soc. Trans. (Archeologia
Americana), vol. 2, pp. 241-249, Cambridge, 1836,
6°.

— Noteson the select sentences [of the
Cherokee]. By Rev. 8. A. Worcester,

In American Ant. Soc. Trans. (Archeologia
Americana), vol. 2, pp. 249-250, Cambridge, 1836,
i :

[——] [Two lines Cherokee characters. ]
| 1836. | Cherokee Almanac | For the
year of our Lord | 1536. | Calculations
copied from the Temperance Almanac
as adapted | to the latitude of Charles-
ton. | [Design.] | [Eight lines Chero-
kee characters. ] |

Union: | Mission Press: | John F.
Wheeler, Printer. | [One line Chero-
kee characters.] [1835.]

Pp. 1-16, 16°, in Cherokes characters.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Worcester (8. A.) — Continued.

Copies seen: American Board of Commission.
ers, Boston Athenzum, Wisconsin Historical
Society.

The issue for 1854 mentions one for 1837; I
have seen no copy of it.

[——] [Two lines Cherokee characters. ]
| Cherokee Almanac | For the year
of our Lord | 1838. | Fitted to the
Meridian of Fort Gibson. | [Eight lines
Cherokee characters; four lines En-
glish verse. ] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press, John F.
Wheeler, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ] | 1837.

Pp. 1-24, 16°, in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: American Board of Commission-
ers.

[——] [Two lines Cherokee characters. ]
Cherokee almanac | For the year of our
Lord | 1839. | [Three lines Gen. 8, 22,
and three lines Cherokee characters. ] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press, John F,
Wheeler, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ] [1833.]

Pp. 1-31, 16°, in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: American Board of Commission-
ers.

T have seen the Cherokee Almanac, with but
slight change of title, for the years 1810 (Amer-
ican Board of Commissioners, Boston Athe-
neum), 1842 (American Board of Commission-
ers), 1844 (American Board of Commissioners),
1845 (British Museum), 1846 (Boston Athe-
meum, British Museum), 1847 (Boston Athe-
neum), 1848, 1849, 1850, 1851, and 1852 (Ameri-
can Board of Commissioners).

[——] [Two lines Cherokee characters. ]
{ 1853. | Cherokee Almanac | For the
year of our Lord | 1853. | [Three lines
Cherokee characters and two lines En-
elish, Gen. 8, 22.] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press, Edwin
Archer, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters.] [1852.

Pp. 1-36, 16°, in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: American Board of Commission-
ers.

{[——] [Two lines Cherokee characters. }

| 1854. | Cherokee Almanac | 1854. |
Calculated for the Cherokee Nation,
Lat. 38°50’ N. Lon. 95° 7’ W. | [Three
lines Cherokee characters, and two
lines English, Gen. 8, 22.] |] For a part
of the caleulations in this Almanac we
are indebted to the | kindness of Benja-
min Greenleaf, A, M., author of ‘Na-

Worcester (S. A.) — Continued.

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

tional | Arithmetic”, ‘Practical Alge-
bra”, &c. |

Park Hill: | Mission Press, Edwin
Archer, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters.] [1853.]

Pp. 1-36, 16°, in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: American Board of Commission-

ers.
] [Two lines Cherokee characters. ]
| 1355. | Cherokee Almanac 1855. |
[Three lines Cherokee characters, and
two lines English, Gen. 8, 22. ] | Caleu-
lated by Benjamin Greenleaf, A. M.,
Author of ‘‘National | Arithmetic”,
“ Practical Algebra”, &c., for the Lati-
tude | and Longitude of Tallequah,
Cherokee Nation. |

Park Hill: | Mission Press, Edwin
Archer, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters.] [1854.]

Pp. 1-36, 16°, in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: American Board of Commission-
ers.

I have seen issues of the almanac for the fol-
lowing years with title as above except change
of date: 1856 (American Board of Commission-
ers, Powell), 1857, 1858, 1859, 1860, and 1861 (all
in the library of the American Board of Com-
missioners).
| Confession of Faith and Covenant
of the Church at Park Hill. Adopted
June 4, 1837. [Five lines Cherokee
characters. ] |

Park Hill: Mission Press, Edwin.
Archer, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ] | 1848. |

Pp. 1-12, 24°; pp. 2-7 in English, pp. 7-12 in
Cherokee characters. ‘‘ Remarks” signed 8.
A. Worcester. |

Copies seen: American Board of Commission-
ers.

Remarks on the principles of the
Cherokee.

In Schoolcraft (H.R.), Indian tribes, vol. 2,
pp. 443-456, Philadelphia, 1852, 4°.
] Exodus: | or | the second book of |
Moses. | Translated | into the Cherokee
language. | [One line Cherokee charac-
ters. ] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin
Archer, Printer. | 1853.

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-152, 24°, in
Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: American Bible Society, Amer-

ican Board of Commissioners, Pilling, Powell,
Trumbull.

] Genesis | or the | first book of | Mo-
ses. | [Two lines Cherokee characters. ] | |

yp

W orcester (8. A.) — Continued.

Park Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin
Archer, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ] | 1856.

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-173, 24°, in
Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: American Board of Commission-
ers, Powell, Trumbull.

— See Boudinot (E.) and Worcester

(S..A.).

— See Cherokee Lord’s Prayer.

and Boudinot (E.). [Gospel of

Matthew in the Cherokee language.
New Echota: Cherokee Mission

Press... 1829. ] @)

124 pp. 24°.

‘‘The translation of the Gospel of Matthew
is nearly or quite completed and will be pub-
lished withoutany delay.” —IMissionary Herald,
1829, p. 185.

‘One thousand copies of the Gospel of Mat-
thew in the Cherokee language and in the new
characters of Guess have been printed at tho
Cherokee National Press at New Echota. The
translation was made by the Rev. S. A. Worces-
ter, the Missionary of the Board stationed at
that place, assisted by Mr. Boudinot, the editor
of the Cherokes Phenix. A very large por-
tion of the members of the mission churches
are now able to read this portion of the Holy
Scriptures.”—Missionary Herald, 1829, p. 365.

Ina letter from Rev. Mr. Worcester to the
governor of Georgia, in the summer of 1829, he
says: ‘'As to the means used for this end,
aside from the regular preaching of the word,
T have had the honor to commence the work of
publishing portions of the Holy Scriptures and
other religious books in the language of the
people. Ihave the pleasure of sending to your
excellency a copy of the Gospel of Matthew,
of a hymn book, and a small tract, consisting
chiefly of extracts from Scripture, which, with
the aid of an interpreter, I have been able to
prepare and publish. The tract of Scripture
extracts has been publishad since my trialand
acquittal by the superior court.”

The Missionary Herald, Nov., 1833, p. 424, in a
list of books in the Cherokee language, includes
the ‘Gospel of Matthew, 1829, 124 pp., 1,000
copies.”

See Lowrey (G.) and Brown (D.).

The | gospel | according to |
Matthew | translated into the Cherokee
language, | and compared with the
translation of | George Lowrey and
David Brown. | By S. A. Worcester &
E. Boudinot. | [Five lines Cherokee
characters. ] | Printed for the American
Board of Commission- | ers for Foreign
Missions | Second edition. |

172

‘Worcester (8. A.) and Boudinot (E.) —
Continued.

New KEchota: | John F. Wheeler,
printer. |.[One line Cherokee charac-
ters. ] | 1832.

Title verso blank 11. text pp. 3-124, 24°, in
Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: American Bible Society, Ameri-
ean Tract Society, Boston Athenwum, Con-
gress, Pilling, Shea, Trumbull.

A copy at the Field sale, No. 345, brought |

$1.25.

[—— -——] The | gospel | according to j
Matthew. | Translated into the Chero-
kee | language. | Third edition re-

vised. | [Three lines Cherokee charac- |

ters. ] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press. J. Candy,
Printer. | [One line Cherokee charac-
ters.] | 1840.

Pp. 1-120, 24°, in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atheneum.

[—— ——] The gospel | according to |
Matthew. | Translated into the Chero-

kee language. | Fourth edition. |
[ Three lines Cherokee characters. ] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: John Can-
dy, Printer. | [One line Cherokee charac-
ters. ] | 1844.

Pp. 1-120, 24°, in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: American Board of Commission- |

ers, Boston Athenieum, British Museum, Con-
gress.

[—— ——] The | gospel | according to |
Matthew. | Translated into the Chero-

kee Language. | Fifth edition. | [Three |

lines Cherokee characters. ] |

Park Till: | Mission Press: Edwin
Archer, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters. | | 1850

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-120, 24
Cherokee characters.

Dsus

Copies seen: American Tract Society, Dun-
bar, Pilling, Trumbull.
Cherokee hymns | compiled |
froin several authors | and revised. | By
S. A. Worcester and E, Boudinot. | [Five
lines Cherokee characters.] | Printed
for the American Board of Commis-
sioners for Foreign | Missions. |

New Echota: { John F. Wheeler,
Printer. | [One line Cherokee charac-
ters. | | 1830.

Pp. 1-34, 1 1. 24°, in Cherokee characters. For
edition of 1829, see Boudinot (I.) and Worces-
ter (S:242));

Copies seen:

soston Athenwum, Congress.

Cherokee hymns | compiled |:
from several authors | and revised. | By

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudinot (E.) —
Continued.
8. A. Worcester and E, Boudinot. | [Five
lines Cherokee characters.] | Printed
for the American Board of Commis-
sioners for Foreign | Missions. | Third
edition. |
New Echota: | John Candy, Printer. |
[One line Cherokee characters. ] | 1832.

Pp. 1-36, 16°, in Cherokee characters.
Copies seen: Congress.

| —— Cherokee hymns | compiled |
from several authors | and revised. | By
S.A. Worcester & E. Boudinot. | [Five
lines Cherokee characters.] | Fourth
edition. |

New Echota: | J. F. Wheeler and J.
Candy, printers. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ] | 1833.

Title verso note ete. 11. text pp. 3-46, index
11. 24°, in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: Amevican Bible Society, Ameri-
can Tract Society, Pilling, Shea.

At the Tieldsalea copy, No. 342, brought $1.75.

Cherokee hymns | compiled |

| from several authors, | and revised. |

| By S.A. Worcester & E. Boudinot. |

[Five lines Cherokee characters. ] |

| Fifth edition. |

| Union: | Mission Press: J.F.Wheeler,

Printer. | [One line Cherokee charac-

ters. ] | 1835.

| Pp. 1-16, 1 1. 24°, in Cherokee characters.
Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, Massachu-

setts Historical Society.

[

] Cherokee hymns. | Compiled
from | several authors, | and revised. |
Sixth edition | with the addition of
| many New Hymns. | [Four lines Cher-
okee characters. ] |

Park Hill. | Mission press: Jobn
Candy, printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ] | 1841.

Title verso note ete. pp. 3-65, index 1 1. 249,
in Cherokeo characters.

Copies seen: American Antiquarian Society,
American Bible Society, Astor, Boston Athe-
neum, Pilling.
| [_————-] Cherokee hymns. | Compiled

| from several authors, | and revised. |
Seventh edition. | [Three lines Chero-
kee characters. ] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: John
Candy, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ] | 1844.

Pp. 1-67, 11. 24°, in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British

Museum, Congress.

IROQUOIAN

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudinot (E.)—
Continued.

[—— ——] Cherokee hymns. | Compiled
| from several authors, | and revised. |
Eighth edition. | [Three lines Chero-
kee characters. ] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin
Archer, Printer. | 1848

Pp. 1-68, index 1]. 24°, in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: Brinley, Dunbar.

(— ] Cherokee hymn book. | Com-
piled from several authors, | and re-
vised. | [Two lines Cherokee charac-
ters. ] |

Philadelphia: | American Baptist
Publication Society. | No. 530 Arch
Street. | (Three lines Cherokee charac-
ters.] | 1866.

Pp. 1-96, 24°, in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: Powell.

{[— ] Cherokee | hymn book. |
Compiled from several authors, | and

revised. | [Two lines Cherokee charac-

ters. ] |

Philadelphia: | American Baptist
Publication Society, | 1420 Chestnut
Street. | 1877. | [Two lines Cherokee
characters. ] | 1877.

Title verso blank 1 1. note etc. verso blank 1

1. text pp. 5-93, index pp. 94-96, 24°; in Chero- |

kee characters.

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.

Priced by Francis, of New York City, March,
1887, No. 376, 30 cents.

I have seen a copy (Powell) of this edition in

board covers with an outside title, which dif-

fers from the inside title (precisely as above)
in two respects: the two dates are 1878 instead
of 1877 and immediately preceding the last date
are three lines in Cherokee characters instead
of two. On the outside of the back cover is the
“Cherokee alphabet. Characters systemati-
cally arranged with the sounds,” which is a
reprint of p. 92 of the work.

The | acts of the apostles |
translated into the | Cherokee lan-
guage. | By 8. A. Worcester & E. Bou-
dinot. | [Two lines Cherokee charac-

ters.] | Printed for the American Board |

of Commissioners | for Foreign Mis-
sions. |

New Echota: | John F. Wheeler and
John Candy, | printers. |. [One line
Cherokee characters. ] | 1833.

Title verso blank 11. text pp. 3-127, 24°, in |

Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: American Bible Society, Ameri-
can Tract Society, Boston Athenwum, Massa-
chusetts Historical Society, Pilling, Shea.

Sold for $1.12 at the Field sale, No. 341.

173

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudinot (E.)—
Continued.

[—— ——] The | acts | of the | apostles,
| translated into the Cherokee | lan-
guage. | Second edition. | [Two lines
Cherokee characters. ] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: John
Candy, Printer. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ] | 1842.

LANGUAGES.

Pp. 1-124, 24°, in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: American Bible Society, Astor,
Boston Atheneum, British Museum, Congress.

— ] The | acts | of the | apostles.

| Translated into the Cherokee Lan-
guage. | Third edition. | [Two lines
Cherokee characters. ] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin
Archer, Peinter. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ] | 1848.

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-120, 24°, in
Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: Brinley, Dunbar, Powell.
] The | acts of the apostles. |
[One line Cherokee characters. ]

No title-page, heading as above; pp. 1-114,
24°, in Cherokee characters. Printed by the
American Bible Society about 1860,

Copies seen: Boston Athenzum, Dunbar,
Pilling, Powell, Trumbull.

The | gospel | of | Jesus
Christ | according to John. | Trans-
lated into the Cherokee Language
by S.A. Worcester and E. Boudinot. |
[Three lines Cherokee characters, ] |

Park Hill: | Mission Press. John F.
Wheeler, | Printer. | [One line Chero-
kee characters. ] | 1838.

Pp. 1-101, 24°, in Cherokee characters.
Copies seen: Boston Atheneum.
| —— ] The | gospel | of | Jesus

Christ | according to John. | Trans-
lated into the Cherokee | Language. |
Second edition. | [Three lines Cherokee
characters. ] |

Park Hill. | Mission Press: John
Candy, Priuter. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ] | 1841.

Pp. 1-101, 24°, in Cherokee characters.

Copies seen: American Bible Society, Astor,
British Museum, Massachusetts Historical Su-
ciety, Shea.

[—— ——]| The | gospel | of | Jesus
Christ | according to John. | Trans-
lated into the Cherokee Language. |
Third edition. | [Three lines Cherokee
characters. ] |

L74>

Worcester (8. A.) and Boudinot ( E.)—
Continued.

Park Hill: | Mission Press: J. Candy
& FE. Archer, Printers. | [One line Cher.
okee characters. ] | 1847.

Pp. 1-101, 24°

Copies seen: American Board of Commission-
ers, Congress, Dunbar.

[_— ] The | gospel | of | Jesus
Christ | according to | John. | Trans-
lated into the Cherokee Language. |
Fourth edition. | [Three lines Cherekee
characters. ] |

ark Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin
Archer, Printer. | [One line Cherokce
characters. ]*| 1854.

Title verso blank 11. text pp. 3-93, 24°, in
Cherokee characters.

Copies seen:
Trumbull.

and Foreman (S8.).] Isaiah. | I-

VII, XI, LII-LYV. | [One line Cherokee

characters. ]

in Cherokee characters.

’

Congress, Dunbar, Pilling,

[

No title-page, heading as above; pp. 1-32,
24°, in Cherokee characters.
Copies seen: American Board of Commission-
ers, Dunbar, Powell.
[_—— ] Psalms. | [One line Cherokee
characters. ]

No title-page, heading as above;
24°, in Cherokee characters.
the book of Psalms. Appendix, pp. 31-34, is
‘*Proverbs of Solomon.”

pp. 1-30,

Copies seen: American Bibie Society, Ameri-
can Board of Cominissioners, Dunbar, Powell.

Samuel Austin Worcester, the son of Rey.
Leonard Worcester, was born at Worcester,
Mass., January 19, 1798, removing to Peacham,
Vt., when quite young, his father, who had
been a printer, having been appointed pastor
of the Congregational Church at that place. In
the fall of 1815 he entered the University of
Vermont at Burlington and graduated with
the honors of his class in 1819. In 1821 he
entered the Theological Seminary at Andover,

graduating in 1823, and was ordained to the |

ministry August 25, 1825.

On July 19, 1825, he was married to Miss Aun |
Orr, of Bedford, N. H., and together, on August

31 of that year, they started from Boston to en-
gage in missionary work among the Cherokees,
arriving at Brainerd, East Tennessee, October
25, remaining there until 1828, when they re-
moved to New Echota, where a printing press
was set up and putinto operation, While here
he was arrested and imprisoned several times
because of his opposition to the laws of Georgia
in relation to the Cherokee lands.

Tn 1884 Dr. Worcester returned to Brainerd,
bevond the chartered limits of Georgia, and in
1835 with his family removed to Dwight, Ind.

Only a portion of |

BIBLIOGRAPHY

OF THE

Worcester (S. A.) —Continued.

‘Ter., and in the sneceeding fall to Union Mis-
sion, on Grand River, where he again set up
his mission press and had printing done both
for the Cherokees and Creeks. In Dee., 1836, he
removed to Park Hill, from which mission most
of the publications in Cherokee were issued.

Mrs. Worcester having died May 23, 1840,
about a year later he was married to Miss
Erminia Nash. Dr. Worcester died at Park
Hill, wheve he is buried, April 20, 1859.

Miss Nevada Couch, in her Pages of Chero-
kee Indian History, from which the above notes
are taken, says: ‘‘He at one time commenced
preparing a geography for the Cherokees, and
pursued it with much zest for a while, and
abandoned it because he saw it would take too
much time from his work on the Bible. He had
both a grammar and a dictionary of the Chero-
kee language in a forward state cf preparation,
when he was compelled to leave the place of his
labors at New Echota. These manuscripts,
with all the rest of his effects, were sunk with
a steamboat on the Arkansas.”

It is very probable that be w. s the translator
of a number of books for which he is not given
credit here, especially those portions of the
scripture which are herein not assigned to any
name. Indecd it is safe to say that daring the
thirty-four years of his connection with the
Cherokees but little was done in the way of
translating in which he had not a share. Tis
daughter, Mrs. A. E. W. Robertson, has been a
laborer and teacher among ‘the Muskoki In-
dians for many years, and has prepared antl
published a number of books in that language.

Words:

See Busechmann (J. C.
E.).

Street (A. B.).

Cayuga.

Cayuga,

Cherokee. Adair (J.).
Cherokee. Bastian (A.).
Cherokee. Buschmann (J. C.
E.).
Cherokee. Buttrick (D.S.).
Cherokee. Campbell (J.).
Cherokee. Chamberlain (A_T.).
Cherokee. Edwards (J.).
Cherokee. Gerland (G.).
Cherokee. Haldeman (S.8.).
Cherokee. Hale (H.).
Cherokee. Hewitt (J. N. B.).
Cherokee. Latham (R. G.).
Cherokee. Logan (J. H.).
Cherokee, MelIntosh (J.).
Cherokee. Pickett (A.J.).
Cherokee. Schomburgk (R. H.).
Cherokee. Smet (P. J. de).
Cherokee. Trumbull (J. H.).
Cherokee. Vater (J.S.).
Cherokee. Warden (D. B.).
Hochelaga. Lesley (J. P.).
Huron. Bastian (A.).
Huron. Brinton (D.G.).
Turon, Chamberlain (A. F.).

Sl

Words — Continued.

Huron.

Huron.
Huron.
Huron.
Huron.
Huron.
Huron.
Huron.
Huron.
Troquois.
Troquois.
Troquois.
Troquois.
Troquois.
Troquois.
Troquois.
Iroquois.
Troquois.
Troquois.
Troquois.
Troquois.
Minqua.
Mohawk.
Mohawk.
Mohawk.
Mohawk.
Mohawk.

Mohawk.
Mohawk.
Mohawk.
Mohawk.
Mohawk.
Mohawk.
Mohawk.
Nottoway.
Nottoway.
Nottoway.
Oneida.
Oneida.
Oneida.
Oneida.
Oneida,
Oneida.
Onondaga.
Onondaga.
Onondaga.
Onondaga.
Onondaga.

Onondaga.
Onondaga.
Onondaga.
Onondaga.
Onondaga.
Onondaga.
Onondaga.
Onondaga.
Onondaga.
Seneca.
Seneca.
Seneca.
Seneca.

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Gray (A.) and Trum-
bull (J. H.).
Hensel (G.).
Hervas (L.).
Laet (J. de).
Lesley (J. P.).
Street (A. B.).
Uméry (J.).
Vater (J-S.).
Warden (D.B.).
Brinton (D.G.).
Colden (C.).
Duponceau (P.3.).
Hervas (L.).
Hewitt (J.N. B.).
Holden (A. W.).
Johnson (E.).
Petitot (E.).
Laverlochére (—).
Teza (E.).
Trumbull (J. H.).
Yankiewitch (F.).
Donck (A.).
Beauchamp (W. M.).
Chamberlain (A. F.).
Cuog (J. A.).
Emerson (FE. R.).
Fritz (J. IF)
Schultze (B.).
Gatschet (A.S.).
Troquois.
Johuson (W.).
Laet (J. de).
Latham (R. G.).
Sparks (J.).
Street (A.B).
Chamberlain (A. F.).
Latham (R. G.).
Schomburgk (R. H.).
Beauchamp (W.M.).
Jones (Pomroy).
Latham (R. G.).
Street (A. B.).
Warden (D. B.).
Yankiewitch (F.).
Beauchamp (W.M.).
Chamberlain (A. F.).
Charencey (H. de).
Gatschet (A.S.).
Gray (A.) and Trum-
bull (J. H.).
Jarvis (S. F.).
Latham (R.G.).
Lesley (J. P.).
McIntosh (J.).
Schomburgk (R. H.).
Smet (P.J. de).
Smith (D.).
Street (A. B.).
Vater (J.S.).
Alden (T.).

and

Buschmann (J.C.E.).

Chamberlain (A. F’.).
Latham (R.G.),

175

Words — Continued.

Seneca. Morgan (L. H.).
Seneca, Seaver (J. E.).
Seneca. Street (A. B.).
Seneca. ® Vater (J.58.).
Seneca. Warden (D. B.).
Seneca. Yankiewitch (F.).

Beauchamp (WEE).
Chamberlain (A. F.).

Tuskarora.
Tuskarora,

Tuskarora. Frost (J.).
Tuskarora. Hewitt (J. N. B.).
Tuskarora. Latham (R. G.).
Tuskarora. Lesley (J. P.).
Tuskarora. MelIntosh (J.).
"Cuskarora. Uméry (J.).
Tuskarora. Schomburgk (R. H.).
Tuskarora. Smet (P.J. de).
Tuskarora. Smith (E. A.).
Tuskarora. Vater (J.S.).
Tuskarora. Warden (D. B.),
Wyandot, _ Cass (L.). ,
Wyandot. Buschmann (J. C.
I.).
W yandot. Tlaldeman (S.8.).
W yandot. Latham (R.G.).
W yandot. MelIntosh (J.).

Wyandot. Schomburgk (R. H.).

[Wright (Rev. Asher).] Diuhsa’wahg-

[

wah gaya/doshant. | Go! waka’s goy addon. |
Sgito/yadih do’wa’/nandenyo. |

Neti | Nadige’hjihshotoh dodisdoa-
goh; | Wasto’k tadinageir, | 1836.

Colophon: Crecker & Brewster, Printers, |
47, Washington-St. Boston.

Literal translation: Beginning book. | Gowa-
has she wrote it. | Sgaoyadih he translates. |
The | old men they printed it; | Wastok [Bos-
ton] they live there far away.

Title verso ‘‘ frontispiece” 1 1. alphabet pp.
3-4, text (illustrated) pp. 5-42,12°.. Elementary
reading book in the Seneca language.—Seneca
and English vocabulary, alphabetically ar-
ranged, pp. 27-42.

Copies seen: Boston Atheneum, British Mu-
scum, Eames, Pilling, Powell.

The Fischer copy, No. 2773, sold for 4s. 6d. ;
the Field copy, No. 2104, for 88 cents. Priced
by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2414, 20 fr.

] Ne’ jaguh‘nigo‘aiges’gwathali. |

Do’/syowa Ganok’/dayai, Gahsak’neh
30, 1841. | Degaisdo’agot 1{-Gaya 1,

Oftino’otah 15, 1850.
Mental Elevator. |

Buffalo-Creek Reservation, November
30, 1841. | Number 1[-Vol. 1. April 15,
1850. No. 19]. .

Pp. 1-172, 8°. I have seen of this little mis-
cellany nineteen numbers, paged consecutively,
each number containing eight pages, except
Nos. 10 and 17, which contain sixteen, and No.
19, which contains twelve. Begun at the Buf-
falo Creek Reservation, New York, after the

Deg. 19]. | The

176

Wright (A.) — Continued.

removal of these Indians to the Cattaraugus

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Wright (A.) — Continued.
[——] Gaa nah shoh | neh | de o waah’-

Reservation in the same State it was continued
there, the issue of November 17, 1846 (No. 11),
being the first issued fram the latter place. Itis
partly in English and partly in Seneca, and was,
according to a foot-note, page 8, *‘ the first effort
of this sort in the Seneca language, and is de-
signed exclusively for the spiritual and intel-
lectual benefit of the Indians.”

Besides biblical reading and pieces of moral
instruction, it contains matters relating to their
government and business, obituary notices,
statistics, &c. No. 19 contains the laws of the
Seneca Nation in English and Seneca.

Copies seen: Boston Athenzeum, Massachu-
setts Historical Society, Pilling, Powell.

The copy in Major Powell's library is minus
the first two numbers. My own copy ineludes
ouly Nos. 8-18, pp. 57-160; in these many mar-
ginal correctiors have been made by some one
evidently familiar with the Seneca tongue.

[——] Go’wana gwa’‘it sat/hai yon de’- |
yas dah’gwamt, | A spelling-book | in
the | Seneca language: | with Enelish
definitions, |

Buffalo-Creek Reservation, | Mission
Press. | 1842.

Title verso blank 11. explanation for English
readers pp. 3-8, text pp. 9-112, 16°.—The first
65 lessons (pp. 3-74) are the usual primer les-
sons.—Lessons LXVI-LXVUI (pp. 75-112) con-
sist of “ grammatical variations.”

Copies seen: American Board of Commis-

sioners, Boston Atheneum, Brinton, Dunbar,
Eames, Pilling, Powell, Shea, Trumbull.

The Murphy copy, uncut, No. 3139, sold for |

$2.25.

] Gaa nat shon | Ne | deo waah’-

sio’nyoh gwah | na’ wén ni’ yun, |

Ho nont’gatt deli ho di’ ya do’ nyon. |
Do syo wi: | (Seneca Mission Press. )

| 1843.

[

Title 1 l. preface to English readers and a |

note pp. ili-vi, text, entirely in the Seneca pp.
7-124, index in English pp. 125-136. Hymns in
the Seneca language, prefaced with Wright’s
method of writing Seneca.

Copies seen: Boston Athenwum, Massachu-

setts Historical Society, Powell.

[ ] Ga& nah shoh | neh | deo waih’
sito’ nyoh gwah | Na’ wén ni’ yuh.
Honont’gahdeh hodi’yado’ nyof. |

Published by the | American Tract
Society, | 150 Nassau Street, New York.

| 1852.

Pp. 1-232, 16°.

Copies seen: American Board of Commission-
ers, Massachusetts Historical Society, National
Jtuseum, Trumbull.

Priced by Triibner, 1882, p. 142, 10s. 6d.

[

— | Laws of the Seneca Nation.

[

sio/nyoh gwai | na/wénni’yuh. | Ho-
nont’gait defi ho di‘yado’nyon. |

New-York: | American Tract Society.

| 1852.

Pp. 1-232, 18°.
wando, N. Y.

Copies seen: Congress, O'Callaghan, Trum-
bull.

The Fischer copy, No. 2774, was bought by
Triibner for 4s. 6d.

The Pinart sale catalogue, No. 385, briefly
titles an edition of 1857; it brought 12 fr.

] Gai hat shot | neh | deo waih’-
sio’nyoh gwalt | na’wénni'yuh, | Ho-
nont’gahdeit hodi/yado’nyon. |

Published by the | American Tract
Society, | 150 Nassau-street, New York.
[ 1860. ]

Title 11. key 11. text, entirely in Seneca, pp.
5-322, indexes etc. pp. 325-352, scngs of Zion in
English 31 11. 16°.

Copies seen: American Tract Society, Con-
gress, Massachusetts Historical Society, Trum-
bull.

H. M. Morgan, Printer, Go-

[——] Nondadyu égi Gainah. Dosyowah

Nisah
(Seneca

Ganok’/dayah, Tgais’dani‘yont,
24th, 1845 Donation Hymn.
Mission, January 24t®, 1845.)
No title-page; 1 sheet, 8°, in Seneca and En-
glish.
Copies seen: American Board of Commission-
ers.
Passed
January 28, 1854. ]
Pp. ?-24, 8°. The only copy I have seen,
that belonging to Major J. W. Powell, is minus
the pages preceding p.3. Pp. 3-15 are in Sen-
eca, in the alphabet arranged by Rev. Asher

Wright. Pp. 16-24 are in English, headed as
above. The paper is signed by John Luke,

president, and Zachariah L. Jimeson, clerk.

[

] Ho i’wi yos’dos hat | neh | Cha
ga’‘o hee dys, | gee ili ni gat yadosha gee, |

net | nan’do wah’ gaaii he/ni a‘di wa noti-
daih. | The four gospels | in the | Sen-

eca language. |

New York: | American Bible Society,
| instituted in the year MDCCCXVI. |
1874.

Title verso blank 1 1. text, entirely in the
Seneca, pp. 3-445, 16°.—Matthow, pp. 3-128.—
Mark, pp. 129-209.—Luke, pp. 210-344.—John,
pp- 345-445,

Copies seen: American Bible Society, Na-
tional Museum, Pilling, Trumbull.

] Ho i’wi yos’dos hah | neh | Cha
ga‘o hee dys, | gee it’ ni ga’ ya dos’ ha-

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Wright (A.) — Continued.
gee, | nef | nando wat’ gaat he/nia‘di
wi/noh diih. | The four gospels | in the
| Seneca language. |

New York: | American Bible Society,
| instituted in the year MDCCCXVI. |
1878.

Title verso blank 1 |. text, entirely in Seneca,
pp. 3-445, 16°.—Matthew, pp. 3-128.—Mark, pp.
129-209.—Luke, pp. 210-344.—John, pp. 345-445.

Copies seen: Congress, Pilling, Powell.
[——-] Deg. 1[-2]. | He ni ya’ watt syon
no/nih jih, | tga wi ni’ gwa ol neh ne

| ga ya’ dos hi’ yu neh.
Colophon: H. M. Morgan, Printer,

Gowanda, N. Y. [n.d.]

No title-page, heading as above; pp. 1-64, 16°,
consisting of two parts (Deg.1, Deg. 2), each
with its own pagination of 32 pages and with a
second and continuous pagination on the inner
margins of the pages. Scripture tracts in the
Seneca language.

Deg.1 contains: Ho’ syo niih ne Yu &n’ ja
deit [the creation], pp. 1-5.—Nei nos hais’ dali
{the serpent], pp. 6-10.—Ne dyu dye’ ah doh
no dyuoi [thefirst murderer], pp. 11-14.-- Neh
non gas’ de’ o wa nint [the great rain], pp.
15-20.—Neit neh de gaiis’ di! in dot go waah
[the great tower], pp. 21-22.—Neiineh tho wa! no
goh Abraham [the callof Abraham], pp. 23-26.—
Gai nat [hymn], p. 26.—Go wai’ © woh’ doh ne
ganon’ da yan dok [thedestruction of the cities],
pp. 27-30.—Ga & nat [two hymns], pp. 31-32.

Deg. 2 contains: Neitne Joseph [the story of
Joseph], pp. 1-6 (33-38).—Net ho no’ ¢& doh ne
Moses [the birth of Moses], pp. 7-9 (39-41).—
Neit he’ ni o’ ye na’ wail oh ne Moses [the acts
of Moses], pp. 10-14 (42-46). —Exodus, oi/ watt
xix (and xx) [a literal translation], pp. 14-21
(46-53).—Gaa natt [hymn], p. 21 (53).—Ga yati’
dat ho dis’ yo nit [the making of the idol], pp.
22-25 (54-57).—Neli ne manna |the mannal, pp.
pp. 26-27 (58-59).—Deo! wa wii! not gal’ wih
na’ wen ni’ yuti [the rebeilion against God],
pp. 28-82 (60-64).

Copies seen: Powell.

=—— Deg. 1[-7]. | Gai’ wa yin’ dah goh.
[n. d.]

No title-page, pp. 1-64, 16°, consisting of seven
parts (Deg. 1. to Deg. 7.), each with its own pagi-
nation and with asecond and continuous pagina-
tion on the inner margins of the pages. Tracts
in the Seneca language.

Deg. 1, pp. 1-4, contains: Ie’ na’ o wa yeeit
Na’ wén ni’ yu.

Deg. 2, pp. 1-4 (5-8), contains: He na’ ya gui
ni goott di’ ak Ha! yait da deii Na’ wén ni’ yuh.

Deg. 3, pp. 1-4 (9-12), contains: Ni oi ott’-
dvs yui’ ditt no twais! hi yu ne gai’ ni go At’.
géth [the work of the Holy Spirit].

Deg 4, pp. 1-4 (13-16), contains; Gat naii
shot [three hymns]. ‘

IROQ——12

|

~l

Wright (A.) — Continued.

L

Deg. 5, pp. 1-16 (17-32), contains: Gai’ wa-
nen’ ak shai [sin].

Deg.6, pp. 1-24 (33-56), contains: Gai’ wi-
yus’ dvs gat haath’ goh [sermon preached at the
opening of the Convention of the Indian
Churches, at Cattaraugus, Feb. 4, 1845].

A manuscript note in Major Powell's copy
states that ‘‘this sermon was translated by the
assistance of William Jones, deceased, and is
almost the only relic of his style of speaking
Seneca, which the old people regard as far more
correct than that of any of our present inter-
preters, who Anglicize their Indian too much
to suit the views of such as are not accustomed
to English modes of thought.”

Deg. 7, pp. 1-8 (57-64), contains: Neti tho ya-
dom ne John [the 3d chapter of the Gospel of
John], pp. 1-6; Ga’ 4 nit [three hymns, one
signed ‘‘J. P. Turkey” and two signed "J.
Dudley ’’], pp. 6-8.

Copies seen: American Board of Commis-

stoners, Powell.

] No iwiyus‘dos hai’ né cha go he-
dvs’, | Hénio yéah ho ya doh | ne Mat-
thew [Mark, Luke.] [n.d.] ,

No title-page; pp. 1-132, 8°. Gospels in the
Seneca language. Each of the three gospels
has the same caption, except that ‘‘ Mark’ and
“Luke” are severally substituted for Matthew.
They occupy, respectively, pp. 1-78, 79-128, and
129-132. the last, Luke, being incomplete. The
copy in the Am. Bible Society's library has ap.
parently been prepared as “copy” from which
to print another edition, proof reader’s marks
being plentifully scattered over the margins.

Copies seen : American Bible Society, Pilling,
Powell.

Mr. N. H. Parker, of Versailles, N. Y., has
supplied me with the following sketch of this
author:

“He was born in Hanover, N. H., September
7, 1803, and graduated at Andover Theological
Seminary in 1831, going directly to the Senecas
on the Buffalo Reservation as a missionary, for
which he had been fitting himself, and imme-
diately entering upon his life-long work in the
field allotted to him. Me remained with the
Senecas on the Buffalo Reservation until the
year 1845, when he removed with the Indians
to the Cattaraugus Reservation, where he re-
mained until his death, April 13, 1875.

“After entering upon his field of labor, he
became convinced that a knowledge of the
Seneca language would greatly aid him in his
work, and began its study with great zeal.
Being a good linguist, and having a thorcugh
knowledge of the classics, he soon spoke ihe
Seneca language with fluency. Having mas-
teredit, he commenced the translation of a part
of the book of Genesis and the epistle of James.
Healso prepared twoeditionsofhymns. Trans-
ferring the work of translation to the Catta-
raugus Reservation, he here completed the
work of translating the four gospels, issued a,

178

Wright (A.)— Continued.
number of religious tracts, prepared a vocab-
ulary of the Seneca language, and a part of the
common laws of the State of New York, all of
which were printed by the American Bible So-
ciety.”

Wyandot. [Hymns in the Wyandot lan- |
guage. ]

Manuscript, 24 Il. sm. 4°, in blank books.

Title verso blank 11. Wyandot alphabet 1. 2,
text Il. 3-24; the verso of 1. 5 and the rectos

of ll. 6, 10-15, and 20-23 are blank. In the li-
brary of the Bureau of Ethnology.

Wryandot. [Vocabulary, grammar and
sentences. |
Manuscript, 200 pp. 4°, in possession of Dr.
J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J. A note appended
says: ‘‘ These vocabularies of the Wyandot and
Menomene languages appear to be in the hand-
writing of John Kinzie. They were sent to J.
W.Gibbs, of New Haven, some years ago by
Lieutenant Davies, of Fort Winnebago, since
deceased. New Haven, September 12, 1846,”
Wyandot:
General discussion. See Keane (A. H.).

Gentes. Morgan (L. H.).
Grammar. Wyandot.

Hale (H.).
Stickney (B. F.).
Finley (J. B.).
Wyandot.

Haldeman (8.58.).

Grammatic comments.
Grammatic comments.
Hymns.

Hymns.

Lord’s prayer.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

THE

W yandot — Continued.

Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Numerals.
Proper names.
Proper names.
Relationships.
temarks.

Sentences.
Vocabulary.

Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Vocabulary.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.
Words.

See, also, Huron

Y.

Yale: This word following a title or within
parentheses after a note indicates that a copy
of the work referred to was seen by the com-
piler in the library of Yale College, New Haven,
Conn.

[Yankiewitch (Feodor. de Miriewo).]
Cpapaurerbubiii | caoBap | Bebx> | AsbIKOBS T
Hapbuiii, | uo asdyynomy mopaaky | pacno.10-
mennbin. | vacrh Uepesanl-yersepraa] | A-
[c-0 ].

Bp, Cankrnerepoyprb, 1790[-1791 J.

Translation: Comparative | dictionary | of
all| languages and dialects | in alphabetical
order | arranged. | Part first[-fourth]. A-D
[S-Th]. | At St. Petersburg.

4 vols. 4°.—Seattered throughout the work
are words in Iroquois, Oneida, and Seneca.

“Pallas having published, in 1786 and 1789,
the first part of the Vocabularium Catharinee-
um (a comparative vocabulary of 286 words in
the languages of Europe and Asia), the ma-
terial contained therein was published in the
above edition in another form, and words of

Haldeman (3.S.).
Parsons (J.).
Vallancey (C.).
Walker (W.).
Wilson (D.).
Powell (J. W.).
Treaties.
Morgan (L. H.).
Zalbi (A.).
Slight (B.).
Adelung (J. C.) and
Vater (J.S.).
Assall (F. W.).
Balbi (A.).
Barton (B.S.).
Campbell (J.).
Hale (H.).
Jobnston (J.).
Latham (R. G.).
Morgan (L. H.).
Parsons (S. H.).
Pilling (J. C.).
Schooleraft (H. R.).
Stickney (B. F.).
Wilson (D.).
Wyandot.
Buschmann (J.C.E.).
Cass (L.).
Haldeman (S.S§.).
Latham (R. G.).
McIntosh (J.).
Schomburgk (R. H.).

Yoedereanayeadagwha ne akonouhsa-

kouh.

Young (James).

See Hill (J.).

Gainoh | ne | Nenodo-

wohga | Neuwahnuhdah. | By James

Young. |

New-York. | Printed for the American
Tract Society, | By D. Fanshaw. | 1829.

Second title: Indian Hymns | in the | Seneca
Tongue. | By James Young. |

New-York. | Printed for the American Tract
Society, | By D. Fanshaw. | 1829.

Seneca title verso 1. 1 (p. 1), English title
recto 1.2 (p.1), text (double numbers, alternate
pages Seneca andEnglish) pp. 2-39, 2-39, 18°.

Appended to and commencing on verso of last
leaf of Harris (T.S.) and Young (J.), Christ
Hagonthahninoh, New York, 1829.

Copies seen: American Tract Society, Dun-

bar.

Youth's.

The youth’s | companion: | A

American languages added. The book did

not come up to the expectations of the govern-

ment, and was therefore not published, so that

but few copies of it can be found.” —Ludewig.
Copies seen; British Museum,

juvenile monthly Magazine published
for | the benefit of the Puget Sound
Catholic Indian | Missions; and set to
type, printed and in part | written by
the pupils of the Tulalip, Wash. Ty. |

Youth’s — Continued. ~

Zeisberger (tev. David). Vocabularies |

IROQUOIAN

Indian Industrial Boarding Schools,
under | the control of the Sisters of
Charity. | Approved by the Rt. Rev.
Bishop [© gidius, of Nesqualy]. | Vol.
I. May, 1881. No. 1[-Vol. V. May,
1886. No. 60].

[Tulalip Indian Reservation, Snoho-
mish Co. W. T. ]

Edited by Rey. J. B. Boulet. Instead of

LANGUAGES.

being paged continuously, continued articles

Z.

By Zeisberger. | From the | collection |
of manuscripts presented by Judge |
Lane | to Harvard University, | Nos. 1
and 2. | Printed for the ‘Alcove of
American Native Languages” in Welles- |
ley College Library, | by E. N. Hors- |
ford. |
Cambridge: | John Wilson and son. |

University Press. | 1887.

: . . . |
Printed cover as above, inside title as above -

reverse blank 1 1. half title (Zeisberger’s vocab-
ulary No.1) reverse blank 11. text pp. 1-13, half
title (Zeisberger’s vocabulary No. 2) reverse
blank p. 15, text pp. 17-20, 4°.

The vocabulary No. 1 consists of three par-
allel columns—German, Onondaga, and Dela-
ware; No. 2, of four parallel columns—English,
Maqua, Delaware, and Mahikan. |
Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell.
Zeisberger’s | Indian dictionary |
English, German, Iroquois— the Onon-
daga | and Algonquin—the Delaware |
Printed from the | Original Manuscript

| in | Harvard College library. | This

edition has been published for the ‘‘Al-
cove of American Native Languages”
in | Wellesley College Library. |

Cambridge | John Wilson and son |
University Press | 1887

Title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. iii-v, text |
pp. 1-236, sm.4°. English, German, Onondaga,
and Delaware in parallel columns. ‘The pref-
ace is signed ‘‘ Eben Norton Horsford. Cam-
bridge, 1887." Therein Dr. Horsford says: ‘It
was no part of my purpose to edit such a work.
x * * Thave not ventured upon the task of
altering, or restoring, or filling out in any in-
stance. * * * Tvery period and comma and
accent have been transferred without question
to the printed page. When there wasa blank,
and uniformity required a period or a comma,
the blank has been respected. Whereacomma

should have been replaced by a period, or vice

179

Youth's — Continued.

have a separate pagination divid’ng the regu-
lar numbering. For instance, in No. 1, pp.
11-14, Lives of the saints, are numbered 1-4
and the article is continued in No. 2 on pp.
5-8, taking the place of pp.41-44 of the regu-
lar numbering. Discontinued after May, 1886,
on account of the protracted illness of the
editor.

Lord’s prayer in Huron, vol. 2, p. 106; in
Seneca, vol. 3, p. 232; in Caughnawaga, vol. 3,
p. 265.

Copies seen: Congress, Powell, Shea.

| Zeisberger (D.) — Continued.

versa, the discovery has been left to the student
as much as if he had the original manuscript
before him. * * * My aim has been to pre-
serve the Dictionary of the venerated Moravian
missionary precisely as he left it.”

Copies seen: Congress, Pilling.

Some copies were printed on larger and bet-
ter paper. On the title-page of these the two
lines preceding the imprint and beginning ‘‘ This
edition” are omitted. (Pilling, Powell.)
Essay of an Onondaga grammar, or
a short introduction to learn the Onon-
daga al. Maquatongue. By Rey. David
Zeisberger. Contributed by John W.
Jordan.

In Pennsylvania Mag. of Hist. and Biog. vol.
11, pp. 442-453, vol. 12, pp. 65-75, 233-239, 325-
340, Philadelphia, 1888, 8°.

In a prefatory note Mr. Jordan says: ‘“‘ We
are indebted to the courtesy of the Rt. Rev.
Edmund de Schweinitz, 8. T. D., for the use of
the manuscript and English translation, by
Bishop John Ettwein, which we have tran-
scribed to these pages, the original title of
which we have also retained.”

Issued separately as follows:

Essay | of an | Onondaga grammar, |
or | a short introduction to learn the |
Onondaga al. Maqua Tongue. | By !
Rev. David Zeisberger. | Reprinted
from | “The Pennsylvania Magazine of
History and Biography.” |

Philadelphia: | 1888.

Printed cover as above, title as above -rerso
printers 11. text pp. 1-45, 8°.

Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell.

The manuscript, same title, 67 pp. 4°, is pre-

served in the Moravian archives at Bethlehem,
Bas ()
Deutsch | und | Onondagaische |
Woerter-Buch | In sieben Biinder | von |
David Zeisberger. | Erster[-siebenter ]
Band,

180

Zeisberger (D.)— Continued.

Manuscript, 7 vols. sm. 4°, containing in all
2,367 pp. written on both sides, but only one-
half of each page written upon; the intention
probably was to fill the empty halves with an
English transcript, the first 6 pp. of vol. 1 being
carried out on this plan. The manuscript is
nicely prepared and is well preserved. There
is no date to the volumes within, but fastened on
the outside of each volumeis a label dated 1776.

“This is one of the most important of his
works, which he began early in life, and upon
which he bestowed the greatest care and the
most persevering diligence, calling in the aid
of Iroquois sachems, who rendered him valua-
ble assistance.”"— De Schweinitz.

According to this writer there is also in the
possession of the United Brethren at Bethlehem
amanuscript which he describes as ‘‘a shorter
work of the same character as the above.”
— Onondagaische Grammatica | von |
David Zeisberger | A Grammar of the
Onondago | language, by David Zeis-
berg [sic] |] with an English Translation

| by Peter 8. Du Poncean.

Manuscript; title verso blank 1 1. another
leaf, recto blank, verso text, the opposite page
to which is paged 1, pp. 1-176, sm. 4°; dated on
the outside 1776. Double columns.
Onondagaische Grammatica | von
David Zeisberger.

Manuscript; title verso blank 1 1. text pp.
1-87, sm. 4°. Dated outside 1776.

The above manuscripts were seen by me dur-
ing the autumn of 1887 at the library of the
Pennsylvania Historical Society, where they
were temporarily deposited by the Society of
United Brethren of Bethlehem, Pa.

Kurze Einleitung in die Principia
der Sprache der 6 Nationen. C)
Manuscript; pp. 1-24, 8°.
Die Geschichte der Tage des Men-
schensohns von seinem Leiden an bis
zu seiner Himelfarth iibersetzt in die
Sprache der 6 Nationen. Erster Ver-
such 1767. Cc)

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Zeisberger (D.)— Continued.

Manuscript, pp. 1-208, 8°. This title and the
one immediately preceding it were furnished me
by Mr. A. Glitsch, of the Unitets-Bibliothek,
Herrnhut, Saxony, where the manuscripts are
preserved,

Worterverzeichniss von der | Onon-
dagoische Sprache | von David Zeisber-
ger. (Ce)

Manuscript, 2 ll. folio, in the Lenox Library,
New York city. Four pages written in double
columns. About 350 words, German and Onon-
daga. Apparently written about the year 1800,
or alittle earlier; handwriting very plain.

Title from Mr. Wilberforce Eames.

“The Rey. David Zeisberger was born at
Zauchtenthal, in Moravia, April 11, 1721, and
died at Goshen, in Ohio, November 17, 1808,
aged 87 years. He first came to America about

739; began the study of the Indian languages
in 1745, and about 1750 commenced his mission-
ary labors among the Indians, which he con-
tinued until his death. He traversed Massa-
chusetts and Connecticut, New York, Pennsyl-
vania, and Ohio, entered Michigan and Canada,
preaching to many nations in many tongues.
He brought the Gospel to the Mohicans and
Wampanoags, to the Nanticokes and Shaw-
anese, to the Chippewas, Ottawas, and Wyan-
dots, to the Unamis, Unalachtgos, and Monseys
of the Delaware race, to the Onondagas, Ca-
yugas, and Senccas of the Six Nations. Speak-
ing the Delaware language fluently, as well as
the Mohawk and Onondaga dialects of the Iro-
quois; familiar with the Cayuga and other
tongues; an adopted sachem of the Six Na-
tions; naturalized among the Monseys by a
formal act of the tribe; swaying for a number
of years the Grand Council of the Delawares ;
at one time the keeper of the archives of the
Troquois Confederacy; versed in the customs
of the aborigines, adapting himself to their
mode of thought, and, by long habit, a native
in many of his own ways, no Protestant mis-
sionary, and but few men of any other calling,
ever exercised more real influence and was
more sincerely honored amoung the Indians.”—
De Schweinitz.

Baker (Theodor).

ADDENDA

Uber die Musik |
der | nordamerikanischen Wilden. |
Eine Abhandlung | zur | Erlangung der
Doctorwiirde | an der | Universitiit
Leipzig | von | Theodor Baker. |

Leipzig, | Druck von Breitkopf &
Hiirtel. | 1882. (*)

Title 1 1. Vorbemerkung, pp. iii-iv, contents
and errata 1 1. pp. 1-82, Vita 11.2 plates, 8°.—
Songs in various American languages, among
them the Irokesen, pp. 59-63, and of the Chero-
kee, p. 74.

Title from Mr. Wilberforce Eames from copy
in the Lenox Library.

Beauchamp (fev. William Martin). On-

ondaga Indian names of plants.

In Torrey Botanical Club, bulletin, vol. 15,
pp. 262-266, New York, 1888, 8°. (Geological
Survey.)

Read before the Botanical Club of the Amer-

ican Association for the Advancement of Sci-
ence at Cleveland, Obio, August 16, 1888. Mr.
Beauchamp acknowledges his indebtedness to
Mr. Albert Cusick for both words and mean-
ings.
Onondaga customs.
In Journal of American Folk-Lore, vol. 1, pp.
195-203, Boston and New York, 1888, 8°. (Bu-
reau of Ethnology, Pilling.)

Onondaga words passim.

Boudinot (lias).

See titles on pp. 16, 171-174.

Ihave been at some pains to procure relia-
ble data with which to construct an appropri-
ate biographic sketch of this native author, who
was so closely identified with all the early lite-
rary work among the Cherokees and so long
connected with the Rev. 8S. A. Worcester in his
various translations. I regret to say that my
efforts have not met with success, although I had
apositive promise from his son, Wm. P. Boudi-
not, a Cherokee delegate at Washington, D.C.,
to furnish me with the desired information. Un-
der the circumstances I avail myself of the best
printed account known to me, by making the
following extract from an article by Mr. Geo.
E. Foster, entitled ‘‘ Journalism among the
Cherokees,” which appeared in the Magazine
of American History, vol. 18, pp. 65-70.

Boudinot (Elias)—Continued.

‘*But if the newspaper [Cherokee Phenix]
died ingloriously, far more so was the fate of its
editor, Elias Boudinot. In his early day he was
a very promising lad, who attracted the atten-
tion of some missionaries. His name was
Weite, but he was given the name of Elias
Boudinot, after the governor of New Jersey
and the president of the American Bible Soci-
ety, for it was the custom for a Cherokee youth
to be given an English name when he entered
an English school. Elias Boudinot was one of
those placed in the mission school at Cornwall,
Connecticut. He was good-looking and pleas-
ing in manners, and was welcomed into the
homes of many of the good families in that
quiet village. Among the maidens of the place
was Hattie Gold, ‘‘the village pet,” who was
given somewhat to romantic ideas. The young
Indian, so the story goes, was frequently re-
ceived at her father’s house, and, unthought of
by the parents, a mutual attachment sprang
up, Which ripened into love. It was not long
before the little town of Cornwall was stirred
to a fever heat by the announcement that Hat-
tie had plighted troth with Boudinot. Her
parents were fiery in their opposition, but
tears or entreaties were of no avail, and the
words were spoken that linked their fortunes
forlife. Taking his bride to Georgia, Boudinot
dwelt among his tribe, conspicuous as a scholar
and one favored by the Great Spirit. His life
was a busy one, as he aided the missionaries in
their work, translating portions of the script-
ure, tracts, and hymns. During the adminis-
tration of Andrew Jackson he took a promi-
nent part in administering the affairs of the
Cherokees, and, especially toward the last, took
a leading part in making arrangements for his
people to emigrate from the land they loved so
well. Precious to these sons of the forest were
their homes, and the burial-places of their
fathers. While a few favored the treaty of
1835, the majority did not. It is a matter of
historical record that the Ridges, Boudinot,
Bell, Rogers, and others who signed the treaty
very suddenly changed their minds in respect
to the policy of a removal. They had been as
forward as any of the opposite party in protest-
ing against the acts of Georgia, and as much
opposed to making any treaty or sale of their
country up to the time of the mission of Scher-

181

182 ADDENDA TO THE

Boudinot /Elias)—Continued.

merhorn as any in the nation. Suspected of

treachery, bribery, and corruption, the opposi
tion was so fiercely aroused, that on June 22,
1839, these men were cruelly assassinated. Mr.
Boudinot was decoyed from the house he was
erecting a short distance from his residence,
and set upon with knives and hatchets. Te
survived his wounds just long enough for his
wife and friends to reach him, though he was
insensible.”’

Buck (John). See Hewitt (J. N.B.).

Catlin (George). Illustrations | of the |
manners, customs, and condition | of
the | North American Indians: | with |
letters and notes | written during eight
years of travel and adventure among
the | wildest and most remarkable tribes
now existing. | With three hundred and
sixty engravings, | from the | Author’s
Original Paintings. | By Geo. Catlin. |
In two volumes, | Vol. I[-If]. | Ninth
edition. |

London: | Henry G. Bohn, York
street, Covent garden. | 1857, ()

2 vols. 8°, maps. Comparative vocabulary of
the Mandan, Blackfoot, Riecaree, Sioux, and
Tuscarora, vol. 2, pp. 262-265.

Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames from copy
in the Lenox Library.

Charlevoix (Pierre Frangois Xavier de).
Histoire | et | description generale | de
la | Nouvelle France, | avec | le journal
historique | @un Voyage fait par ordre
du Roi | dans ’Amérique Septentrion-
nale. | Par le P. De Charlevoix, de la
Compagnie | de Jesus. | Tome premier
[-sixieme ]. | |Printer’s ornament. ] |

A Paris, | Chez Didot, Libraire, Quai
des Augustins, | & la Bible dor. | M
DCC XLIV [1744]. | Avee Approbation
& Privilege du Roy. 5)

6 vols.12°. Vols.5 and 6 have title-pages as
follows :

Journal | d’un | voyage | fait par ordre du
roi | dans | l) Amerique| septentrionnale ; | Ad-
dressé i Madame la Duchesse | de Lesdiguieres.
| Par le P De Charlevoix, de la Compagnie |
de Jesus. | Tome cinquiéme [-sixiéme]. | [Or-
nament. | |

A Paris, | Chez Didot, Libraire, Quai des
Augustins, | & la Bible d’or.| M DCC XLIV
[1744]. | Avee Approbation & Privilege du Roy.

Caractére de la langue huronne, vol. 5, p.
289.—Caractére de la langue algonquine, vol. 5,
pp. 289-290.—Particularités de la langue hu-
ronne, vol. 5, pp. 290-291.—Particularités de la
langue algonquine, vol. 5, pp. 291-292.

Title from Mr. Chas. H. Hull, from a copy in
the library of Cornell University.

Chateaubriand (JVicomte Frangois Au-
guste de), Chateaubriand illustré |
Voyages | en Italie et en Amerique |

Lagny—Imprimerie de Vialat et Cie.
(1850? ] @)

No title-page, illustrated heading only; pp.
1-112, folio. Imprint at bottom of p.1.—Lan,
gues indiennes, pp. 72-75.

Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames from copy
in the Lenox Library.

Donck (Adriaen van der). Beschryvinge
| Van | Nieuvy-Nederlant, | (Ghelijck
het tegen woordigh in Staet is) | Begrij-
pende de Nature, Aert, gelegentheyt en
vrucht- | baerheyt van het selve Lant;
mitsgaders de proffijtelijcke en- | de
gewenste toevallen, die aldaer tot on-
derhout der Menschen, (soo | uyt haer
selven als van buyten ingebracht) ge-
vonden worden. | Als Mede | De maniere
en onghemeyne eygenschappen | vande
Wilden ofte Naturellen vanden Lande.
| Ende | Een bysonder verhael vanden
wonderlijcken Aert | ende het Weesen
der Bevers, | Daer Noch By Gevoeght
Is | Een Discours over de gelegentheyt
van Nieuw Nederlandt, | tusschen een
Nederlandts Patriot, ende een | Nieuw
Nederlander.) Beschreven door! Adriaen
vander Donck, | Beyder Rechten Doc-
toor, die teghenwoor- | digh noch in
Nieuw Nederlant is. | [Design. ] |

t’Aemsteldam, | By Evert Nieuwenhof,
Boeck-verkooper, woonende op ’t | Rus-
landt in’t Schrijf-boeck, Anno 1655. (*)

4 p.ll. pp. 1-100, register 3 pp. sm, 4°,—Com-
ments on the Manhattan, Minqua, Savanoos,
and Wappanoos, p. 67.

Title from Mr. W. Eames, from copy in the
Lenox Library.

On page 56 of this catalogue there is given
another title of the 1655 edition of this work.
Since that page was put in type Mr. Wilber-
force Eames, of the Lenox Library, and the
present editor of Sabin’s Dictionary, has called
my attention to the fact that my title does not
agree with that in the Lenox Library copy, nor
with that given by any previous cataloguer.
So far as-I could judge, the title-page of the
Congress copy was genuine; but that the point
might be decided, I had a photograph made of
it for Mr. Eames’s inspection, His opinion of
it is as follows: ‘After a careful examination
of the Congress title to Donck, with the date
1655, as shown in your photograph, and a com-
parison with the Lenox originals of both edi-
tions, I have come to the conclusion that it is a
modern production, either of penwork or of
lithograph from penwork. Lvidence of this is
found in the variation between similar letters

TROQUOIAN

Donck (Adriaen van der)—Continued.
in the same lines, and in a very marked degree
in the rudeness of the vignette. These differ-
ences do not appear in the authentic titles of
1655 and 1656, in both of which the vignettes
are identical. It is my opinion, therefore, that
this title is a fac-simile copied from the edition
of 1656, with which title it appears to agree, as
far as it goes, line for line, word for word, and
letter for letter, nearly. The only differences L
notice are in the spelling of the word ‘ Doctour,’
the omission of the two lines, ‘Den tweeden
Druck,’ and ‘ Met Privilegie voor 15 Jaren,’ and
the alteration of the date.”

Upon receipt of this I secured permission of

the authorities of the Lenox Library, and of the
Library of Congress, to have fac-similes made
of the respective title-pages, and they are in-
cluded in the body of this work.
Duret (Claude). Thresor de | l’histoire
des | langves de cest | Vuivers. | Conte-
nant les Origines, Beautés, Perfections,
Decadences, Mutations, | Changemens,
Conuersions, & Ruines des langues |
Hebraique, Chananéenne, [&ec. four
columns containing the names of 56
languages, ending with] Indienne des
Terres neuues, &c. Les Langues des
Avimaux & Oiseaux. | Par M. Clavde
Dvret Bourbonnois, | President [&e.
two lines.] | [Design. ] |

Imprime a Cologny, Par Matth. Ber-
fon, | Pour société Caldoriene clo. Toe.
xiii [1613]. | Auee Priuilege du Roy
Tres-Chrestien.

Title verso blank 11.15 other p. Il. pp. 1-1030.
large 8°.—Numerals 1-10 de l'ancien [Huron]
et nouveau langage de Canada (from Lescar-
bot), p. 955.

Copies seen: British Museum.

Thresor de | Vhistoire des | langves
de cest | vnivers, | Contenant les Ori-
gines, Beautez, Perfections, Decadences,
Mutations, | Changements, Conuersions,
& Ruines des Langues | Hebraique,
Chananeenne, [&c. four columns con-
taining the names of 56 languages, end-
ing with] Indienne des Terres neufues,

LANGUAGES.

Foster (George Everett).

Gahuni (—).

183

Duret (Claude)—Continued.

16 p. ll. pp. 1-1030, 4°.—Numerals 1-10 of
Canada, ancient [Huron] and modern (from
Lescarbot), p. 955.

Jopies seen: British Museum, Congress.

Journalism
among the Cherokee Indians.

In Magazine of Am. Hist. vol. 18, pp. 65-70,
New York, [1887], 8°.

Relates principally to the periodicals Cher-
okee Phoenix, Cherokee Messengey, and Cher-
okee Advocate, including interesting details
concerning Se-quo-yah and his alphabet, Elias
Boudinot, ‘the first aboriginal editor on this
continent,” etc. Speaking of the Cherokee
Advocate, Mr. Foster says: “ Perhaps one of
the most remarkable features of the Advocate
was the publication from week to week, in the
Se-quo-yah alphabet, of chapters from Bunyan’s
Pilgrim’s Progress, which was prepared also
in book form.” I have seen no copy of this
work, norany other mention of it. The article
closes with the following statement: ‘‘A small
paper was recently started at Dwight for the
purpose of furnishing religious reading, printed
in both English and Se-quo-yah’s alphabet.”

{Cherokee sacred formu-
las, Bible texts, &e.]

Manuscript, Cherokee characters: a Jong
folio blank book of 140 pages, nearly filled.
Obtained by Mr. James Mooney on the East
Cherokee reservation in North Carolina in the
autumn of 1888, and now in the library of the
Bureau of Ethnology.

Gahuni, who died about 1860, was at once a
preacher and conjuror, and was evidently a
man of superior intelligence. ‘There are but a
few of the sacred formulas, but these few are
carefully written, with explicit directions as to
ceremonies and application. The manuscript
is exceptionally neat in appearance. After bis
death the book fell into the hands of his chil-
dren, who have added a good deal of scribbling.
One of them, who speaks English, has inserted
several pages of an English-Cherokee vocabu-
lary, in which the English word, written in
English script, is followed by the correspond-
ing Cherokee word, together with an approxi-
mation of the English sound, both written in
Cherokee characters. The book was obtained
from Gahuni’s widow.

| Gansworth (John). See Hewitt (J. N.
\s =Bey:

Gatigwanasti[ Belt]. [Cherokee sacred

&c. Les langues des Animaux & Oise-
aux. | Par M. Clavde Dvret Bovrbon-

nois, | President a Movlins. | Nous
auons adiousté Deyx Indices: L’vn des
Chapitres: L’autre des principales |
matieres de tout ce Thresor. | Seconde
edition. | [Design. ] |

A Yverdon, | De l’Imprimerie de la
Societé Helvetiale Caldoresqvi. | M.
DC. XIX [1619].

formulas, relating to medicine, war,
hunting, fishing, ball play, life conjur-
ing, love, self protection, &c.] \~
Manuscript, Cherokee characters: a quarto
ledger of 118 numbered and 4 unnumbered
pages, completely filled, together with 65 fools-
cap pages on separate sheets. Obtained by
Mr. James Mooney on the East Cherokee res-

184 ADDENDA TO THE

Gatigwanasti [ Belt ]}—Continued. Hewitt (J. N. B.)—Continued.

ervation in the autumn of 1888, and now in the
library of the Bureau of Ethnolozy.

Gatigwanasti, also known as Wilnoti, the
author of this valuable collection, was one of
their most noted doctors and conjurors. Te
died in the spring of 1887; the manuscript
was obtained from his son. The formulas are
well written in bold characters.

Grasserie (Raoul de la). Etudes | de |
grammaire comparée | Des | divisions
de la linguistique | par | Raoul de la
Grasserie | Docteur en Droit | Juge au
tribunal de Rennes, | Membre de la So-
oiété de Linguistique de Paris. |

aris | Maisonneuve et Ch. Leclerc,
éditeurs | 25, quai Voltaire, 25. | 188s.

Printed cover as above, dedication verso
blank 11. title as above verso blank 1 1. text
pp. 1-164, 8°.—A section entitled ‘‘ Morphologie
lexicologique,”” pp. 87-108, contains a few words
in Nahuatl, p. 91; Dacotah, pp. 91-92; Cri, p. 92;
Chippeway, p. 93; Abénaqui, p.93; Cherokee,
pp. 105-106; Lenapé, p.107; Esquimaud, p. 108.

Copies seen: Gatschet.

—— Etudes | de | grammaire comparée |
De la catégorie du temps | par | Raoul
de la Grasserie | Docteur en Droit |
Juge au tribunal de Rennes, | Membre
de la Société de Linguistique de Paris. |

Paris | Maisonneuve et Ch. Leclere,
éditeurs | 25, quai Voltaire, 25. | 1888.

Printed cover as above, dedication verso
blank 1 1. title as above verso blank 11. text pp.
1-195,1 p. additions and corrections, 8°.—The
author makes use of many North American lan-
guages—Aleut, Algonkin, Creek, Dakota, Es-
kimo, Iroquois, Maya, Nahuatl, Sahaptin, et al.;
but the material pertaining to any one of them
is meager and scattered.

Copies seen: Gutschet.

Hale (Horatio). Thedevelopment of lan-
guage. By Horatio Hale.

In Canadian Institute, Proce. third series,
vol. 6, pp. 92-134, Toronto, 1&88, 8°.
General remarks concerning the Iroquois lan-

guage, pp. 125-126.—Iroquois terms expressive |

of abstractions, p. 129.
For separate issue see p. 76 of this biblio-
graphy.

Huron folk-lore. 1.—Cosmogonic
myths, The good and evil minds.

In Journal of American Folk-Lore, vol. 1, pp.
177-183, Boston and New York, 1888, 8°. (Bu-
reau of Ethnology, Pilling.)

Derivation of the names Wendat and Huron,
p.177.—Remarks concerning the Huron Jan-
guage, with a few words thereof, p. 178.—
Meanings of two Huron words, p. 181.

Hewitt (John Napoleon Brinton). The
meaning of Hn-kwé-hén/-wé in the Iro-
quoian languages.

Iu The American Anthropologist, vol. 1, pp.
323-324, Washington, 1888, 8°. (Pilling, Pow-
ell.)

For a note by Mr. Hewitt on Iroquois verbs,
sce p. 340 of the same volume.
| Linguistic material in the Cayuga
language, 1888. ]

Manuscripts in the library of the Bureau of
Ethnology: six myths, as detailed below. dic-
tated by Mr. James Jamieson, of the Grand

tiver Reserve, Canada, in September and Oc-
teber, 1888. An interlinear literal English
translation has been made by Mr. Hewitt, and
notes on and a free translation of the whole are
in progress.

1. Forked Mountain, a tale of the Cayugas,
46 foolscap pp.

2. Our grandmother—i. e., the moon, 4 fools-
cap pp.

3. Hip, a mythic spirit or demon of lechery,
5 fuolscap pp.

4. The great serpent, its ravages and how it
was killed, 4 foolscap pp.

5. Thunder conducts a woman to the upper
side of the sky, where dwell the dead, 4 fools-
cap pp.

6. The origin of the bodily aches and pains of
mankind, and the cause of the sharp-voiced
thunder, 9 foolscap pp.

[ Linguistic material in the Onondaga
language. 1888. ]

Manuscripts in the library of the Bureau of
Ethnology: three myths, as detailed below, col-
lected from Mr. Jolin,Buck, Six Nations Coun-
cil Fire-keeper, Grand River, Canada, in Octo-
ber, 1838. An interlinear literal translation of
each, in English, has already been made by Mr.
Hewitt, and a free translation will be added.

1. The tree of language, 4 fuolscap pp.

2. Creation, 45 fooiseap pp.

3. The formation of the League of the Iro-
quois, and the record of the wampum strings
and belts relating to the acts and principles of
the Coufederacy, with many of the laws, pre-
cepts, rites, and ceremonies of the League,
comprising the greater part of the so-called
Book of Rites, 71 foolscap pp.

—— [Linguistic material in the Tuscarora

language. 1888.)

Manuscripts in the library of the Bureau of
Ethnology: fifty-five legends (detailed below),
most of them dictated by Mr, Joseph Williams,
of the Tuskarora Reserve, N. Y., in August
and September, 1888. Literal and tree English
translations by Mr. Hewitt are being made.

1. The origin of the ‘‘Great Medicine,”
squashes, and corn, 3 pp.

2. The virgin or maid who, conceived by one
of the great serpents, metamorphosed into the
form of a beautiful young man, and who after-
ward gave birth to a son, sired by one of the
sons of thunder, 7 pp. |

3. How one of the great serpents was killed,
6 pp.

TROQUOIAN

Hewitt (J. N. B.)—Continued.
4. Tobacco, and the skull he had, 7 pp.
5. He-holds-sky, 3 pp.
6. A society of wizards destroyed, 5 pp.
7. A legend probably of the grizzly bear, 6 pp.

8. Death, in the form of a man, vanquishes
and kills a stone giant, and then himself gets
into trouble, 7 pp.

9. The great bird and the hunter, the latter
being transported to a point far above the
clouds, 10 pp.

10. A mythologic monster and the hunters, 8
Pp-

11. The giant plays foot-ball and bets his life
on the result, 4 pp.

12. Stone giants, 19 pp.

13. A great serpent, in the form of a woman,
espouses a hunter, 12 pp.

14, A giant who stealthily killed his human |

allies, 4 pp.
. How a stone giant was made, 5 pp.

16. The enchanted finger, 4 pp.

17. The mysterious insect, 6 pp.

18. How to see ghosts, 2 pp.

19. The seventh son and the vampire doll, 5
PPp-

20. To produce flashes of light as a witch or
wizard, 2 pp.

21. A man eats with the thunders, 4 pp.

22. The flying heads, 3 pp.

23. A mythologic bird, 5 pp.

24. Live-House and his deeds, 2 pp.

25. School of witchcraft, to test the enchant-
ing power of novices in the art, 4 pp.

26. Fire: why and how new must be made, 2
pp:

bo

7. Cats: beliefs about, 2 pp.

28. Legend of A-tu-ta/-ho’,7 pp.

29. A mythologic being (by Miss Lucinda
Thompson), 4 pp.

30. A boy cast away by his uncle ani then
nursed by a bear (by Miss Thompson), 9 pp.

31. The great medicine, 3 pp.

32. The great pain destroyer and relief for
consumption, 3 pp.

33. Medicine used in cases of accouchement,
aps

34. Tha-ré-hya-wa’/-ké (by John Gansworth),
6 pp.

35. Dwarf man (by Mr. Gansworth), 3 pp.

36. The young man and the giant (by Miss
Thompson), 9 pp.

37. Love philter, 3 pp.

38. The rabbit, and the people who were dis
pleased with their home, 7 pp.

39. Williams is visited by a wizard whom he
recognizes, 2 pp.

40. Williams’s dog bewitched after saving his
master’s life, 2 pp.

41. Williams outcharms a great Tuskarora
witch, 3 pp.

42. A stone giant put to flight by a young
warrior, 4 pp.

43. The owl takes away a man’s wife, 13 pp.

44. A man and his wife entertain a dwarf
man, 2 pp.

LANGUAGES.

| Inali [=Black-fox].

|

185

| Hewitt (J. N. B.)—Continued.

45. ‘Che man who always offered to the ani-
mals what he first killed in any of his hunting
expeditions, 14 pp.

46. The “labors” of the orphan (by Miss
Thompson), 8 pp.

47. The carnivorous ghost (by Miss Thomp-
son), 10 pp.

48. Duel between a lame dog and a fox, 6 pp.

49. How a woman became a great serpent, 4
pp.
50. Beliefs relating to the age of puberty, 2
pp.
51. The seventh son (2d Jegend), 32 pp.
52. A creation myth, 51 pp.
53. A man, a coon, and the kingdom of rat-
tlesnakes, 10 pp.
54. An oriental tree of language, 3 pp.
55. A company of wizards exhibit their pow-
ers of enchantment, 6 pp.
[Cherokee letters,
muster-rolls, memoranda, ete. ]
Manuscript, consisting of original letters in
the Cherokee alphabet, written by or to Inali
(Black-fox) during a period of thirty years.
They cover a wide range of subjects connected
with the daily life and official interests of the
Cherokees. Many of the letters were written
to friends at home by Cherokees in the Con-
federate service during the late war, and con-
tain accounts of operations in east Tennessee.
There are also muster-rolls of the Cherokee
troops, memoranda of issues of clothing, Sun-
day-school rolls, ete.
—— [Cherokee religious texts. ]
Manuscript, Cherokee characters: a small
quarto of 140 pages about half filked, consisting
of Bible extracts, hymns, ete.

[ Cherokee sacred formulas. ]

Manuscript of about 25 loose foolscap pages,
written in Cherokee characters. The formulas
relate to medicine, love, hunting, ete.

[ Council records of the Cherokee set-
tlement of Paint Town, North Carolina. ]

Manuscript, Cherokee characters: a blank
octavo ledger of 210 pages, only partially filled,
und covering a period of about five years from
1857 to the beginning of the late war, when the
old townhouse was abandoned. They deal
with arrangements for dances, regulations of
working companies, punishments for minor
offenses, &c., and were written in the Cherokee
characters by Inali, secretary of the council.
A few papers of similar character, but more
modern date, are added from the same collec-
tion.

These manuscripts, now in the library of the
Bureau of Ethnology, were obtained by Mr.
James Mooney on the East Cherokee reserva-
tion in the autumn of 1888.

Inali, who died at an advanced age about
1885, was a prominent man among his people
and endowed with literary tastes, and during
his long life filled the various offices of keeper

186

Inali [=Black-fox ]—Continued.
of the council records, preacher, Sunday-school
leader, officer of Cherokee troops in the Con-
federate service, doctor, and conjuror, appar-
ently returning in his old age to the Indian
faith of his forefathers. The manuscripts were
sion of his daughter.

found in posses
Indian. The Indiam | [Two lines quota-

tion and price of paper.] | Vol. I.

Hagersville [Ontario], Wednesday,
December 30, 1885.
29,1886. No. 24].

A twelve-page sheet, 11 by 14 inches in size,
edited by Chief Kah-ke-wa-quo-na-by, M. D.
(Dr. P. E. Jones), secretary Grand General In-
dian Council. This paper was in existence only
one year, the receipts not defraying its expense.

Teyerihwahkwatha. Mohawk. [A hymn in
the Mohawk language], vol. 1 (No. 3), p. 31,
February 17, 1886.
above.

Four stanzas, headed as

Veyerihwahkwatha. [Another hymn in the
Mohawk language], vol. 1 (No. 4), p. 44, March
3, 1886. Four stanzas, headed as above.

Copies seen: Pilling.

Jamieson (James). See Hewitt (J. N. B.)

Jones (Dr. Peter E.), editor. See Indian.

Laet (Johannes de). Ioannis de Laet |
Antwerpiani | note | ad | dissertationem

| Hugonis Grotii | De Origine Gentium

Americanarum: | et | observationes |
aliquot ad meliorem indaginem difficil-
limie | illius Quiestionis. | [ Design. ] |

Amstelodami, | Apud Lydovicym El-
zivirivin. | cloloc XLITI [1643].

Title verso blank 11. preface pp. 3-6, text
(page for page asin Amsterdam edition titled on
p. 96), pp. 7-223, 16°.—Linguistics as in the edi-
tion just mentioned.

Copies seen: Congress.

Lafitau (Pére Joseph Frangois). De
zeden | der | wilden | van | Amerika. |
Zyude | Ken nieuwe uitvoerige en zeer

van derzelver

Oor- | sprong, Godsdienst, manier van

Oorlogen, Huwelyken, Opvoe- | ding,

Oeffeningen, Feesten, Danzeryen, Be-

kurieuse Beschryving

gravenissen, | en andere zeldzame ge-
woonten ; | tegen | De Zeden der oudste
Volkeren vergeleken; enmet getuigenis-
sen uit de oudste | Grieksche en andere
Schryveren getoetst en bevestigt. |
Door den zeer geleerden| J. F. La liteau,
| Jesuit en Zendeling in America, in’t
Fransch beschreven. | En nu in zuiver
Nederduits vertaalt. | Eerste [-I1] deel.
| L[Ornament. ] |

Te Amsteldam, | By H. W. van Wel-
bergen. | En P. H. Charlois. 1751. |

No. 1 [—December |

ADDENDA

TOPE

-

| Lafitau (Pere J. F.)—Continued.

McIntosh (John).

Bericht aan de boekbinder. | De Platen
yan dit Boek moeten niet gestrookt,
maar in het Werk geplakt | worden, op
dat ze zo veel na voren komen als do-
enlyk is. | (GA)

2 vols. in one: 2 p. ll. pp. 1-36, 9 Il. pp. 1-300 ;
11. pp. 801-560 (wrongly numbered 555), map
and plates, folio. This edition appears to be a
reissue of the 1731 edition, with a new title-
page prefixed.

Title and note from Mr. Wilberforce Eames,
from a copy in the Lenox Library. z

Laverlochére (Pére Jean Nicolas).

Seo title on p. 105.

Rev. Jean Nicolas Laverlochére was born in
France. He began to work among the Indians
in the year 18145. In 1847 he went for the first
time to James’s Bay, and visited the Indians of
the Moose and Albany forts. In 1851, on his
way back from Moose Factory, he was struck
with palsy, and had to be carried to the mis-
sion of Lake Temiskamingue. He died there in
1885.

He had translated into the Muskekon dialect
the catechism and some prayers, but never had
anything printed. His manuscripts were left
to his successor and companion, the Rev. André
Garin.

Lowrey (George).

See title on p. 111.

Maj. George Lowrey was born at Tahskeege, ©
on the Tennessee River, near Tellico Block-
house, about the year 1770, and died in October,
1852. He was one of the Cherokee delegation,
headed by the distinguished John Watts, who
visited President Washington at Philadelphia
in 1791 or 1792. He was one of the captains of
light horse companies that were appointed to
enforce the laws of the nation in 1808 and 1810.
Ife was 2 member of the national committee,
organizedin 1814. He was one of the delegation
who negotiated the treaty of 1819 at Washing-
ton City. Te was a member of the convention
that framed the constitution of the nation in
1827; and also that of 1839. He was elected as-
sistant principal chief under the constitution
in 1822; which office he filled many years. At
the time of his death he was a member of the
executive council.

He always took a lively interest in the trans-
lation of the scriptures into the Cherokee lan-
guage, in which work he rendered important
aid. One of his written addresses on temper-
ance has been for several years [prior to 1852]
in circulation as a tract in the Cherokee lan-
cuage.— Worcester.

The | discovery of
America | by | Christopher Columbus ;
| andthe | origin | ofthe | North Amer-
ican Indians. | By J. Mackintosh [sic]. |

Toronto: | printed by W. J. Coates,

King street. | 1836. C)

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

McIntosh (John)—Continued.
Pp. 1-152, 8°.—Particularities of the Indian
languages, pp. 43-47,
Title furnished by Mr. Charles IL. Hull from
copy in the library of Cornell University.
Mooney (James). Myths of the Cher-
okees.
In Journal of American Folk-Lore, vol. 1,
pp. 97-108, Boston and New York, 1888, 8°.
Cherokee terms, with meanings, passita.
Issued separately, as follows:

Myths of the Cherokees. | By | James
Mooney. | Reprinted from the Journal
of American Folk-Lore, No. 2, July-
Scept., 1988. |

Cambridge: | Printed at the River-
side Press. | 1888.

Title on cover as above, pp. 97-108, 8°.

Copies seen: Pilling.

— [Cherokee personal names. ]

Manuscript, filling pages 94-204 of a quarto
blank book, in the library of the Bureau of
Ethnology; an alphabetical list of about 400
personal names, being all the Cherokee names
now in use among the East Cherokees, together
with others from old treaties and records. All
those names which can be explained are ana-
lyzed, and the first person present of the princi-
pal verb is given in each instance.

Collected on the East Cherokee reservation,
North Carolina, during the summer of 1888.

[Cherokee plant names, analyzed and
scientifically classified, with uses. ]

Manuscript, filling a quarto blank book of 204
pp-.; alist of about 400 species used by the East
Cherokees for medical, food, or other purposes,
with their various uses described and the Cher-
okee names analyzed. The first person present
of the principal verb from which the name is
derived is also given in each case. Obtained
on the East Cherokee reservation in North
Carolina in 1887-1888, and now in the library of
the Bureau of Ethnology. It contains also
drawings of 85 medical plants made by an In-
dian doctor.

The plants have been identified and their
scientific names added by Prof. L. F. Ward, of
the United States Geological Survey.

(Cherokee sacred formulas translit-
erated. ]

Manuscript, pp. 1-200 of a quarto blank book,
in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology, be-
ing transliterations of sacred formulas written
in the Cherokee text in the ‘‘Kanaéheta Ant
Tsalagi Eti’’? — the following work:

—— Transliteration: Hia | Kandheta Ani
Tsalagi Eti | tsanehei unindhelthi |
ugh wa‘li | ditanti wf, yo™wehi, gand-
hild"ta, atsu‘tiyi, danawf, anetsa, |
didalatli‘ti, adadalsfisti undlsgisti |
fle wuwakta"i | Na"da tsuwatlisandhi

187

Mooney (J.)—Continued.

tile tsuwasisantihi | digayaleta undst
tsuna‘welantihi | A‘yt@ini, Tsiskwa,
Gatigwanasti, Gahuni, Ahwanita, Ta-
kwatihi, Inali, | Yantigetlegi tle wunt"k-
tati. | Tiskwani tsuneltanthi: Wili
Westi tsutlilastantthi. | Elawatihi, Ga-
yalena. | 1883.

Free translation: Ancient Cherokee formulas
handed down from the past, concerning medi-
cine, love, hunting, fishing, war, the ball play,
life conjuring, self-protection, dances, etc. Col-
lected and edited by Nteda (James Mooney),
from the original manuscripts of Swimuer,
Bird, Belt, Gahuni, Young Deer, Catawba
Killer, Black Fox, Climbing Bear, ete. James
Blythe (Tiskwani, Chestnut Bread), interpre-
ter; W. W. Long (Wili Westi), copyist. Yel-
low Hill (Cherokee), North Carolina, 1858.

Manuscript, Cherokee characters (transliter-
ation given above); a quarto blank book, pp.
1-200, containing over 250 prayers, songs, and
other formulas relating to the subjects men-
tioned. The headings are written in red ink
and the book has a full table of contents and
an illuminated title-page. The prescriptions
and ceremonies are written out in full, and
were prepared under the supervision of Mr.
Mooney from dictation or from the original
papers of the doctors named in the title. The
work possesses a unique interest as an exposi-
tion of the Indian mythology and medical prac-
tice by full-blood Indians who speak no English.
The copyist is a full-blood Cherokee. Mr,
Mooney is now engaged in transliterating and
translating it into English.

—— [Vocabulary of the Lower Cherokee
dialect, formerly spoken on the head-
waters of Savannah River, in South

Jarolina and Georgia. }

Manuscript, pp. 77-228, quarto, in the library
of the Bureau of Ethnology, recorded in a copy
of Powell's Introduction to the Study of Indian
languages, 2d edition, completely filled. Ob-
tained on the East Cherokee reservation in
North Carolina in the fall of 1887, and revised
on the same reservation in 1888. The informant
was Chikilili, an old man who is now the only
one of the East Cherokees speaking this dia-
lect. The appendix contains about a dozen
pages of local names.

This vocabulary of the Lower Cherokee has
been compiled by Mr. Mooney since the writ-
ing and printing of the last paragraph tnder
his name on p. 124 of this bibliography, ¢. v.

The parallel vocabulary of the Middle Cher-
okee is now completed also. Tt does not con-
stitute an independent manuscript, however,
but occupies the ‘‘Remarks” column of the
Upper Cherokee book, red ink being used.
The Middle Cherokee dialect was formerly
spoken between the Blue Ridge and Cowee
Mountains in western North Carolina, and is
still used by the majority of the East Cher-

188

Mooney (J.)—Continued.
okees.
the Middle Cherokee in the summer of 1888
while on the East Cherokee reservation.

Pick (Rev. Bernard). The Bible in the
languages of America. By Rev. B.
Rickwe iD:

In Presbyterian Banner, vol. 75, No. 2, p. 2,
No. 3, p. 2, Pittsburgh, July 11 and 18, 1888, (Pil-
ling, Powell.)

A history of the translation and publication
in twenty-eight American languages of the
whole or portions of the Bible, being a revision
and extension of the article by the same author
described on page 134 of this bibliography. The
versions are arranged alphabetically, the Cher-
okee being numbered 4, the Mohawk 20, and
the Seneca 23.

Playter (George F.). The | history of
methodism | in Canada: | with an ac-
count of the rise and progress of the
work | of God among the Canadian In-
dian tribes, | and | Occasional Notices
of the Civil Affairs of the Province. |
sy George F, Playter, | of the Wesleyan
Conference. |

Toronto: | published for the author

by Anson Green, | at the Wesleyan |
printing establishment, | King street |

(i

east. | 1862.

Pp. i-viii, 1-414, 12°.—Tour lines of a hymn in
the Mohawk language, with English transla-
tion, p. 224.—Six lines of a hymn in the language
of the Bay of Quinte Indians on Grape Island
(Chippewa], p. 312.

In this copy, which is bound in cloth and let-
tered as a complete work, the last page (414) is
numbered. In these two respects only docs it
appear to differ from the copy described on
page 185 of this bibliography, where the name
of the author should be George F. Playter in-
stead of George D.

Title and description from Mr. Wilberforce |

Eames, from a copy in his possession.
Pott (August Friedrich). Einleitung in
die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft.

In Internationale Zeitschrift fiir allgemeine
Sprachwissenschaft, vol. 1, pp. 1-68, 829-354,
vol. 2, pp. 54-115, 209-251, vol. 3, pp. 110-126, 249-
275, Supp. pp. 1-193, vol. 4, pp. 67-96 (and to be
continued), Leipzig, 1884-1887, and Heilbrenn,
188(9?), 8°.

The literature of American linguistics, vol.
4, pp. 67-96. This portion was published after
Mr. Pott’s death, which occurred July 5, 1887.
The editor of the Zeitschrift, Mr.
Techmer, states in a note that Pott’s paper is
continued from the manuscripts which he left,
and that it is to close with the languages of
Australia. In the section of American In-
guistics publications in all the more important
stocks of North America are mentioned, with
brief characterization.

general

Mr. Mooney revised this vocabulary of |

ADDENDA TO THE

Reade (John).
poetry.

In Royal Society of Canada, Proc. & Trans.
vol. 5, section 2, pp. 9-34, Montreal, 1888, 4°.

A general discussion, wherein many works
relating to the subject are mentioned and
quoted from as well as many aboriginal poems
and songs; but the only example given in a na-
tive language is a short Iroquois ditty, p. 29,
from the late Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith’s ‘‘ Myths
of the Troquois.”’

Aboriginal American

Seneca. Sheet ordinances, Seneca chiefs,
4th December, 1847. (G))
In the Seneca language. Title from School-
craft (H. R.), A bibliographical catalogue, p. 8
Sero (John). [Vocabulary of the Mo-
hawk language. ] Ge),
Manuscriptin possession of Prof. A. F. Cham-
berlain, Toronto, who writes me under date
Dec. 13, 1888: ‘I have lately secured from Mr.
Jobn Sero (Ojijatekha) a short vocabulary of
Mohawk as spoken at the reservation near
Brantford.”
Smith (De Cost). Witcheraft and demon-
ism of the modern Iroquois.

In Journal of American Folk-Lore, vol. 1,
pp. 184-194, Boston and New York, 1888, 8°.
(Bureau of Ethnology, Pilling.)

Onondaga words and expressions passim.

Spencer (fev. Elihu). [Letter on the
language of the Five Nations. ]

In Smith (William), History of the Prov-
ince of New York, pp. 39-40, London, 1757, 4°.

General remarks and the Lord’s prayer in the
language of the Five Nations. (See p. 158 of
this bibliography.) The Lord’s prayer re-
printed also in Proud (Robert), The History of
Pennsylvania, vol. 2, p. 301, Philadelphia, 1798,
8°. (Astor, British Museum, Congress.)

Stanley (J. M.). Catalogue | of | pic-
tures, | in | Stanley & Dickerman’s |
North American | Indian portrait gal-
lery;|J. M. Stanley, | artist. |

Cincinnati: | printed at the ‘ Daily
Enquirer office.” | 1846.

Printed cover, title as above, verso blank 11.
pp. 3-34, $°.—Contains a few Cherokee personal
names with meanings.

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.

| —— Portraits | of | North American In-

dians, | with sketches of scenery, ete.,
| painted by | J. M. Staniey. | Depos-
ited with | the Smithsonian Institution.
| [Design.] |

Washington: | Smithsonian Institu-
tion. | December, 1852.

Printed cover as above, title as above i lL. pp.
3-76, 8°.— Contains a few Cherokee personal
names, with meanings.

Copies seen: Geological Survey, Pilling,
Powell.

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES. 189

Ten Kate (Dr. Herman [rederick Car- | Ten Kate (Dr. H. F. C.), jr.—Continued.

vel), jr. Reizen en Onderzoekingen | plates, 8°.—Remarks on the Cherokee language
in | Noord-Amerika | van | Dt. H. I’. C, | and words of the same, pp. 420-425.

Ten Kate J'. | Met een kaart en twee | Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology.
uistlaande platen. | | Thompson (Lucinda). See Hewitt ‘J.

Leiden, E. J. Brill. | 1885.

Printed cover as above, half-title reverse | ate : :
blank 1 1. title as above reverse blank 11.3 | Williams (Joseph). See Hewitt (J. N.

other prel. ll. pp. 1-464, 1 p. errata, map,2 > B.).

N. B.).

|

1545
1556
1556
1580
1598
1600
1600
1600?
1606
1606
1609
1609
1611
1612
1612?
1615
1616
1618
1619
1622-1635
1626-1649
1630
1630
1632
1632
1632
1632
1632
1633
1636
1637
1637
1658-1675
1640
1640
1642
1643
1643
1643
1644?
1650?
1651
1655
1655
1655
1656
1663
1666-1726
1667-1712
1667-1712
1667-1712
1696

CHRONGL OGEC: EN DES

Huron
Huron
Huron
Huron
Huron
Huron
Huron
Mohawk
Huron
Huron
Huron
Huron
Huron
Huron
Huron
Huron
Huron
Huron
Huron

Mohawk and Onondaga

Huron
Hochelaga
Huron
Huron
Huron
Huron
Huron
Huron
Hochelaga
Huron
Huron
Huron
Huron
Hochelaga
Huron
Huron
Huron and Maqua
Huron and Maqua
Huron and Maqua
Mohawk
Auron
Mohawk
Huron
Mingu'a
Minqua
Minqua
Huron
Huron
Mobawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk

Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Dictionary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary

Numerals

Numerals
Numerals
Numerals
Numerals
Numerals

Dictionary

Numerals

Numerals
Numerals

Grammar
Vocabulary and numerals
Christian doctrine
Christian doctrine
Christian doctrine
Christian dcctrine
Dictionary
Dictionary
Vocabulary and numerals
Dictionary
Prayer and general discussion
Prayer and general discussion
Grammatic treatise
Vocabulary and numerals
Christian doctrine
Hymn

Vocabularies
Vocabularies
Vocabularies

Phrases and sentences
Dictionary
Phrases and sentences
Letters

temarks
Remarks
Remarks

Dictionary

Dictionary

Catechism
Instructions

Prayers

Vocabulary

Cartier (J.).
Cartier ‘J.).
Cartier (J.).
Cartier (J.).
Cartier (J.).
Cartier (J.).
Cartier (J.).
Mohawk.
Cartier (J.), note.
Cartier (J.), note.
Lesearbot (M.).
Lescarbot (M.).
Lescarbot (M.).
Lesearbot (M.).
Lesearbot (M.).
Duret (C.).
Le Caron (J.).
Lescarbot (M.).
Duret (C.).
Wassenaer (C.).
Brebeent (J.).
Laet (J. de).
3rebeeuf (J.).
Brebeeut (J.).
Brebeeuf (J.).
Lrebeeuf (J.).
Sagard (G.).
Sagard (G ).
Laet (J. de).
Sagard (G.).
Brebeeuf (J.).
Brebeeuf (J.).
Lalemant (J.).
Laet (J. de).
3reboeuf (J.).
Lalemant (J.).
Laet (J. de).
Laet (J. de).
Laet (J. de).
Megapolensis (2.).
Huron,
Megapolensis (J.).
Le Mercier (F.J.).
Donck (A. van der).
Donck (A. van der),
Donck (A. van der).
Huron.
Carheil (1. de).
Bruyas (J.).
Bruyas (J.).
Bruyas (J.).
Campanius (J.).

191

192

1699? Huron
16992 Huron
17002. Mohawk
1702 = Oneida
1703 Turon
1703 Hurou
1703 Huron
1703 Huron
1704 Huron
1705 Huron
1705 Huron
1706 =Huron
1706-1708 Huron
1707) = Huron
1707 Troquois
1709 Huron
1709 Huron
. 1709 Tuskarora
1709 Tuskarora
Wi Huron
1712 Tuskarora
1713) = =Huron
1714 Tuskarora
1714-1757 Mohawk
1714-1757 Mohawk
1715 Mohawk
1715 Mohawk
1718 Tuskarora
1721 Huron
1721-1761 Mohawk
1721-1761 Mohawk
1723 Huron
1724 Huron
1724 Huron
1727 =—— Iroquois
1728 Huron
A731 Huron
1731 Huron
1731 Huron
1735 Huron
1735 Huron
1737) = Tuskarora
1739 ~=Huron
41 Huron
1741 Huron
1748) Tuskarora
1744 Huron
1744 Huron
1744 Huron
1744 Huron

1744 Huron
1744 (2)
1744 (2)
1744 (?)
1744 (2)

1745 Hiuron
1745-1751 Mohawk
1745-1751 Mohawk
1745-1751 Mohawk
1745-1751 Mohawk
1745-1751 Mohawk
1745-1751 Onondaga

1746 Mohawk
1746-1781 Mohawk
1746-1781 Mohawk
1746-1781 Mohawk

Grammar
Grammar
Scriptures
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabwary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Remarks
Vocabulary
Tract
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
temarks
Vocabulary
Tnstructions
Sermons
Book of common prayer
Lord’s prayer
WVocabulary
Vocabulary
Sermon

Sermons and instructions

Hymn
Remarks
Remarks
Words
Vocabulary
Remarks
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Words
Vocabulary
Remarks
Remarks
Remarks
vemarks
Remarks

@)

@)

(@)

(‘)
Numerals
Bible verses
Bible verses
Grammatic treatise
ivammatic treatise
Vocables
Dictionary
Hymn-book
Prayers

Sermons and instructions
Sermons and instructions

CHRONOLOGIC INDEX TO THE

Huron.

Huron.

Freeman (B.).

Campanius Holm (T.).
Lahontan (A. L. de D.).
Lahontan (A. L. de D.).
Lahontan (A. L. de D.).
Lahontan (A. L. de D.).
Lahontan (A. L. de D.).
Lahontan (A. L. de D.).
Lahontan (A. L. de D.).
Lahontan (A. L. de D.).
Reland (H.).

Lahontan (A. L. de D.).
Another Tongue.

Lahontan (A. L.deD.).
Lahontan (A. L. de D.).
Lawson (J.).

Lawson (J.).

Lahontan (A. L. de D.).
Lawson (J.).

Reland (H.), note.

Lawson (J.).

Dépéret (B.).

Dépéret (B.).

Claesse (L.).

Chamberlayne (J.) and Wil-
Lawson (J.). {kins (D.).
Lahoutan (A. L. de D.), note.
Giiep (H.).

Giien (1.).

Rasles (S.).

Lafitau (J. F.).

Lafitau (J. F.).

Colden (C.).

Lahontan (A. L. de D.).
Lafitau (J. F.).

Lahontan (A. L.de D.), note.
Lahontan (A. L. de D.), note.
Lahontan (A. L. de D.).
Lahontan (A. L. de D.).
Brickell (J.).

Lahontan (A. L. de D.).
Lahontan (A. L. de D.).
Hensel (G.).

Brickell (J.).

Charlevoix (P. F. X. de).
Charlevoix (P. F. X. de).
Charlevoix (P. F. X. de).
Charlevoix (P. F. X. de).
Charlevoix (P. F. X. de), note.
Charlevoix (P. F. X.de), note,
Charlevoix (P. F. X. de), note.
Charlevoix (P. F-X. de), note.
Charlevoix (P. F. X. de), note.
Lesearbot (M.), note.
Pyrleus (J.C.).

Pyrlexus (J.C.).

Pyrleus (J.C.).

Pyriwus (J.C.).

Pyrleus (J.C.).

Pyrleus (J.C.).

Pyrlxus (J.C.).

Mathevet (J.C.).

Mathevet (J.C.).

Matheyet (J. C.).

147?
1747
1748
1749
1749
1750
1750-180

Huron
Iroquois
Mohawk
Huron
()
Troquois
8 Iroquois

1750-1808 Onondaga
1751 Huron
1751 Huron
1752 Huron

VW54-1777 Mohawk

1754-1777 Mohawk

1754-1777 Mohawk

1754-1777 Mohawk

1754-1793 Mohawk

1754-1793 Mohawk

1754-1793 Mohawk
1755 = Iroquois
1756 Huron
1756 Troquois
1756 Troquois
1756 Various
1757 ~— Iroquois
1759 Huron
1760 Huron
1761 Huron
1761 Huron
176: Huron
1763 Mohawk
1764 (?)
1766 Huron
1767 = Iroquois
1767 Various
1769 Mohawk

1770-1777 Mohawk
1773) = Mohawk

1774-1790 Various
1775 = Cherokee
776 Onondaga
1776 = Onondaga
1776 = Onondaga
VWi7 Troquois
1777 Mohawk
1780 = =Mohawk

1780-1784 Huron
VSi Huron
1781 Troquois
1781 Mohawk

ATSB8-1787 Mohawk
1784 Huron
17842. ~Mohawk
1785 Tuskarora
1786 = Mohawk
1ST Huron
1787 Turon
1787 Mohawk
1787 Mohawk
1788S Mohawk
1788 Mohawk
1788 Mohawk
1789 = Mohawk
1789 Mohawk
1789 Mohawk
1789 Mohawk

IROQ——13

JROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Grammar
Words

Lord’s prayer and vocabulary

Remarks
(’)

Words
Grammatic treatise
Vocabulary ‘
Dictionary
Remarks
Remarks

Sacred history
Sacred history
Sermous

Sermons

Sermon

Sermons

Sermons

Words

Hymn

Words

Words

Numerals

Lord’s pray er
Hymn

Remarks
Remarks
Remarks

Remarks

Prayer book

()

Remarks
General discussion
Numerals

Book of common prayer
New testament
Words

Numerals

Words
Dictionary
Grammar
Grammar
Vocabulary
Primer

Book of common prayer
Vocabulary
Hymn
Vocabulary
Primer

Sermons
Remarks
Sermons, ete.
Numerals

Primer

Hymn

Hymn

Book of common prayer
St. Mark

Lord’s prayer, ete.
Lord’s prayer, ete.
Lord's prayer, ete.
Lord’s prayer, ete.
Lord’s prayer, ete.
Lord’s prayer, etc.
Words

193

Potier (2’.).
Colden (C.).
Fritz (J. F.) and Schultze(B.).
Lausbert (C. F.).
Charlevoix (P. F. X. de), note.
Colden (C.).

Zeisberger (D.).
Zeisberger (D.).
Potier (P.).

Lafitau (J. F.).

Lafitau (J. F.), note.
Terlaye (F. A. M. de).
Terlaye (F. A. M. de).
Terlaye (IF. A. M. de).
Terlaye (F. A. M. de).
Guichartde Kersident (V. F.).
Guichartde Kersident (V. F.).
Guichartde Kersident (V. F.).
Colden (C.).

Rasles (S.), note.

Colden (C.), note.

Colden (C.), note.

Weiser (C.).
Spencer (.).

Rasles (S.), note.

Jefferys (T.).
Charlevoix (P. F. X. de).
Jetferys (T.).
Charlevoix (P. F. X. de),
Morning.
Charlevoix (P. F. X. de), note.
Charlevoix (P. F, X. de).
Zeisberger (D.).
Parsons (J.).

Andrews (W.) and others,
Stuart (J.).
Johnson (W.).

Vallancey (C.).

Adair (J.).

Zeisberger (D.).
Zeisberger (D.).
Zeisberger (D.).

Scherer (J. B.).
Tontri8aiestak8a

Claus (D.).

Gilij (F.S.).

Rasles (S.), note.

Court de Gebelin (A. de).
Primer.

Le Brun (A. T.).

Hervas (L.).

Garde (P. P. F. de la).
Hervas (L.).

Primer.

Hervas (L.).

Rasles (S.), note.

Book.

Brant (J.).
Edwards (J.).
Edwards (J.).
Edwards (J.).
Bergmann (G. yon).
Edwards (J.).
Edwards (J.), note.
Johnson (W.), note.

194
1780

1789-1819
1790
1790?
1790
17902

1790-1791

1791
1791
1791
1792
1792
1793
1793
1793
1793
1793
1794
1794
1794
A797
1797
1798
1798
1799
1799
1799
1799
1801
1805
1805
1805
1805
1806

1806-1817

1807
1807-1829
1807-1829

1809

1809

1810

1810

1810

1810

1Sil

1812

1812

1812
1812-1857

1815

1813
1813-1855
1813-1855

1815

1815

1815

1816

1816

1816

1816

ISi7

1Si8

1818

1818

CHRONOLOGIC INDEX TO THE

Cayuga, Mohawk, and Onon- Vocabulary

daga

Mohawk Sermons
Cherokee Vocabulary
Cherokee Vocabulary
Huron Hymn
Troquois Vocabulary
Troquois, Oneida, and Seneca Words
Cherokee temarks
Troquois Vocabulary
Iroquois Vocabulary
Cherokee Remarks
Mohawk Phrases and sentences
Cherokee Remarks
Cherokee Remarks
Cherokee Vocabulary
Cherokee Vocabulary
W yandot Vocabulary
Cayuga, Mohawk,and Oneida Vocabulary
Cherokee Remarks

(3) ()
Various Vocabulary

(?) (”)
Troquois Lord’s prayer
Various Vocabulary
Cherokee Remarks
Mohawk Instructions
Mohawk Lord's prayer
Mohawk Sermon
Mohawk Lord’s prayer, ete.
Huron Remarks
Mohawk Address
Mohawk Lord's prayer
Mohawk St. John
Mohawk Lord's prayer
Various Vocabularies and grammatic

comments.

Huron Hymn
Mohawk Hymns
Mohawk Prayers
Huron Hymn
Mohawk Numerals
Huron Vocabulary
Huron Vocabulary
Various Words

(?) (2)
Mohawk Sermon
Huron Vocabulary
Mohawk St. John
Mohawk Sermon
Mohawk Canticles
Troquois Spelling-book
Troquois Tract
Mohawk Sermon
Mohawk Tract
Iroquois Tract
Oneida Address
Various Bibliographic
Mohawk Prayer-book
Mohawk Prayer-book
Various Vocabularies

(2) (2)
Troquois Geographic names
Troquois Remarks
Mohawk St. Johu
Seneca Hymn-book

Loskiel (G. H.).

Rinfret (A.).
Castiglioni (L.).
Hawkins (B.).
Rasles (S.), note.
Besson (J.P. D.).
Yankiewitch (F.de M.).
Bartram (B.).
Long (J.).

Long (J.).
Bartram (\W.).
Megapolensis (J.).
Bartram (‘V.).
Bartram (W.).
Castiglioni (L.).
Preston (W.).
Parsons (S. H.).
Loskiel (G. H.).
Bartram (W.).
Bartram (W.), note.
Barton (B.S.).
Bartram (\W.), note.
Spencer (E.), note.
Barton (B.S.).
Bartram (\W.).
Mokawk.

Fry (E.).

Rinfret (A.).
Edwards (J.).
Hervas (L.).
Norton (J.).
Marcel (J.J.).
Norton (J.).
Bodoni (J. B.).
Adelung (J.C.) and Vater (J.

S.).

Rasles (S.), note.

toupe (J. B.).
Roupe (J. B.).
Rasles (S.), note.
Hawley (—).
Cartier (J.), note.
Cartier (J.), note.
Vater (J.S.).
Long (J.), note.
Rinfret (A.).
Cartier (J.).
Norton (J.), note,
Mohawk.
Dufresne (N.).
Williams (E.).
Williams (J.).
Marcoux (J.).
Marcoux (J.).
Williams (E.).
Williams (I.).
Vater (J.S.).
Marcoux (J.)
Williams (E.).
Vater (J. S.).
Benson (E.).
Benson (Ff.).
Hecekewelder (J. G. E.).
Norton (J.).
Hyde (J. B.).

1818
1819

1819
1819
1819
1819
1819
1819
1819

1819
1819?
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1821
1821
1821
1822
1825
1823
1823
.1823
1823
1823
1824?
1824
1824
1824
1824
1824
1825?
1825
1826
1826

1826
1826
1826
1826
1826
1826
1827!
1827?
1827
1827
1827
1827
1827
1827
1827
1827
1828
1828
1828
1828
1828
1828
1828
1828
1828

TROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Seneca
Cherokee

Turon
Iroquois
Troquois
Troquois
Troquois
Iroquois
Onondaga

Seneca
Tuskarora
Cherokee
Cherokee and Onondaga
Iroquois
W yandot
W yandot
Cherokee
Cherokee and Onondaga
Troquois
Iroquois
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee and Monawk
Cherokee and, Mohawk
Mohawk
Wyandot
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Troquois
Troquois
Seneca
Cherokee
Troquois
Cherokee
Cherokee, Iroquois, and Sen-
eca.
Troquois and Tuskarora
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Seneca
Various °
Cherokee
Cherokee
Troquois
Mohawk
Mohawk
Seneca
Seneca
W yandot
Various
(?)
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Huron
Huron
Troquois
Troquois
Mohawk an! Tuskarora

1828-1834 Cherokee
1828-1883 Mohawk

Spelling-book
Spelling-book

Hymn
Remarks
Words
Words
Words
Words
Remarks

Hymn-book
Spelling-book
Songs

Numerals and gram. forms
Spelling-book
Vocabulary
Words
Vocabulary
Numerals and gram. forms
Remarks
Remarks
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Various

Various
Catechism

Words

Bible extracts
Remarks
Spelling-book
Words

Words
Vocabulary

New testament
Geographic names
Alphabet

Proper names

Vocabularies
Catechism
Numerals
Words
Words
Vocabularies, ete.
Constitution
Constitution
Hymn-book
Hymn
St. Luke
Grammatic treatise
Hymn and words
Vocabulary
Remarks

@)
Alphabet
Alphabet
Bible verses
St. Matthew
Conjugation
Conjugation
Grammar
Grammar
Numerals
Periodical
Prayer- book

195

Seneca.

Buttrick (D. S.) ard Brown
(D.).

Rasles (S.), note.

Heckewelder (J. G. E.).

Duponceau (P. S.).

Duponceanu (P. §.).

Duponceau (P. S.), note.

Duponceau (P. §.), note.

Heckewelder (J. G. E.) and
Duponceau (P.8.).

Hyde (J. B.).

Crane (J.C.).

Mitchill (S. L.).

Jarvis (S. F.).

Williams (E.).

Johnston (J.).

Cass (L.).

Bringier (L.).

Jarvis (S. F.).

Heckewelder (J. G. E,).

Heckewelder (J.G. E.).

Haywood (J.).

Say (T.).

Edwards (J.).

Edwards (J.).

Marcoux (J.).

Cass (L.).

Arch (J.).

Roberts (—).

Wofford (J. D.).

Duponceau (P. 8.), note.

Duponceau (P.58.), note.

Remarks.

Brown (D.).

Benson (E.).

Preservation.

Indian.

Prichard (J.C.).

Piquet (F.).

Balbi (A.).

Sparks (J.).

Seaver (J. E.).

Balbi (A.).

Constitution.
Constitution.

Collection.

McKenney (T. L.).

eT CH ACS)

Analysis

Alden (T.).

Assall (F. W.).

Warden (D.B.).

Cusick (D.).

Worcester (S. A.).
Worcester (S. A.).
Worcester (8. A.).
Lowrey (G.) and Brown (D.),
Chateaubriand (IF. A. de).
Chateaubriand (IF. A. de).
Mareoux (J.).

Marcoux (J.).

Cusick (D.).

Cherokee Phoenix.
Marcoux (I. X.).

196

1829

1829
1829

1829
1829
1829
1829
1829
1829
1829
1829?
1829?
1829
1829
1829?
1830
1830

1830
1830
1830
1830
1851
1831
1831

1831
1831-1875
1831-1875
1831-1875

1832

1832

1832?
1832
1833

1833

1833
1833
1833
1834
1834
1834

1834
1834
1834
1834
1834
1834
i835
1835
1835

1835
1835
1835
1835
1835
1835

CHRONOLOGIC INDEX TO

Cherokee

Cherokee
Cherokee

Troquois
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Seneca
Seneca
Seneca
Seneca
Seneca
Seneca
Cherokee
Cherokee

Cherokee

Cherokee and Seneca
Cherokee and Seneca
Seneca

Cherokee

Huron

Mohawk

Seneca
Seneca
Seneca
Seneca
Cherokee

Cherokee

Mohawk
Mohawk
Cherokee

Cherokee

Cherokee
Mohawk
Mohawk
Cherokee

Cherokee and Wy-andot

Mohawk

Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Oneida
Oneida
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee

Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk

Hymn-book

Lord’s prayer
St. Matthew

Vocabulary
Hymn-book
Hymn-book
Primer

St. Mark

St. Mark

Bible story
Hymn-book
Hymn-book
Hymn-book
St. Luke

St. Matthew
Grammar
Hymns

Litany

Numerals
Numerals
Vocabulary
Conjugations, ete.
Grammar

St. Matthew

Primer

St.Matthew,St. Mark, St. Luke
Tracts

Tracts

Hymns

St. Matthew

Book of rites
Hymn-book
Acts of the apostles

Hymns

Tract

Bible verse

St. Luke

Alphabet
Conjugations, ete.
Acts of the apostles

Bible verse
Bible verse
Catechism
Corinthians I
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Almanac
Alphabet
Hymns

Acts of the apostles
Ephesians
Galatians

Galatians
Ilymn-book
Romans

TEE

Boudinot (E.) and Worcester
(SiAz)?

Cherokee.

Worcester (S, A.) and Boudi-
not (E.).

Macauley (J.).

BU (EAS):

Hill (H. A.).

Ne ne.

Brant (J.).

Brant (J.).

Harris (T.S.) and Young (J.).

Harris (T.S.) and Young (J.).

Thayer (W.A.). :

Young (J.).

Harris (T.S8.).

Harris (T.S.).

Pickering (J.).

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudi-
not (E.).

Church.

James (E.).

James (E.).

Jackson (H.).

Pickering (J.).

Chaumenot (P.J.M.).

Hill (H. A.) and Wilkes (J.
A.).

White (8.).

Wright (A.).

Wright (A.).

Wright (A.).

Worcester (S, A.) and Boudi-
not (E.).

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudi*
not (E.).

Mohawk.

IAG) (GAS) s

Worcester (8. A.) and Boudi-
not (E.).

Worcester (S. A.) and Bondi-
not (E.).

Boudinot (E.).

Drake (8. G.)

Hill (H. A.) & Wilkes (J. A.).

Warden (D. B.).

Pickering (J.).

Hill (H. A.), Hess (W.), and
Wilkes (J. A.).

Drake (S. G.).

Drake (8S. G.), note.

Ne Yeriwanontontha.

Hill (H. A.) & Wilkes (J. A.).

Campanius Holm (T.).

Campanius Holm (T.).

Worcester (S. A.).

Guess (G.).

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudi-
not (E.).

Hill (H. A.) and others.

Hill (H. A.) and others.

Hess (W.) and Wilkes (J. A.).

Hill (H. A.) and others.

Hill (H. A.).

Hill (H. A.) and others,

1835
1835
1836
1836
1836
1836?
1836
1836
1836
1836
1836
1836
1836
1836
1836
1836
1836
1836
1836
1836
1836
1836
1836
1836
1836
1836
1836
1836
1836-1810
1837
1837
1837

1837

1837
1837?
1837?
1837
1838
1838
1838

1838
1838
1838
1838
1859
1839
1839
1839
1839
1839
1839
1839
1840
1840
1840

1840
1840
1840
1840
1840
1840-1860
1841

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Various
(2)
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Huron
Huron
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Seneca
Various
Huron
Cherokee
Cherokee and Seneca
Cherokee, Iréquois, and Wy-
andot.
Cherokee, Iroquois, and Wy-
andot.
Iroquois
Iroquois
Iroquois
Various
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee

Cherokee
Huron
Onondaga
Various
Cherokee
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Tuskarora
Tuskarora
Tuskarora
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee

Huron
Wyandot
Various
Various
(?)
Cherokee
Cherokee

Remarks

(?)
Conjugations, ete.
Grammatic comments
Grammatic comments
Tract
Tracts
Prayer and general discussion
Remarks
Bible verse
Colossians
Corinthians I
Epistles
Hebrews
John IIL
John IIT
Jude
Lord's prayer, etc.
Philemon
Philippians
Revelation
St. John
St. Matthew
Thessalonians I, II
Timothy I, IL
Titus
Reader
Various
Conjugation
Almanac
Catalogue
Proper names

Proper names

Prayer-book
Prayers
Prayers
Proper names
Almanac
Alphabet

St. John

Tract

Hymn
Vocabulary
Proper names
Almanac
Hymu-book
Hymn-book
Isaiah

Lord’s prayer
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Epistles
Lord’s prayer
St. Matthew

Vocabulary

Hymn

Proper names

Proper names
(?)

Bible texts, ete.

Almanac

197

Warden (D. B.).

Drake (S. G.), note.
Pickering (J.).

Worcester (S. A.).

Worcester (S. A.).

Select.

Hitcheock (A.).

Brebeuf (J.), note.

McIntosh (J.).

Drake (S. G.).

Hess (W.) and Wilkes (J. A.).
Hess (W.) and Wilkes (J. A.).
Hill (HW. A.) & Wilkes (J. A.).
Hess (W.) and Wilkes (J. A.).
Hill (H. A.) & Wilkes (J A.).
Hill (9. A.) & Wilkes (J. A.).
Hill (0. A.) & Wilkes (J. A.).
Drake (S.G.).

Hess (W.) and Wilkes (J. A.).
Hess (W.) and Wilkes (J. A.).
Hill (H. A.) & Wilkes (J. A.).
Hill (H. A.) & Wilkes (J. A.).
Hill (a. A.) & Wilkes (J. A.).
Hess (W.) and Wilkes (J. A.).
Hess (W.) and Wilkes (J. A.).
Hess (W.) and Wilkes (J. A.).
Wright (A.).

Gallatin (A.).

Chateaubriand (F. A. de).
Worcester (S. A.).

American Board of Comm'rs.
Treaties.

Treaties.

Davis (S.).

Davis (S.).

Davis (S.).

Catlin (G.).

Worcester (S. A.)

Guess (G.).

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudi
not (E.).

Evil.

Rasles (S.), note.

Duponceau (P.58.).

Catlin (G.).

Worcester (S. A.), note.

Hill (H. A.).

Hill (1. A.), note.

Ne kaghyadongbhsera.

Richard (L.).

Delafield (J.) and Lakey (J.).

Delafield (J.) and Lakey (J.).

Delafield (J.) and Lakey (J.).

Epistles.

Vail (i. A.).

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudi-
not (.).

Cartier (J.).

Finley (J. B.).

Case.

Catlin (J.).

James (E.), note.
(E.),

Gahuni (—).
Worcester (S. A.), note.

198

1841

1841
1841

1841
1841
1841
1841
1841
1841
1841-1850
1842

1842
1812
1812
1842
1842
1842
1842
1842
1842
1842
1843
1843
1843
1843 ?
1843
1843
1843
1843
1843
1844
1844
1844

1844

1844

1844

1844

1844

1814

1844
1844
1844
1844
1844
1844
1844
1844

1844-1846
1844-1847

1845
1845
1845
1845
1845
1845
1845
1845
1845
1845
1845
1845

CHRONOLOGIC INDEX TO THE

Cherokee

Cherokee
Cherokee

Iroquois
Mingua
Minqua
Mohawk
Tuskarora
Tuskarora
Seneca
Cherokee

Cherokee
Cherokee
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Seneca
Seneca
Tuskarora
Tuskarora
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Huron
Seneca
Tuskarora
Various

(2)
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee

Cherokee

Cherokee
Cherokee
Troquois
Troquois
Troquois
Mohawk
Mohawk
Tuskarora
W yandot
Various
Various
Various
(?)
Cherokee
Mohawk
Cayuga and Mohawk
Cayuga, Oneida, and Seneca
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Troguois
Troquois
Mohawk
Oneida
Seneca
Tuskarora
Tuskarora

fiymns

Lord’s prayer
St. John

Lord’s prayer
Words

Words

Lord’s prayer, ete.
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Periodical

Acts of the apostles

Text
Tract
Catechism
Lord’s prayer, ete.
Prayer-book
Psalms and hymns
Spelling-book
Words
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Almanac
Alphabet
Epistles
Tract
Vocabulary
Hymn-book
Vocabulary
Remarks

(2)
Almanac
Epistles
Hymns

St. Matthew

Tract
Tract
Dicvionary
Lord’s prayer
Words
Catechism
Prayer-book
Vocabulary
Hymn, ete.

Remarks
Remarks
Remarks

(?)

Periodical
Lord’s prayer
Vocabularies
Vocabularies
Almanac
Catechism
Primer
Geographic names
Geographic names
Words
Vocabulary
Hymn
Vocabulary
Words

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudi-
not (E.).

Strale (F. A.).

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudi-
not (E.).

Spencer (E.), note.

Donck (A. van der).

Donck (A. van der), note.

Drake (S. G.).

Catlin (G.).

Catlin (G.).

Wright (A.).

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudi-
not (E.).

Doctrines.

Cherokee.

Marcoux (J.).

Edwards (J.).

Nelles (A.) and Hill (J.).

Nelles (A.) and Hill (J.).

Wright (A.).

Seaver (J. E.).

Catlin (G.), note.

Catlin (G.), note.

Worcester (S. A.), note.

Antrim (B.J.).

Epistles.

Treatise.

Cartier (J.),

Wright (A.).

Catlin (G.), note.

MelIittosh (J.).

Edwards (J.), note.

Worcester (S. A.), note.

Epistles.

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudi-
not (E.).

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudi-
not (E.).

Evil.

Miscellaneous.

Marcoux (J.).

Rupp (J. D.).

Laverlochére (N.).

Marcoux (J.).

Hill (J).

Catlin (G.).

Slight (B.).

MeIntosh (J.).

MelIntesh (J.), note.

MeIntosh (J.), note.

Seaver (J. E.), note.

Cherokee Messenger.

Auer (A.).

Elliot (A.).

Investigator.

Worcester (S. A.), note.

Catechism.

Cherokee,

Schooleraft (I. R.).

Schooleraft (H. R.).

Hoffman (C. F.).

Shearman (R. U.).

Wright (A.).

Cathn (G.).

Frost (J.).

1845
1845
1846
1846
1846
1846
1846
1846
1846
1846
1846
1846
1846
1846
1846
1846
1846-1848

1847
1847

1847

1847

18t7

1847
1847
1817
1847
1847
1847
1847
1847
1847
1817
1817
1847-1885
1848
1848

1848
1848
1848
1848

1848
1848
1848
1848

1848
18418
1848
1848
1848
1848
1848
1848
1848
1848
1848
~ 1848
1848
1848
1848
1848
1848
1848

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Various
(?)
Cayuga and Mohawk
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Huron
Iroquois
Oneida
Tuskarora
Tuskarora
Tuskarora
Various
Various
Various
Tuskarora
Cayuga and Mohawk
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee

Cherokee
Cherokee
Oneida
Seneca
Seneca
Senéca
Seneca
Tuskarora
W yandot
Various
Various
Iroquois
Cherokee
Cherokee

Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee

Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee

Cherokee, Onondaga, and

Tuskarora.
Troquois
Mohawk

Mohawk and Tuskarora

Seneca
Seneca
Seneca
Tuskarora
Various
Various
Various
Various
Various
Various
Various
Various
Various
Various

(?)

Proper names
(?)
Vocabularies
Almanac
Personal names
Primer
Singing-book
Hymn
Hymn-book
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabularies
Vocabularies
Words
Vocabulary
Vocabularies
Almanac
Epistle
New testament
St. John

Tract

Tract
Vocabulary
Ordinances
Vocabulary
Vocabulary, ete.
Words
Vocabulary
Numerals
Bibliographie
Various

Hymns
Almanac

Acts of the apostles

Ephesians
Epistles
Epistles
Hymn-book

Tract

Tract

Words
Vocabularies

Geographic names
Words
Numerals
Geographic names
Geographic names
Vocabulary, ete.
Vocabulary
Proper names
Proper names
Proper names
Proper names
Proper names
Proper names
Proper names
Vocabularies
Words
Words

(?)

199

Catlin (G.).

Drake (S.G.), note.

Elliot (A.), note.

Worcester (S. A.), note.

Stanley (J. M.).

Cherokee.

Cherokee.

Rasles (S.), note.

Cusick (J.N.).

Shearman (R. U.), note.

Catlin (G.), note.

Chew (W.).

Chew (W.), note.

Schooleraft (H. R.).

Schooleraft (H. R.).

Latham (R.G.).

Catlin (G.), note.

Elliot (A.), note.

Worcester (S. A.), note.

yeneral,

Jones (E.).

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudi-
not (E.).

Bob.

Dairyman’s.

Shearman (R.U.).

Seneca.

Parker (E.S.).

Morgan (L. H.).

Seaver (J. E.).

Chew (W.), note.

Haldeman (S.8.).

Vater (J.S.).

Schooleraft (H. R.).

Cuogq (J. A.).

Worcester (S. A.), note.

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudi-
not (E.).

Jones (E.) and Jones (J. B.).

Epistles.

Epistles,

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudi-
not (E.).

Swiss.

Worcester,

Adair (J.).

Smet (P.J. de).

3enson (E.).
Ettwein (J.).
Cusick (D.).
Marshall (O, H.).
Marshall (O. H.).
Morgan (L. H.).
Catlin (G.).

Catlin (G.).

Catlin (G.).

Catlin (G.).

Catlin (G.).

Catlin (G.).

Catlin (G.), note.

Catlin (G.), note.
Gallatin (A.).
Latham (R.G.).
Schomburgk (R. 4.).
Drake (8. G.), note.

200

1848
1848
1848-1851
1848-1851
1849
1849
18149
1849
1849
1849
1849
1849
1849
1850
1850
1850
1850
1850
1850 ?
1850?
1850
1850
1850

1850
1850
1850 ?
1850
1850
1850
1850
1850
1850
1850
1850
1850-1887
{85t
185]
1851
1851
1851
1851
1851
1851
1851
1851
1851
1852
1852
1852
1852
1852 ?
1852
1852
1852
1852
1852
1852
1852
1852
1852
1852
1852
1853
1853
1853

(2)

CHRONOLOGIC INDEX
(2)
(2)

(?)
Mohawk
Mohawk
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Iroquois
Troquois
Seneca
Various
Various
Various
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee

Cherokee and Wyandot
Huron
Huron

Bible verse

Bible verse
Almanac

Epistles

Proper names

Geographic names

Geographic names
Vocabulary
sibliographic
Remarks

Words

Almanac

Epistle

Laws

Lord’s prayer
New testament
Pilgrim’s progress
Proper names
Revelation

St. Luke

St. Matthew

Examples
Remarks
Conjugation

Huron, Iroquois,and Mohawk Vocabularies

Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Seneca
Seneca
Seneca

(?)
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Oneida and Seneca
Seneca

(?)

(?)

(?)
Cayuga and Mohawk
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee and Wyandot
Mohawk
Oneida
Onondaga
Seneca
Seneca
Seneca
W yandot
Various
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee

Hymn-book
Numerals
Numerals
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary

(?)

Sacred formulas
Almanae

Words

Lord’s prayer, ete.
Primer

Words

Words
Vocabularies
Various

()

9)

()
Vocabularies
Almanac
Alphabet
Grammar
Grammar
Grammatic comments
Personal names
Examples
Prayer-book
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Bymn-book
Hymn-book
Vocabulary
Numerals
Proper names
Almanac
Exodus
Remarks

TO THE

Frost (J.), note.

Smet (P.J. de), note.
Bagster (J.).

Bagster (J.).
Worcester (S. A.), note.
Epistles.

De Brahm (J.G. W.).
Benson (E.).

Clark (J. V.H.).
Morgan (L. H.).
Schooleratt (H. R.).

Me Intosh (J.).

Street (A. B.).
Worcester (8, A.), note.
General.

‘Cherokee.

Fauvel-Gouraud (F.):
New.

Foster (G. E.), note.
Catalogue.
Revelation.

Gospel.

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudis

not (E.).
Haldeman (S. 8.).
Chateaubriand (F. A. de).
Chateaubriand (F. A. de).
House (J.).
Hill (H. A:). -
Wassenaer (C.).
Wassenaer (C.), note.
Morgan (L. H.).
Morgan (L. H.).
Morgan (L. H.).
Edwards (J.), note.
Gatigwanisti.
Worcester (5. A.), note.
Pickett (A.J.).
Drake (8. G.).
Ne ne.
Johnson (W.), note.
Johnson (W.), note.
Jones (Pomroy).
Morgan (L. H.).
Auer (A.).
Pickett (A. J.), note.
Pickett (A. J.), note.
Elliot (A.), note.
Worcester (S. A.),
Guess (G.).

Gabelentz (H. G. C. von der).
Gabelentz (H. G.C. von der).

Worcester (S. A.).
Stanley (J. M.).
Haldeman (S8.58.).
Marcoux (J.).
Skenando.

Le Fort (A.).
Wright (A.).
Wright (A.).
Morgan (L. H.).
Walker (W.).
Catlin {G.).
Worcester (8. A.).
Worcester (S. A.).
3artram (W.).

1853
1853
1853 ?
1853
1853
1853
1853
1853
1853
1853
1853-1876
IS54
1854
1854
1854

1854
1854
1854
1854
1854
1855
1855
1855
1855
1855
1855
1855
1855
1855
1855-1885
1855-1885
1855-1885
1856
1856
1856
1856
1856
1856-1883
1857
1857
1857

1857
1857
1857
1857
1857
1857
1857-1861
1858
1858
1858
1858
1858
1858
1858
1858
1858
1858
1858
1858?
1858?
1858
1858
1858

TROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Troquois
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Seneca
Seneca
Seneca
Various
Various
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee

Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Seneca
Various
Cherokee
Huron
Huron, Mohawk, and Seneca
Troquois
Mohawk
Mohawk and Tuskarora
Oncida
Various
(?)
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Huron
Troquois
Various
Cherokee and Iroquois
Cherokee
Huron
Huron

Huron
Iroquois
Mohawk
Tuskarora
Various
(3)
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Huron
Huron
Huron
Huron
Huron
Huron, Mohawk, and Seneca
Minqua
Mohawk
Seneca
Seneca
Seneca
Seneca
Various
Various

Lord’s prayer
Book of common prayer
Hymn-book
Psalms and hymns
Various
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Words

Words

Periodical
Almanac

Laws

Primer

St. John

Catechism
Lord’s prayer
Lord's prayer, etc.
Laws
Bibliographic
Almanac
Hymn
Various
Vocabulary, ete.
Sermon
Numerals
Hymn-book
Words

(*)
Letters, ete.
Religious texts
Sacred formulas
Almanac
Genesis
Vocabulary
Geographic name?
Catalogue
Vocabularies
Almanac
Hymn
Letter

Kemarks
Bibliographic
Primer
Vocabulary
Remarks

(?)
Council records
Almanac
Epistles
sibliographic
Letter
Letter
Letters

Prayer and general discussion

Various
Remarks
Words
telationships
Relationships
telationships
telationships
Bibliographic
Remarks

201

Spencer (E.), note.

Williams (E.).

Hill (H. A.).

Williams (E.).

Hough (F. B.).

Morgan (L, H.).

Morgan (L. H.).

Morgan (L. H.), note.

Buschmann (J.C. E.).

Buschmann (J.C. E.),

Cherokee Advocate.

Worcester (S. A.).

Cherokee.

Cherokee.

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudi-
not (E.).

Marcoux (J.).

Jones (E. F.).

Drake (S.G.).

Wright (A.).

Schoolcraft (H. R.).

Worcester (S. A.), note.

Rasles (S.), note.

Shea (J. G.).

Johnson (A.C.).

Marcoux (J.).

Cusick (D.).

Sickles (A. W.).

Buschmann (J. C. E.).

James (E.), note.

Tnali.

Tnali.

Inali.

Worcester (S. A.).

Worcester (S. A.).

Gladstone (‘T. H.).

Seaver (J. E.).

Triibner & Co.

O'Callaghan (E. B.).

Worcester (S. A.), note.

tasles (S.), note.

Doublet de Boisthibault (F.
J.).

Chateaubriand (I. A. de).

O'Callaghan (E. B.).

Cuog (J. A.).

Catlin (G.),

MelIntosh (J.).

Drake (S. G.), note.

Inali.

Worcester (S. A.), note.

Ipistles.

Huron.

Chaumonot (P.J.M.).

Merlet (L.).

Le Mercier (I. J.), note,

Breboeuf (P.J.).

Shea (J.G.).

Shea (J.G.).

Jéhan (L. F.).

Morgan (L. H.).

Morgan (L. H.).

Morgan (L. H.), note.

Turner (Q.).

Ludewig (H.E.).

MelIntosh (J.}, note.

202

1858
1859
1859
1859
1859
1859
1859
1860
1860

1860?
1860
1850
1850
1860
1860
1860
1860 ?
1860
1860
1860
1860
1860
1860
1860
1860
1860
1860
1860
1860
1860
1861
1861
1861
1862
1862
1862
1862
1862
1862
1862
1863
1463
1863
1863
1864
1864
1865
1865
1865
1865
1865 ?
1865
1265
1865
1865
185
1865
1855
1866

1866
1866
1866
1866
1866

CHRONOLOGIC. INDEX TO THE

(2)
Ckerokee
Cherokee
Seneca
Tuskarora
W yandot
Various
Cherokee
Cherokee

Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokees
Troquois
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Onondaga
Seneca
Tuskarora
Tuskarora
Various
Various
Various
Troquois
Various
(?)
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Seneca
Various
Various
Various
Huron
Huron and Tuskarora
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Huron
Huron
Huron
Huron
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Onondaga
Seneca
Various
Various
Cherokee

Cherokee
Huron
Huron
Troquois
Troquois

(‘)
Almanac
Words
Relationships
Vocabulary
Hymn
Remarks
Almanac
Acts of the apostles

Epistle

Epistle

Epistles

Epistles

Episties

Epistles

Epistles

Epistles

New testament
St. Mark
Geographic names
Bible verse
Lord’s prayer, ete.
Prayer-book
Dictionary
Hymn-book
Vocabulary
Vocabulary

Lord's prayer and numerals

Vocabularies
Words
Bibliographic
Vocabularies
Words
Calendar
Hymn

Hymn
Relationships
Catalogue
Vocabularies
Words
Vocabulary
Words
Dictionary
Dictionary
Pray er-book
Words
Conjugation
Dictionary
Dictionary
Vocabulary
Bible verse
Prayer-book
Prayer-book
Words
Ceremonial
Geographic names
Numerals
Numerals, ete.
Hymn-book

Vocabulary
Dictionary
Numerals
Grammar
Vocabulary

Drake (S. G.), note.
Worcester (S. A.), note.
Logan ‘J. H.).

Morgan (L. i.).

Catlin (G.).

Finley (J. B.).
MelIntosh (J.), note.
Worcester (S. A.), note.

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudi-

not (E.).
Epistle
General.
Epistle.
Ipistle.
Epistles.
Epistles.
Epistles.
First.
Cherokee.
Gospel.
Seaver (J. E.).
Bagster (J.).
Drake (S. G.).
Brown (J.).
Shea (J.G.).
Wright (A.).
Catlin (G.), note.
Lawson (J.).
Haldeman (S.S.).
Domenech (E.).
Latham (R.G.).
O'Callaghan (E. B.).
Jones (Peter).
Davis (B.).
Cuogq (J. A.).
Play ter (G. F.).
Playter (G F.).
Morgan (L. H.)
Stevens (H.).
Latham (R.G.).
Lesley (J. P.).
Cartier /J.).
Umery (J.).
Bruyas (J.).
Bruyas (J.).
Cuoq (J. Aw).
Jéhan (L. F.), note.
Chateaubriand (F. A. de).
Sagard (G.).
Sagard (G.).
Cartier (J.).
British.
Cuoq (J. A.).
Marcoux (J.).
Johnson (W.), note.
Onondaga.
Marshall (O. H.).
Shea (J. G.).
Oronhyatekha.

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudi-

not (E.).
Jones (J. B.).
Sagard (G.).
Lescarbot (AL.).
Cuog (J. A.).
Vocabulary.

1866
1866
1866
1806
1866
1867
1867
1867
1867
1867
1867
1867
1868
1868
1868
1868
1868
1868
1868
1868-1888
1868-1588
1869
1869
1869
1869
1869
1869
1869
1S76
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1871
1871
1871
1871
1871
1872
1872
1872
1872
1872
1872
1872-1873
1873
1873
1873
1873
1873
1873
1873
IS74
1874
1874
1874
1874
1874
1874
1874
1875
1875
1875
1875
1875

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Troquois
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Tuskarora
Cayuga and Mohawk
Mohawk
Mehawk
Mohawk
Oneida
Onondaga
Various
Iroquois
Troquois
Mohawk
Seneca
Seneca
Wyandot
(4)
Cherokee
Various
Cherokee
Troquois

» Iroquois

Troquois
Mohawk
Mohawk
Various
Cherokee
Huron
Huron, Mohawk, and Seneca
Troquois
Mohawk
Mohawk
Cherokee
Cherokee
Mohawk
Various
Various
Iroquois
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk and Seneca
Various
T.oquois
Cherokee and Huron
Cherokee and Iroquois
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Onondaga
Various
Cherokee
Huron
Troquois
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Seneca
Seneca
Cherokee
Cherokee
Iroquois
Mohawk
Mohawk

Words
Geographic names
Sermon |
Sermon
Vocabulary
Vocabularies
Book of common prayer
Psalms and hymns
Sermon
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Catalogue
Words
Words
Sermon
Relationships
Relationships
Hymn

(2)
Prayer, songs, ete.
Catalogue
Lord’s prayer
Grammar
Review
Words
Letters
Lord's prayer, ete.
Numerals
Arithmetic
Christian doctrine
Various

* Geographic names

Lord’s prayer

Texts

Relationships
Relationships

Psalms and hymns
Proper names
Various

Calendar

Sermon

Sermon

Vocabulary, ete.
Numerals, relationships, ete
Catalogue
Geographic names
Grammatie comments
Grammatic comments
Hymns

Letter

Spelling-book

Book of rites
Catalogue
Conjugations
General discussion
Vocabulary
Hymn-book
Iustructions

Text

Etymology

Four gospels
Conjugations
Constitution and laws
Vocabulary

Bible verse

Book of common prayer

203

Colden (C.).
Shea (J. G.).
Burtin (N. V.).
Burtin (N.V ).
Catlin (G ).
Elliot (A.), note.
Williams (E.).
Williams (E.)
Burtin (N. V.).
Skenando, note.
Le Fort (A.), note.
Leclerc (C.),
Teza (E.).
Teza (E.).
Burtin (N. V.).
Morgan (L. H.).
Morgan (L. H.).
Finley (J B.).
British & For. Bible Soe.
Cherokee.
Sabin (J.).
Naphegyi (G.).
Cuog (J. A.).
Le Hir (A. M.).
Cuog (J. A.).
Marcoux (J.).
Mombert (J.I.).
Alsop (G.).
Jones (J.B.).
Brebeeuf (J.).
Shea (J.G.).
Report.
Marietti (P.).
Giien (H.).
Jones (E.).
Torrey (C. C.).
Bearfoot (1.).
Catlin (J.).
Morgan (L. H.).
Cuoq (J. A.).
Burtin (N. V.).
Burtin (N. V.).
Ruttenber (E.M ).
Hammond (L. M.).
Triibner & Co.
Simms (J R.).
Bastian (P. W.A.).
Shea (J.G.).
Burtin (N. V.).
Brant (J ).
Cuog (J. A).
Onondaga.
Field (‘T. W.).
Sayce (A. H.).
Anderson (J.).
Holden (A. W.).
Hill (H. A.).
Burtin (N. V.).
Burtin (N. V.).
Marshall (O. Z.).
Wright (A.).
Sayce (A ).
Cherokee.
Vinson (f. H.J.).
3ritish & For. Bible Soe.
Williams (E.).

1876
1876
1876

1876 ?
1876

CHRONOLOGIC INDEX TO THE

Mohawk
Mohawk
Various
Various
Cherokee
Cherokee, Mohawk, and Sen-
eca.
Cherokee, Mohawk, and Sen-
eca.
Iroquois
Troquois
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Onondaga

Seneca
Seneca
Tuskarora
Various
Cherokee

Cherokee and Iroquois

Cherokee, Iroquois, and Wy-
andot.

Huron -

Huron, Onondaga, and Seneca

Huron, Onondaga, and Seneca

Iroquois

Troquois

Mohawk

Mohawk, Seneca, and Tuska-
rora.

Seneca

Various

Cherokee

Cherokee

Cherokee, Mohawk, and Sen-
eca.

Cherokee, Mohawk, and Sen-
eca,

Cherokee, Mohawk, and Sen-
eca.

Iroquois

Troquois

Troquois

Troquois

froquois

Mohawk

Mohawk

Mohawk

Seneca
Seneca
Seneca
Wyandot
Various

Catechism

Psalms and hymns
Catalogue
Catalogue

‘Words

Bible verse

Bible verse

Remarks
Vocabulary
Bible verse
sible verses
Bible verses
St. Marl
Tract
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Remarks

Hymn
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Catalogue
Hymn-book

Remarks
Gentes

Hymn

Words

Werds
Geographic names
Geographic names
Primer

Words

Proper names
Numerals, ete.

Hymn-book

Song
Bible verse

sible verse

Bibliographic

Grammatie forms, ete.

Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Words
Words

sible verse
Prayer-book

Prayer-book

Dictionary
Four gospels
Various
Remarks
Catalogue

Marcoux (J.).

Williams (E.).

Field (T. W.).

Sabin (J.).

Gerland (G.).

American Bible Society.

Bible Society.

Heckewelder (J. G. E.)

Vinson (I. H. J.).

British.

Powlis (J.).

Rand (S. T.).

Rand (S. T.).

Marcoux (J.).

Gatschet (A.S.).

Rand (8. T.).

Rand (S. T.).

Rand (S. T.).

Heckewelder (J. G. E.) and
Duponceau (P.).

Seneca.

Morgan (L. H.), note.

Catlin (G.).

Sabin (J.).

Worcester (S. A.) and Bondi-
not (E.).

Trumbull (J. H.).

Morgan (L, H.).

Rasles (S.), note.
Marshall (O. H.).
Marshall (O. H.).
Seaver (J. E.).
Sylvester (N. B.).
Karo ron.

Rand (8S. T.).

Jackson (W. H.).

Rand (S. T.).

Worcester (S. A.) and Boudi-
not (E.), note.

Poetry.

Bible Society.

sible Society, note.
Pick (B.):

Vinson (1. H. J.).
Adam (L.).
Adam (L.).
Dunean (D.). |
Duncan (D.), note.
British & For. Bible Soc.
Marcoux (IF. X.) and Burtin
(N. V.).
Marcoux (J.) and Burtin (N. ]
V.).
Short.
Wright (A.).
Sanborn (J. W.).
Keane (A. H.).
Leclere (C.).

eS Oe

1878
1878-1856
isi9
1879

1879
1879
1879
1879
1879
1879
1879

1879
1879-1880
1879-1880

ISSO

1880

1880

1880

188)

1880

1880 ?

1880 ?

1880

1880

1880

1880
1880-1881
1880-1881
1880-1882

ISS1

1881

1881

1881

1881

1881

1881

1881?

1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881
1881-1882
1881-1886
1881-1887
1882
1882
1882
1882
1882
1882
1882
1882
1882
1882
1882
1882
1882
1882
1882-1884
ASS3

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Various

Various

Cherokee and Wyandot

Cherokee, Mohawk, and Sen-
eca.

Iroquois

Troquois

Troquois

Troquois

Iroquois

Iroquois

Mohawk

Various
Cherokee
Tuskarora
Cherokee
Troquois
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk
Mohawk and Onondaga
Seneca

W yandot
Wyandot
W yandot
Various
Various
Mohawk and Onondaga
Seneca
Tuskarora
Cherokee
Cherokee
Troquois
Mohawk
Mohawk
Onondaga
Seneca
Seneca

Wyandot

W yandot

W yandot

W yandot

Wyandot

Wyandot

Various

Mohawk

Huron, Mohawk, and Seneca
Various

Cherokee and Iroquois
Cherokee and Iroquois
Cherokee and Iroquois
Hochelaga

Troquois

Troquois

Troauois

Mohawk

Mohawk

Onondaga

Onondaga

Wyandot

Wyandot

Various

Tuskarora

Cherokee and Iroquois

Numerals, etc.
Catalogue
Vocabulary
Bible verse

Grammatic treatise
Lord's prayer, ete.
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Prayer-book

Proper names
Phrases and sentences
Vocabulary
Remarks
Words
Four gospels
Hymns
Vocabulary
Words
Psalms and hymns
Hymns
Proper names
Vocabulary
Catalogue
Numerals
Words
Vocabulary
Dictionary
Geographic terms
Vocabulary
Words
Various

()
Vocabulary
Geographic names
Hymns

Proper names
Proper names
Proper names
Proper names
Proper names
Vocabulary
Sachemships
Tribal names
Lord’s prayer
Catalogue
Remarks

Song

Song

Vocabulary and numerals
Dictionary
Vocabulary
Words

Bible verse
Lord's prayer, ete.
Words

Words

Remarks
Vocabulary
Catalogue
Grammatic treatise
Literature

205

Oronhyatekha.
Trumbull (J. H.).
Campbell (J.).
American Bible Society.

Platzmann (J.).
Newton (J. H.).
Campbell (J.).
Campbell (J.).
Campbell (J.).
Campbell (J.).

Marcoux (J.) and Burtin (N.

V.).
Catlin (G.).
Gatschet (A.S.).
Smith (EE. A.).
Faulmann (K.).
Smith (E. A.).
Onasakenrat (J.).
Ouasakenrat (J.).
Smith (E. A.).
Gatschet (A.8.), note.
Sanborn (J. W.).
W yandot.
Powell (J. W.).
Pilling (J. C.).
Quaritch (B.).
Alsop (G.).
Gatschet (A.S8.).
Smith (E. A.).
Smith (EF. A.).
Morgan (L. H.).
Gatschet (A.S.).
Johnson (E.).
Onasakenrat (J.), note.
Beauchamp (W.M.).
Smith (E. A.).
Marshall (O. H.).

Sanborn (J. W.) and Turkey

(eR).

Powell (J. W.).
Powell (J. W.).
Powell (J. W.).
Powell (J. W.).
Powell (J. W.).
Campbell (J.).
Morgan (L. H.).
Gatschet (A.S.).
Youth's.

Leclere (C.).
Miiller (F.).
Baker (T.).

Baker (T.).

Laet (J. de).

Cuoq (J. A.).
Hathaway (B.).
Brinton (D.G.).
British & For.-Bible Soc,
Drake (S. G.).
Charencey (H. de).
Smith (D.).

Keane (A. H.), note.
Campbell (J.).
Triibner & Co.
Smith (E. A.).
Brinton (D.G.).

1883

1883
1883
1883
1883
1883
1883
1883
1883

1883
1883
ISS4
1884
1884
1884
1884

1884
1884
1884
1884
1884
1884
1884
1884
1884
1884

1884=1888

1885
1885
1885
1885
1885
1885

1885

1885
1885
1885
1885
1885
1885
1885
1885
1885
1885
1885
1885
1885
1885

1885 ?

1885
1885
ISS6

1886 ?

1886
1886
1886
1886
1886
1886
1886
1886

CHRONOLOGIC INDEX TO THE

Huron and Onondaga

Iroquois
Minqua
Troquois
Iroquois
Troquois
Mohawk
Mohawk
Seneca

Various

Various

Cayuga

Cherokee

Cherokee

Cherokee and Wyandot

Cherokee, Mobawk, and Sen-
eca.

Troquois

Iroquois

Iroquois

Iroquois

Iroquois

Troquois

Iroquois

Oneida

Seneca

Various

Cherokee

Cherokee

Cherokee

Cherokee

Cherokee

Cherokee

Cherokee, Mohawk, and Sen-
eca.

Cherokee, Mohawk, and Sen-
eca,

Hochelaga and Wyandot

Iroquois

Iroquois

Iroquois

Iroquois

Troquois

Mohawk

Mohawk

Mohawk

Mohawk

Mohawk

Mohawk and Iroquois

Mohawk and Iroquois

Onondaga

Onondaga

Seneca

Various

Cherokee

Cherokee

Cherokee

Cherokee

Cherokee

Cherokee

Cherokee aud Lroquois

Iroquois

Iroquois

Iroquois

Words

Catalogue

General discussion
Review

Songs, ete.

Songs, ete.

Book of rites
Catechism

Psalms and hymns

Various
Various
Vocabulary
Proper names
Vocabulary
Vocabularies
Lord’s prayer

Conjugations
Conjugations
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Words
Words
Words
Vocabulary
Hymn-book
Catalogue
Vocabulary
Conjugations
Lord’s prayer
Remarks and words
Vocabulary
Various
Bible verse

Bible verse

Vocabulary
Etymologies
Geographic names
Geographic names

Grammatic comments

Pronouns
Bible verse
Bible verse
Lord's prayer
Lord's prayer, ete.
Vocabulary
Bible verse
Bible verse
Chant

Lord’s prayer
Proper names
Various
Hymns
Hymns
Hymns
Hymns
Lord’s prayer, ete.
Periodical
Affinities
Bibliographic
Numerals
Plant names

Gray (A.) and Trumbull (J.
iH):

Catalogue.

Guss (A.L.).

Nantel (A.).

Smith (EK. A.),

Smith (E.A.),

Hale (H.).

Marcoux (J.).

Sanborn (J. W.) and Turkey
(Jae;):

Hale (H.),

Hale (H.).

Smith (E. A.).

Buttrick (D.S.).

Hester (J. G.).

Campbell (J.).

Bergholtz (G. F.).

Smith (E. A.).
Smith (E. A.).
Campbell (J.).
Campbell (J.), note.
Campbell (J.).
Campbell (J.), note.
Emerson (E. R.).
Smith (E. A.).
Sanborn (J. W.).
Bartlett (J. R.).
Gatschet (A.S.).
Sayce (A. H.), note.
Couch (N.).

Ten Kate (H. F.C.).
Gatschet (A.5.).
Foster (G. E.),
American Bible Society.

American Bible Society, note.

Hale (H.).

Hale (H.).

Boyd (8S. G.).

Errett (R.).

Smith (E. A.).

Smith (E. A.).

British & For. Bible Soe,
British & For. Bible Soc.

Frank (J.).

Perry (W.S.).

Hale (H.).

British & For. Bible Soe.
British & For. Bible Soc.
Bryant (W.C.).

Cusick (A.).

Indian. ;
Wilson (D.).
Chamberlin (A. N.). ;
Chamberlin (A.N.).
Chamberlin (A. N.), note.
Coronation. j
Dunean (D.C.). L
Foster (G. E.), note, f
Gatschet (A.5.).

Hopkins (A.G.).

Beauregard (Q.).

Smith (KE. A.),

1886

1886
1886
1886
1886
1886
1886
ISST
1887
1887
1887
1887
1887

1887
1887
1887
1887-1888
1887-1888
1887-1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1838
1888
1888 ?
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888
1888 ?
1888
1888
1888
1888
(?)
(?)
(2)
(2)

(2)
(?)

IROQUOIAN LANGUAGES.

Troquois and Mohawk

Troquois and Mohawk
Mohawk
Seneca
Tuskarora
Tuskarora
Various
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Huron
Mohawk and Onondaga
Mohawk, Oneida, and Onon-
daga.
Onondaga
Various
Various
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cayuga
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee and Mohawk
Huron
Troquois
Iroquois
Iroquois
Iroquois
Troquois
Iroquois
Iroquois
Troquois
Iroquois
Iroquois
Iroquois
Troquois
Mohawk
Onondaga
Onondaga
Onondaga
Onondaga
Onondaga
Onondaga
Onondaza and Tuskarora
Seneca
Tuskarora
Various
Various
Various
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee
Cherokee

Cherokee
Cherokee

Bible verse

Bible verse
Hymns

Text

Dictionary
Vocabulary
Catalogue
General discussion
Songs, etc.
Vocabulary
Words
Vocabularies
Vocabularies, ete.

Dictionary
Catalogue

Words

Plant names
Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Myths
Conjugations
Grammatie treatise
Personal names
Sacred formulas
Sacred formulas
Terms

Terms

Words

Words
Bibliographie
Remarks and words
Etymologies
Etymologies
General discussion
Gentes
Geographic names
Remarks and terms
Song

Terms

Verbs

Vocabulary
Vocabulary
Words
Vocabulary
Grammar
Grammar

Myths

Plant names
Words

Words

Words
Vocabulary
Myths
Bibliographic
Proper names
Various

Alphabet
Alphabet
Alphabet and Lord's prayer
Isaiah

Lord's prayer, ete,
Psalins

207

British and Foreign Bible So-
ciety, note.
Gilbert & Rivington.
Indian.
Gatschet (A.S.),
Hewitt (J. N. B.).
Catlin (G.). ®
Clarke (R.) & Co,
Hewitt (J.N.B.).
Mooney (J.).
Mooney (J.).
Brinton ‘D.G.).
Zeisberger (D.).
Beauchamp (W.M.).

Zeisberger (D.).
Dufossé (E.).
Chamberlain (A. F.),
Mooney (J.).
Mooney (J.).
Mooney (J.), note.
Hewitt (J.N.B.).
Grasserie (R. de la).
Duncan (D,.C.).
Mooney (J.).
Mooney (J.).
Mooney (J.).
Mooney (J.).
Mooney (J.).
Chamberlain (A. F.).
Grasserie (R. de la).
Pick ((B3).
Hale (H.).
Hale (H.).
Hewitt (J. N. B.).
Hale (H.).
Hewitt (J. N. B.).
Henderson (J.G.).
Hale (H.).
Reade (J.).
Grasscrie (R. de la).
Hewitt (J.N. B.).
Chamberlain (A. F.),
Hewitt (J. N. B.).
Petitot (6. F.S.J.).
Sero (J.).
Zeisberger (D.).
Zeisberger (D.).
Hewitt (J. N. B.).
Beauchamp (W.M.).
Beauchamp (W. M.)
Smith (D.).
Hewitt (J. N. B.).
Chamberlain (A. F.).
Hewitt (J. N. B.).
Pott (A. F.).
Catlin (G.).
3eauchaimp (W.M.).
Guess (G.),
Guess (G.).
Guess (G.).
Worcester (S. A.) and Foro-
man (S.).
Guess (G.).
Worcester (S. A.) and Fore-
man (S.).

208 CHRONOLOGIC INDEX.

(2) Cherokee Song Herman (R. L.) and Satterlee
(W.).

(2) Cherokee St. Mark Gospel.

(2) Cherokee St. Mark Gospel.

(2) Cherokee Tract Negro.

(2) Cherokee Tract Sermon

(2) Cherokee Vocabulary Campbell (—).

(2) Cherokee Vocabulary Cherokee.

(2) Huron Dictionary Huron.

(2) Huron Gospels, instructions, etc. Huron.

(2) Huron Grammar Garnier (—).

(2) Huron Grammar Huron.

(2) Iroquois Dictionary La Galissonniére (—).

(2) Troquois Lord’s prayer Smet (P. J. de).

(2) Mohawk Catechism Huguet (J.).

(2) Mohawk Catechism Neuville (J. B.).

(2) Mohawk Graminar Mohawk.

(2) Mohawk Grammar Mohawk.

(2) Mohawk Hymn Alvis (W.).

(2) Mohawk Lord’s prayer Lord’s.

(2) Mohawk Prayer Mohawk.

(2) Mohawk Prayers Mohawk.

(2) Mohawk Sermon Mohawk.

(2) Mohawk Tract Mohawk.

(2) Mohawk Vocabulary Troquois.

(2) Onondaga Grammatic treatise Humboldt (Kk. W. von).

(2) Seneca Dictionary Seneca.

(2) W yandot Vocabulary, ete. Wyandot,

O

i

| i
x! J yoy “Ying i
a So

. Shes NM
I %p * |
| ” |
i a

]
ll a hat
it | eS “ill 1
Oo Ge ent (@)
“yy s
7

Ni)
a) “a |
Y

“ Y,

evry,
Pe VP oe ys
Seat Ss Y

ty
&p

IIE

t
f

3s
ih

&
z

Ait

Be
SS

»
\ ‘WM phe
NCH

o |
‘ h
0 eer '
“(Ony §? * |
= Nea i |

a
aes,

od

SE

. <—— % =

31) : 3

Sn :

2=—= +)
—a |
— _ O
=" :
— ; Ki, 5 :
—$19 3 ; vibes ‘ ee aS

.. * : f

pret
eee